HomeMy WebLinkAboutCASCADE VILLAGE VAIL CASCADE RESORT COMMON LEGAL (8)PROJECT MANUAL
Vail Cascade Resort and Spa
Exterior Renovation Permit
1300 Westhaven Drive
Vail, CO 81657
trtrtrtr
rc I : y ) : ")"{}:: :'"1:l:
730 I Z'" Street, Suite 1lO
Denver, CO 80202
Destination Hotels and Resorts
R..
ffi3,)! rat**d
10333 E. Dry Creek Road, Suite 45O
Englewood, CO 80112 S
3 l"r'*
Exterior Renovation Permit Set H #"",7
28 March 2008 ,(J t*ri. i iq*
' t$ ';,r'did
[".[*(ffi
:. ).--- -1
7=^g-s-- 't
F-),'ir" I ilil
I i- , '_-.,,r-,J
(n
Foo
I
lt
t
JGJ # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail, Colorado
I PROJECT HOSTEB
PROJECT VAIL CASCADE RESORT & SPA
EXTERIOR
I 1300 Westhaven Drive
Vail . Colorado
II OWNER Destination Hotels & Besorts
' 10333 E. Dry Creek Road, Suite 450
Englewood, Colorado 801 12
- T:303-268-4610I F:303-768-4089
I ARcHtrEcr J G JoHNSoN ARcHtrEcrs, p.c.
I 730 17 th street suite 110
Denver, Colorado 80202
T: 303-892-7062
I F:303-892-7059
- ctvtL ENGTNEERTNG ALPINE €NGINEER|NGr 3520 Highway 6 Unit A-9I Edwards Business Center
P.O. Box 97
Edwards, Colorado 81 632I T:97O-7334179
I LANDSCAPE DESIGN WORKSHOP
I ARCHITECTS 120 East MailSlreet
Aspen, Colorado 8161 1
. T:970-925-8354
- MECHANICAU HADJI& ASSOCIATESPLUMBING/ 1825 Lawrence Streel Suile 200
I ELECTRICAL Denver ,CO. 80202I r:303-293-3800
F: 303-293-3884
I STRUCTURAL MONROE & NEWELL ENGINEEHS.
I
ENGTNEER
I
I
1701 Wynkoop Slreet Suite 200
Denver, CO.80202
T:303-623-4927
F:303-623-6602
INTEBIOR DESIGN JOHNSON DAVID INTERIORS
I PRoJEcrBosrER- 1
I
JGJ # 0705
cs2 f 8-2008
CONTRACTOR
SPECIFICATIONS
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail, Colorado
9780 Mt. Pyramid Courl Suite 290
Englewood, Colorado Suite 290
Denver. Colorado 80112
T: 303-688-8850
F: 303-688-8878
ALPINE MOUNTAIN BU]LDERS
105 Edwards Village Blvd. Suite 205
Edwards, Colorado 81632
T:970-926-8703
F: 970-926-8705
CONSTHUCTION SPECIFICATION SPEC]AL]STS. LTD.
16428 West First Avenue
Golden. CO 80401
T:303-216-9560
F: 303-216-9566
E-mail: foster-cs2 @ qwestnet
il
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
PBOJECT ROSTER -
t
I :,:lit;$',
I
Table of Contents: 3/l 5/2008
I
Table of Contents
I
Vail Cascade Resorl & Spa
Exterior
VailrColorado
!
I
ivision Section Ti
PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS GROUP
DTVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING R"EQUTREMENTS
NOTAPPLICABLE
SPECIFICATIONS GROUP
G e ne ral Re q uireme nts Sub gr oupI
I DMSION 0l - GENERALREQUTREMENTS
I 0l 1000 Summary
- Ol 26 0O Contract Modifrrcation Procedures
0l 29 00 Pavment Procedures
I 0l 31 00 Prdect Management And Coordinationr 0l 32 0O Construction Progress Documentation
O13233 PhotographicDocumentation
I 0l 33 00 Subminal Procedures
I 0l 40 00 Quality Requirements
Ol 42OO References
I 0l 50 00 Temporary Facilities And Controls
I 0l 60 00 hoducr Requiremenrs
0l 73 0O Execution
I Ol 73 29 Cutting And Patching
f Ol 77 00 Closeoul Procedures! Ol 78 23 Operation And Maintenance Data
r 0l 78 39 Project Record Documents
I 0l 79 00 Demonstration And Training
I
I
I
I
I
Facility Construction Subgroup
DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS
0223 l0 Tree Protection and Trimming
02 37 0O Erosion and Sedimentation Control
02 4l 19 Selective Structure Demolition
DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE
03 54 16 Hydraulic Cement Underlayment
03 30 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete
DIVISION 04 - MASONRY
04 43 00 Stone Masonrv
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-200E
04 43 00.10 Landscape Boulders
DIVISION 05. METALS
05 40 00 Cold-formed Metal Framing
05 50 00 Metal Fabrications
05 51 00 Metal Stairs
05 52 13 Pipe And Tube Railings
05 73 0O Decorative Metal Railines
DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES
06 lO0O Rough Carpentry
06 16 0O Sheathing
DTVISION 07 - THERMALAND MOISTUREPROTECTION
07 ll 13 BituminousDampproofing
O7 2l OO Thermal Insulation
07 4l 13 Metal Roof Panels
07 62 0O Sheet Metal Flashing And Trim
07 92OO Joint Sealants
DryTSION OE - OPENINGS
08 1l l3 Hollow Metal Doors And Frames
08 4l 13 Aluminum-framed Entrances And Storefronts
08 7l 00 Door Hardware
08 80 00 Glazing
DIVISION 09 - FINISHES
09 22 16 Non-structural Metal Framing
09 29 00 Gypsum Board
09 64 0O Wood Flooring
09 68 16 Sheet Carpeting
09 9l 13 Exterior Painting
W 9l 23 Interior Painting
09960 High-performance Coatings
DIVISION IO - SPECIALTIES
l0 14 00 Signage
10 44 13 Fire Extinguisher Cabinets
lO 44 16 Fire Extinguishers
DIVISION TT - EQUIPMENT
NOTAPPLICABLE
DIVISION 12 - F{.]RNISHINGS
12 48 13 Entrance Floor Mats And Frames
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
Table of Contents
I
I JGF#o?os- cs2 # 8-21D8
I ng3 oo Site Fumishings
I DrvrsroN 13 - spEcrAL coNSTRUcrroN
t 13001 Swimming Pools and Water Features
I DTVTSION 14 - CONVEYTNG EQUTPMENT
I NOTAPPLICABLE
r DMSION 15 - RESERVED
I NOTAPPLICABLE
DIVISION 16 - RESERVED
I NOTAPPLICABLE
DIVISION 17. RESERVED
I NOTAPPLTCABLE
DIVISION 18 - RESERVED
I NoTAPPLTcABLE
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
DIVISION 19 - RESERVED
NOTAPPLICABLEI
Facility Services Subgroup
I DrvrsroN 20 - RE'ER'ED
NOT APPLICABLE
I DIvIsIoN 2r - FrRE sTJPPR-&ssroNI NoTAPPLICABLE
I DrvrsroN 22 - PLUMBTNcI NOTAPPLICABLE
I RL"iit?LtJ;rrEArrNG
vENrrLArrNG AND ArR coNDIrIoNING
I DTVTSTON 24 - RESERVED
I NOTAPPLICABLE
I DMSION 25 - INTEGRATED AUTOMATION
T NOTAPPLICABLE
f DMSION 26 - ELECTRICAL
I 26 56A0 Exterior Lighting
t Table of Contents 3
I
I
JGF # 0705 Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
cs2 # 8-2fi)8 Exterior
Vail,Colorado
DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS
NOTAPPLICABLE
DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
NOTAPPLICABLE
DIVISION 29. RESERVED
NOTAPPLICABLE
Site and Infrastructure Subgroup
DIVISION 30. RESERVED
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 3I - EARTHWORK
31 t0 0O Site Clearing
31 20 00 Earth Moving
DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
32 3l 19 Decorative Metal Fences and Gates
32 l3 16 Decorative Concrete Paving
32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants
32 28 26 Decorative Metal Fences and Gates
323223.10 Dry-Stack Stone Walls
328400 Plantinglrrigation
329200 Turfand Grasses
3293 OO Plants
DTVISION 33 - UTILITIES
33 4t 00 Storm Utility Drainage Piping
33 46 00 Subdrainage
DIVISION 34 - TRANSPORTATION
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 35 - WATERWAY AND MARINE
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 36. RESERVED
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 37 - RESERVED
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 3E - RESERVED
NOT APPLICABLE
Table of Contents 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
T
I
I
t
I
I
t
rT
II
II
I
I
I
I :.g1ig$1
I
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
I DrvrsroN 39 - RESERVED
I NoTAPPLICABLE
I
Process Equipment Subgroup
DIVISION 40 - PROCESS INTEGRATION
I NOTAPPLICABLE
I
DIVISION 41 . MATERIAL PROCESSING AND HANDLING EQUIPMENT
NOT APPLICABLE
I. DIVISION 42 - PRocESs HEATING, cooLING, AND DRYING EQUIPMENT
NOT APPLICABLE
I DIVISIoN 43 - PRocEss GAs AND LIQUID HANDLING, PURIFICATION AND STORAGE EQUIPMENT
NOT APPLICABLE
I DMSTON 44 - POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT
NOT APPLICABLE
I DI'ISI'N 45 - INDUSTRY-'PECIFI. MANUFA.TURING EQUIPMENT
NOT APPLICABLE
I DrvrsroN 46 - solrD wAsrE EeurpMENT
NOT APPLICABLE
I DrvrsroN 42 - RESER'EDI NoTAPPLICABLE
I DrvrsroN 48 - ELEcTRTcAL pownR GENERATToNr NOT APPLICABLE
I DrvrsroN 4e - RESERVED
I NOT APPLICABLE
I
I
I
t
Table of Contents
I
I JGF#o7os
cs2 # 8-2008
Vaal Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,ColoradoI
I
sEcTtoN 01 10 00
SUMMARY
I PARTl -cENERAL
I
I 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
I- A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
r Supplementary Conditions and other Division 0'l Specification Sections, apply to this
I Section.
I 1.2 suMMARYI
A. This Section includes the following:I
I 1. Work covered by the Contract Documents.2. Type of the Contract.
I 3. Work phases.
fJ 4. Work under olher contracts.5. Owner-lurnishedproducts.
I 6. Use of premises.
I 7. Owner's occupancy requirements.- L specification formats and conventions.
I B. Flelaied Sections include the following:! 1. Division 01 Section 'Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and
procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities.It 1.3 WOBK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
I A. Project ldentification: Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
I Project Location:
l:?:Sil"lffJen
Drive
- B. Developed by: Destination Hotels and Resorts
I C. Architect: JG Johnson Architects,I 7go 17th Street Suite 110
I Denver, CO.8O2O2
t D. The Work consists of the following:
I 1.4 TYPE OF CONTRACT
r A. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.
I
SUMMARY 01 IOOO- 1
I
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
1.5 WORK PHASES
A. The Work shall be conducted in single phase in the following order, with each phase
substantially complete before beginning the next phase:
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
1.6
A.
1.7
A.
1.8
A.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.
4.
WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS
General: Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be
carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under lhis Contract.
Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed under separate contracts.
OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS
Owner will furnish products indicated. The Work includes providing support systems to
receive Owner's equipment and making plumbing, mechanical, and electrical
connections.
1. Owner will arrange for and deliver Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples to
Contractor.2. Owner will arrange and pay for delivery of Owner-fumished items according to
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
After delivery, Owner will inspect delivered items lor damage. Conlractor shall
be present for and assist in Orrvner's inspection.
lf Owner-furnished items are damaged, defective, or missing, Owner will arrange
for replacement.5. Owner will arrange for manufacturer's field services and for delivery ol
manufacturer's warranties to Contractor.
6. Owner will furnish Contractor the earliest possible delivery date for Owner-
furnished products. Using Owner-fumished earliest possible delivery dates,
Contractor shall designate delivery dates of Owner-furnished items in
Contractor's Construction Schedule.7. Contractor shall review Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples and reiurn
them to Architect noting discrepancies or anticipated problems in use of product.
8. Contractor is responsible for receiving, unloading, and handling Owner-fumished
items at Project site.9. Contraclor is responsible for protecting Owner-furnished items lrom damage
during storage and handling, including damage from exposure to lhe elements.
10. lf Owner-furnished items are damaged as a result of Contractor's operations,
Contraclor shall repair or replace them.
11. Contractor shall install and otherwise incorporate Owner-furnished items into the
Work.
USE OF PREMISES
General: Contractor shall have full use of premises tor construction operations,
including use ol Project site, during construction period. Contractor's use of premises is
limited only by Owner's right to pedorm work or to retain other conlractors on portions
of Project.
SUMMARY 01 1000-2
B.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
1.9
A.
Vail,Golorado
B. General: Contractor shall have limited use of premises for construction operations as
indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits.
C. Use of Site: Limit use ol premises to areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not
disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.
SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS
Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections
using lhe 50-division format and CSI/CSC's "MasterFormat" numbering system.
1. Section ldentification: The Specificalions use Section numbers and titles to help
cross-referencing in the Conlracl Documents. Sections in the Project Manual are
in numeric sequence; however, the sequence is incomplete because all available
Section numbers are not used. Consult the table of contents at the beginning of
the Project Manual to determine numbers and names of Sections in the Contract
Documents.2. Division 01: Sections in DivisionOl govern the execution of the Work of all
Sections in the Specifications.
Specilication Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style ol
language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in
particular situations. These conventions are as follows:
1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract
Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as
appropriate. Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred as the sense
requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be
interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract
Documents indicates.2. lmperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the
Specifications. Flequirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be
performed by Contractor. Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may
be used in the Section Text for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be
fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by others when so noted.
a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the
contexl, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 10 OO
SUMMARY 01 1000-3
1.1
1.2
I
I
I
I
t
T
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
sEciloN 01 26 00
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 0'l Specification Sections, apply lo this
Section.
1.3
A.
SUMMARY
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements lor handling and
processing Contract modif ications.
MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
Architect will issue supplemental instruclions authorizing Minor Changes in the Work,
not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or ihe Contract Time, , 'Architect's
Supplemental Instructions." , attached at the end of this section.
PROPOSAL HEQUESTS
Owner-lnitiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of
proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to lhe Conlract Sum or the
Contract Time. lf necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised
Drawings and Specifications.
'l . Proposal Bequests issued by Architect are for information only. Do not consider
them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed
change.2. Within time specilied in Proposal Request after receipt of Proposal Request,
submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contracl Sum and the
Contraci Time necessary to execule the change.
a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs,
with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. lf requested,
lurnish survey data to substantiate quantities.
b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts
of trade discounts.c. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the
effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity
duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total
float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.
1.4
A.
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PBOCEDURES 0't 2600-1
IJGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
B.Contractor-lnitiated Proposals: lf latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications
to the Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change
to the Architect.
1. lnclude a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change
on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate
the eftect ol the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Conlract Time.2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with
total amount of purchases and credits to be made. lf requested, furnish survey
data to substantiate quantities.
3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of
trade discounts.4. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect
of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and
finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float belore requesting
an extension of the Contract Time.5. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Product Requirements' if the
proposed change requires subsiilution of one product or system for product or
system specified.
Proposal Request Form: Use AIA Document G709 for Proposal Requests.
On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for
signatures of Owner and Gonlractor on AIA Document G701 .
CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DI RECTIVE
Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construclion Change Directive
on AIA Document G7'14. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to
proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
1. Construclion Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the
Work. lt also designates method to be followed to determine change in the
Contract Sum or the Contract Time.
Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work
required by the Construction Change Directive.
1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data
necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.c
D.
1.5
A.
B.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 26 OO
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600-2
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
1.2
A.
1.3
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
sEcTloN 01 29 00
PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.t
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
SUMMARY
This Section specilies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to
prepare and process Applications for Payment.
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of
Conlractor's Construction Schedule.
'1 . Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative
forms and schedules, including the following:
a. Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets.b. SubmittalsSchedule.
2. Submit the Schedule ol Values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later
than seven days before the date scheduled lor submittal of initial Applications for
Payment.3. Subschedules: Where the Work is separated into phases requiring separately
phased payments, provide subschedules showing values correlated with each
I
I
phase of payment.
B. Format and Conteni: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide lo establish
line items for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each
Specif ication Section.
1. ldentilication: Include the following Project identification on lhe Schedule ot
Values:
a. Project name and location.b. Name of Architect.c. Archilect's project number.d. Contractor's name and address,e. Date of submittal.
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900-1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
1.4
A.
2.
Vail Cascade Resorl & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate
the following for each item listed:
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
Related Specification Section or Division.
Description of the Work.
Name of subcontractor.
Name ol manufacturer or labricator.e. Name of supplier.l. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value.
S. Dollar value.
1) Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent,
adjusted to lotal 100 percent.
Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate conlinued
evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the
Project Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal
subconlract amounts, where appropriate.
Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum.
Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work
where Applications lor Payment may include materials or equipment purchased
or fabricated and stored, bul not yet installed.
a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site.
Include evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing if required.
Provide separate line items in the Schedule ol Values for initial cost of materials,
for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part
of the Work.
Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each
allowance. Show line-item value of unit-cost allowances, as a product of the unit
cost, multiplied by measured quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract
Documents to determine quantilies.
Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be
complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and
prolit for each item.
a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost ol
actual work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the
Schedule of Values or distribuled as general overhead expense, at
Contractor's option.
Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the
next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change
Directives resull in a change in ihe Contract Sum.
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and
payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner.
a.
b.
d.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900-2
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
1.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Subslantial
Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.
I
T
I
I
I
I
B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the
Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construclion Work covered
by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.
C. Payment Applicalion Forms: Use AIA Documenl G7O2 and AIA Document G703
Continuation Sheets as form for Applications for Payment.
D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Nolarize and execule by a
person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return
incomplete applicalions without action.
1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractot's
Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.
2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued
before last day of construction period covered by application.
E. Transmittal: Submit 3 signed and notarized original copies of each Application for
Payment to Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall
include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required.
1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording
appropriate information about application.
F. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of
mechanic's liens f rom subcontraclors, sub-subcontractors, and suppliers for
construction period covered by the previous application.
1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested, before deduction for
retainage, on each item.2. When an application shows complelion of an item, submit final or full waivers.
3. Owner reseryes the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must
submit waivers.4. Waiver Delays: Submit each Application for Payment with Contractor's waiver of
mechanic's lien for construction period covered by the application.
a. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by final waivers from
every entity involved with perlormance of the Work covered by the
application who is lawlully entitled to a lien.
5. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner
acceptable to Owner.
G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must
precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:
1. List of subcontractors.2. Schedule of Values.3. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if nol final).
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900-3
JGF # 0705
cs2 f &2008
4.
5.
o.
7.
L
9.
10.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
Products list.
Schedule of unit prices.
Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final).
List ol Contractor's staff assignments.
List of Contractor's principal consultanls.
Copies of building permits.
Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for
performance ol the Work.
Initial progress report.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
11.
12. Report of preconstruction conference.
13. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
14. Performance and payment bonds.
15. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance.
16. lnitial settlement survey and damage report if required.
H. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of
Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percenl
completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete.
1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete
and a stalement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued
previously for Owner occupancy ol designated portions of the Work.
l. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and
supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not
limited, to the following:
'l . Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and
proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.
3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.4. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Atfidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims.'
AIA Document G706A, "Contractofs Aflidavit of Release of Liens."
AIA Document G707,'Consent of Surety to Final Payment."
Evidence that claims have been settled.
Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar
data as of date ol Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and
assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.
Final, liquidated damages settlement stalement.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Nol Used)
END OF SECTION 01 29 OO
o.
7.
L
9.
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900-4
c.
1.1
1.3
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
1.2
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
sEcTloN 01 31 00
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative provisions lor coordinating construction operations
on Project including, but not limited to, the following:
General project coordination procedures.
Conseruation.
Coordination Drawings.
Administrative and supervisory personnel.
5. Project meelings.
COORDINATION
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results
where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other
components, before or after its own installation.2. Goordinate installation of diflerent components with other contractors to ensure
maximum accessibility {or required maintenance, service, and repair.3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled lor later installation.
lf necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining
special procedures required for coordination. lnclude such items as required notices,
reports, and list of attendees at meetings.
1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination ol
their Work is required.
Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required
administrative procedures with other construction activities and activities of other
contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress ol the Work. Such
administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Preparation of Contractor's Construclion Schedule.2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values.
1.
2.
3.
4.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COOHDINATION 01 31 00-1
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exteraol
Vail,Colorado
3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.4. Delivery and processing ol submittals.5. Progress meetings-6. Preinstallationconferences.7. Project closeout activities.
D. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried
oul with consideralion given to conservation of energy, water, and materials.
1. Salvage materials and equipmenl involved in performance of, but not actually
incorporated into, the Work.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare Coordination Drawings if limited space availability
necessitates maximum utilization ol space for efficient installation ol different
components or if coordination is reguired for installation of products and materials
fabricated by separate entities.
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
1.5
A.
1.6
A.
1.7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
1. lndicate relationship of components shown on separate Shop Drawings.2. Indicate required installation sequences.3. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" and
Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods' for specific
Coordination Drawing requirements lor mechanical and electrical installations.
Statf Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of
principal staff assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in
attendance at Project site. ldentify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list
addresses and telephone numbers, including home and oflice telephone numbers.
Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as
standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project.
1. Post copies ol list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each
temporary telephone.
ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL
General: In addition to Projecl superintendent, provide other administrative and
supervisory personnel as required for proper performance of the Work.
1. lnclude special personnel required lor coordination of operations with other
conlractors.
MECHANTCAL AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION
Refer to section 013049
PROJECT MEETINGS
B.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00 -2
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and
otherwise indicated.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
conferences at Project site, unless
'l . Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose
presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and
Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times.2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited
attendees.3. Minutes: Record signilicant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute
the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect,
within 3 days of the meeting.
B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before slarting
construction, at a time convenient to Owner, Construction Manager, if one is retained
by Owner, and Architect, but no later than 'l5 days after execution of the Agreement.
Hold the conference at Project site or another convenient location. Conduct the
meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments.
1. Attendees: Authorized representalives of Owner, Construction Manager, if one is
retained by Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its
superintendent; major subconlractors; manufacturers; suppliers; and other
concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at lhe conference
shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the
Work.2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the
following:
Tentative construction schedule.
Phasing.
Critical work sequencing.
Designation of responsible personnel.
Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
S. Distribution of the Contract Documents.h. Submittalprocedures.i. Preparation of Record Documents.j. Use of the premises.k. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.l. Parking availability.m. Office, work, and storage areas.n. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
o. First aid.p. Security.q. Progress cleaning.r. Working hours.
C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site
before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction-
1 . Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators
involved in or atlected by the installation and its coordination or integration with
a.
b.
d.
l.
I
I
t
I PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COOBDINATION 01 31 00-3
JGF # 0705 Vail Cascade Resorl & Spa
cs2 # &2008 Exteraor
Vail,Colorado
other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the
meeting. Advise Architect and Conslruclion Manager, if one is retained by
Owner, of scheduled meeting dates.2. Agenda: Review progress of other conslruction activities and preparations for
the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the
following:
I
I
m.
n.
o.
Contracl Documents.
Options.
Related Change Orders.
Purchases.
Deliveries.
Submittals.
Beview of mockups.
Possible conflicts.
Compatibility problems.
Time schedules.
Weather limitations.
Manufacturer's written recommendations.
Warranty requirements.
Compatibility ol materials.
Acceptability of substrates.
I
t
I
I
T
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
p. Temporary facilities and conlrols.q. Space and access limitations.r. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
s. Testing and inspecting requirements.t. Required performance results.u. Protection ol construction and personnel.
3. Record significant conference discussions, agreemenls, and disagreements.4. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successlully
concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to
pedormance of the Work and reconvene the conlerence at eadiest feasible date.
D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. Coordinate
dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests.
1. Attendees: In addilion to representatives of Owner, Construction Manager, il one
is retained by Owner, and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and
other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning,
coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these
meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and
authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.2- Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting.
Review other items of signilicance thai could affect progress. Include topics for
discussion as appropriate to status of Project.
a. Contracto/s Construclion Schedule: Review progress since the last
meeting. Determine whether each activity is on lime, ahead of schedule, or
behind schedule. in relalion to Contractor's Construction Schedule.
Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure
I
I
I
T
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00-4
b.
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule
revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will
be completed within the Contract Time.
Review present and future needs of each entity presenl, including ihe
following:
lnterface requirements.
Sequence of operations.
Status oI submittals.
Deliveries.
Off-site fabrication.
Access.7l Site utilization.8) Temporary facilities and controls.9) Work hours.
10) Hazards and risks.
1 1) Progress cleaning.
12) Quality and work standards.
13) Change Orders.
14) Documentation of information for payment requests.
3. Reporting; Distribute minules of the meeting to each party present and to parties
who should have been presenl. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of
progress since the previous meeting and report.
a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construclion Schedule after each
progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or
recognized. lssue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each
meeting.
E. Coordination Meetings: Conduct Project coordination meetings at weekly intervals.
Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other
purposes, such as progress meetings and preinstallation conferences.
'l . Attendees: ln addition to representatives of Owner, Construction Manager, if one
is retained by Owner, and Architeci, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and
other enlity concerned with current progress or involved in planning,
coordination, or pedormance of future activities shall be represented at these
meelings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and
authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous coordination
meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include
topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project.
a. Combined Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the
last coordination meeting. Determine whether each contract is on time,
ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Combined
Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction behind
schedule will be expedited; secure commitmenls from parties involved to
do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that
1
2
3
4
5
6
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00-5
JGF # 070s
cs2 # 8-2q)8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTTON 01 31 00
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
completed within the Contract
3.
current and subsequent activities will be
Time.b. Schedule Updating: Revise Combined Conlractor's Construction Schedule
after each coordination meeting where revisions to the schedule have been
made or recognized. lssue revised schedule concurrently with report of
each meeting.c. Review present and future needs of each contractor present, including the
following:
1) Interfacerequirements.2) Sequence of operations.3) Status of submittals.4l Deliveries.5) Off-sitefabrication.6) Access.7) Site utilization.8) Temporary facilities and controls.9) Work hours.
10) Hazards and risks.
1 1) Progress cleaning.
12) Qualig and work standards.
13) Change Orders.
Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in
attendance and to others atfected by decisions or actions resulting from each
meeting.
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
IPROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORD]NATION 01 31 00-6
I JGF # 0705 Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
cs2 # &2008 Exterior
Vail,Colorado
r sEcrtoN 01 32 oo
r coNsrRuciloN PRoGRESSDOCUMENTATION
I PARTl -GENERAL
!
r 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
r Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
I Seclion.
I 1.2 sUMMARYI
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the
I progress of construction during performance of the Work, including ihe following:
I 1. PreliminaryConstructionSchedule.
I 2. Contractor's Construction Schedule.
I 3. Submittals Schedule.4. Daily construction reports.
I 5. Material location reports.I 9. $"i*iii;':"*reports'
I 1.3 SUBMITTALS
I A. Submittals Schedule: Submit three copies ol schedule. Arrange the following
f information in a tabular format:
I 1. Scheduled date lor first submittal.
f 2. Specification Section number and title.3. Submittal category (action or informational).
r 4. Name of subcontractor.
I 5. Description ol the Work covered.r 6. Scheduled date for Architect's linal release or approval.
I B. Preliminary Constructioh Schedule: Submit two printed copies; one a single sheet ofI reproducible media, and one a print.
I C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit two printed copies ol initial schedule, one
I a reproducible print and one a blue- or black-line print, large enough to show entire
schedule for entire construction oeriod.
I D. Daily Construction Reports: Submit two copies at weekly intervals.
- E. Material Location Reports: Submit two copies at weekly intervals.
I
CONSTRUCTION PHOGRESS DOCUMENTATION O.I 32 OO - 1
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
'1.4
A.
1.5
A.
B.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
F. Field Condition Reports: Submit two copies at time of discovery of differing conditions.
G. Special Reports: Submit two copies at time ol unusual event.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conlerence at Project site to comply with
requirements in Division 1 Section 'Project Managemenl and Coordination.' Review
methods and procedures related to the Preliminary Construction Schedule and
Contractor's Construction Schedule, including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Review software limitations and content and format for reports.2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule.3. Discuss constraints, including phasing work slages area separations interim
milestones and partial Owner occupancy.4. Review delivery dates for Owner-furnished products.
5. Review schedule for work of Owne/s separate contracts.6. Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals.7. Review requirements lor tests and inspections by independent testing and
inspecting agencies.8. Review time required for completion and startup procedures.
9. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule.
10. Review submittal requirements and procedures.
11. Review procedures for updating schedule.
COORDINATION
Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of
construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors.
Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values. list ol
subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other
required schedules and reporls.
1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from
parties involved.2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and
schedule them in proper sequence.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
2.1 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE
A. Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates
required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, resubmittal,
ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200-2
1.
2.
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.2
A.
2.3
A.
B.
2.4
A.
2.5
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of
Values, and Contractor's Construction Schedule.
lnitial Submittal: Submit concurrently with preliminary bar-chart schedule.
lnclude submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those
required to maintain orderly progress ol the Work and those required early
because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication.
Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the firsl complete submiftal of
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. GENERAL
Procedures: Comply with procedures contained in AGC's 'Construction Planning &
Scheduling."
PRELIMINARY CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
Bar-Chart Schedule: Submit preliminary horizontal bar-chart-type construction
schedule within seven days of date established for the Notice to Proceed.
Preparation: lndicate each significant construction activity separately. ldentily first
workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. Outline significant construction
activities for first 60 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder
of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities.
CoNTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTTON SCHEDULE (GANTT CHAHT)
Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt-
chart-type, Contractor's Construction Schedule within 3O days of date established for
the Notice to Proceed. Base schedule on the Preliminary Construction Schedule and
whatever updating and feedback was received since the start of Project.
Preparation: Indicate each signilicant construction activity separately. ldentify first
workday of each week with a continuous vertical line.
1. For construction activities that require 3 monlhs or longer to complete, indicate
an estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within time bar.
REPORTS
Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following
information concerning events at Project site:
1. List of subcontractors at Project site.2. List of separate contractors at Project sile.3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site.4. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions.5. Accidents.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200-3
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
6. Meetings and significant decisions.
7 - Unusual events (refer to special reports).
8. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.
9. Meter readings and similar recordings.
10. Emergencyprocedures.
11. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.
12. Change Orders received and implemented.
13. Construction Change Directives received.
14. Services connected and disconnected.
15. Equipment or system tests and startups.
16. Partial Completions and occupancies.
17. Substantial Complelionsauthorized.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
B. Material Location Reports: At weekly intervals, prepare a comprehensive list of
materials delivered to and stored at Project site. List shall be cumulative, showing
materials previously reported plus items recently delivered. Include with list a
stalement of progress on and delivery dates for materials or items of equipment
fabricated or stored away from Project site.
C. Field Condition Reports: lmmediately on discovery of a difference between field
conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare a detailed report. Submit with a
request for information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions,
together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.
2.6 SPECIAL REPOHTS
A. General: Submit special reports directly to Owner within one day of an occurrence.
Distribute copies ol report to parties affected by the occurrence.
B. Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs
at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special
report. List chain of events, persons participating, response by Contractor's personnel,
evaluation ol results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in
advance when these events are known or predictable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'SCONSTRUCTIONSCHEDULE
A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule
to reflect actual construction progress and activities. lssue schedule one week before
each regularly scheduled progress meeting.
1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions
have been recognized or made. lssue updated schedule concurrently with the
report of each such meeting.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200-4
3.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exlerior
Vail,Golorado
Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including,
but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and
activity durations.
As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity.
B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect Owner, separate
contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties idenlified by Contractor
with a need-to-know schedule responsibility.
1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and
post in the same locations- Delete parties from distribution when they have
completed their assigned poriion of the Work and are no longer involved in
performance of construction activities.
END OF SECTTON 01 32 00
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200-5
B.
2.1
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # S2008
sEcTloN 01 32 33
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
Vail Cascade Resorl & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Contract, including General and
Specification Sections, apply to lhis
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 0'l
Section.
1.2
A.
1.3
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:1. Periodicconstructionphotographs.2. FinalCompletionconstructionphotographs.
Related Sections include the following:1. Division 1 Section 'Submittal Procedures" for submitting photographic
documentation.2. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting digital media as Project
Record Documents at Project closeout.
SUBMITTALS
Key Plan: Submit key plan of Profect site and building with notation of vantage points
marked for location and direction of each photograph. Indicate elevation or story of
conslruction. lnclude same label information as corresponding set of photographs.
1. Digital lmages: Submit a complete set ol digital image electronic files with each
submittal of prints as a Project Flecord Document on CD-ROM. ldentify
electronic media with date photographs were taken. Submit images that have
same aspect ratio as the sensor, uncropped.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDIA
Digital lmages: Provide images in uncompressed TIFF format, produced by a digital
camera with minimum sensor size of 4.0 megapixels, and at an image resolution of not
less than 1600 by 1200 pixels.
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3233-1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
T
3.1 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
General: Take photographs using the maximum range of depth of field, and that are in
focus, to clearly show the Work. Photographs with blurry or outof-focus areas will not
be accepted.
1. Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies each
photographic location.
Digital lmages: Submit digital images exactly as originally recorded in the digital
camera, without alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image-editing
software.
1. Date and Time: Include date and time in filename for each image.
2. Field Office lmages: Maintain one set of images on CD-ROM in the lield office at
Project site, available at all times lor reference. ldentify images same as for
those submitted to Architect and Construction Manager.
Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take eight color photographs after date
of Substantial Completion for submission as Project Record Documenls. Architect will
direct photographer for desired vantage points.
1. Do not include date stamp.
END OF SECTION 01 32 33
B.
c.
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOGUMENTATION 01 3233 - 2
c.
1.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
t
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
1.2
A.
1.3
A.
B.
1.4
A.
B.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
sEcTtoN 01 33 00
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop
Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other miscellaneous submittals.
DEFINITIONS
Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive
action.
Inlormational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's
approval. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
General: Electronic copies ol CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will not be
provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals.
Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing ol submittals with performance
of construction activities.
1. Coordinate each submiltal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of lhe
Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submiltals
concurrently for coordination.
a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring
coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.
Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction
Progress Documentation" lor list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled
perlormance ol related construction activities.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300-1
TJGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
D. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time lor
resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt ol
submittal.
1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submiftal. Allow additional
time il processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent
submittals. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed
must be delayed for coordination.2. Concurrent Review: Where concurrent review of submittals by Architect's
consultants, Owner, or other parties is required, allow 21 days for initial review of
each submittal.
E. ldentification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.
't. lndicate name of lirm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.2. Provide a space approximately 4 by 5 inches (100 by 125 mm) on label or beside
title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken
by Architect.3. lnclude the following information on label {or processing and recording action
taken:
' a. Projecl name.b. Date.
Name and address of Architect.
Name and address of Contractor.
Name and address of subcontractor.
Name and address of supplier.
S. Name of manufacturer.h. Unique identifier, including revision number.i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.k. Other necessary identification.
F. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract
Documents on submittals.
G. Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless
Architect observes noncompliance with provisions of the Contract Documents, initial
submittal may serve as final submittal.
1. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specilied
number of copies to Architect.2. Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will not be marked with
action taken and will be returned.
H. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and
handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will return
submittals, without review, received from sources other than Contractor.
1. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record
relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by
d.
e.
L
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
ISUBMITTAL PROCEDUHES 01 3300-2
I JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & SPa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Architect on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements of the
Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include the
same label information as the related submittal.
Include Contractor's certification stating that information submitted complies with
requirements of the Contract Documents.
Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information:
a. Project name.b. Date.
Destination (To:).
Source (From:).
Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.
Category and type ol submittal.
Submittal purpose and description.
Submittal and transmittal distribution record.
Remarks.
Signature of transmitter.
l. Distribution: Furnish copies of Jinal submittals to manufacturers, subcontraclors,
suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary
for performance ol construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
J. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by
Architect in connection with construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
ACTION SUBMITTALS
General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification
Sections.
'l . Number of Copies: Submit copies of each submittal, as follows, unless olherwise
indicated:
a. Initial Submittal: Submit a preliminary single copy of each submittal where
selection of options, color, paltern, texture, or similar characteristics is
required. Architect will return submittal with options selected.b. Final Submittal: Submit three copies, unless copies are required for
operation and maintenance manuals. Submit live copies where copies are
required for operation and maintenance manuals. Architect will retain two
copies; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned copy
as a Project Record Document.
Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal lor each element of
construction and type of product or equipment.
1. lf information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed
data are not suitable lor use, submit as Shop Drawings, nol as Product Data'
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.
3.
2.1
A.
B.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300-3
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
products and options are
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which
applicable.3. lnclude the lollowing inlormation, as applicable:
Manufacture/s written recommendations.
Manufacturer's product specif ications.
Manufacturer's installation instructions.
Standard color charts.
Manufacturer's catalog culs.
Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.g. Printed performance curves.
h. Operational range diagrams.
i. Millreports.j. Standard product operaling and maintenance manuals.k. Compliance with recognized trade association standards.l. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.m. Application of testing agency labels and seals.n. Notation of coordination requirements.
C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do
nol base Shop Drawings on reproductions ol the Contract Documents or standard
printed data.
1. Preparation: Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Dimensions.b. ldentification ol products.
c. Fabrication and installation drawings.d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams.e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and
control wiring.f. Shopworkmanutacturinginstructions.
S. Templates and patlerns.
h. Schedules.i. Design calculations.j. Compliance with specified standards.k. Notation ol coordination requiremenls.l. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
2. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate belween manufacturer-installed and field-installed
wiring.3. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit
Shop Drawings on sheets at least B-1i2by 11 Inches (215 by 280 mm) but no
larger than 30 by 40 rnches (750 by 1000 mm).4. Number of Copies: Submit one correctable, translucent, reproducible printand
one blue- or black-line print of each submittal. Architect will retum the
reproducible print.
D. Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project
Management and Coordination."
a.
b.
d.
e.
f.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300-4
I JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,ColoradoI
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
t
I
E. Samples: Prepare physical units of materials or products, including the following:
1. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for
mockups.2. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting ol
units or sections of units showing the full range ol colors, textures, and patterns
available.3. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated,
prepared from the same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in
manner specified, and physically identical with the product proposed for use, and
that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include,
but are not limited to, the lollowlng: partial sections of manufactured or
fabricated components; small cuts or containers ol materials; complete units of
repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, lexture, and pattern; color
range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection.
4. Preparation: Mount, display, or package Samples in manner specified to
facilitate review of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match Architect's
sample where so indicated. Attach label on unexposed side that includes the
following:
a. Generic description of Sample.b. Product name or name of manufacturer.c. Sample source.
5. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture lor a final check of
these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison ol these
characteristics between final submittal and actual component as delivered and
installed.
a. lf variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in the
product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units
that show approximate limits of the variations.b. Refer to individual Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that
illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly,
connections, operation, and similar construction characteristics.6. Number of Samples for Verification: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect
will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one
returned Sample set as a Project Record Sample.
a. Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication
techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to
be demonstraled.
7. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available lor
quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity.
Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction
associated with each set.
F. Product Schedule or List: Prepare a written summary indicating types of producls
required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in
tabular form:
I
I
I
I SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300-5
JGF # 0705
cs2 f 8-2008
2.2
A.
1. Type ol product. Include unique identifier for each product.
2. Number and name of room or space.3. Location within room or space.
G. Contraclor's Construction Schedule: Comply wilh requirements in Division 1 Seclion
"Construction Progress Documentation" for Construction Manager's action.
H. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction
Progress Documentation."
l. Application for Paymenl: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Payment
Procedures."
J. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Payment
Procedures."
K. Subcontract List; Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed
for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment
fabricated to a special design. Include the lollowing information in tabular form:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or
supplying products.
2. Number and litle of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract.3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specilication
Sections.
1. Number of Copies: Submit two copies ol each submittal, unless otherwise
indicated. Architect will not return copies.2. Certilicates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes
signature of entity responsible lor preparing certification. Certificates and
certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign
documents on behalf of that entity.
3. Test and Inspection Reports: Gomply with requirements in Division 1 Section
'Quality Requiremenls."
Contracto/s Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section
"Construction Progress Documentation."
Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and
experience of firm or person. Include lists 01 completed projects with project names
and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information
specified.
Product Certilicates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead
certifying that product complies with requirements.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vait,Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
B.
c.
D.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300-6
t JGF # 070s
cs2 * 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,ColoradoI
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and
personnel comply with requirements. Submit record ol Welding Procedure
Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on AWS forms.
Include names of firms and personnel certified.
F. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead
certifying that Installer complies with requirements and, where required, is authorized
tor this specific Project.
G. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufaclurer's letterhead
certifying that manutacturer complies with requirements. Include evidence of
manufacturing experience where required.
H. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead
certifying that material complies with requirements.
l. Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting tesi resulls of material for
compliance with requirements.
J. Preconslruction Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on
testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests perlormed
before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements.
K. Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on
testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests
performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers
and substrale preparation needed for adhesion.
L. Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed
either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for
compliance with requirements.
M. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by
manufacturer complies with requirements. Base reports on evaluation of tests
performed by manulaclurer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on
comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.
N. Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code
organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with
building code in effect lor Project. Include the following information:
1. Name ol evaluation organization.2. Date of evaluation.3. Time period when report is in effect.4. Product and manulaclurers' names.5. Description of product.
6. Test procedures and results.7. Limitations of use.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDUBES 01 3300-7
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
O. Maintenance Data: Prepare wrilten and graphic instructions and procedures for
operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with
requirements in Division 't Section 'Closeout Procedures."
P. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to,
performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and
calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and
a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of
so{tware, if any, used for calculations. lnclude page numbers.
O. Manufaclurer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents
manufacture/s recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating
a product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone
number of manufacturer. Include the following, as applicable:
Preparation of substrates.
Bequired substrate tolerances.
Sequence ol installation or erection.
Required installation tolerances.
Required adjustments.
Recommendations for cleaning and protection.
R. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-
authorized service representative's tests and inspections. Include lhe following, as
applicable:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service
representative making report.2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of
product.
3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with
requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed
performance complies with requirements.6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will atfect warranty.7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.
S. Insurance Certilicates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status
of insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or
bond, limits of coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage.
T. Material Safety Data Sheets: Submit inlormation directly to Owner. lf submitted to
Architect, Architect will not review this information bul will return it with no action taken.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.'l CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
I
I
I
I
t
1.
2.
3.
4.
q
o.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
ISUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300-8
B.
c.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
3.2
A.
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
A. Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note
corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to
Architect.
B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. lnclude
Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number,
name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal
has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract
Documents.
ARCHITECT'S ACTION
General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Conlractor's approval
stamp and will return them without action.
1. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate
corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect will stamp each
submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate
action taken.
lnlormational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return il, or
will reject and return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will lorward
each submittal to appropriate party.
Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may be
discarded.
END OF SECTION 01 33 OO
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300-9
c.
't .1
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Hesort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
1.2
A.
B.
sEcTloN 01 40 00
OUALITY REOUIREMENTS
PART 1 . GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 0'l
Section.
Contract, including General and
Specification Sections, apply to this
't.3
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance
and quality control.
Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements
specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Conlractor of responsibility lor
compliance with the Contracl Document requirements.
1- Specific quality-control requirements for individual construction activities are
specilied in the Sections that specily those activities. Requirements in those
Sections may also cover production of standard producls.
2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality-
control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document
requirements.3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-control seruices required by
Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of
this Section.
DEFINITIONS
Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and
during execulion ol the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that
proposed construclion complies with requirements.
Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspeclions, procedures, and related actions during
and after execution of the Work to evaluate that completed conslruction complies with
requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by
Architect.
Mockups: Full-size, physical example assemblies to illustrate finishes and materials.
Mockups are used to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrale
aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution, and to
review construction, coordination, testing, or operation; they are not Samples. Mockups
establish the standard by which the Work will be judged.
OUALIW REOUIREMENTS 01 4000-1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
D. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests,
Testing laboratory shall mean lhe same as testing agency.
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
inspections, or both.
SUBMITTALS
Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owne/s records, submit copies of permits,
licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices,
receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar
documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on
performance of the Work.
QUALIry ASSURANCE
Fabricator Qualifications: A lirm experienced in producing products similar to those
indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as
well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized
representative ol manufacturer who is trained and approved by manulaclurer to inspect
installation of manufacturer's products lhat are similar in material, design, and extent to
those indicated for this Project.
Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or
assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project,
whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successlul in-service
performance.
Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems
similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service
performance.
Specialists: Certain sections ol the Specifications require that specific construction
activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those
operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be
engaged for the activities indicated.
1. Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and similar
regulations governing the Work, nor interfere with local trade-union jurisdictional
settlements and similar conventions.
Testing Agency Qualifications: An agency with the experience and capability to
conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented by ASTM E 548, and that
specializes in types of tests and inspections to be performed.
Mockups: Before installing portions ol the Work requiring mockups, build mockups lor
each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements,
using materials indicated for the completed Work:
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.4
A.
1.5
A.
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
OUALITY REOU]REMENTS 0't 4000-2
1.
2.
!t.
4.
5.
6.
c.
D.
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
1.6
A.
B.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by
Architect.
Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will
be constructed.
Demonslrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.
Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or
conslruction.
Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard
lor judging the completed Work.
Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated.
QUALIry CONTROL
Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's
responsibilig, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.
Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control
services specified and required by authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified
testing agency to perform these quality-conlrol services.
Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service
representative to inspect lield-assembled components and equipment installation,
including service connections. Report results in writing.
Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-
assurance and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity
of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.
1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. General: On completion ol testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services,
repair damaged construction and reslore substrates and finishes.
1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other
Sections ol these Specifications. Restore patched areas and extend restoration
inlo adjoining areas in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching.
2. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for Division 1 Section "Cutting
and Patching."
OUALITY REOUIREMENTS 01 4000-3
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
B. Repair and proteclion are Contractor's responsibility,
responsibility for quality-control services.
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vai!,Colorado
regardless of the assignment ol
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
3.2
A.
SCHEDULE OF INSPECTIONS AND TESTS
The following is a summary ol tests and inspections specilied in the appropriate
sections and compiled here for convenience ol reference.
Testing Paid By Owner:1. Fill and backfill compaction density tests: Division 22.2. Asphaltic Concrete Paving: Section 002513.3. Concrete testing: Sections 033000 and 034100.4. Masonry testing: Section 042000.5. Structural steel connection testing: Section 051200.6. Applied Fireprooling: Section 078'100.7. Penetration Firestopping: Section 078446.
Testing Paid By Contractor:1. Water Systems: Division 25.2. Drainage structures and piping: Division 27.3. Sanitary Sewer Systems: Division 27.4. Pool equipment and saleg tests: Section 013150.5. Special equipment and systems testing: As indicated in individual Division 11 and
13 sections.6. Elevator safety tests: Section 142400.7. Mechanical systems balancing and testing: Division 23 sections.
8. Electrical systems testing: Division 26 sections.
END OF SECTION 01 40 OO
B.
c.
QUALITY REOUIREMENTS 014000-4
1 .'l
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
sEcTtoN 0't 4200
REFERENCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply lo this
Section.
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
1.2
A.
B.
F.
Vail Cascade Besort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
c.
D.
DEFINITIONS
General: Basic Contract delinitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
"Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals,
applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and
responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.
"Directed': A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested,'
"authorized," "selected," "approved," "required,' and "permitted" have the same
meaning as'directed."
"lndicated': Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on
Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including
'shown," "noted,' "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."
"Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities
having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction
industry that control performance of the Work.
"Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking,
assembly, installation, and similar operations.
"lnstall": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking,
assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing,
curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
"Provide": Fumish and install, complete and ready lor the intended use.
'lnslaller": Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee,
Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation,
including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.
1. Using a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction
activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a
corresponding generic name, such as 'carpenter." lt also does not imply that
G.
H.
t.
REFERENCES 014200-1
JGF#0705 Vail Cascade Resort& Spa
cs2 # &2ilt8 Exterior
Vail,Colorado
requirements specilied apply exclusively to tradespeople ot the corresponding
generic name.
J. "Experienced': When used with an eniity, "experienced" means having successlully
completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this
Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
K. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of
Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description
of the land on which Project is to be built.
1.3 BUILDING CODES
A. 2006 International Existing Building Code
B. 2006 International Energy Conservation Code (IECC)
C. 2006 International Energy Conservation Code (IECC)
D. 2006 International Mechanical Code Building Gode With Local Amendmenls*
E. 2006 lnternational Fuel Gas Code
F. 2006 Uniform Plumbing Code
G. 2006 Nalional Electrical Code as adopted without amendments by the state of
Michigan
H. ASME A17.1, 2004 Edition, Salety Code for Elevators & Escalators
1. 2006 ICC/ANSI AllT.l Accessibility Standard
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
1.4
A.
B.
c.
INDUSTRY STANDARDS
Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and
effect as il bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent
referenced. Such standards are made a part ol the Contract Documents by reference.
Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effecl as of date of the Contract
Documents, unless otherwise indicated.
Conflicting Requirements: lf compliance with two or more standards is specified and
the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or
quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Reler uncertainties and
requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before
proceeding.1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or
specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual inslallation
REFERENCES 014200-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
JGF # 0705 Vail Gascade Resort & SPa
cs2 # &2il)8 Exlerior
Vail,Colorado
may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may
exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these
requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as
appropriate, for the context of requirements. Reler uncertainties to Architect for a
decision before proceeding.
D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project must be familiar
with induslry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies ol applicable
standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction
activity, obtain copies directly from publication source and make them avaihble
on request.
1.5 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. lndustry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications
or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities
indicated in Gale Research's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books'
"National Trade & Professional Associations of the U.S."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 42 OO
REFERENCES 01 4200-3
B.
1.1
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
JGF # 0705
cs2 f &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & SPa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
sEcTtoN 01 s0 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 -GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01
Section.
Contract, including General and
Specification Sections, apply to this
't.2
A.
B.
1.3
A.
't.4
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and
security and protectlon facilities.
Related Sections include the lollowing:
1. Division0l Section "Summary" for limitations on utility interruptions and other
work restrictions.2. Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" lor procedures for submitting copies
of implementation and termination schedule and utility reports.3. Division 01 Section "Execution" for progress cleaning requiremenls.4. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for temporary heat, ventilation, and humidity
requirements for products in lhose Sections.5. Division 32 Section "Dewatering" for disposal ol ground water at Project site.
DEFINITIONS
Permanent Enclosure: As determined by Architect, permanent or temporary roofing is
complete, insulated, and weathertight; exterior walls are insulated and weathertight;
and all openings are closed with permanent construction or substantial temporary
closures.
USE CHARGES
General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract
Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cosl,
including, but not limited to, Owner's construction forces, Architect, testing agencies,
and authorities having jurisdiction.
Sewer Service: Pay sewer service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for
construction operations.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000-1
JGF # 070s
cs2 # &2008
C. Water Service: Pay water service
construction operations.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
use charges lor water used by all entities for
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
D. Electric Power Service: Pay electric power service use charges for electricity used by
all entities for construction operations.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas
f or construclion personnel.
1.6
A.
B.
1.7
A.
OUALITY ASSURANCE
Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for
temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.
Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect
each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities; lnstaller of each permanent service shall
assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent
seruice during its use as a construction facilig before Owner's acceptance, regardless
of previously assigned responsibilities.
2.1
PAHT 2 - PRODUCTS
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes,
temperature controls, and loundations adequate for normal loading.
Common-Use Field Office: Ol sutficient size to accommodate needs ol construction
personnel. Keep office clean and orderly. Fumish and equip offices as follows:
1. Furniture required for Project-site documents including file cabinets, plan tables,
plan racks, and bookcases.2. Conference room of sutficient size to accommodate meetings ol'10 individuals.
Provide electrical power service and 120-V ac duplex receptacles, with not less
than 1 receptacle on each wall. Furnish room with conference table, chairs, and
4-ioot- ('l .2-m-) square tack board.3. Drinking water and private toilet.4. Coffee machine and supplies.5. Heating and cooling equipment necessary to maintain a uniform indoor
temperature ol 68 to 72 deg F (20 to 22 deg C).
01 5000-2
B.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
I JGF # 0705 Vail cascade Resort & spa
cs2 # &2008 Exterior
- Vail,Colorado
I 6. Lighting fixtures capable of maintaining average illumination of 20 fc (215 lx) al
desk height.
I c. Architect's office:r 1. Provide a separate office with separale fumiture ,file cabinets, plan racks , plan
table, bookcase and communication equipment.
I
2.2 EOUIPMENT
I A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required
by locations and classes of fire exposures.
PABT 3 - EXECUTION
! 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
I A. Locate facilities where they will serve Prolect adequately and result in minimumI interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modily facilities as required
by progress of the Work.
I B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until
facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed
I permanent facilites.
T
3.2 TEMPORARYUTILITYINSTALLAT]ON
Ir A. General: lnstall temporary service
I 1. Arrange with utilig company, Owner, and existing users for time when seruice
I can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections lor temporary services.
I B. Sewers and Drainage; Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully.
I 1. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as direcled by authorities having
jurisdiction.
! C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures
adequate for conslruction.
I D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water lor use
of conslruction personnel. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type, number,
I location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.r E. Heating: Provide temporary heating required by construction activities lor curing or
I drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse
I effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a
harmtul effect on completed installations or elements being installed.
T
I
TEMPORARY FACTLTTTES AND CONTROLS 01 5000-3
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
3.3
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
F. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by
construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecling
installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment that will
not have a harmlul etfect on completed installations or elements being installed.
Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and
minimize energy consumption.
G. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of
sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations.
1. Install electric power service overhead, unless otherwise indicated.
H. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate
illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic
conditions.
1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fullills security and proteclion
requirements without operating entire syslem.2. Install lighting for Project identification sign.
l. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for
use by all construction personnel. lnstall telephone line(s) for each field office.
',| . Provide additional telephone lines for the following:
a. Provide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine and
computer in each field office.b. Provide one telephone line(s) for Architecl and Owner's use.
2. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.
a. Police and fire departments.b. Ambulance service.c. Contractor's home otfice.d. Architect's office.e. Engineers'offices.f. Owner's otfice.
S. Principal subcontraclors'field and home oflices.
3- Provide superintendent with cellular telephone or portable two-way radio for use
when away from field office.
J. Electronic Communication Service: Provide temporary electronic communication
service, including electronic mail, in common-use facilities.
1. Provide in primary field office and for use by Architect. .
SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
General: Comply with the following:
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
ITEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTFOLS 01 5000-4
B.
C.
D.
E.
I
I
I
t
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
T
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
1.
3.4
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & SPa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
Provide incombustible conslruction for offices, shops, and sheds located within
construction area or within 30 teet (9 m) ol building lines. Comply with
NFPA 241.2- Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before
Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will
be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner.
B. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and
utilities.2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.
C. Project ldentification and Temporary Signs: Provide Project identification and other
signs as indicated on Drawings. Install signs where indicated to inform public and
individuals seeking entrance to Project. Unauthorized signs are not permitted.
1. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visilors.
2. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times.
D. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to
handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requiremenls of authorities
having jurisdiction. Comply wilh Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for
progress cleaning requirements.
SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and
conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental
regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or
pollution or other undesirable effects.1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Division 1 Section "Summary."
Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil
erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to adjacent
properties and walkways, according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
Siormwater Control: Comply with authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in
and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of
slormwater from heavy rains.
Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requiremenls of authorities
having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including waming
signs and lighting.
Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of
types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses.
Comply with NFPA 241.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000-5
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste
and abuse, limit availability ol temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.
B. Maintenance: Maintain Jacilities in good operating condition until removal.
1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,
ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve
indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.
C. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service
has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent lacility, or no
later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent
construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary
facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that
cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
END OF SECTTON 01 s0 00
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
ITEMPORARY FACILITIES AND GONTROLS 01 5000-6
1.1
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
csz # 8-2008
sEcTloN 01 60 00
PRODUCT REOUIREMENTS
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
Contract, including General and
Specilication Sections, apply to this
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01
Section.
1.2
A.
1.3
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following administrative and procedural requirements:
selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling;
manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; product
substitutions; and comparable products.
DEFINITIONS
Products: ltems purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for
Proiect or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the
terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.
1. Named Products: ltems identified by manufacturer's product name, including
make or model number or other designation, shown or listed in manufacture/s
published product literature, that is current as of date ol the Contract Documents.2. New Products: ltems that have not previously been incorporated into another
project or facility, except that products consisting of recycled-content materials
are allowed, unless explicitly stated otherwise. Products salvaged or recycled
from other projects are not considered new products.
3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through
submittal process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the
indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance,
physical properties, appearance, and other characterislics thal equal or exceed
those of specified product.
Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of
construction from those required by the Contract Documenls and proposed by
Contractor.
C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is
named and accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model
number or other designation, to establish lhe significant qualities related to type,
function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000-1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
1.4
A.
Vail Gascade Hesort & Spa
Exteraor
Vail,Colorado
other characterislics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of other named
manufacturers.
D. Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual
manufacturer lor a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to
Owner.
E. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract
Documenls, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to
provide more rights for Owner.
SUBMITTALS
Product Lisl: Submit a list, in tabular from, showing specified products. lnclude
generic names of products required. Include manufacturer's name and proprietary
product names for each product.
1. Coordinate product list with Contractor's Construction Schedule and ihe
Submittals Schedule.2. Form: Tabulate information for each product under the following column
headings:
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
Specilication Section number and title.
Generic name used in the Contract Documents.
Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations.
Manufacture/s name and address.
Supplie/s name and address.
lnstalle/s name and address.
Projected delivery date or time span ol delivery period.
ldentification of items that require early submittal approval for scheduled
delivery date.
3. lnitial Submittal: Within 30 days after date of commencement of the Work,
submit 3 copies of initial product list. Include a written explanation for omissions
of dala and for variations from Contract requirements.
4. Completed List Within 60 days after date of commencement of the Work,
submit 3 copies of completed product list. lnclude a written explanation for
omissions ol data and for variations from Contract requirements.
5. Architect's Action: Architect will respond in writing to Contractor within 15 days
of receipl of completed product list. Architect's responsil will include a list of
unacceptable product selections and a brief explanation of reasons for this
action. Architect's response, or lack of response, does not constitute a waiver of
requirement that products comply with the Contract Documents.
B. Substitution Requests: Submit lhree copies of each request for consideration. ldentify
product or labrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification
Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.
1. Substitution Request Form: Use form provided by Architect.
a.
b.
d.
e.
tl.
s.
h.
PRODUCT REOUIREMENTS 01 6000-2
3.
c.
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exteriol
Vail,Colorado
Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the
following, as applicable:
Statement indicating why specilied material or product cannol be provided.
Coordination inlormation, including a list of changes or modifications
needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner
and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed
substitution.
Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substilution with
those of the Work specilied. Significant qualities may include attributes
such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific
features and requirements indicaled.
Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and
fabrication and installation procedures.
Samples, where applicable or requested.
List of similar installations {or compleled projects with project names and
addresses and names and addresses of archilects and owners.
Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and
interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated.
Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in
effect for Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorilies
having jurisdiction.
Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule using proposed
substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the
overall Contract Time. lf specified product or method ol construction
cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from
manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating lack of availability or
delays in delivery.
Cost inlormation, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract
Sum.
Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with
requirements in the Contract Documents and is appropriale for applications
indicated.
Contractor's waiver of rights lo additional payment or time that may
subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed
substitution to produce indicated results.
Architect's Action: lf necessary, Architect will request additional information or
documentalion for evalualion within one week ol receipt of a request for
substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of
proposed substitution within 15 days ol receipt of request, or 7 days of receipt of
additional information or documentation, whichever is later.
a. Form of Acceptance: Change Order.b. Use product specified if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a
proposed substitution within time allocated.
Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in
Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.
a.
b.
d.
e.
t.
s.
h.
t.
j.
k.
t.
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000-3
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility ol Options: lf Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more
products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible wilh products
previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options.
1. Each contractor is responsible for providing producls and construction methods
compatible with products and construction methods ol other contractors.2. lf a dispute arises between contractors over concurrently selectable but
incompatible producls, Architect will determine which products shall be used.
1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, slore, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent
damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufaclurer's written
instructions.
1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent
overcrowding of conslruction spaces.2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for
items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive lo
delerioration, theft, and other losses.
3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's
original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and
instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.4. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents
and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.
5. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement ol quantity or counting of
unils.6. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.7. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a
weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent
condensation.L Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature,
humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.9. Protect stored products from damage.
B. Storage: Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of
materials and equipmeni by Owner's conslruction forces. Coordinate location with
Owner.
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
1.7
A.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
PRODUCT WARRANTIES
Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with,
other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and
limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under
requirements of the Contract Documents.
PRODUCT REOUIREMENTS 016000-4
A.
B.
2.1
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
C. Submittal Time:
Procedures."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and
identification, ready lor execution. Submit a draft lor approval before final execution.
1. Manufaclurer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information
and properly executed.2. Refer to Divisions2 through 16 Sections for specific content requirements and
particular requirements for submitting special warranties.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Closeout
PRODUCT OPTIONS
General Product Bequirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract
Documents, that are undamaged, and unless otherwise indicated, that are new at lime
of installation.
1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other
items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effecl.
2. Standard Products: ll available, and unless custom products or nonstandard
options are specified, provide standard products ol types that have been
produced and used successfully in similar siluations on other projects.
3. Owner reseryes the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in
conflict wilh requirements of the Contract Documents.4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected,' Architect will make
selection.5. Where products are accompanied by the term .match sample," sample to be
matched is Architect's.6. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the
Specifications establish "salienl characteristics" of products.
Product Selection Procedures: Procedures for product selection include the following:
1. Product: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Product"
name a single product and manufacturer, provide the product named.
a. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled
"Manufacturer" or "Source" name single manufaclurers or sources, provide a
product by the manufacturer or from lhe source named that complies with
requirements.
a. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000-5
JGF # 070s
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resortr&€pa
Vail,Colorado
Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Products'
introduce a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the
products listed that complies with requirements.
a. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
Manulacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled
"Manufacturers' introduce a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by
one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements.
a. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
Available Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled
"Available Products" introduce a list of names of both products and
manufacturers, provide one of the products listed or another product that
complies with requirements. Comply wilh provisions in 'Comparable Products"
Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.
Product Options: Where Specification paragraphs titled 'Product Options'
indicate that size, proliles, and dimensional requirements on Drawings are based
on a specific product or system, provide either the specific product or system
indicated or a comparable product or system by another manufacturer. Comply
with provisions in 'Product Substitutions" Article.
Basis-of-Design Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs
titled "Basisof-Design Products" are included and also introduce or refer to a list
of manufacturers' names, provide either the specified product or a comparable
product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications
indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characleristics that are based on
the product named. Comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to
obtain approval lor use of an unnamed product.
a. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching an
established Sample, select a product (and manufacturer) that complies with
requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final
on whether a proposed product matches satisfactorily.
a- lf no product available within specified category matches satisfactorily and
complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions of the
Contract Documents on "substitutions" for selection of a matching product.
Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase 'as
selected from manufacturer's colors, patterns, textures" or a similar phrase,
select a product (and manufacturer) that complies with other specified
requirements.
a. Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "standard range
of colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color,
pattern, or texture from manufacturer's product line that does not include
premium items.
I
I
I
I
I
3.
4.
5.
o,
7.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
8.
9.
PRODUCT REOUIREMENTS 01 6000-6
10.
B.
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.2
A.
2.3
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
b. Full Range: Where Specilications include the phrase "full range of colors,
pattems, textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, or
texlure from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and
premium items.
Allowances: Refer to individual Specification Sections and "Allowance"
provisions in Division 1 for allowances that conlrol product selection and for
procedures required for processing such selections.
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
Timing: Architeci will consider requests for substitution il received within 30 days after
the Notice to Proceed. Bequests received after that time may be considered or
rejecled at discretion of Architect.
Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the
following conditions are satisfied. lf the lollowing conditions are not satisfied, Architect
will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these
requirements:
'l . Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time,
energy conservation, or olher considerations, after deducting additional
responsibilities Owner must assume. Owne/s additional responsibilities may
include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services,
increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations.2. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract
Documents.3. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documenls and will
produce indicated results.4- Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.5. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's Construction
Schedule.6. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having
jurisdiction.
7. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
8. Requested subslitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
9. Requested substitution provides specilied warranty.
10. lf requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested
substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and
consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contraclors
involved.
COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, submit the following, in
addition to other required submittals, to obtain approval ol an unnamed product:
1. Evidence that the proposed
Contract Doeuments. that it
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
product does not require extensive revisions io the
is consistent with the Contracl Documents and will
01 6000-7
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2d)8
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECT]ON 01 60 OO
3.
4.
5.
Vail Cascade Resorl & Spa
Exterlor
Vail,Colorado
produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible witfr other portions of the
Work.
Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those
named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as
performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific fealures and
requirements indicated.
Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
List of similar installations for completed proiects with project names and
addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.
Samples, if requested.
PHODUCT BEQUIREMENTS 01 6000-8
B.
3.1
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
l
I
I
I
t
I
t
!
I
I
t
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
sEcTtoN 01 73 00
EXECUTION
PART 1 .GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Gonditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the
Work including, but not limited to, the following:
't.
2.
3.
4.
5.
b.
7.
Construction layout.
General installation of producls.
Coordination of Owner-installed products.
Progress cleaning.
Starting and adjusting.
Protection of installed construction.
Correction of the Work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Existing Conditions: The existence and location ol site improvements, utilities, and
other construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work,
investigate and verify the existence and location ol mechanical and electrical systems
and other construction affecting the Work.
1. Before construction, verify the location and points of connection of utility seruices.
2. Existing Utilities: The existence and location of utilities and construction
indicated as existing are not guaranteed.
Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with lnstaller or
Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.
EXECUT]ON 01 7300-1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
3.2
A.
3.3
A.
I
I
I
1.
2.
3.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Verify compatibilig with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with
existing finishes or primers.
Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual
locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation.
Examine walls, floors, and rools for suitable conditions where products and
systems are to be installed.4. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and
conditions.
PREPARATION
Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly.
Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work
are indicated to fit to other construction, verity dimensions of other construction by field
measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construclion
progress to avoid delaying the Work.
Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown
diagrammatically on Drawings.
Beview of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: lmmediately on discovery of the
need lor clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request lor information to
Architect. Include a detailed description of problem encountered, together with
recommendations for changing the Contract Documents
CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT
Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on
Drawings, in relation to the existing benchmarks. lf discrepancies are discovered,
notifyArchitect promptly.
General: Lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices.
1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of
construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project.
2. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to
obtain required dimensions.3. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.
4. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work
progresses.
5. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable
tolerances.
Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Insert special requirements for
laying out the Work to suit Project.
INSTALLATION
B.
G.
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
B.
t
t
t
I
t
C.
3.4
EXECUTION 01 7300-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
J
I
t
I
t
T
I
I
I
t
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
A. General: Locate the Work and components of the
alignment and elevation, as indicaied.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Work accurately, in correct
1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.
2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available lor
maintenance and ease of removal for replacement.
3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 8 feet (2.4 m) in spaces without a
suspended ceiling.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instruclions and recommendations for installing
products in applications indicated.
C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible
results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial
Completion.
D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging
operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of
occupancy.
E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise
levels.
F. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each
componenl securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the
Work.
1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount
components al heights directed by Architect.2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.
G. Joints: Make joints of uni{orm width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not
indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to
form hairline joints.
H. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not
considered hazardous.
3.5
A.
B.
OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS
Site Access: Provlde access to Project site for Owner's construction forces.
Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work
performed by Owner's construction forces.
1 . Construction Schedule: lnform Owner of Conlractor's preferred construction
schedule for Owne/s portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based
on a mulually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are
required due to diflerences in actual construction progress.
EXECUTION 01 7300-3
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
3.6
A.
F.
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
t
T
I
B.
c.
D.
E.
G.
H.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Preinstallation Conferences: lnclude Owne/s conslruction forces at
preinstallation conferences covering portions of the Work that are lo receive
Owner's work. Attend preinstallation conferences conducted by Owne/s
construction forces il portions of the Work depend on Owner's construction.
PROGRESS CLEANING
General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas.
Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has
worked. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
1. Comply with requirements in NFPA241 lor removal of combustible waste
materials and debris.2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the
temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C).3. Coniainerize hazardous and unsanitary waste malerials separately from other
waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to
regulations.
Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.
Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness
necessary for proper execution of the Work.
1. Remove liquid spills promptly.
2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom+lean or vacuum
the entire work area, as appropriate.
lnstalled Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to
written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only
cleaning materials specifically recommended. lf specific cleaning materials are not
recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and
that will not damage exposed surfaces.
Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the
space.
Exposed Surfaces: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure
freedom lrom damage and deterioration at time ol Substantial Completion.
Cutting and Patching: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are
performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials.
1. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or
other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original
condition.
Waste Disposal: Burying or buming waste materials on-site will not be permitted-
Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permined.
EXECUTION 01 7300-4
B.
c.
I
I
I
T
I
T
t
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
t
I
t
t
T
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
3.7
A.
B.
c.
D.
3.8
A.
B.
3.9
A.
l. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and
adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to
ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
J. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary
through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable
components to ensure operability without damaging effects.
K. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construclion operations to assure that no part of the
construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or
otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.
STARTING AND ADJUSTING
Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove
malfunctioning units, replace wilh new units, and retest.
Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment
for proper operation.
Test each piece ol equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and
safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
Manufacturer's Field Service: lf a lactory-authorized service representative is required
to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, comply with
qualification requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements."
PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without
damage or deterioration at time ol Substantial Completion.
Gomply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.
CORRECTION OF THE WORK
Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates
and finishes. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Cutting and Patching."
' 1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, relinishing damaged surfaces,
touching up with matching mateiials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.
Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specilied condition.
Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view il surfaces cannot be
repaired without visible evidence of repair.
D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating
components that cannot be repaired.
EXECUTION 01 7300-5
JGF f (rf05
cs2* &2qt8
Vail Cscade Resort & Spe
Ertoriol
Vall,Colorado
E. Remove and replace chipped, scralched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces.
END OF SECTTON 01 73 00
T
t
I
I
t
I
tEXECUTION0173@-6
1.1
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
sEcfloN 017329
CUTTING AND PATCHING
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Contract, including General and
Specification Sections, apply to this
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01
Section.
1.2
A.
1.3
A.
B.
SUMMARY
This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching.
DEFINITIONS
Cutting: Removal of existing construction necessary to permit installation or
performance of other Work.
Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surtaces to original conditions
after installation of other Work.
SUBMITTALS
Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures at least 10
days before the time cutting and patching will be performed, requesling approval to
proceed. Include the following information:
1. Extent Describe cutting and patching, show how they will be performed, and
indicate why they cannot be avoided.2. Changes to Existing Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include
changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in
building's appearance and other signilicant visual elements.3. Products: List products to be used and lirms or entities that will perform lhe
Work.4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.
5. Utilities: Lisi utilities lhat cutting and patching procedures will disturb or atfect.
List utilities that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service.
lndicate how long service will be disrupted.6. Structural Elements: Where cutting and patching involve adding reinlorcement to
struclural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing
integration of reinforcement with original structure.
1.4
A.
CUTTING AND PATCHING 017329-1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
1.5
A.
B.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Architect's Approval: Obtain approval of cutting and patching proposal before
cutting and patching. Approval does not waive right to later require removal and
replacement of unsatisfactory work.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elemenls in a manner that could
change their load-carrying capacity or loaddeflection ratio.
Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elemenls and related
components in a manner lhat results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended
or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safeg.
1. Primary operational systems and equipment.2. Air or smoke barriers.3. Fire-protectionsystems.4. Control systems.5. Communicationsystems.6. Conveying systems.7. Electrical wiring systems.8. Operating systems of special construction in Division 13 Sections.
Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in
visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on
the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Archilect's opinion,
reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has
been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site wilh parties
involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical lrades. Review
areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve
potential conflicts before proceeding.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
MATERIALS
General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections ol these Specifications.
Existing Materials: Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces,
use materials that visually match existing adjacent sudaces to the fullest extent
possible.
1. lf identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when
installed, will match the visual and functional performance of existing materials.
REPAIR MATERIALS
7.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
!
c.
D.
2.1
2.2
A.
B.
CUTTING AND PATCHING 017329 - 2
3.1
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
T
T
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
3.2
A.
B.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exteraor
Vail,Colorado
A. Repair Underlayment Cement-based, polymer-modified, self{eveling product that can
be applied in thicknesses from 1lB inch (3.2 mm) and that can be feathered at edges to
match adjacent floor elevations.
1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, podland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic
cement as defined in ASTM C 219.2. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate,
conditions, and application.3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 118 to 1 4 inch (3 to 6 mm) or coarse
sand as recommended by underlayment manufacturer.4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4100 psi {29 MPa) at 28 days when tested
according to ASTM C 109/C 109M.
B. Repair Topping: Traffic-bearing, cement-based, polymer-modified, selfJeveling
product that can be applied in thicknesses trom 1i4 inch (6 mm).
'l . Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic
cement as defined in ASTM C 219.2. Primer: Product of lopping manufaclurer recommended lor substrate, conditions,
and applicalion.3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/B to 114 inch (3 to 6 mm) or coarse
sand as recommended by topping manufacturer.4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 5700 psi (39 MPa) at 28 days when tested
according to ASTM C 109/C 109M.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and
patching are to be performed.
1. Compatibility: Before patching, verily compatibility with and suitability of
substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.
2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatislactory conditions have been
corrected.
PREPARATION
Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut.
Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent
damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project
that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.
CUTTING AND PATCHING 017329-3
JGF # 0705 Vail Cascade Resorl & Spa I
cs2 # 8-2008 v"ir,c:i:;ilT r
C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of lree I
passage to adjoining areas.
D. Existing Services: Where existing services are required to be removed, relocaied, or I
abandoned, bypass such services before cutting to minimize interruption of services to
occupied areas. II
3.3 PERFORMANCE _,
A. General: Employ skilled workers lo perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting !
and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. r,
1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation ol other components or I
performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore
surfaces to their original condition. f
B. Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and
similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage r
elements retained or adjoining construction. lf possible, review proposed procedures I
with original lnstaller; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. F
1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not I
hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slol-s as small as possibie, neatly to !
size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surlaces. Temporarily
cover openings when not in use. I2. Existing Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into I
concealed surfaces.3. Concrete Masonry: Cut using a cutling machine, such as an abrasive saw or a t
diamond-core drill. I4. Sections where required by cutting and patching operations.5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions I
to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit Ilo prevent entrance ol moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are Icomplete. I
C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar
operatio-ns following performance of otfier Work. Patch with durable seams that are as I
invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements I
specilied in other Sections of these Specifications r
'l . Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to t
demonstrate integrity of installation.2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish I
restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate Ievidence of patching and refinishing.3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one -finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new
space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and I
T
o1732s-4
I
CUTTING AND PATCHING
4.
5.
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
END OF SECTION 01 73 29
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new
materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.
a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate
paint coats over the patch and apply linal paint coat over entire unbroken
surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends
with adjacent surfaces.
Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an
even-plane sudace of uniform appearance.
enclosure to a weathertight condition.
CUTTING AND PATCHING 017329 - 5
't.
2.
3.
4.
1.1
t
t
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
J
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
1.2
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
sEcTloN 0177 00
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements lor contract closeout,
including, but not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
6
6.
Inspection procedures.
Project Record Documents.
Operalion and maintenance manuals.
Warranties.
Instruction of Owner's personnel.
Final cleaning.
1.3
A.
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
Preliminary Procedures; Before requesting inspection for determining date of
Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in
request.
Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of
ilems on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete.
Advise Owner ol pending insurance changeover requirements.
Submit specific warranlies, workmanship bonds, maintenance service
agreements, final certifications, and similar documents.
Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and
access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating
certificates, and simihr releases.5. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance
manuals,6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location
designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number
where applicable.7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise
Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions.
L Complete startup testing of systems.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 0177 00 - 1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
't.4
A.
Vail Cascade Resorl & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
9. SubmitlesVadjust/balance records.
10. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups,
construction tools, and similar elements.
11. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities.
12. Submit changeover inlormation related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation,
and maintenance.
13. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.
14. Touch up and oiherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate
visual defects.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On
receipt of request, Architect will either proceed wilh inspection or notify Contractor of
unlulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion
after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional
items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will
be issued.
1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous
inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final
Completion.
FINAL COMPLETION
Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of
Final Completion, complete the following:
1. Submit a final Application lor Payment according to Division 'l Section "Payment
Procedures."2. Submit cerlified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items
to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The
certified copy ol the list shall state that each item has been completed or
otherwise resolved for acceptance.3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with
insurance requirements.4. Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty.5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of
products, equipment, and systems.
lnspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance.. On receipt of
request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled
requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or
will notify Contractor of construclion thal must be completed or corrected before
certificale will be issued.
1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous
inspections as incomplele is completed or corrected.
Lrsr oF TNcoMPLETE TTEMS (PUNCH LIST)
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
T
I
B.
1.5
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700-2
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
1.6
A.
A. Preparation: Submit three copies of list. lnclude name and identilication of each
space and area affecled by construction operations for incomplete ilems and items
needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor thal are
outside the limits of construction.
1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order.2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories
for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.
3. Include the following information at the top of each page:
Project name.
Date.
Name of Architect.
Name of Contractor.
Page number.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
General: Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Protect
Project Becord Documents from deterioralion and loss. Provide access to Project
Record Documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours.
Record Drawings: Maintain and submit one sel of blue- or black-line white prints of
Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings.
1. Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from
that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data,
whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare
the marked-up Record Prints.
a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that cannot
be readily identified and recorded later.b. Accurately record inlormation in an understandable drawing technique.c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the
markup before enclosing concealed installations.d. Mark Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of
showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. Where
Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on Conlract Drawings.
2. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to
distinguish between changes for different categories ol the Work at the same
location.3. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or
omitted from original Drawings.4. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, Change Order numbers, alternate
numbers, and similar identilication where applicable.5. ldentify and date each Flecord Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT
RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. Organize into manageable sets;
bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. lnclude identification on cover
sheets.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
B.
I
I
I
t
l
I CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700-3
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
1.7
A.
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
C. Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda
and contract modificalions. Mark copy to indicate the actual product installation where
installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract
modifications.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations
that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials,
and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.3. Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, and Product Data, where
applicable.
D. Record Product Data: Submit one copy of each Product Data submittal. Mark one set
to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from
that indicated in Product Data.
'l . Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations
lhat cannot be readily identified and recorded later.2. lnclude significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes
in manufacturer's written instructions for installation.3. Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, and Record Specifications,
where applicable.
E. Miscellaneous Becord Submittals: Assemble miscellaneous records required by other
Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection
with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify
each, ready for continued use and reference.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating the operation
and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a
syslem. lnclude operation and maintenance data required in individual Specification
Sections and as follows:
1. Operation Data:
a. Emergency instructions and procedures.
b. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions, including operating
standards.c. Operating procedures, including startup, shutdown, seasonal, and
weekend operations.d. Description of controls and sequence of operations.e. Piping diagrams.
2. Mainlenance Data:
a. Manufacture/s information, including list of spare parts.
b. Name, address, and telephone number of lnstaller or supplier.c. Maintenance procedures.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
l
t
I
I
T
I
ICLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 0177 00 - 4
B.
c.
D.
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
d.
1.8
A.
e.
t.
s.
h.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exteriol
Vail,Colorado
Maintenance and seruice schedules for preventive and routine
mainlenance.
Maintenance record forms.
Sources of spare parts and maintenance materials.
Copies ol maintenance service agreements.
Copies of warranties and bonds.
B. Organize operation and maintenance manuals into suitable sets of manageable size.
Bind and index data in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in
thickness necessary to accommodate contents, with pocket inside the covers to
receive folded oversized sheets. ldentify each binder on front and spine with the
printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Projecl name, and subject
matter of contents.
WARRANTIES
Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated
portions ol the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of
Substantial Completion is indicated.
Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion
of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner
during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor.
Organize warran$ documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents
of the Project Manual.
1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leat
binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive
B-1 /2-by - 1'l -inch (1't 5-by-280-mm) paper.
2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate
warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed
description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and
the name, address, and telephone number ol Installer.3. ldentify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title
'WABRANTiES," Project name, and name of Contractor.
Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance
manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer
or labricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are
potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage linished surfaces.
GLOSEOUT PROCEDUBES 0177 00 - 5
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2q,8
PART 3 . EXECUTION
3.2
A.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
B.
B.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
3.1 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A. Instruction: lnstruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems,
subsystems, and equipment not part ol a system.
1. Provide instructors experienced in operation and maintenance procedures.
2. Provide instruction at mutually agreed-on times. For equipment that requires
seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at the start of each season.3. Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least seven days'
advance notice.4. Coordinale instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of
inslruction, and course content.
Program Struclure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training
modules for each system and equipment not part of a system, as required by individual
Specification Seclions. For each training module, develop a learning objective and
teaching outline. Include instruction for the following:
1. System design and operational philosophy.
2. Review of documentation.3. Operations.4. Adjustments.5. Troubleshooting.
6. Maintenance.7. Repair.
FINAL CLEANING
General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to
comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and
antipollulion regulations.
Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning.
Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building
cleaning and mainlenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Complete the following cleaning operalions before requesting inspection for
certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project:a. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material
lrom Project site.b. Clean exposed interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, lree
of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural
weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore refleclive surfaces to their original
condition.c. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including,
plenums, shafts and similar spaces.d. Sweep concrele floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700-6
n.
o.
c.
D.
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
J
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exteriol
Vail,Colorado
Vacuum carpet and similar soft sudaces, removing debris and excess nap;
shampoo if visible soil or stains remain.
Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and
windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-
obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged
transparent malerials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch
surfaces.
Remove labels that are not permanent.
Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and
surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily
repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration.
1) Do not paint over "UL'and similar labels, including mechanical and
electrical nameplates.
Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment,
and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar
droppings, and olher foreign substances.
Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions.
including
Clean
e.
L
s.
h.
t.
k.
L
m.
Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains,
stains resulting from water exposure.
Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters.
exposed surfaces ol diffusers, registers, and grills.
Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without lilters during
construclion.
Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and relleclors to function with full
elficiency. Replace burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by
hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury
vapor lixtures to comply with requirements for new fixlures.
Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
Pest Control: Engage an experienced, licensed exterminator lo make a final inspection
and rid Project of rodents, insects, and other pests. Prepare a report.
Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or
dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site
and dispose of lawfully.
END OF SECTION 01 77 OO
CLOSEOUT PBOCEDURES 0177 00 -7
A.
B.
1.1
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & SPa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
sEcTloN 017823
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01
Section.
Contract, including General and
Specification Sections, apply to this
't.2
A.
't.3
A.
1.4
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements lor preparing
operation and maintenance manuals, including the following:
1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory.2. Emergency manuals.3. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment.4. Maintenance manuals for the care and mainlenance of products, materials, and
finishes systems and equipment.
SUBMITTALS
fnitial Submittal: Submit 2 draft copies of each manual at least 15 days before
requesting inspection for Substantial Completion. Include a complete operation and
maintenance directory. Architect will return 'l copy of draft and mark whether general
scope and content of manual are acceptable.
Final Submittal: Submit 1 copy ol each manual in final form at least 15 days before
final inspection. Architect will retum copy with comments within 15 days after linal
inspection.
1. Correct or modify each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit 3
copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's
comments,
COORDINATION
Where operation and maintenance documentation includes informalion on installations
by more than one factory-aulhorized service representative, assemble and coordinate
information furnished by representatives and prepare manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Q17823-1
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
2.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTAT]ON DIRECTORY
A. Organization: Include a section in lhe directory for each of the following:
1. List of documents.2. List of systems.
3. List of equipment.4. Table ol contents.
B. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. lnclude references to
operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system.
C. List of Equipment List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by
system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list.
D. Tables of Contents: lnclude a table of conlents for each emergency, operation, and
maintenance manual.
E. ldentification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance
manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with the same
designation used in the Contract Documents. lf no designation exists, assign a
designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and
Maintenance Documentation for Building Syslems."
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.2
A.
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
MANUALS, GENERAL
Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual inlo a separate
section for each system and subsystem, and a separale section for each piece of
equipment not part of a syslem. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in
the order listed:
1. Title page.
2. Table of contents.3. Manual contents.
Title Page: Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. Include the following
information:
1. Subject matter included in manual.2. Name and address of Project.3. Name and address of Owner.4. Date of submittal.5. Name, address, and telephone number of Contractor.6. Name and address of Architect.7. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.
Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by producl name,
indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section
number in Project Manual.
B.
c.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 2
D.
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
t
t
I
I
t
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.3
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exteriol
Vail,Colorado
requires more than one volume to
table of contents for all volumes in
1 . lf operation or maintenance documenlation
accommodate data, include comprehensive
each volume of the set.
Manual Contents: Organize into sels of manageable size. Arrange contents
alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. ll possible, assemble
instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single
binder.
1. Binders: Heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness
necessary lo accommodate contents, sized to hold B-1i2-by-11-inch i1 15-by-
280-mm) paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing
contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets.
a. lf two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data ol a system,
organize data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related
componenls. Cross-reference other binders if necessary to provide
essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or
system.b. ldentify each binder on front and spine, with printed tille "OPERATION
AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL,' Project title or name, and subiect matter
of conlents. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets.
2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section. Mark
each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major
components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-
referenced to Specilication Section number and title of Project Manual.3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose
diagnostic software diskettes for computerized eleclronic equipment.4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on B-1/2-by-.1 f -inch (115-by-280-mm),20-lb/sq.
ft. (75-g/sq. m) white bond paper.5. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with
text.
a. ll oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text
pages and use as foldouts.b. lf drawings are too large to be used as loldouts, fold and place drawings in
labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate
locations in manual, insert typewriften pages indicating drawing titles,
descriptions of contents, and drawing locations.
EMERGENCY MANUALS
Content; Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following:
1. Type of emergency.2. Emergencyinstructions.3. Emergencyprocedures.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823-3
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.4
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exteriol
Vail,Colorado
B. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below,
include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of eguipment,
and component:
Fire.
Flood.
Gas leak.
Water leak.
Power lailure.
Water outage.
System, subsystem, or equipment failure.
Chemical release or spill.
C. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, lrouble indications, error
messages, and simihr codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating
personnel for notification of lnstaller, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain wananties.
D. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:
1. Instructions on stopping.2. Shutdown instructions for each type ol emergency.3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits.4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.5. Special operating instructions and procedures.
OPERATION MANUALS
Content In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in
individual Specification Sections and the following information:
1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions.
2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility.
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
Operating standards.
Operating procedures.
Operating logs.
Wiring diagrams.
Control dlagrams.8. Piped system diagrams.9. Precaulions against improper use.
10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates.
Descriptions: lnclude the following:
1. Product name and model number.2. Manufacturer'sname.3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component.4. Equipment function.5. Operating characteristics.6. Limitingconditions.7. Performance curves.
e
4.
5.
6.
7.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 4
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.5
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
8. Engineering data and tests.9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.
C. Operating Procedures: lnclude the following, as applicable:
1. Startup procedures.
2. Equipment or system break-in procedures.
3. Routine and normal operating instructions.4. Regulation and control procedures.
5. Instructions on stopping.6. Normal shutdown instructions.7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.L Required sequences for eleclric or electronic systems.9. Special operating instructions and procedures.
D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram
controls as installed.
E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required
for identilication.
PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and
finish. lnclude source information, product information, maintenance procedures,
repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below.
Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name
and arranged to malch manual's table of contents. For each product, list name,
address, and telephone number of lnstaller or supplier and maintenance service agent,
and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.
Product lnformation: Include the following, as applicable:
1. Product name and model number.2. Manufaclurer'sname.3. Color, pattern, and texture.4. Material and chemical composition.5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.
Maintenance Procedures: Include manufaclurer's written recommendations and the
following:
1. Inspectionprocedures.2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods ol cleaning.3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.
4. Schedule for routine cleaning and mainlenance.5. Repairinslruclions.
B.
G.
D.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 5
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.6
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
E. Repair Materials and Sources: lnclude lists of materials and local sources of materials
and related services.
F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of
circumstances and conditions that would atfect validity of warranties or bonds.
1. lnclude procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.
SYSTEMS AND EQU]PMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not parl of a system,
include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance
procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source
in{ormation, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as
described below.
Source Informalion: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in
the manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of
contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or
supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section
number and title in Project Manual.
I
I
B.
I
T
T
I
t
I
I
I
T
T
I
C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance
documentation including the lollowing information for each component part or piece of
equipment:
Standard printed maintenance instructions and bulletins.
Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including
disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly.
ldentification and nomenclature ol parts and componenls.
List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
Maintenance Procedures: Include lhe following information and items that detail
essential mainlenance procedures:
1 . Test and inspection instructions.2. Troubleshootingguide.
3. Precautions against improper maintenance.4- Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly
instructions.5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions.
6. Demonstration and training videotape, if available.
Maintenance and Seruice Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list
of required lubricants lor equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine
maintenance and service with standard time allotment.
1. Scheduled Mainlenance and Service: Tabulate actions lor daily, weekly,
monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies.
1.
2.
3.
4.
t
t
I
I
t
I
D.
E.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823-6
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
t
I
T
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Record: lnclude manutacturers' forms for recording
3.1
2. Maintenance and Service
maintenance.
F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts,
with parts identilied and cross-referenced to manulacturers' maintenance
documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services.
G. Maintenance Service Contracts: lnclude copies of maintenance agreements with
name and telephone number of service agent.
H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of
circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
MANUAL PBEPARATION
Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that
provides an organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating
procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for
types of emergencies indicated.
Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data
indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into
the Work.
Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and
maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem,
and piece of equipment not part of a system.
1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare
information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipmeni not part of a
system.2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the lorm of an
instructional manual for use by Owne/s operating personnel.
Manulacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data,
include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to
identily each product or component incorporated into the Work. lf data include more
than one item in a tabular format, idenlify each item using appropriate reJerences from
the Contract Documents. ldentify data applicable to the Work and delete references to
information not applicable.
B.
c.
D.
E.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 0178 23 -7
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resorl & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
printed data are not
proper operation and
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
1. Prepare supplemenlary text if manufacturers' standard
available and where the information is necessary for
maintenance of equipment or systems.
F. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate
the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrale control
sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in
Record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation.
Do nol use original Project Record Documents as part of operation and
maintenance manuals.
Comply with requirements of newly prepared Record Drawings in Division 1
Section "Project Record Documents."
G. Comply with Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for lhe schedule lor submitting
operation and maintenance documenlation.
END OF SECTION 017823
1.
2.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823-8
B.
c.
D.
1.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 il 8-2008
1.2
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exteriol
Vail.Colorado
sEcTloN 01 78 39
PROJECT BECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.3
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing
Owner's personnel, including the following:
1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment.2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems; and equipment.
SUBMITTALS
Instruction Program: Submit two copies of outline of instructional program, including
schedule ol proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names
for each training module. lnclude learning objective and outline for each training
module.
OUALITY ASSURANCE
Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating
maintenance personnel in a training program similar in contenl and extent to that
indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a
record of successful learning performance.
Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service represenlative, complying with
requirements in Division'l Section "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation
and maintenance procedures and training.
Preinstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Review methods and
procedures related to demonstration and training.
Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation,
and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and
maintenance data have been reviewed and approved by Architect.
1.4
A.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839-1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2q)8
PART 2 - PBODUCTS
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
1. Program Struclure: Develop an instruclion program that includes individual
training modules for each system and equipment not part of a system, as
required by individual Specification Sections.
B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module.
lnclude description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to
master. For each module, include instruction for the following:
1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: lnclude
system and equipmeni descriptions, operating standards, regulatory
requirements, equipment function, operating characteristics, limiting conditions,
and performance curves.2. Documentation: Review emergency, operations, and maintenance manuals;
Project Record Documents; identification systems; warranties and bonds; and
maintenance service agreements.3. Emergencies: Include instructions on stopping; shutdown instructions; operating
instructions forconditions outside normal operating limits; instructions on
meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and enor messages; and required
sequences for electric or electronic systems.4. Operations: lnclude startup, breakin, control, and safety procedures; stopping
and normal shutdown instructions; routine, normal, seasonal, and weekend
operating instructions; operating procedures for emergencies and equipment
failure; and required sequences lor electric or electronic systems.5. Adjustments: Include alignments and checking, noise, vibration, economy, and
efficiency adjustments.6. Troubleshooting: Include diagnostic instructions and tesl and inspection
procedures.
7. Maintenance: Include inspection procedures, types of cleaning agenls, methods
of cleaning, procedures for preventive and routine maintenance, and instruction
on use of special tools.8. Repairs: Include diagnosis, repair, and disassembly instructions; instructions for
identifying parts; and review ol spare parts needed for operation and
maintenance.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTRUCTION
Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training
modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate betvveen Contractor and Owner
for number of participants, instruction times, and location.
Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and
maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system.
3.1
B.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839-2
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
Vail,Colorado
C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that
requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season.
1. Schedule training with Owner with at least seven days'advance notice.
D. Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each
participant's mastery of module by use of a demonstration performance-based test.
END OF SECTTON 01 78 39
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839-3
A.
B.
B.
c.
D.
1.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
sEcTtoN 01 79 00
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01
Section.
Contract, including General and
Specification Sections, apply to this
1.2
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing
Owner's personnel, including the following:
1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment.2- Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment.3. Demonstration and training videotapes.
Belated Sections include the following:
1. Division 01 Section 'Allowances" for administrative and procedural requirements
for demonstration and training allowances.2. Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements for
preinstruction conf erences.3. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific requirements for demonstration and
training for products in those Sections.
SUBMITTALS
lnstruction Program: Submit two copies of outline of instructional program for
demonstration and training, including a schedule ol proposed dates, limes, length of
instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include learning
objective and outline for each training module.
1. At completion of training, submit one complete training manual(s) for Owner's
use.
Qualilication Data: For lacilitator.
Attendance Record: For each training module, submit list of participanls and length ol
instruction time.
Evaluations; For each participant and for each training module, submit results and
documentation of performance-based test.
1.3
A.
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900-1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
1.4
A.
1.5
A.
Vail Cascade Besort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
E. Demonstration and Training Videotapes: Submit two copies within seven Insert
number days of end of each training module.
1. ldentification: On each copy, provide an applied label with the following
information:
Name of Project.
Name and address of photographer.
Name ol Architect.
Name of Contractor.
Date videotape was recorded.
Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass
point), and elevation or story of construction.
2. Transcript Prepared on B-112-by-11-inch (215-by-280-mm) paper, punched and
bound in heavyduty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered binders. Mark appropriate
identification on fronl and spine of each binder. lnclude a cover sheet with same
label information as the corresponding videotape. Include name of Project and
date of videotape on each page.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating
maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that
indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a
record of successful learning performance.
Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with
requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements,' experienced in operation
and maintenance procedures and training.
Preinstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with
requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination.' Review
methods and procedures related to demonstration and training including, but not
limited to, the following:
1. Inspect and discuss locations and other facilities required for instruction.2. Review and finalize instruction schedule and verily availability of educational
materials, instructors' personnel, audiovisual equipment, and facilities needed to
avoid delays.3. Review required content of instruction.4. For instruction lhal must occur outside, review weather and forecasted weather
conditions and procedures to follow if conditions are unfavorable.
COORDINATION
Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required
to minimize disrupting Owner's operations.
a.
b.
d.
e.
f.
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
B.
c.
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900-2
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
t
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates,
instruction time. and course contenl.
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
times, length of
C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation,
and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and
maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by Architect.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training
modules lor each system and equipment not part of a system, as required by individual
Specification Sections, and as lollows:
1. Motorized doors, including automatic entrance doors.2. Equipment,includingfood-serviceequipment.3. Fire-protection systems, including fire alarm and fire-extinguishing systems.4. Intrusion detection systems.5. Conveying systems, including elevators.6. Heat gdneration, including boilers feedwater equipment pumps steam distribution
piping and water distribution piping.
7. Refrigeration systems, including chillers cooling lowers condensers pumps and
distribution piping.
HVAC systems, including air-handling equipment air distribution systems and
terminal equipment and devices.
HVAC instrumentation and controls.
Electrical service and distribution, including transformers switchboards
panelboards uninterruptible power supplies and motor controls.
11. Lighting equipment and controls.
12. Communication systems, including intercommunication surveillance clocks and
programming voice and data and television equipment.
Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module.
Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to
master. For each module, include instruction for the following:
1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include lhe
lollowing:
a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions.b. Performance and design criteria il Contractor is delegated design
responsibility.
Operating standards.
Regulatory requirements.
Equipment function.
Operating characte ristics.
Limiting conditions.
Performance curues.
8.
9.
10.
c.
d.
e.
t.
s.
h.
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 0'1 7900-3
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
o-Troubleshooting: Include the following:
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
7.
2.Documentation: Review the following items in detail:
a.
b.
d.
e.
f.
s.
Emergency manuals.
Operations manuals.
Maintenance manuals.
Project Record Documents.
ldentilication systems.
Warranties and bonds.
Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments.
Alignments.
Checking adjustments.
Noise and vibration adjustments.
Economy and etficiency adjustments.
3.Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable:
a.
b.
c.
d.
A
t.
lnstructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error
messages.
Instructions on stopping.
Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.
Operating inslructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits.
Sequences for electric or electronic systems.
Special operating instructions and procedures.
4.Operations: Include the following, as applicable:
Startup procedures.
Equipment or syslem break-in procedures.
Routine and normal operating instructions.
Regulation and control procedures.
Conirol sequences.
Safety procedures.
Instructions on stopping.
Normal shutdown instructions.
Operating procedures for emergencies.
Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure.
Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.
Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
Special operating instructions and procedures.
5.Adjustments: Include the following:
a-
b.
c.
d.
a.
b.
Diagnostic instructions.
Test and inspection procedures.
Maintenance: Include the following:
a. lnspectionprocedures.
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900-4
I JGF # 0705 Vail Cascade Besort*& S_pa
-
cs2 # 8-2008
vail,Gororado
I b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.
c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.
d. Procedures for routine cleaningr ; Fi:::ff::Hiff:'ffi,x8"15::t'"
S. lnstruction on use of special tools.
r 8. Repairs: Include the following:
I a. Diagnosis instructions.
a b. Repair instructions.c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and
I reassembly instructions.
I d. lnstructions for identifying parts and components.e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance.
I PART3-EXEcUTIoN
T 3.1 PREPARATION
I A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruclion, including documentation and
t training module. Assemble training modules into a combined training manual.
I B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location.
I
3.2 INSTRUCTION
Ir A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training
modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner
I for number of participants, instruction times, and location.r B. Engage qualified instructors to inslruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operale, and
I maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system.r 1. Architect will furnish an instructor to describe basis of system design, operational
a requirements, criteria, and regulatory requiremenls.
I 2. Owner will furnish an instructor lo describe Owner's operational philosophy.
3. Owner will lurnish Contractor with names and positions of participants.
I C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that
' requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season.
I 1. Schedule training with Owner with at least seven days' advance nolice.r D. Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each
1] participant's mastery of module by use of a demonstration performance-based test.
I
T
I
DEMONSTRATTON AND TRATNTNG 01 7900-5
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
E. Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and give to Owner. Remove
instructional equipment. Restore systems and equipment to condition existing before
initial training use.
3.3 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING VIDEOTAPES
A. General: Engage a qualified commercial photographer to record demonstration and
training videotapes. Record each training module separately. lnclude classroom
instructions and demonstrations, board diagrams, and other visual aids, but not student
practice.
1. At beginning of each training module, record each chart containing learning
objective and lesson outline.
Videotape Format: Provide high-quality VHS color videotape in full-size cassettes.
Recording: Mount camera on tripod before starting recording, unless otherwise
necessary to show area of demonstration and training. Display continuous running
time.
Narration: Describe scenes on videotape by audio narration by microphone while
videotape is recorded. Include description of items being viewed. Describe vantage
point, indicating location, direction (by compass point), and elevation or story of
construction.
Transcript Provide a typewritten transcript of the narration. Display images and
running lime captured from videotape opposite the corresponding narration segment.
END OF SECTION 01 79 OO
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
B.
C.
D.
E.
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900-6
I Vail Cascade Resort March 21, 2008
50% PROGRESS SET
SECTION 02231 - TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING
I PART I -GENERAL
I I.I RELATED DOCUMENTS
t A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
I Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
t 1.2 SUMMARY
r A. This Section includes the protection and trimming of existing trees that interfere with, or are
t affected by, execution of the Work, whether temporary or pennanent construction.
B. Related Sections include the followins:
I t
il:'.','.T;rt":J::;:,ffilearing"
for removal limits of trees, shrubs, and other plantings
11 2. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for building and utility trench excavation, backfilling,
I compacting and grading requirements, and soil materials.
3. Division 2 Section "Exterior Plants" for tree and shrub planting, tree support systems, and
soil materials.
I
I.3 DEFINITIONS
I A. Tree Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual hees or groups of trees to remain during
construction, and defined by the drip line of individual lrees or the perimeter drip line of groups
I of trees, unless otherwise indicated.
I
I 1.4 SUBMITTALStA. Product Data: For each type ofproduct indicated.
I B. Tree Pruning Schedule: Written schedule detailing scope and extent of pruning of trees tor remain that interfere with or are affected bv construction.
I C. Maintenance Recommendations: For care and protection of trees affected by construction
I during and after completing the Work.
I r.5 QUALTTY ASSURANCE
I A. Tree Pruning Standard: Comply with ANSI A300 (Part 1), "Tree, Shrub, and Other Woody
I Plant Maintenance--Standard Practices (Pruning)."
I
TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING
I
02231 - r
Vail Cascade Resort
50% PROGRESS SET
March 21, 2008
B. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
Division I Section "Project Management and Coordination."
I . Before tree protection and trimming operations begin, meet with representatives of
authorities having jurisdiction, Owner, Landscape Architect, consultanls, and other
concerned entities to review tree protection and trimming procedures and responsibilities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
C.
MATERIALS
Drainage Fill: Selected crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel, washed, ASTM D ,148,
Size 24, with 90 to 100 percent passing a 2-l/2-inch sieve and not more than l0 percent passing
a 3/4-incb sieve.
Topsoil: Natural or cultivated surface-soil layer containing organic rnatter and sand, silt, and
clay particles; friable, pervious, and black or a darker shade of brown, gray, or red than
underlying subsoil; reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, gravel, and other objects more than I
inch in diameter; and free of weeds, roots, and toxic and other non-soil malerials.
l. Obtain topsoil only from well-drained sites where topsoil is 4 inches deep or more; do not
obtain from bogs or marshes.
Filter Fabric: Manufacturer's standard, nonwoven, pervious, geotextile fabric of polypropylene,
nylon, or polyester fibers.
Heavy Duty Snow Fencing: Fencing shall be 48 inch high orange plastic mesh "snow fencing"
secured to sturdy 2 inch x 2 inch wood stakes that are sufficient to last a minimum of three (3)
months and withstand trespass.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
c.
PREPARATION
Temporary Fencing: Install temporary fencing around tree protection zones to protect
remaining trees and vegetation from construction damage. In order to protect the roots of the
preserved trees, all fencing should be placed no closer to the tree than the dripline. Maintain
temporary fence and remove when construction is complete.
l. Install heavy duty snow fence according to manufacturer's written instructions.
Protect tree root systems from damage caused by runoff or spillage of noxious malerials while
mixing, placing, or storing construction materials. Protect root systems from ponding, eroding,
or excessive wetting caused by dewatering operations.
Do not store construction materials, debris, or excavated material inside tree protection zones.
Do not permit vehicles or foot traffic within tree protection zones; prevent soil compaction over
root syslenB.
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
B.
D.
B.
atz. I
3.1
TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING 0223r -2
B.
c.
D.
A.
B.
C.
B.
3.2
J.J
3.4
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
t
I
Vail Cascade Resort
50% PROGRESS SET
D. Maintain tree protection zones free of weeds and trash.
E. Do not allow fnes within tree orotection zones.
March 21, 2008
6 inches but less than 12 inches below
fabric, and topsoil on existing grade as
EXCAVATION
Install shoring or other protective support systems to minimize sloping or benching of
excavations.
Do not excavate within tree protection zones, unleSs otherwise indicated.
Where excavation for new construction is required within tree protection zones, hand clear and
excavate to minimize damage to root systerns. Use narrow-tine spading forks and comb soil to
expose roots.
Where utility trenches are required within tree protection zones, tunnel under or around roots by
drilling, auger boring, pipejacking, or digging by hand.
l. Root Pruning: Do not cut main lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that
interfere with installation of utilities. Cut roots with sharp pruning instruments; do not
break or chop.
REGRADING
Grade Lowering: Where new finish grade is indicated below existing grade around trees, slope
grade beyond tree protection zones. Maintain existing grades within tree protection zones.
Minor Fill: Where existing grade is 6 inches or less below elevation of finish grade, fill with
topsoil. Place topsoil in a single uncompacted layer and hand grade to required finish
elevations.
Moderate Fill: Where existing grade is more than
elevation of finish grade, place drainage fill, filter
follows:
l. Carefully place drainage fill against tree trunk approximately 2 inches above elevation of
frnish grade and extend not less than l8 inches from tree trunk on all sides. For balance
of area within drip-line perimeter, place drainage fill up to 6 inches below elevation of
grade.
2. Place filter fabric with edges overlapping 6 inches minimum.
3. Place fill layer of topsoil to finish grade. Do not compact drainage fill or topsoil. Hand
grade to required finish elevations.
TREE PRUNING
Prune trees to remain that are affected by temporary and permanent construction.
Prune trees to rennin to compensate for root loss caused by damaging or cutting root system.
Provide subsequent maintenance during Contract period as recommended by arborist.
TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMM]NG 02231-3
Vail Cascade Resort
50% PROGRESS SET
C. Pruning Standards: Prune lrees according to ANSI ,{300 (Part l).
D. Cut branches with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop.
E. Chip removed tree branches and dispose ofoff-site.
March 21, 2008
3.5 TREE REPAIRAND REPLACEMENT
A. Promptly repair trees damaged by construction operations within 24 hours. Treat damaged
trunks, limbs, and roots according to arborist's written instructions.
B. Remove and replace trees indicated to remain that die or are damaged during construction
operations that Landscape Architect determines are incapable of restoring to normal growth
paltem.
l. Provide new trees of same size, up to 6" caliper, and species as those being replaced;
plant and maintain as specified in Division 2 Section "Exterior Plants."
3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS
A. Buming is not permitted.
B. Disposal: Remove excess excavated material and displaced trees from Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 0223I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
ITREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING 02231 - 4
I Vail Cascade Resort March 21, 2008
50% PROGRESS SET
SECTION 02370 - EROSION AND SEDMENTATION CONTROL
I PART 1 GENERAL
I r.or DESCRtrTT'NI
I A. Work hrcluded: Excavation, grading, and installation of riprap, filter material, jute netting,
I straw bale sediment barriers, and all necessary appurtenances.
B. Related Work:
I l. Site Clearing: Section 02230
2. Earthwork: Section 02300
I
3. StormDrainage: Section02630
I 4. Topsoil: Section 02922
I I.O2 SUBMITTALS
t A. Test Reports: If requested, fumish copies of tests from cerlified and acceptable testing
laboratory
I l. Gradation and Soundnes ofRiprap.
I 2. Gradation of Filter Material.
PART2 PRODUCTS
! 2.ol RIP RAP
I Hard, dense, sound, rough fractured stone meeting AASHTO T 85. Excavated shot rock maybeusodif! agreed to by the Owner's representative and the Engineer. Neither breadth nor thickness of single stone
to be less than one-third its length.
I Nominal Size Min. Volume Min. Weight
9" 0.25 CF 30 lbs.
12" 0.5 CF 75 lbs.
I I 8' 1.8 CF 250 lbs.
24" 4CF 600 lbs.
I Size of stone and total thickness of riprap as shown on drawings. Stone well graded so voids can be
filled, and at least 500/o of mass equal to or larger than size called for on drawings.
I
r
EROSION AND SEDMENT CONTROL 02370-1
I
Vail Cascade Resort
50% PROGRISS SET
2,02 FILTER MATERIAL
March 21,2008 I
I
Aggregate Filter: Conform to following gradation: -
Sieve Size Percentage by Weigbt Passing I
Square Mesh Sieves
3" 100
3/4', 20-gO I
No.4 0-20
No.200 0-3 I
2.03 FILTER FABRIC
Manufactured especially for stability of erosion control construction. Made from polyethylene and I
polypropylene yarns, in accordance with following:
Weight 4.0 ozlyd ASTM D1910 I
Thickness 15 mils ASTM D1777
Grab Strength 130 tbs. ASTM D1682 I
Elongation Break 62% ASTM D1682 I
Burst Strength 125 psi ASTM D7742
Trapezoid Tear Strength 70 lb. ASTM 2263 I
Water Permeability 0.02 cm/se CFMC t
Water Flow Rate 4.80 gal/min/ft CFMC
Equivalent Opening Size 70-100 U.S. Sieve ASTM D422
2.04 JUTE NETTING
I
Heavy-woven jute mesh of a rugged construction, Made of undyed and unbleached, twisted jute fibers, t
having smolder resistant treatment. Provide in rolls 225' by 4' wide containing 100 square yards
weighing approximately 90 pounds.
2.O5 SILT FENCE I
A. Silt Fence Fabric: The fabric shall meet the following specifications: I
Fabric Properties Minimum Aaeotable Value Test Method
Grab Tensile Strength (lbs) 90 ASTM D1682
Elongation at Failure (o/o) 50 ASTM D1682 I
Mullen Burst Strength (PSf 190 ASTM D3786
Puncture Strength (lbs) 40 ASTM D75l (modified)
Slurry Flow Rate (gaVmin/sf) 0.3 I
Equivalent Opening Size 40-80 US Std Sieve CW-02215
Ultraviolet Radiation Stability % 90 ASTM-G-26
t
B. Fence Posts (for fabricated unils): The length shall be a minimum of 36 inches long. Wood
posts will be of sound quality hardwood with a minimum cross sectional area of 3.0 square I
inches. Steel posts will be standard T and U section weighing not less than 1.00 pound per I
linear foot.
I
02370-2
I
EROSION AND SEDMENT CONTROL
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
c.
D.
I
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLI
Vail Cascade Resort
50% PROGRESS SET
March 21.2008
PART 3
3.01
Wire Fence (for fabricated units): Wire fencing shall be a minimum l4-ll4 gage tlulth a
maximum 6" mesh opening, or as approved.
Prefabricated Units: Envirofence or approved equal may be used in lieu of the above method
providing the unit is installed per manufacturer's instructions.
EXECUTION
FILTER FABRIC
Place fabric over shaped surface loosely where, when large stones are placed, they will not cause
stretching offabric beyondelastic limits. Overlap joining sections 2'at edges. Secure overlapped edges
to subgrade wilh cinch pins. If riprap is dropped, place aggregate bedding 2" thick over fabric. Place
riprap in a manno that fabric will not be damaged by stretching, punching, or ripping.
3.02 RIP RAP
A. Reasonably well-graded from smallest to maximum size specified. Stones smallerthan 10%of
smallest size not permitted. Control gradation of riprap by visual inspection to asswe thickness
of riprap conforms with drawings.
B. Hand Placed: Rectangular to facilitate butt placement. Fill openings with loose, well-graded
road aggregate base material.
3.03 FILTER MATERTAL
Wet subgrade, reasonably shape, and compact prior to placing filter material. Filter material may be
backdragged with loader bucket to a reasonably smooth surface for placement to lines and grades of
drawings.
3.04 WATERBARS/INTERCEPTORTRENCHES
Construct ditch in accordance with drawings. Ftow line of water bar not steeper than I %. Discharge on
existing vegetated slopes altemately to avoid erosion.
3.05 STRAW BALE SEDMENT BARRIER
Use straw bale barriers at storm drain inlets, across minor swales and ditches, and other applications
where barrier is of ternporary nature. Bind straw bales with nylon or baling wire, not twine. Anchor
bales to ground with two posts per bale.
3.06 ruTENETTING
Start jute roll at top of slope or channel and unroll down grade. Lay second strip parallel to first and
allow 2" overlap. Bury top end ofroll in trench, minimum 4" deep. Anchor jute roll to earth surface with
stakes of8 gaugesteel,8" long, approxim ately 12" apart. Staple outside edges 4'to l0'apart and along
overlap edges. Overlap end rolls by 4" and anchor securely.
3.07 CHECKDAMS
02370-3
Vail Cascade Resort
50% PROGRESS SET
March 21.2008
lnstall bottom of dreck dam at least 6" below maximum depth of newly graded channel. Extend to 6"
above maximum deign water depth. Install materials in accordance with drawings.
3.08 FILTERBERN,I/SEDMENTPOND
Field construct berm as directed by Engineer. Place washed I " to l-112" aggregate with 2' top and 3:1
side slopes extending to bottom of channel. Berm to retain sediments by retarding and filtering runoff.
Place sand on face of berm for future replacement of filter material. Construct in accordance with
drawings.
3.09 SILT FENCE
Install silt fence in accordance with drawines.
END OF SECTION 02370
t
T
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
II
t
t
I
I
I
tEROSION AND SEDMENT CONTROL 023704
1.1
I
I
I
I
t
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
SECTION 03 54.I6 - HYDRAUL]C CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT
PART 1 -GENERAL
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
t
I
I
t
t
I
1.2
A.
B.
c.
1.3
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes hydraulic-cement-based underlayment for use below interior floor
coverings.
SUBMITTALS
Product Dala: For each type of product indicated.
Shop Drawings: Plans indicating substrates, locations, and average depths of
underlayment based on survey of substrate conditions.
Qualification data.
QUALIry ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: Installer who is approved by manufacturer for application of
underlayment products required for this Project.
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
2.1 HYDRAULIC-CEMENT-BASED UNDERLAYMENTS
A. Underlayment: Hydraulic-cement-based, polymer-modified, sell-leveling product that
can be applied in minimum uniform thicknesses of li8 inch (3 mm) and that can be
feathered at edges to malch adjacent lloor elevations.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance wilh requirements, products that may
be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Ardex; K-15 Self-Leveling Underlayment Concrete.b. Bonsal, W. R. Company; Self-Leveling Underlayment.c. ChemRex; MBT Mastertop 110 Plus Underlayment Sonneborn Sonocrete
Sonoflow Thoro Underlayment, Self-Leveling.d. Conspec, a Dayton Superior Company; Conflow.
2. Gement Binder: ASTM C '150, portland cement, or hydraulic or blended hydraulic
cement as defined by ASTM C 219.3. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4l00 psi (28 MPa) at 28 days when tested
according to ASTM C 109/C 109M.
HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT 035416-1
JGF # 070s
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Underlayment Additive: Resilient-emulsion product of underlayment
manufacturer formulated for use with underlayment when applied to substrate
and conditions indicated.
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
4.
3.1
B. Aggregale: Well-graded, washed gravel, llBto 1/4 inch {3 to 6 mm); or coarse sand as
recommended by underlayment manufacturer.
1. Provide aggregate when recommended in writing by underlayment manufaclurer
for underlayment thickness required.
C. Water: Potable and at a temperature of not more than 70 deg F (21 deg C).
D. Reinlorcemenl For underlayment applied to wood substrates, provide galvanized
metal lath or other corrosion-resistant reinforcement recommended in writing by
underlayment manuf acturer.
E. Primer: Product of underlaymenl manufaclurer recommended in writing for substrate,
conditions, and application indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
APPLICATION
Prepare and clean substrate according lo manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Treat nonmoving substrate cracks according to manufacture/s written
inslructions to prevent cracks from telegraphing (reflecting) through
underlayment.2. Fill substrate voids to prevent underlayment from leaking.
Concrete Substrates: Mechanically remove, according lo manufacture/s written
instructions, laitance, glaze, efflorescence, curing compounds, form-release agents,
dust, dirt, grease, oil, and other contaminants that might impair underlayment bond.
1. Moisture Tesling: Peform anhydrous calcium chloride test, ASTMF1869.
Proceed with installation only after substrates do not exceed a maximum
moisture-vapor-emission rate ol 3lb of water/1000 sq. fl. (1.36 kg of wateril00
sq. m) in 24 hours.
Adhesion Tests: After substrate preparation, test subslrate for adhesion with
underlayment according to manufacturer's written instructions.
Close areas to traflic during underlayment application and for time period after
application recommended in writing by manufacturer.
Coordinate application ol components to provide oplimum underlayment-to-substrate
and intercoat adhesion.
At substrate expansion, isolation, and other moving joints, allow joinl of same width to
continue through underlayment.
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT 035416-2
t JGF # oTos vait cascade Resort& spa
cs2 # &2008 Exterior
- Vail,Colorado
I G. Apply primer over prepared substrate at manufacture/s recommended spreading rate.
I
H. Apply underlayment to produce unilorm, level surface.
r 1. Apply a final layer without aggregate to produce surface.
D 2. Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations.
I L Cure underlayment according to manufaclure/s written instructions. Prevent
contaminalion during application and curing processes.
I J. Do not install floor coverings over underlayment until after time period recommended in
writing by underlayment manufacturer.
I K. Remove and replace underlayment areas that evidence lack ol bond with substrate,
including areas thal emit a "hollow" sound when tapped.
I L. Protect underlayment from concentraled and rolling loads for remainder of construction
'. period.
] END OF SECTION 03 5416
I
I
I
I
It
I
I
I
I
I
HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT 03 54 16 - 3
I
and
this
B.
c.
D.
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
1.2
A.
1.3
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
sEcTroN 044300
STONE MASONRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specitication Sections, apply lo
Seclion.
SUMMABY
Section includes the following applications of stone masonry:
1. Adhered to concrete backup.
2. Anchored to concrete backup.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
1. For stone varieties proposed for use on Project, include test data indicating
compliance with physical properties specified or required by referenced ASTM
standards.
Samples for lnitial Selection: For colored mortar and other items involving color
selection.
Samples for Verif ication:
1. For each stone type indicated. Include at least four samples in each set for each
type of stone, exhibiting extremes ol the full range of color and other visual
characteristics expected in completed Work. Samples will establish the standard
by which stone provided will be judged.
2. For each color of mortar required. Label Samples to indicate types and amounts
of pigments used.
List of Materials Used in Constructing Mockups: Lisl generic product names together
with manulacturers, manufaclurers' product names, sources of supply, and other
information as required to identify materials used. Include mix proportions for mortar
and source of aggregates.
STONE MASONRY 044300 - 1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
1.4
A.
B.
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
1.
c.
D.
E. Qualification Dala: For qualified lnstaller.
OUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs experienced stonemasons
and stone fitters.
Source Limitations for Stone: Obtain each variety of stone, regardless of finish, from
one quarry, whether specified in this Section or in another Section of the
Specifications, with resources to provide materials of consistent quality in appearance
and physical properties.
Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality,
including color lor exposed masonry, from single manufacturer for each cementitious
component and from single source or producer for each aggregale.
Mockups: Build mockups to demonstrate aesthetic effects and sel quality standards
for materials and execution.
1. Build mockup of typical wall area as shown on Drawings.2. Build mockups lor each type of slone masonry in sizes approximately 48 inches
(1200 mm) long by 60 inches (1500 mm) high by full thickness, including face
and backup wythes and accessories.
a. Include stone coping at top of mockup.b. Include a sealant-filled joint at least 16 inches (400 mm) long in mockup.c. Include through-wall flashing installed for a 24-inch (600-mm) length in
corner of mockup approximately '16 inches (400 mm) down from top of
mockup, with a 12-inch (300-mm) length of flashing left exposed to view
(omit stone masonry above half of flashing).
3. Protect accepled mockups from the elements with weather-resistant membrane.
4. Approval of mockups is lor color, texture, and blending of stone; relationship of
mortar and sealant colors to slone colors; tooling of joints; and aesthetic qualities
ol workmanship.
a. Approval of mockups is also for other material and construction qualities
Architect specifically approves in writing.b. Approval of mockups does not conslitule approval of deviations from the
Contracl Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically
approves such deviations in writing.
5. Approved mockups may become part ol the completed Work if undisturbed at
time of Substantial Completion.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vall,Colorado
Submittal is for information only. Neilher receipt of list nor approval ol mockups
constitutes approval of deviations from the Contract Documents unless such
deviations are specifically brought to the attention of Architect and approved in
writing.
STONE MASONRY 044300 -2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 070s
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
1.5
A.
B.
c.
1.6
A.
E. Mockups: Build mockups to dernonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards
for materials and execution.1. Build mockups for typical stone veneer wall in sizes approximately 72 inches long
by 48 inches high by fullfhickness, including face and backup.
a. include stone coping at top of mockup.b. Include a sealant-filled joint at least 16 inclzes long in mockup.
c. lnclude veneer anchors, flashing, and weep holes in exterior masonry-
veneerwall mockup.
2. Protect accepted mockups from the elements with weather-reslstanf membrane.
3. Approval of mockups is for color, texture, and blending of stone; relationship of
mortar and sealant colors to slone colors,' tooling of joints; and aesthetic qualities
of workmanship.
a. Approval of mockups ls a/so for other mateial and construction qualities
Landscape Architect specifically approves in writing.
b. Approval of mockups does nof constitute approval of deviations from the
Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Landscape Architect
specifically approves such deviations in writing.
4. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at
time of Substantial Completion.
F. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location.
Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp.
Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained
and contramination avoided.
Deliver preblended, dry mortar mix in moisture-resistant containers designed for lifting
and emptying into dispensing silo. Store preblended, dry mortar mix in delivery
containers on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location or in a metal
dispensing silo with weatherproof cover.
Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and
accumulation of dirt and oil.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Protection of Stone Masonry: During conslruction, cover tops of walls, projections, and
sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed
stone masonry when construction is not in progress.
D.
I STONE MASONRY 044300 - 3
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
1.7
A.
2.1
A.
1.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches (600 mm) down both sides and hold cover
securely in place.
B. Stain Prevention: lmmediately remove mortar and soil lo prevent them from staining
the face of stone masonry.
1. Protect base ol walls from rain-splashed mud and mortar splatter by coverings
spread on the ground and over the wall surface.2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from morlar droppings.3. Protect surfaces of window and door lrames, as well as similar products with
painted and integral finishes, f rom mortar droppings.4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at end of each day to prevent rain
lrom splashing mortar and dirt on completed stone masonry.
C. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or
coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace stone
masonry damaged by frost or freezing condilions. Comply with cold-weather
construction requirements contained in ACI 530.'l|ASCE 6/TMS 602.
1. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature
is 40 deg F (4 deg C) and above and will remain so until masonry has dried, but
not less than 7 days after completing cleaning.
D. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements
contained in ACl 530.I/ASCE 6ffMS 602.
COORDINATION
Advise installers of other work about specilic requirements for placement of
reinforcement, veneer anchors, flashing, and similar items to be built into stone
masonry.
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
II
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
SIONE VENEER
Provide sound natural stone as follows:
1. Highlands slone as manufactured by Telluide Stone Company and supplied by
The Gallegos Corporation, Gypsum, Colorado, 970-524-4322 or approved equal.
Color: Manufacturefs full range.
Shape and Texture: Provide stone wall units with 40%o natural stain face and 60%
broken face (split face) with a full range of dimensions, minimum size of 2 inches x 4
inches and a maximum size of I inches x 24 inches, with a minimum of 60% 4-6 inches
in height. Minimize small, chinking and plug pieces.
Thickness of Stone: Provide thickness indicated, but not less than the following:
B.
C.
D.
ISTONE MASONRY 044300 - 4
I JGF #0705 Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
cs2 # 8-2008 Exterior
Vail,Colorado
t 1. Thickness: Varies, minimum of 3 inches and maximum of 5 inches.
I E. Shape slone for type of masonry @attem) as fol/ows:
t 1. Random-range ashlar with random course heights and random lengths, including
interrupted courses.
I
2.2 SIONE VENEER FOR EXTERIOR POOL WALL
I A. Provide sound natural stone as follows:
I 1. Highlands stone as manufactured by Telluide Stone Company and supplied by
I The Gallegos Corporation, Gypsum, Colorado, 970-524-4322 or approved equal.
r B. Color: Manufacturefs full range, to match stone veneer.
I
' C. Shape and Terture: Provide stone wall units with 40/o natural stain face and 60%
broken face (split face) with a full nnge of dimensions, minimum size of 2 inches x 4
I inches and a maximum size of 8 inchis x 24 inches, with a minimum of 60% 4-6 inchesI in height. Minimize small, chinking and plug pieces.
I D. Thickness of Stone: Provide thickness indicated, but not /ess lhan the following:
I 1. Ihrckness; Thin veneer. vaies. minimum of 1-1/4 inches and maximum of 1-1/2
inches.
E. Shape stone for type of masonry @attern) as follows:
I 1. Random-range ashlar with random course heights and random lengths, including! interrupted courses.
I
I 2.3 STONE
I A. Varieties and Sources: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide stone of
I varieties and from sources complying with Division 04 Section "Exterior Stone
Gladding."
r 2.4 oTHER SToNE
I A. Provide sound natural stone as lollows:I
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, stone varieties that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
I a. As selected by the Owner and Architect.
I 2. Maximum Absorption per ASTM C 97: 7.Spercent.3. Minimum Compressive Strength perASTM C 170: 4000 psi (28 MPa).
r 4. Minimum Flexural Strength per ASTM C 880: .
t
I
sroNE MASoNRY 044300 - 5
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.5
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
5. Minimum Modulus of Rupture per ASTM C 99: .
B. Match Architect's samples for color, finish, and other stone characteristics relating to
aesthetic effects.
MORTAR MATERIALS
Portland Cemenl: ASTM C 150, Type I or ll, except Type lll may be used for cold-
weather construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce
mortar color indicated.
'l . Low-Alkali Cement: Not more than 0.60 percent total alkali when tested
according to ASTM C 114.
Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.
Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement complying with
ASTM C 150, Type I or lll, and hydrated lime complying with ASTM C 2O7.
1. Products: Subjecl to compliance with requirements, available products that may
be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Essroc, ltalcementi Group; Capitol PCL Blend or Saylor's Plus.b. Holcim (US) Inc.; Rainbow Mortamix Custom Color CemenVLime.c. Lafarge North America; Eaglebond.d. Lehigh Cement Company; Lehigh Custom Color PortlandAime Cement.
Mortar Cement ASTM C 1329.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may
be incorporated into the Work include, bul are not limited to, the following:
a. Lalarge North America; Lafarge Morlar Cement or Magnolia Superbond
Mortar Cement.
Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may
be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:a. Lafarge North America; Magnolia Masonry Cement Lafarge Masonry
Cement Florida Super Masonry Trinity Super White Masonry Type S Trinity
White Masonry Type N.
b. Lehigh Cement Company; Lehigh Masonry Cemenl Lehigh White Masonry
Cement.
Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides,
compounded for use in mortar mixes. Use only pigments with a record of satislactory
performance in stone masonry mortar.
I
I
I
I
I
B,
c.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
D.
E.
F.
STONE MASONRY 044300 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.6
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
G. Colored Cement Product: Packaged blend made from portland cement and lime and
mortar pigments, all complying with specified requirements, and containing no other
ingredients.
1. Formulate blend as required to produce color indicated or, if not indicated, as
selected from manufacture/s standard colors.
2. Pigments shall not exceed 10 percent ol portland cement by weight.
H. Aggregate: ASTM C '144 and as Jollows:
1. For pointing mortar, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing No. 16
(1.18-mm) sieve.2. White Aggregates: Natural white sand or ground white stone.
3. Colored Aggregates: Natural-colored sand or ground marble, granite, or other
sound stone; of color necessry to produce required mortar color.
a. Match Architect's sample.
L Latex Additive: acrylic-resin or styrene-butadiene-rubber water emulsion, seruing as
replacement for part or all ol gaging waler, of lype specifically recommended by latex-
additive manufacturer for use with field-mixed portland cemenl mortar bed, and not
containing a relarder.
J. Cold-Weather Admixture: Nonchloride, noncorrosive, accelerating admixture
complying with ASTM C 4941C 494M, Type C, and recommended by manufacturer for
use in masonry mortar of composition indicated.
K. Water: Potable.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
YENEERANCHORS
Mateials:
1. Hot-Dip Galvanized-Sfeel Sheet: ASTM A100UA 1008M, cold-rolled, carbon-
sfee/ sheef hot-dip galvanized after fabrication to comply with
ASTM A 153/A 153M. Class B-2.
Size: Sufficient to extend at least halfway, but not /ess fhan 1-1/2 lnches, through
stone masonry and with at least S/9-inch cover on outside face.
Conugated-Metal Veneer Anchors: Nof /ess than O.A3A-inch- thick by 7/}-inch- wide
hot4ip galvanized-steel sheef with corrugations having a wavelength of A.3 b 0.5 inch
and an amplitude of 0.06 to 0.10 inch.
Polymer-Coated, Steel Tapping Screws for Concrete Masonry: Self-tapping screws
with specially designed threads for tapping and wedging into masonry, with hex washer
head and neoprene washer, 3/16-inch diameter by 1-1/2-inch length, and with organic
polymer coating with saltspray resistance to red rust of more than 800 hours per
ASTM B 117-
C.
D.
STONE MASONRY 044300 -7
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.7
A.
1. Products: Sub.lbcf to compliance with
be incorporated into the Work include,
a. ITW-Buildex;Tapcon.
b. Powers Fasfeners; Tapper.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
requirements, available products that may
but are not limited to, the following:
EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS
Metal Flashing: Provide metal flashing, where flashing is exposed or partly exposed
and where indicated, complying with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual
Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" and as follows:
1. Stainless Steel: ASTM 424014240M, Type 304,0.016 inch (0.4 mm) thick.2. Copper: ASTM B 370, Temper H00 or H01, cold-rolled copper sheet, '10-oz.isq.
ft. (3-kg/sq. m) weight or 0.0135 inch (0.34 mm) thick for fully concealed flashing;
16-oz./sq. it. (S-kg/sq. m) weight or 0.0216 inch (0.55 mm) thick elsewhere.3. Fabricate continuous flashings in sections 96 inches (2400 mm) long minimum,
but not exceeding 12 feet (3.6 m). Provide splice plates at joints of formed,
smooth metal flashing.
Flexible Flashing: For flashing not exposed to the exterior, use one of lhe lollowing
un less otherwise indicated:
1. Rubberized-Asphalt Flashing: Composite flashing product consisting of a pliable,
adhesive rubberized-asphalt compound, bonded to a high-density, cross-
laminated polyethylene film to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.030
inch (0.8 mm).
a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that
may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:1) Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing; CCW-70S-TWF Thru-Wall
Flashing.2\ Dur-O-Wal, a Dayton Superior Company; Dur-O-Barrier-44.3) Grace Construction Products, a unit of W. R. Grace & Co. - Conn.;
Perm-A-Barrier Wall Flashing-4) Heckmann Building Products Inc.; No. 82 Rubberized-Asphalt Thru-
WallFlashing.5) Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; Textroflash.6) Polyguard Products, lnc.; Polyguard 300.7l Polytite Manufacturing Corporation; Poly-Barrier Self-Adhering Wall
Flashing.8) Williams Products, Inc.; Everlastic MF-40.
Solder and Sealants for Sheet Metal Flashings: As specified in Division 07 Section
"Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."
1. Solder for Stainless Steel: ASTMB32, GradeSn60, with acid flux of type
recommended by stainless-steel sheet manuf acturer.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
B.
c.
STONE MASONRY 0214300 - 8
B.
c.
B.
c.
D.
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.
2.8
A.
2.9
A.
2.10
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, chemically curing polysulfide silicone
sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in
sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight.
D. Adhesives, Primers, and Seam Tapes for Flexible Flashings: Flashing manufacturefs
standard products or products recommended by llashing manufacturer for bonding
flashing sheets to each other and to substrates.
MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES
Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A'l;
compressible up to 35 percenl; of width and thickness indicated; formulaied from
neoprene.
Cementitious Dampproofing: Cementilious formulations that are recommended by lLl
and that are nonstaining to stone, compatible with joint sealants, and noncorrosive lo
veneer anchors and attachments.
Asphalt Dampproofing: Cut-back asphalt complying with ASTM D 4479, Type I or
asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1227, Type lll or lV.
MASONRY CLEANERS
Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for
removing mortar and grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains
from stone masonry surfaces without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces;
expressly approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and stone producer.
MORTAR MIXES
General: Do not use admixtures, including
accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents,
admixtures, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Do nol use calcium chloride.
pigments, air-entraining agents,
antifreeze compounds, or other
Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix Furnish dry mortar ingredients in the form ol a
preblended mix. Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and
thoroughly blend ingredients before delivering to Project site.
Mortar for Stone Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specilication.
1. Mortar for Setting Stone: Type N.2. Mortar for Pointing Stone: Type N.
Laiex-Modified Portland Cement Setting Mortar: Proportion and mix portland cement,
aggregate, and latex additive to comply with latex-additive manufacturer's written
instructions.
STONE MASONRY 0uf4300 - I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.11
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
E. Cement-Paste Bond Coat: Mix either neat cement and water or cement, sand, and
water to a consistency similar to lhat of thick cream.
1. For latex-modified portland cemenl setting-bed mortar, substitute lalex admixture
for part or all of water, according to latex-additive manulacturer's written
instructions.
FABRICATION
Fabricate stone to comply with sizes, shapes, and tolerances recommended by
applicable stone association or, if none, by stone source, for faces, edges, beds, and
backs.
Cut /Select stone to produce pieces of thickness, size, and shape indicated, including
details on Drawings. Dress joints (bed and vertical) straight and at right angle to face
unless otherwise indicated.
Gage backs of stones for adhered veneer if more than 81 sq. in. i522 sq. cm) in area.
Thickness of Stone: Provide thickness indicated, but not less than the following:
'l . Thickness: 4 inches (100 mm) plus or minus 114 inch (6 mm). Thickness does
not include projection of pitched faces.
Shape stone for lype ol masonry (pattern) as follows:1. As selected
Finish exposed faces and edges of stone to comply with requirements indicated lor
finish and to match approved samples and mockups.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
c.
D.
3.1
F.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
B.
3.2
A.
B.
EXAMINATION
Examine surfaces indicated lo receive stone masonry, with Installer present, lor
compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting
performance.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
Accurately mark stud centerlines on face ol weather-resistant sheathing paper before
beginning stone installation.
Coat concrete and unit masonry backup with asphalt dampproofing.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ISTONE MASONBY 044300 - 10
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
B.
c.
D.
E.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
3.3
A.
3.4
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vai!,Colorado
C. Clean dirty or stained stone surfaces by removing soil, stains, and foreign materials
before setting. Clean stone by thoroughly scrubbing with liber brushes and then
drenching with clear water. Use only mild cleaning compounds that contain no caustic
or harsh materials or abrasives.
SETTING OF STONE MASONRY, GENERAL
Perform necessary field cutting and trimming as stone is set.
1. Use power saws to cut stone that is fabricaled with saw-cut surfaces. Cut lines
straight and true, with edges eased slightly to prevent snipping.2. Use hammer and chisel to split stone that is fabricated with split surfaces. Make
edges straight and true, matching similar surfaces that were shop or quarry
fabricated.3. Pitch lace at field-split edges as needed to match stones that are not lield split.
B. Sort stone before it is placed in wall to remove stone that does not comply with
requirements relating to aesthetic effects, physical properties, or fabrication, or lhat is
othenruise unsuitable for intended use.
C. Arrange stones with color and size variations uniformly dispersed for an evenly
I blended appearance.I
Set stone to comply with requirements indicated on Drawings. lnstall supports,
fasteners, and other attachments indicated or necessary to secure stone masonry in
place. Set stone accurately in locations indicated with edges and faces aligned
according to established relationships and indicated tolerances.
CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES
Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 10 feet
{6 mm in 3 m), 3i8 inch in 20 feet (10 mm in 6 m), ort/2 inch in 40 feel (13 mm in
12 m) or more. For external corners, expansion joints, control joints, and other
conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m) or 112 inch in 40
feet {13 mm in 12 m} or more.
Variation from Level: For[ bed joints and] lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets,
horizontal grooves, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1i4 inch in 20 feet (6
mm in 6 m) or 112 inch in 40 {eet {13 mm in 12 m) or more.
Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan, do not exceed 112 inch in
20 feet (13 mm in 6 m) or 3,'4 inch in 40 feet (19 mm in 12 m) or more.
Measure variation from level, plumb, and position shown in plan as variation of the
average plane of the face of each stone from level, plumb, or dimensioned plane.
Variation in Mortar-Joint Thickness: Do not vary f rom joint size range indicated.
D.
STONE MASONRY 044300 - 11
JGF f 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
F. Variation in Plane between Adjacent Stones:
specified for thickness of stone.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Do not exceed one-half of tolerance
I
I
3.5
A.
C.
3.6
A.
B.
c.
3.7
A.
INSTALLATION OF ANCHORED SIONE MASONRY
Anchor stone masonty to concrete with comtgated-metal veneer anchors unless
otherwise indicated. Secure anchors by insefting dovetailed ends into dovetail s/ofs rn
concrete.
Embed veneer anchors in modar joints of stone masonry al /east halfway, but not less
than 1-1/2 inches, through stone masonry and with at /east 5/1-inch cover on outside
face.
Space anchors not more than 18 inches o.c. vertically and 32 inches o.c. horizontally,
with not /ess lhan I anchor per 2.67 sq. ft. of wall area. lnstall additional anchors
within t2 inches of openings, sealant joints, and perimeter at interuals not exceeding
12 inches.
Set stone in lull bed of mortar with full head joints unless otherwise indicated. Build
anchors into mortar joints as stone is sel. Hake joints 1 inch to provide dry-stack
appearance.
INSTALLATION OF ADHERED STONE MASONBY VENEER
Install lath over concrete to comply with ASTM C 1063.
Install scratch coat over metal lath 3/8 inch thick to comply with ASTM C 926.
Coat backs of stone units and face of scratch coat with cement-paste bond coat, then
butter both surfaces with setting mortar. Use sufficient setting mortar so a slight
excess will be forced out the edges of stone units as they are set. Tap units into place,
completely filling space between units and scratch coat.
Rake out joints for pointing with mortar to depth of not less than 3i4 inch before setting
mortar has hardened. Rake joints to uniform depths with square bottoms and clean
sides to provide dry-stack appearance.
POINTING
Prepare stone-joint surfaces for pointing with mortar by removing dust and mortiar
particles. Where setting monar was removed to depths greater than surrounding
areas, apply pointing mortar in layers not more than 3/B inch (10 mm) deep until a
uniform depth is formed.
Point stone joints by placing and compacting pointing mortar in layers not more than
3i8 inch (10 mm) deep. Compact each layer thoroughly and allow to become
thumbprint hard before applying next layer.
B.
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
D.
D.
B.
STONE MASONRY 044300 - 12
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
3.8 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Bemove and replace slone masonry ol the following description;
1. Broken, chipped, stained, or otherwise damaged stone. Stone may be repaired if
methods and results are approved by Architect.2. Defective joints.
3. Slone masonry not matching approved samples and mockups.4. Stone masonry not complying with other requirements indicated.
B. Replace in a manner that results in stone masonry matching approved samples and
mockups, complying with other requirements, and showing no evidence of
replacement.
C. ln-Progress Cleaning: Clean stone masonry as work progresses. Remove mortar fins
and smears before tooling joints.
D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean stone masonry as
follows:
1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic
scrape hoes or chisels.2. Test clebning methods on mockup; leave one-half of panel uncleaned lor
comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before
cleaning stone masonry.3. Protect adjacent stone and nonmasonry surfaces from contacl wilh cleaner by
covering them with liquid strippable masking agent, polyethylene film, or
waterproof masking tape.4. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaner; remove cleaner promptly
by rinsing thoroughly with clear water.5. Clean slone masonry by bucket and brush hand-cleaning melhod described in
B1A Technical Note No. 20 Revised ll, using job-mixed delergent solution.6. Clean stone masonry with proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to
manuf acturer's written instructions.
END OF SECTION O443OO
STONE MASONRY 044300 - 13
1.1
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exierior
Vail,Colorado
sEcTloN 05 40 00
COLD"FORMED METAL FRAMING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.2
A.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Conlract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:1. Interior load-bearing wall framing.2. Exterior non-load-bearing wall framing.
PEHFORMANCE REOUI REMENTS
Structural Performance: Provide cold-formed metal traming capable of withstanding
design loads within limits and under conditions indicated.
1. Design Loads: As indicated on drawings.
2. Deflection Limits: Design lraming systems to withstand design loads without
dellections greater than the following:
a. Exterior Load-Bearing Wall Framing: Horizontal deflection of 1i360 of the
wallheight.b. Interior Load-Bearing Wall Framing: Horizontal deflection of 1/360 of the
wall height under a horizontal load of 5 lbf/sq. ft. (239 Pa).
c. Exterior Non-Load-Bearing Framing: Horizontal deflection of 1/360 of the
1.3
A.
I
I
I
!
I
t
I
I
I
I
wallheight.
3. Design lraming systems to provide for movement of framing members without
damage or overstressing, sheathing failure, conneclion failure, undue strain on
fasteners and anchors, or other detrimental eflects when subject to a maximum
ambient temperature change of 120 deg F (67 deg C).4. Design framing system to maintain clearances at openings, to allow tor
construction tolerances, and to accommodate live load dellection of primary
building structure as follows:
a. Upward and downward movement of 112 inch (13 mm).
B. Cold-Formed Steel Framing, General: Design according to AlSl's 'Standard for Cold-
Formed Steel Framing - General Provisions."
COLD-FOBMED METAL FRAMING 054000-1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
1.4
A.
B.
F.
1.5
A.
B.
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Headers: Design according to AlSl's "Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing -
Header Design.'
Design exterior non-load-bearing wall framing to accommodate horizontal
deflection without regard for contribution of sheathing materials.
according to AlSl's "Standard lor Cold-Formed Steel Framing - Truss Design.'
Exterior wall studs shall be engineered by a licensed P.E. in the state where the
project is located.
SUBM]TTALS
Product Data: For each type of cold-formed metal framing producl and accessory
indicated.
Shop Drawings: Show layout, spacings, sizes, thicknesses, and types of cold-formed
metal framing; fabrication; and fastening and anchorage detaib, including mechanical
fasteners. Show reinforcing channels, opening framing, supplemental framing,
strapping, bracing, bridging, splices, accessories, connection details, and attachment
to adjoining work.
1. For cold-formed metal framing indicaled to comply with design loads, including all
exterior wall studs and fabrications, include structural analysis data signed and
sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
Welding certificates.
Qualification Data: For testing agency.
Product Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency, unless olherwise stated,
indicating that each of the lollowing complies with requirements, based on evaluation of
comprehensive lests for current products:
1. Sleelsheet.2. Expansion anchors.
3. Power-actuatedanchors.4. Mechanicalfasleners.5. Vertical dellection clips.6. Horizontal drift deflection clips7. Miscellaneous struclural clips and accessories.
Besearch/Evaluation Reports: For cold-formed metal f raming.
OUALITY ASSURANCE
Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings, design calculations, and
other structural data by a qualified professional engineer.
Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified
lo practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing
engineering seruices of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those
c.
D.
E.
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
d
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.
2.
3.
4.
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
'1.6
A.
B.
Vail Cascade Besort & Spa
performed for installations of cold-formed metal framing that are
indicated lor this Project in material, design, and extent.
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
similar to those
C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according lo ASTM E 329 to conducl the testing
indicated.
D. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1 .1/D1.1M, "Structural
Welding Code-Steel," and AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code--Sheel Steel."
E. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Where indicated, provide cold-formed metal
lraming identical to that of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a
testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
F. AtSl Specilications and Standards: Comply with AlSl's "North American Specificalion
for lhe Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members" and its "Standard for Cold-
Formed Steel Framing - General Provisions."1. Comply with AlSl's "Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing - Header Design.'
DELIVEHY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Prolect cold-formed metal framing lrom corrosion, deformation, and other damage
during delivery, storage, and handling.
Store cold-formed metal framing, prolect wilh a waterproof covering, and ventilate to
avoid condensation.
2.1
PART 2 - PBODUCTS
2.2
A.
MANUFACTURERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
otfering cold-formed metal framing that may be incorporated into the Work include, but
are not limited to, the following:1. Galifornia Expanded Metal Products Company.2. Clark Steel Framing.3. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries Company.
4. Western Metals Lath Co.
MATERIALS
Steel Sheet: ASTMA 1003/4 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, ol
grade and coating weighl as follows:
1. Grade: As required by structural performance.
2. Coating: GgO (2275) or equivalent.
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000-3
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.3
A.
2.4
A.
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Steel Sheet for Vertical Deflection Clips: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel, zinc
coated, of grade and coating as follows;
1. Grade: As required by structural performance.
2. Coating: G90 (2275]r.
LOAD-BEARI NG WALL FRAMING
Steel Studs: Manulacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated,
punched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows:
1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: .As indicaled on drawings2. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches (41 mm). minimum
Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, of web depths indicated,
unpunched, with straight flanges, and as follows:
1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: Matching steel sluds.2. Flange Width: 1-1/4 inches (32 mm).
Steel Box or Back-to-Back Headers: Manulacture/s standard C-shapes used to form
header beams, of web depths indicated, punched, wilh stiffened flanges, and as
follows:
1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: .As indicated on drawings2. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches (4'l mm). minimum
Steel Double-L Headers: Manufacturer's standard L-shapes used to form header
beams, of web depths indicaied, and as follows:
'1 . Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: . As indicated on drawings
2. Top Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches (41 mm). Minimum
EXTERIOR NON-LOAD-BEARING WALL FRAMING
Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated,
punched, with stitfened flanges, and as follows:
1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: . As indicated on drawings.2. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches i41 mm). Minimum
Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, of web depths indicated,
unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, and as follows:
1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: Matching steel studs.2. Flange Width: 'l-1l4 inches (32 mm).
Vertical Deflection Clips: Manufacturer's standard head clips, capable of
accommodating upward and downward vertical displacement ol primary structure
through positive mechanical attachment to stud web.
I
I
I
I
B.
B.
C.
D.
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IB.
I
I
T
I
c.
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000-4
1.
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.5
A.
2.6
A.
B.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requiremenls,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
t
I
I
I
I
but are not limited to, the following:
a. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington lndustries Company.b. MarinoWare, a division of Ware lndustries.c. SCAFCO Corporationd. The Steel Network. lnc.
D. Drift Glips: Manufaclurer's standard bypass or head clips, capable of isolating wall stud
from upward and downward vertical displacement and lateral drift of primary slructure.
B.
c.
D.
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
t
I
FRAMING ACCESSORIES
Fabricate steel-framing accessories Jrom steel sheet, ASTM A 1003/A'1003M,
Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of same grade and coating weight used for
framing members.
Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless
otherwise indicated. as follows:
1. Supplementaryframing.2. Bracing, bridging, and solid blocking.3. Web stiffeners.4. Anchor clips.5. End clips.6. Foundation clips.7. Gusset plates.
8. Stud kickers, knee braces, and girls.
9. Joist hangers and end closures.
10. Hole reinforcing plates.
11. Backer plates.
ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS
Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36/4 36M, zinc coated by hot-dip process according
to ASTM A 123/A 123M.
Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 55, threaded carbon-steel hex-headed bolts and
carbon-steel nuts; and flat, hardened-steel washers; zinc coated by hot-dip process
according to ASTM A '153/A 153M, Class C.
Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with capability to
sustain, without failure, a load equal to 5 times design load, as determined by testing
per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.
Power-Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable lor application indicated,
labricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without failure,
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000-5
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.7
A.
B.
2.8
A.
c.
a load equal to 10 times design load, as determined by testing per
conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
ASTM E 1190
E. Mechanical Fasteners: ASTMC 1513, corrosion-resistant-coated, selldrilling, self-
tapping steel drill screws.
1. Head Type: Low-profile head beneath sheathing, manufaclurer's standard
elsewhere.
F. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780.
Cement Grout: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type l; and clean, natural sand,
ASTM C 404. Mix at ratio of 1 part cement lo 2-112 parts sand, by volume, wilh
minimum waler required for placement and hydration.
Nonmetallic, Nonshrink Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout
containing selected silica sands, portland cement, shrinkage-compensating agents,
and plasticizing and water-reducing agents, complying with ASTM C 1107, with fluid
consistency and 30-minute working time.
Shims: Load bearing, highdensity multimonomer plaslic, nonleaching.
Sealer Gaskets: Closed-cell neoprene foam, 114 inch (6.4 mm) thick, selected from
manufacturer's standard widths to match width of bottom track or rim track members.
FABRICATION
Fabricate cold-formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line,
and with connections securely fastened, according to referenced AlSl's specifications
and standards, manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section.
1. Fabricate lraming assemblies using jigs or templates.2. Cut lraming members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut.3. Fasten cold-formed metal framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch
fastening, or riveting as standard with fabricator. Wire tying of framing members
is not permitted.
a. Comply with AWS Dl .3 requirements and procedures lor welding,
appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding
work.b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, with
screw penelrating joined members by not less than three exposed screw
threads.
4. Fasten other materials to cold-formed metal framing by welding, bolting, or screw
fastening, according to Shop Drawings.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
D.
E.
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
B. Reinforce, stiffen, and brace framing assemblies to withstand handling, delivery, and
erection stresses. Lift fabricated assemblies to prevent damage or permanent
distortion.
C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate assemblies level, plumb, and true to line to a
maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet (1:960) and as follows:
1. Spacing: Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch
(3 mm; from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum lastening
requirements of shealhing or other finishing materials.
2. Squareness: Fabricate each cold-formed metal framing assembly to a maximum
outof-square tolerance of 1/8 inch (3 mm;.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine supporting subslrates and abutting structural framing for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other condilions allecting performance.
1. Proceed with installation only after unsatislactory conditions have been
corrected.
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
3.2
A.
3.3
A.
PREPARATION
Belore sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, attach continuous angles,
supplementary framing, or tracks to structural members indicated to receive sprayed
fire-resistive materials.
Alter applying sprayed fire-resistive materials, remove only as much of these malerials
as needed to complete installation of cold-formed framing without reducing thickness of
fire-resistive materials below that are required to obtain fire-resistance rating indicated.
Protecl remaining fire-resistive materials from damage.
Install load bearing shims or grout between the underside of wall bottom track or rim
track and the top of foundation wall or slab at stud or joist locations to ensure a uniform
bearing surface on supporting concrete or masonry construction.
Inslall sealer gaskets to isolate the underside of wall bottom track or rim track and the
top of foundation wall or slab at stud or joisi locations.
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
Cold-formed metal framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be
field assembled.
B.
c.
D.
I
I COLD.FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000-7
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Golorado
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
B. Install cold{ormed metalframing according to AlSl's "Standard for Cold-Formed Steel
Framing - General Provisions" and to manufaclurer's written instructions unless more
stringent requirements are indicated.
C. lnstall shop- or field-fabricated, cold-formed framing and securely anchor to supporting
slructure.
1. Screw, bolt, or weld wall panels at horizontal and vertical junctures to produce
flush, even, true-to-line joints with maximum variation in plane and true position
between fabricated panels not exceeding 1/16 inch (1.6 mm).
D. Install cold-formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and
with connections securely fastened.
1. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut.2. Fasten cold-formed metal framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch
fastening, or riveting. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted.
a. Comply with AWSDI .3 requirements and procedures for welding,
appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding
work.b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, and
complying with requirements for spacing, edge distances, and screw
penetration.
E. Install framing members in one-piece lengths unless splice connections are indicated
for track or tension members.
F. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads
comparable in intensity to those for which structure was designed. Maintain braces
and supports in place, undisturbed, until entire integrated supporting structure has
been completed and permanent connections to lraming are secured.
G. Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with cold-formed metal framing.
Independently frame both sides of joints.
H. lnstall insulation, specified in Division 7 Section "Building lnsulation,' in built-up exterior
framing members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and multiple studs at openings,
that are inaccessible on completion of framing work.
l. Fasten hole reinforcing plate over web penetrations thal exceed size ol manufacturer's
standard punched openings.
J. Erection Tolerances: Install cold-formed metal framing level, plumb, and true to line to
a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1i8 inch in 10 feet (1:960) and as follows:
'1 . Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1lB inch (3 mm)
from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening
requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials.
COLD-FORMED METAL FBAMING 054000-8
I
I
I
I
JGF # 070s
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterlor
Vail,Colorado
3.4 LOAD-BEARINGWALLINSTALLATION
A. Install continuous top and bottom tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately
and securely anchor at corners and ends, and at spacings as lollows:
1. Anchor Spacing: To match stud spacing.
B. Squarely seal studs against top and bottom tracks with gap not exceeding of 1/8 inch
(3 mm) between the end ol wall framing member and the web of track. Fasten both
flanges o1 studs to top and bottom tracks. Space studs as follows:
1. Stud Spacing: As indicated.
C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls
or warped surfaces and similar configurations.
D. Align studs vertically where floor framing interrupts wall-framing continuity. Where
studs cannot be aligned, continuously reinforce track to lransfer loads.
E. Align lloor and roof framing over studs. Where framing cannot be aligned, continuously
reinforce track to transfer loads.
F. Anchor studs abutting structural columns or walls, including masonry walls, to
supporting structure as indicated.
G. Install headers over wall openings wider than stud spacing. Locate headers above
openings as indicated. Fabricate headers of compound shapes indicated or required
to transfer load to supporting studs, complete with clip-angle connectors, web
sliffeners, or gusset plates.
1. Frame wall openings with not less than a double stud at each jamb of frame as
indicated on Shop Drawings. Fasten jamb members together to unilormly
distribute loads.2. Install runner tracks and jack studs above and below wall openings. Anchor
tracks to jamb studs with clip angles or by welding, and space jack studs same
as full-height wall studs.
H. lnstall supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing in stud framing indicated to
support fixtures, equipment, services, casework, heavy trim, furnishings, and similar
work requiring altachment to lraming.
1. lf type ol supplementary support is not indicated, comply with stud
manufacturer's written recommendations and industry standards in each case,
considering weight or load resulting from item supported.
l. Install horizontal bridging in stud system, spaced at 48 inches(l220mm) unless
otherwise indicated on Shop Drawings. Fasten at each stud intersection.
1. Bridging: Cold-rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs ol
punched studs with a minimum of 2 screws into each flange of the clip angle for
framing members up to 6 inches (150 mm) deep.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
CoLD-FORMED METAL FRAMTNG 054000-9
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.
3.5
A.
B.
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Bridging: Combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness
indicated and stud-track solid blocking of width and thickness lo match studs.
Fasten flat straps to stud llanges and secure solid blocking to stud webs or
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
T
c.
D.
llanges.
3. Bridging: Proprietary bridging bars installed according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
J. Install steel sheet diagonal bracing straps to both stud flanges, terminate at and fasten
to reinforced top and bottom tracks. Fasten clip-angle connectors to multiple studs at
ends of bracing and anchor to structure.
K. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including supplementary framing, web
stitfeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a
complete and stable wall-framing system.
EXTERIOR NON-LOAD-BEARING WALL INSTALLATION
Install continuous lracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely
anchor to supporting structure as indicated.
Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom track, unless otherwise indicated.
Space studs as follows:
1. Stud Spacing: As indicated.
Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls
or warped surfaces and similar requirements.
lsolate non-load-bearing steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of
vertical loads while providing lateral support.
1. Install single-leg deflection tracks and anchor to building structure.2. Install double deep-leg dellection tracks and anchor outer track to building
structure.3. Connect vertical deflection clips to infill studs and anchor to building structure.4. Connect drift clips to cold formed metal framing and anchor to building structure.
Install horizontal bridging in wall studs, spaced in rows indicated on Shop Drawings but
not more than 48 inches (1220 mm) apart. Fasten al each stud intersection.
1. Top Bridging for Single Deflection Track: Install row ol horizonial bridging within
18 inches (450 mm) of single deflection track. Install a combination of flal, laut,
steel sheet straps of width and thickness indicated and stud or studtrack solid
blocking of width and thickness matching studs. Fasten flat straps to stud
flanges and secure solid blocking to stud webs or flanges.
a. lnstall solid blocking at 96-inch (2440-mm) centers or as otherwise
indicated on Shop Drawings.
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000-10
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
csz # 8-2008
2.
3.
3.6
A.
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Bridging: Cold-rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of
punched studs.
Bridging: Combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness
indicated and stud-track solid blocking of width and thickness to match studs.
Fasten flat straps to stud flanges and secure solid blocking to stud webs or
flanges.
Bridging: Proprietary bridging bars installed according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
4.
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
F. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web stiffeners,
clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, fasteners, and stud girts, to provide a
complete and stable wall-framing system.
JOIST INSTALLATION
Install perimeter joist track sized to match joists. Align and securely anchor or fasten
track to supporting slructure at corners, ends, and spacings indicated on Shop
Drawings.
lnstall joists bearing on supporting frame, level, straight, and plumb; adjust to final
position, brace, and reinforce. Faslen joists to boih flanges of joist track.
1. Install joists over supporting frame with a minimum end bearing of 1-112 inches
{38 mm).2. Reinforce ends and bearing points of joists with web stitfeners, end clips, joist
hangers, steel clip angles, or steel-stud sections as indicated on Shop Drawings.
Space joists not more than 2 inches (51 mm) from abulting walls, and as lollows:
1. Joist Spacing: As indicated.
Frame openings with built-up joist headers consisting of joist and joist track, nesting
joists, or another combination of connected joists il indicated.
Install joist reinforcement at interior supports with single, short length of joist section
located directly over interior support, with lapped joists of equal length lo joist
reinforcement. or as indicated.
1. Install web stiffeners to transfer axial loads of walls above.
Install bridging at intervals indicated. Fasten bridging at each joist intersection as
follows:
1. Bridging: Joist{rack solid blocking of width and thickness indicated, secured to
joist webs.2. Bridging: Combination ol flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness
indicated and joist-track solid blocking of width and thickness indicated. Fasten
flat straps to bottom flange of joists and secure solid blocking to joist webs.
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000-11
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
G. Secure joists to load-bearing
flange.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
interior walls to prevenl lateral movement of bottom
I
I
I
T
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
t
I
3.7
A.
3.8
A.
B.
c.
D.
E.
H. lnstall miscellaneous joist framing and connections, including web stiffeners, closure
pieces, clip angles, continuous angles, holddown angles, anchors, and fasteners, to
provide a complete and stable joist-framing assembly.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to
perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
Field and shop welds will be subject to lesting and inspecting.
Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and
Architect.
Remove and replace work where test results indicate that it does not comply with
specified requirements.
Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to
determine compliance ol replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
HEPAIRS AND PROTECTION
Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated
and installed cold-formed metal framing with galvanized repair paint according to
ASTM A 780 and manufaclurer's written instructions.
Provide linal protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to
manulacturer and Installer, that ensure that cold-formed metal framing is without
damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
B.
END OF SECTION 05 40 OO
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000-12
1.1
I
I
I
t
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
sEcTtoN 05 50 00
METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions
Supplementary Conditions and Division
of the Contract, including General and
1 Specification Sections, apply lo this Section.
A.
I
I
I
t
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.2
A.
1.3
A.
METAL FABRICATIONS
SUMMARY
This Section includes the lollowing:1. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not
specified in other Sections.2. Shelf angles.3. Loose bearing and leveling plates.
4. Steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete not specified in other
Sections.
B. Landscape related materials
7. G/ass fence posfs.
2. G/ass fence frame and supporls.3. Custom artwork.
B.
PERFORMANCE REQUI REMENTS
Structural Perlormance ol Ladders: Provide ladders capable of withstanding the
etfects ol loads and slresses within limits and under conditions specified in
ANSIA14.3.
Thermal Movements: Provide eliterior metal fabrications that allow for thermal
movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and
surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overslressing of
components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering
calculation on surtace temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and
nighttime-sky heat loss.
1 . Temperalure Change (Hange): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100
deg C), material surfaces.
C. General: ln engineeing postg frames and custom artwork to withstand structural
loads indicated, determine allowable design working sfresses of posfs, frames and
custom artwork mateials based on the following:
055000-1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
1.4
A.
1.5
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
1. Sfain/ess Steel: 60 percent of minimum yield strength.2. Steel: 72 percent of minimum yield strength.
D. Structural Peiormance: Provide posts, frame and custom artwo* capable of
withstanding the effects of gnvity loads and the following loads and shesses wrthin
limits and under conditions indicated:a. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ ft. applied in any direction.b. Concentnted load of 200 lbf applied in any direction.c. Uniform and nncentrated loads need not be assumed to act concunently-
E. Control of Conosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by
insulating metals and other mateials from direct contact with incompatible materials.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For the following:
1. Nonslip aggregates and nonslip-aggregate sudace finishes.2. Metal nosings and treads.3. Paint products.
4. Grout.
Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for metal fabricalions.
1. lnclude plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal labrications and their
connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.2. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other
Sections.3. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural
analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer
responsible for their preparation.
Mill Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of stainless-steel sheet certilying that
products furnished comply with requirements.
Welding certificates.
Qualification Data: For professional engineer.
OUALITY ASSURANCE
Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
1 . AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code-Steel."
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
c.
D.
E.
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other conslruction contiguous
with metal fabrications by lield measurements before fabrication and indicate
measurements on Shop Drawings.
1. Established Dimensions: Where lield measurements cannot be made without
delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal
labrications without field measurements. Coordinate wall and other contiguous
construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established
dimensions.2. Provide allowance for trimming and fitting at site.
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
1.7
A.
2.1
A.
B.
COORDINATION
Coordinate installation of anchorages lor metal fabrications. Furnish setting drawings,
templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts,
anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or
masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
Coordinate installation of steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete lhat are
specified in this Section but required for work ol another Section. Deliver such items to
Project site in time for installation.t
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.2
A.
GTASS FENCE POSTBASE
General: Fabricate steel fence post base to match existing design style, color and
finish. Refer to Drawings for dimensions.
1. Steel fence posl base to be manufactured by Myers & Company Architectural
Metals, Basalt, CO, 970-9274761.
GLASS FENCE RAILING. FRAME AND SUPPORIS
General: Fabricate steel fence railing, frame and suppotts to match existing design
style, color and finish. Refer to Drawings for dimensions.
1. Railing, frame and supports to be manufactured by Myers & Company
Arch itectural Metals, Basalt, CO, 970-927 -47 61 .
CUSTOM ARTWORK
General: An aftist/sculptor has been retained by the Owner to construct custom
artwork on the Dining Terrace and Pool Deck for incorporation within the Work. Final
design to be determined by Owner. Contractor shall provide Allowance for this work
2.3
A.
METAL FABRICAT]ONS 055000-3
JGF # 070s
cs2 # 8-2008
2.4
A.
2.5
A.
B.
c.
2.6
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
and coordinate mateials and their installation with related materials and installations to
ensure that allowance item is completely integrated and inteiaced with related work.
1. Custom Artwork to be manufactured by Columbo Construction Corp, Brooklyn,
NY, 718-399-2233.
METALS, GENERAL
Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces, unless
otherwise indicated. For metal labrications exposed to view in the completed Work,
provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes.
FERROUS METALS
Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
SteelTubing: ASTM A 500, cold-formed steeltubing.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 5gA 53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight
is indicated or required by structural loads.
Sfaln/ess-Sfee/ Sheef, Stip, Plate, and Flat Bars: ASTM A 666, Type 304.
Star'h/ess-Steel Bars and Shapes.' ASTM A 276, Type 304.
FASTENERS
General: Unless othenrise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless-steel lasteners for
exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633,
Class FeZn 5, at exterior walls. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening
aluminum. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.
MISCELLANEOUS MATER]ALS
Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal
alloy welded.
Shop Primers: .Provide primers that comply with Division 9 painting Seclions and
Section "High-Perlormance Coatings."
Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd
primer complying with MPI#79.
1. Use primer with a VOC conient ot 420 glL (3.5 lb/gal.) or less when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).2. Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable lrom zinc-rich
primer-
I
I
D.
E.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
2.7
A.
B.
c.
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.8
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
D. Zinc-Rich Primer: (Exterior Ferrous Metals) Complying with SSPC-Paint 20 or SSPC-
Paint 29 and compatible with topcoal.
1. Use primer with a VOC content ot 420 g/L (3.5 lb/gal.) or less when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).2. Products:a. Sherwin-Williams Company Ohe); Corothane I GalvaPac Zinc Primer.b. Porter Paints; Porterzinc 3000, Zinc Rich Epoxy Primer, 3000.
c. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc.; Aquapon Epoxy Zinc Rich Primer, 97-670.
d. Sherwin-Williams Company (The); lndustrial & Marine, Zinc Clad lV,
869A8A/8.
E. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel,
complying with SSPC-Paint 20.
F. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.
G. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive,
nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically
recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications.
H. Concrete Materials and Properties: Comply with requirements in Division 3 Section
"Cast-in-Place Concrete" for normal-weight, air-entrained, ready-mix concrete wilh a
minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20 MPa), unless otherwise
indicated.
B.
D.
E.
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
FABRICATION, GENERAL
Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible.
Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use
connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for
reasse mbly and coordinated installation.
Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges lo
a radius of approximately 1132 inch (1 mm), unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp
or rough areas on exposed surfaces.
C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation
or otherwise impairing work.
Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and
straight edges.
Weld comers and seams continuously to comply with the tollowing:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.3. Bemove welding flux immediately.
METAL FABRICAT]ONS 055000-5
IJGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.9
A.
B.
4.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vall,Colorado
At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and sudaces smooth and blended
so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface malches
that of adjacent surface.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed
fasteners where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-
head (countersunk) screws or bolts, unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where
least conspicuous.
G. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to
exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal labrications as indicated to receive linish hardware,
screws, and similar items.
l. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure- Space
anchoring devices lo secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated
loads.
1. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip
with integrally welded steel strap anchors, 1lB by 1-112 inches (3.2 by 38 mm),
with a minimum 6-inch (150-mm) embedment and 2-inch (50-mm) hook, not less
than I inches (200 mm) from ends and corners of units and 24 inches (600 mm)
o.c.. unless othenrise indicated.
MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Seclions as needed
to complete the Work.
Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction, unless
otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as
necessary to receive adjacent construction retained by framing and supports. Cut, drill,
and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items.
1. Fabricale units f rom slotted channel framing where indicated.2. Fumish inserts if units are installed after concreie is placed.
Fabricate supports for operable partilions f rom continuous steel beams of sizes
indicated with attached bearing plales, anchors, and braces as indicated. Drill bottom
fldnges of beams to receive partition track hanger rods; locate holes where indicated
on operable partition Shop Drawings.
Galvanize miscellaneous lraming and supports where indicated.
Prime miscellaneous lraming and supports with zinc-rich primer where indicated.
c.
D.
E.
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000-6
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.10
A.
2.11
A.
2.12
A.
2.13
A.
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
LOOSE STEEL LINTELS
Fabricate loose steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated lor
openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated. Weld
adjoining members together to form a single unit where indicated.
Size loose lintels to provide bearing length at each side ol openings equal to 1112 ol
clear span but not less than 8 inches {200 mm), unless otherwise indicated.
Galvanize loose steel lintels located in exterior walls.
Prime loose steel lintels located in exterior walls with zinc-rich primer.
LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES
Provide loose bearing and leveling plates lor steel items bearing on masonry or
concrete construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting.
Galvanize plates after fabrication.
Prime plates with zinc-rich primer-
STEEL WELD PLATES AND ANGLES
Provide steel weld plates and angles not specified in other Sections, for items
supported from concrete construction as needed to complete the Work. Provide each
unit with not less than two integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in
concrete.
MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM
Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of
profiles shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter
corners and use concealed field splices where possible.
Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and
installation with other work.
1. Provide with integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete or
masonry construction.
Galvanize exterior miscellaneous steel trim and interior miscellaneous steel trim, where
indicated.
Prime exterior miscellaneous steel trim and interior miscellaneous steel trim, where
indicated with zinc-rich primer.
B.
c.
D.
B.
c.
B.
c.
D.
METAL FABRICAT]ONS 055000-7
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
2.14 FINISHES, GENERAL
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual lor Architectural and Metal Products"
for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Finish metal fabricalions alter assembly.
2.15
A.
STEEL AND IRON FINISHES
Galvanizing:
listed below:
1. ASTMA2. ASTMA
Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with applicable standard
123/A 123M, for galvanizing steel and iron products.
153/A 153M, for galvanizing steeland iron hardware.
Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with
minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface preparation specifications
and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications:
'1 . Exteriors (SSPC Zone 18) and ltems Indicated to Receive Zinc-Rich Primer:
SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."2. Interiors (SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except
those with galvanized finishes and those to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on
fireproofing, or masonry, unless othenvise indicated. Comply with SSPC-PA 1, 'Paint
Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for
shop painting.
1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Peform cutting, drilling, and litting required for
installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accuralely in location, alignment,
and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and
measured from established lines and levels.
Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections
thal are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping
size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been
hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.
Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
B.
c.
3.1
t
I
I
I
IA.
I
I
I
t
I
B.
c.
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000-8
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8.2008
3.2
A.
3.3
A.
B.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.3. Remove welding flux immediately.4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended
so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surlace matches
that of adjacent surface.
D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where
metal fabrications are required to be lastened to in-place construction. Provide
threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through
bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors.
E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into
concrete, masonry, or similar conslruclion.
F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum thal will come into contact
with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of
bituminous paint.
INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPOBTS
General: lnstall framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being
supported, including manufacturers'written instructions and requirements indicated on
Shop Drawings.
Anchor supports for operable partitions securely to and rigidly brace from bui|ding
structu re.
Support steel girders on solid grouted masonry, concrete, or steel pipe columns.
Secure girders with anchor bolts embedded in grouted masonry or concrete or with
bolts through top plates of pipe columns.
1. Where grout space under bearing plates is indicated for girders supported on
concrete or masonry, install as specified in "lnstalling Bearing and Leveling
Plates" Article.
lnstall pipe columns on concrete footings with grouted baseplates. Position and grout
column baseplates as specified in 'lnstalling Bearing and Leveling Plates" Article.
1. Grout baseplates of columns supporting steel girders after girders are installed
and leveled.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
materials, and
After bearing
Do not remove
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
c.
D.
INSTALLING BEARTNG AND LEVEL]NG PLATES
Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing
roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surlace of plates.
Set bearing and leveling plates on wedges, shims, or leveling nuts.
members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts.
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000-9
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
3.4
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge ol
packing with grout.
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
bearing plate belore
1. Use nonshrink grout, either metallic or nonmetallic, in concealed locations where
not exposed to moislure; use nonshrink, nonmetallic grout in exposed locations,
unless otherwise indicated.2. Pack grout solidly belween bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids
remain.
ADJUST]NG AND CLEANING
Touchup Painting: lmmediately afler erection, clean lield welds, bolted connections,
and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as
used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA'l for touching up shop-painted
surfaces.
1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil (0.05-mm) dry film
thickness.
Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections. and abraded areas and
repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION 05 50 OO
B.
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000-10
1.1
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
sEcTtoN 05 51 00
METAL STAIRS
PART 1 -GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply lo this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:1. Handrails and railings.( section 055210)
PERFORMANCE REOUIREMENTS
Structural Performance: Provide metal stairs capable of withstanding the lollowing
structural loads without exceeding the allowable design working slress of the materials
involved, including anchors and connections. Apply each load to produce the
maximum stress in each component of metal stairs.
1. Treads and Platforms ol Metal Stairs: Capable of withstanding a unilorm load of
100 lbf/sq, it. i4.79 kNlsq. m)or a concentrated load of 300 lbf (1.33 kN) on an
area of 4 sq. in. (25.8 sq. cm), whichever produces the greater stress.2. Stair Framing: Capable of withstanding stresses resulting lrom loads specilied
above in addition to stresses resulting from railing system loads.3. Limit deflection of treads, platforms, and lraming members to U360 or 1i4 inch
(6.4 mm), whichever is less.
1.2
A.
1.3
A.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for metal stairs. Include
plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal stairs and their connections. Show
anchorage and accessory items. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for
installation under other Sections.
1. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural
analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified prolessional engineer
responsible for their preparation.
B. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel.
1.5 OUALIry ASSURANCE
METAL STAIRS 0551 00-1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
1.6
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
A. lnstaller Qualifications: Arrange for metal stairs specified in this
fabricated and installed by the same firm.
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Section to be
B. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualilied
to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing
engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those
performed lor installations of metal stairs (including handrails and railing systems) that
are similar to those indicaled for this Project in material, design, and extent.
C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing metal stairs similar to those
indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as
well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
D. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWSDl.1, "Structural
Welding Gode-Steel," and AWS D1.3, 'Structural Welding Code-Sheet Steel."
COORDINATION
Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal stairs. Furnish setting drawings,
templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts,
anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or
masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
2.1
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
F.
FERROUS METALS
Metal Surfaces, General: Provide metal free from pitting, seam marks, roller marks,
and other imperfections where exposed to view on finished units- Do not use steel
sheet with variations in flatness exceeding those permitted by referenced standards for
stretcher-leveled sheet.
Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
Steel Tubing: Cold{ormed steel lubing complying with ASTM A 500.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (Schedule 4O), unless another weight is
indicated or required by structural loads.
Galvanized Steel Sheel ASTM A 653iA 653M, G90 (2275) coating, either commercial
quality or slructural quality, Grade 33 (Grade 230), unless another grade is required for
design loads.
Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specilications for metal
alloy welded.
Woven-Wire Mesh: Intermediate-crimp, square pattern, 2-inch (50-mm) woven-wire
mesh, made from 0.135-inch (3.5-mm) nominal diameter wire complying with
ASTM A 510 (ASTM A 51OM).
A.
B.
c.
D.
E.
METAL STAIRS 0551 00-2
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.2 FASTENERS
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
A. General: Provide zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633,
Class FeZn 25 for exterior use. and Class FelZn 5 where buill into exterior walls.
Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.
2.3
A.
B.
2.4
A.
2.5
A.
PAINT
Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Division 9 Section "Painting."
Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal
modified-alkyd primer complying with performance requirements in FS TT-P-664,
selected for good resistance lo normal atmospheric corrosion, compatibility with finish
paint systems indicated, and capability to provide a sound loundation for field-applied
topcoats despite prolonged exposure.
Zinc-Rich Primer: (Exterior Ferrous Metals) Complying with SSPC-Paint 20 or SSPC-
Paint 29 and compatible with topcoat.
1. Use primer with a VOC content ol 420 g/L (3.5 lb/gal.) or less when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).2. Products:
Sherwin-Williams Company (The); Corothane I GalvaPac Zinc Primer.
Porter Paints; Porterzinc 3000, Zinc Rich Epoxy Primer, 3000.
PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc.; Aquapon Epoxy Zinc Rich Primer, 97-670.
Sherwin-Williams Company (The); Industrial & Marine, Zinc Clad lV,
86948A/8.
Galvanizing Bepair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel,
complying with SSPC-Paint 20.
Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-Painl 12, except
containing no asbestos fibers or cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with
ASTM D 1187.
GROUT
Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonslaining, noncorrosive,
nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically
recommended by manulacturer for inlerior and exterior applications.
FABHICATION. GENERAL
Provide complete stair assemblies, including metal framing, hangers, struts, handrails,
railings, clips, brackets, bearing plates, and other components necessary to support
and anchor stairs and platforms on supporting structure.
c.
a,
b.
c.
d.
D.
E.
METAL STAIRS 0551 00-3
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.6
A.
Vail,Colorado
B. Provide complete stair assemblies, including metal framing, hangers, struts, clips,
brackets, bearing plates, and other components necessary to support and anchor
stairs and platforms on supporting structure.
1. Join components by welding, unless otherwise indicated.2. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces.
3. Fabricate treads and platforms of exterior stairs so finished walking surfaces
slope to drain.
C. NAAMM Stair Standard: Comply with "Recommended Voluntary Minimum Standards
for Fixed Metal Stairs" in NAAMM AMP 5'10, 'Metal Stairs Manual,'for class ol stair
designated, unless more stringent requirements are indicated.
D. Shop Assembly: Preassemble stairs in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize
lield splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and
handling limitations. Clearly mark unils for reassembly and coordinated installation.
E. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and
straight sharp edges. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove sharp
or rough areas on exposed surfaces.
F. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1132 inch (1 mm), unless otheruise
indicated. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain
separation or otherwise impairing work.
G. Weld connections lo comply with the following:
1. Use materials and methods thal minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.3. Remove welding flux immediately.4. Weld exposed corners and seams continuously, unless otherwise indicated.5. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended
so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches
that of adjacent surface.
H. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed
fasteners where possible. Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated,
Phillips flat-head (countersunk) screws or bolts. Locate joints where least
conspicuous.
l. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or
provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
STEEL-FBAMED STAIRS
Stair Framing: Fabricate stringers of structural-sleel channels, plates, or a combination
of both, as indicated. Provide closures for exposed ends ol stringers. Construct
platforms of struclural-steel channel headers and miscellaneous framing members as
indicated. Bolt or weld headers to slringers; bolt or weld framing members to stringers
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
t
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
t
IMETAL STAIRS 0551 00-4
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.7
A.
and headers. lf using bolts,
surlaces.
Vail Cascade Fesort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
fabricate and join so bolts are not exposed on finished
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
1. Where stairs are enclosed by gypsum board shaft-wall assemblies, provide
hanger rods to support landings lrom lloor construction above. Locate hanger
rods within stud space of shaft-wall construction.2. Where masonry walls support metal stairs, provide temporary supporting struts
designed for erecting steel stair components belore installing masonry.
B. Metal-Pan Stairs: Form risers, subtread pans, and subplatforms to configurations
shown from steel sheet of thickness needed to comply with performance requirements
but not less lhan 0.067 inch ('1.7 mm).
1. Steel Sheet Uncoated cold-rolled steel sheet.2. Steel Sheet: Galvanized-steel sheet. where indicated.3. Directly weld metal pans to stringers; locale welds on top of subtreads where
they will be concealed by concrete fill. Do not weld risers to stringers.
4. Attach risers and subtreads to stringers with brackets made of steel angles or
bars. Weld brackets to stringers and attach metal pans to brackets by welding,
riveting, or bolling.5. Shape metal pans to include nosing integral with riser.6. Provide subplatforms of configuration indicated or, il not indicated, the same as
subtreads. Weld subplatforms to platform framing.
a. Smooth Soffit Construction: Construct subplatforms with flat metal under
surlaces to produce smooth soffits.
FINISHES
Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"
for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
Finish metal stairs after assembly.
Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with applicable standard
listed below:
1. ASTM A 1231A 123M, for galvanizing steel and iron products.
2. ASTM A 153/A 153M, for galvanizing steel and iron hardware.3. Fill vent and drain holes that will be exposed in finished Work, unless indicated to
remain as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth.
Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with
minimum requiremenls indicated below for SSPC surface preparation specifications
and environmental exposure conditions ol installed products:
1. Exterior Stairs (SSPC Zone'18): SSPC-SP 6/NACE No.3, "Commercial Blast
Cleaning."2. Interior Stairs (SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
B.
c.
D.
METAL STAIRS 0551 00-5
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
E. Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal stair components, except those wilh
galvanized finishes and those to be embedded in concrete or masonry unless
otherwise indicated. Comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specilication No.1:
Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel,'for shop painting.
1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2fi)8
3.2
A.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
III
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.1 INSTALLATION. GENERAL
Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where
necessary for securing metal stairs to in-place construction. Include threaded
fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, through-bolts, lag bolts, and other
connectors.
Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for
installing metal stairs. Set units accurately in location, alignment, and elevation,
measured from established lines and levels and free from rack.
Install metal stairs by welding stair framing to steel structure or to weld plates cast into
concrete, unless otherwise indicated.
Provide temporary bracing or anchors in lormwork for items that are to be built into
concrete, masonry, or similar construction.
Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.3. Remove welding flux immediately.4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended
so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surlace matches
that of adjacent surface.
ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
Touchup Painting: lmmediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections,
and abraded areas ol shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as
used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted
surfaces.
1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil (0.05-mm) dry film
thickness.
Galvanized Surfaces: Glean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and
repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.
B.
D.
E.
B.
METAL STAIRS 0s51 00-6
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
END OF SECTTON 05 51 00
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
METAL STAIRS 0551 00-7
A.
B.
B.
't.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
sEcTtoN 05 5213
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS
PART 1 -GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions
Supplementary Conditions and Division
ol the Contract, including General and
1 Specilication Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:1. Steel pipe and tube handrails and railings.
2. Sfaih/ess-sfeelpipe railings.
Related Sections include the following:'1. Division 5 Section 'Metal Fabrications ' for miscellaneous materials2. Division 5 Section "Metal Stairs" for steel pipe handrails and railings included
wilh metal stairs.
PERFOHMANCE REOUI REMENTS
General: In engineering handrails and railings to withstand structural loads indicated,
determine allowable design working stresses ol handrail and railing materials based on
the following:1. Structural Steel; AISC 5335, "Specilication for Structural Steel Buildings
Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design with Commentary."2. Cold-Formed Structural Steel: AlSl SG-673, Part l, "Specification for the Design
of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members."
Structural Pertormance of Handrails and Railings: Provide handrails and railings
complying with requirements of ASTM E 985 for structural performance, based on
testing performed according to ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935.
1. Top Rail of Guards: Capable of withstanding the following loads applied as
indicated:
a. Concentrated load of 200 lbf (890 N) applied at any point and in any
direction.b. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ft. (730 N/m) applied horizontally and concurrently
with uniform load of 100 lbtdt. (1460 N/m) applied vertically downward.
c. Concentraied and uniform loads above need not be assumed to act
concurrenlly.
1.3
A.
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 055213-1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
1.4
A.
1.5
A.
Vail Cascade Resort &€pa
Vall,Colorado
Handrails Not Serving As Top Rails: Capable of withstanding the following loads
applied as indicated:
a. Concenlrated load of 200 lbf (890 N) applied at any point and in any
direction.b. Uniform load of 50 lbfitt. (730 N/m) applied in any direction.c. Concentrated and uniform loads above need not be assumed to act
concurrently.
Infill Area of Guards: Capable of withstanding a horizontal concentrated load of
200 lbf (890 N) applied to 1 sq. ft. (0.0S sq. m) at any point in system, including
panels, intermediate rails, balusters, or other elements composing infill area.
a. Load above need nol be assumed to act concurrenlly with loads on top
rails in determining stress on guard.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For the following:
1. Manufacture/s product lines ol mechanically connected handrails and railings.2. Grout, anchoring cement, and paint products.
Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation of handrails and railings. lnclude
plans, elevations, sections, componenl details, and attachments to other Work.
1. For installed handrails and railings indicated to comply with design loads, include
structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer
responsible for their preparation.
Product Test Reports: From a qualified lesting agency indicating handrails and railings
comply with ASTM E 985, based on comprehensive testing ol current products.
QUALIry ASSURANCE
Professional Engineer Qualifications: A prolessional engineer who is legally qualified
to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing
engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those
performed for installations of handrails and railings that are similar to those indicated
for this Project in material, design, and extent.
Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency with the experience and
capability to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548.
Source Limitations: Obtain each iype of handrail and railing through one source from a
single manufacturer.
STORAGE
I
I
I
I
I
2.
J.
B.
c.
t
I
T
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
B.
c.
t
I
I
1.6
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05 5213 - 2
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
1.7
A.
1.8
A.
2.1
A.
2.2
A.
B.
A. Store handrails and railings in a dry, well-ventilated, weathertight place.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Field Measurements: Verify handrail and railing dimensions by field measuremenls
before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate
fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.
1. Established Dimensions: Where lield measurements cannol be made without
delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with labricating handrails
and railings without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that
actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions.
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vai l.Colorado
(Schedule 40), unless
loads.
COORDlNATION
Coordinate installation of anchorages for handrails and railings. Furnish setting
drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves,
concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be
embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for
inslallation.
PAHT 2 - PHODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
following or an approved equal:
1. Metal Handrails Types 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8:
a. Metal handrails shall be stainless-steel, dimensions as indicated on
Drawings and as manufactured by Myers & Company Architectural Metals,
Basalt, CO, 970-927 -47 61 .
METALS
General: Provide metal free from pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains,
discolorations, and other imperfections where exposed to view on finished units.
Steel and lron: Provide steel and iron in the form indicated, complying with the
following requirements:
1. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53; finish, type, and weighlclass asfollows:
a. Black finish, unless olherwise indicated.b. Type F, or Type S, Grade A, standard weight
another grade and weight are required by structural
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 055213-3
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8'2008
2.3
A.
2.4
A.
2.5
A.
2.6
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Steel Tubing: Cold-formed steel tubing, ASTM A 500, Grade A, unless another
grade is required by structural loads.
3. Steel Plales, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.4. lron Castings: Malleable iron complying with ASTMA47, Grade32510
(ASTM A 47M, Grade 22010).
C. Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Cast or formed melal of same type ol material and
finish as supported rails, unless otherwise indicated.
SIA/NLESS STEEL
Pipe: ASTM A 312JA 312M, Grade TP 304.
FASIENERS
General: Provide the following:
1. Sfain/ess-Steel Railings: Type 304 stain/ess-steel fasteners.
Anchors: Provide anchors, fabicated from conosion-resrsfant mateials with capability
fo sustarn, withott failure, a load equal to four times the load imposed when installed in
concrete, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified
independe nt testi ng age ncy.
MI SCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factoty-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive,
nongaseous grout complying with ASTMC1107. Provide grout specifically
recommended by manufacturerfor interior and erteior applications.
Anchoring Cement: Factory-packaged, nonshrink, nonstaining, hydraulic-controlled
expansion cement formulation for mixing with water at Project site to create pounble
anchoring, patching, and grouting compound.
1. Water-Resistant Product At exterior locations provide formulation that is
resistant to erosion from water exposure without needing protection by a sealer
or waterproof coating and that is recommended by manufacturer for exterior use.
WELDING MATERIALS, FASTENERS, AND ANCHORS
Welding Electrodes and Filler Metal: Provide type and alloy of filler metal and
electrodes as recommended by producer of metal to be welded and as required for
I
I
I
t
I
I
2.
B.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
t
color match, strength, and compatibility in fabricated items.
B. Fasteners for Anchoring Handrails and Railings to Other Construction: Select
fasteners of type, grade, and class required to produce connections suitable for
anchoring handrails and railings to other types of construction indicated and capable of
withstanding design loads.
I
I
I
tPIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 055213-4
a.
b.
c.
d.
c.
D.
E.
2.8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
csz # 8-2008
{
2.7
A.
B.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
For steel handrails, railings, and fittings, use plated fasteners complying with
ASTM B 633, Class FelZn 25 for electrodeposited zinc coating.
C. Fasteners lor Interconnecting Handrail and Railing Components: Use fasteners
fabricated trom same basic metal as fastened metal, unless otherwise indicated. Do
not use metals that are corrosive or incompatible with materials joined.
1. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting handrail and railing components
and for attaching them to olher work, unless otherwise indicated.2. Provide concealed lasteners for interconnecting handrail and railing components
and for attaching them to other work, unless exposed fasteners arc unavoidable
or are the standard fastening method for handrails and railings indicated.
3. Provide Phillips flat-head machine screws for exposed fasteners, unless
otheruvise indicated.
PAINT
Shop Primers: Provide primers to
Section "Painting.'
comply with applicable requirements in Division 9
Zinc-Bich Primer: (Exterior Ferrous Metals) Complying with SSPC-Paint 20 or SSPC-
Paint 29 and compatible with topcoat.
1. Use primer with a VOC content ot 42Q g/L (3.5 lb/gal.) or less when calculated
according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).2. Products:
Sherwin-Williams Company (The); Corothane I GalvaPac Zinc Primer.
Porter Paints; Porleainc 3000, Zinc Rich Epoxy Primer, 3000.
PPG Architectural Finishes, lnc.;Aquapon Epory Zinc Rich Primer, 97-670.
Sherwin-Williams Company (The); Industrial & Marine, Zinc Clad lV,
869A8/V8.
Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: INTERIOR Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free,
universal modified-alkyd primer complying with performance requirements in FS TT-P-
664; selected for good resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion, compatibility wilh
finish paint systems indicated, and capability to provide a sound loundalion for field-
applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure.
Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Zinc-dust, zinc-oxide primer formulated for priming
zinc-coated steel and for compatibility with finish paint syslems indicated, and
complying with SSPC-Paint 5. .
Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-Paint 12, except
containing no asbestos fibers, or cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with
ASTM D 1187.
GROUT AND ANCHORING CEMENT
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 055213-5
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.9
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Premixed, factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive,
nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically
recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications.
FABRICATION
General: Fabricate handrails and railings to comply with requirements indicated for
design, dimensions, member sizes and spacing, details, finish, and anchorage, but not
less than lhal required to support structural loads.
Assemble handrails and railings in the shop to greatest extent possible to minimize
field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary lor shipping and
handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.
Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces.
Form changes in direction of railing members as follows:
1. As detailed.
Form simple and compound curves by bending members in jigs lo produce uniform
curyature lor each repetitive conliguralion required; maintain cylindrical cross sectionof
member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise
deforming exposed surfaces of handrail and railing components.
Welded Connections: Fabricate handrails and railings for connecting members by
welding. Cope components at perpendicular and skew connections to provide close fit,
or use fittings designed lor this purpose. Weld connections continuously to comply
with the following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.3. Remove flux immediately.4. At exposed connections, linish exposed surfaces smooth and blended so no
roughness shows after finishing and welded surface matches contours of
adjoining surlaces.
Nonwelded Connections: Fabricate handrails and railings by connecting members with
concealed mechanical fasteners and fittings, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate
members and littings to produce flush, smooth, rigid, hairline joints.
1. Fabricate splice joints for field connection using an epoxy structural adhesive
where this is manufacture/s standard splicing method.
Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges,
miscellaneous fittings, and anchors to interconnect handrail and railing members lo
other work. unless otherwise indicated.
Provide inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting handrails and railings to
concrete or masonry work. Fabricale anchorage devices capable of withstanding loads
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
c.
D.
E.
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
F.
G.
H.
t
IPIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 055213-6
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
JGF # 0705
csz # 8-2008
2.1Q
A.
2.11
imposed by handrails and
structure.
L Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Bemove burrs from exposed cut
edges.
J. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm), unless otheruvise
indicated. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain
separation or othenarise impairing the Work.
K. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap components, as indicated, to receive linish hardware,
screws, and similar items.
L. Provide wall returns at ends of walFmounted handrails, unless othenrrise indicated.
Close ends of returns, unless clearance between end of railing and wall is 1/4 inch (6
mm) or less.
STEEL FINISHES
For nongalvanized steel handrails and railings, provide nongalvanized ferrous-melal
fittings, brackets, fasteners, and sleeves, excepl galvanize anchors to be embedded in
exterior concrete or masonry.
Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with
minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface-preparation specifications
and environmental exposure conditions of installed handrails and railings:1. Interiors (SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC-SP 7, "Brush-off Blast Cleaning."
Apply shop primer to prepared surfaces of handrail and railing components, unless
otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements in SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application
Specification No. 1," for shop painting. Primer need not be applied to sudaces to be
embedded in concrete or masonry.
S IA /NIESS-S IEEL F'NISHES
Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines or blend into finish.
Polished and Buffed Finish: Oil-ground, 180gnt finish followed by buffing.
When polishing is compleled, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded
foreign matt6r and leave sudaces chemically clean.
B.
c.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
railings. Coordinate anchorage devices with supporting
A.
B.
C.
PART 3 - EXECUT]ON
3.1 EXAMINATION
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 055213-7
3.2
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
3.3
A.
3.4
A.
A. Examine plaster and gypsum board assemblies, where reinforced to receive anchors,
to verify that locations of concealed reinforcements have been clearly marked for
lnstaller. Locate reinforcements and mark locations if not already done.
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
Fit exposed connections together to form tight, hairline joints.
Perform cutting, drilling, and litting required to install handrails and railings. Set
handrails and railings accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from
established lines and levels and free from rack.
1. Do not weld, cut, or abrade sufaces of handrail and railing components that
have been coated or finished after fabrication and that are intended for field
connection by mechanical or other means without further cutting or fitting.2. Set posts plumb within a tolerance ol 1/16 inch in 3 feet (2 mm in 1 m).3. Align rails so variations from level lor horizontal members and from parallel wilh
rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do nol exceed 1/4 inch in 1 2 f eet (5
mm in 3 m).
Adjust handrails and railings before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at
abutting joints. Space posls at interval indicaled, but not less than that required by
structural loads.
Fastening to In-Place Construction: Use anchorage devices and lasteners where
necessary for securing handrails and railings and for properly transferring loads to in-
place construction.
RAILING CONNECTIONS
Nonwelded Connections: Use mechanical or adhesive joints for permanently
connecling railing components. Use wood blocks and padding to prevent damage to
railing members and littings. Seal recessed holes of exposed locking screws using
plaslic cement filler colored to match linish of handrails and railings.
Welded Connections: Use fully welded joints for permanently connecting railing
components. Comply with requirements for welded connections in "Fabrication" Article
whether welding is perlormed in the shop or in the field.
ANCHORING POSIS
Form or core-dill holes not /ess than 5 incircs deep and 3/4 inch larger than OD of post
for installing posfs in concrete. Clean holes of loose material, rnserf postg and fill
annular space between post and concrete with nonshink, nonmetallic grout or
anchoring cement, mixed and placed to comply with anchoing material manufacturcfs
written instructions.
ANCHORING RAILING ENDS
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterlor
Vail,Colorado
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
c.
D.
B.
t
t
I
3.5
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 055213-8
I JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8'2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,ColoradoI
I
I
T
t
I
A. Anchor railing ends into concrete and masonry with round flanges connected to railing
ends and anchored into wall construction with postinstalled anchors and bolts.
B. Anchor railing ends lo metal surfaces with flanges bolted to metal surfaces.
1. Weld flanges to railing ends.
B.
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.6
A.
B.
c.
3.7
A.
B.
3.8
A.
ATTACHING HANDRAILS TO WALLS
Attach handrails to wall with wall brackets. Provide bracket with 1-1l2-inch (38-mm)
clearance from inside face of handrail and linished wall surface.
Locate brackets as indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing required to support
structural loads.
Secure wall brackets to building construction as follows:
1. For concrete and solid masonry anchorage, use drilled-in expansion shields and
hanger or lag bolts.2. For hollow masonry anchorage, use toggle bolts.3. For steel-framed gypsum board assemblies, fasten brackets directly to steel
framing or concealed reinforcements using self-tapping screws of size and type
required to support structural loads.
CLEANING
Clean aluminum and stainless steel by washing thoroughly with clean water and soap
and rinsing wilh clean water.
Touchup Painting: lmmediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections,
and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with same material.
PROTECTION
Protect finishes ol handrails and railings from damage during construction period with
temporary protective coverings approved by railing manufacturer. Remove protective
coverings at the time of Substantial Completion.
Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so no evidence
remains ol correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the
shop; make required alterations and refinish entire unit, or provide new units.
END OF SECTION 05 5213
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 055213-9
A.
1.1
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
sEcTtoN 0610 00
ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.2
A.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions ol the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:1. Wood blocking, cants, and nailers.2. Wood furring and grounds.
3. Plywood backing panels.
DEFINITIONS
Exposed Framing: Framing not concealed by other construclion.
Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal (38 mm actual) or greater but less
than 5 inches nominai (114 mm actual) in least dimension.
Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the
following:
1. NeLMA: Northeastern LumberManufacturers'Association.2. NLGA: National Lumber Grades Authority.3. RIS: Redwood lnspection Service.4. SPIB: The Southern Pine Inspection Bureau.5. WCLIB: West Coast'Lumber Inspection Bureau.6. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate
componenl materials and dimensions and include construction and application details.
1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment lrom chemical treatment
manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with
requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative
retained.2. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer
and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements.
1.3
A.
B,
c.
1.4
A.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000-1
JGF # 0705 Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
cs2 # 8-2fl)8 Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Include physical properties of treated materials based on testing by a qualified
independent testing agency.3. For lire-retardant treatmenls specified to be High-Temperature (HT) type, include
physical properties of treated lumber both before and after exposure to elevated
temperatures, based on tesling by a qualified independent testing agency
according to ASTM D 5664.4. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture
content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to
Project site.5. lnclude copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers for each
type of treatment.
B. Fastener Patterns: Full-size templates for fasteners in exposed framing.
C. Material Certificates: For dimension lumber specified to comply with minimum
allowable unit stresses. Indicate species and grade selected for each use and design
values approved by the ALSC Board of Review.
D. Research/Evaluation Reports: For the following, showing compliance with building
code in effect lor Project:
1. Wood-preservative-treatedwood.2. Fire-retardant-treatedwood.3. Expansion anchors.4. Metalframinganchors.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
1.5
A.
1.6
A.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Source Limitations for Engineered Wood Products: Obtain each type of engineered
wood product through one source from a single manufaclurer.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Stack lumber flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide
for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2,1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL
A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. lf no grading
agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules-
writing agency certilied by the ALSC Board ol Review. Provide lumber graded by an
agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the
rules indicated.
1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000-2
2.
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.2
A.
2.3
A.
2.4
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20
for moisture content specified. Where aclual sizes are indicated, they are
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber.3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-THEATED LUMBER
Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2, except that lumber that is
not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be
treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX).
1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and
containing no arsenic or chromium.
Kiln-dry lumber afler lreatment to a maximum moisture content of '19 percent. Do not
use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated
material.
Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the
ALSC Board of Review.
1. For exposed lumber indicated lo receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or
back ol each piece.
Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following:
1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and
similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and
waterproofing.2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members
in contact with masonry or concrete.3. Wood framing members that are less than 18 inches (460 mm) above the ground
in crawlspaces or unexcavated areas.
DIMENSION LUMBER FRAMING
Maximum Moislure Content: 15 percent Standard, Stud, or No. 3 grade and any of the
lollowing species:1. Mixed southern pine; SPIB.2. Southern pine;SPIB.
3. Douglas fir-larch; WCLIB or VVWPA.
MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER
General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or
attachment of other construction, including the following:
1. Blocking.2. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs.
B.
c.
D.
I
I
I
I ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000-3
IJGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
3. Cants.
B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction
15 percent maximum moisture contenl ol any species.1. Mixed southern pine; SPIB.
2.5
A.
2.6
A,
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
or No.2 grade lumber with
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS
Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Exposure 1, C-D
Plugged, fire-retardant treaied, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than
1i2-inch {1 3-mm) nominal thickness.
FASTENERS
General: Provide fasteners ol size and type indicated that comply with requirements
specilied in this Article for material and manufacture.
1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-
preservative treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with
hotdip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153iA 153M.
Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667.
Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272.
Wood Screws: ASME 818.6.1.
Lag Bolts: ASME 818.2.1 (ASME 818.2.3.8M).
Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property
Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat
washers.
Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with
capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when
installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when
installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a
qualified independent testing and inspecting agency.
1. Material: Carbon-steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633,'
Class FelZn 5.2. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and
ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2 (ASTM F 73BM and ASTM F 836M. Grade A1 or
44).
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
G.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000-4
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.2
A.
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut,
and fitted. Fit rough carpentry lo other construction; scribe and cope as needed for
accurate fit. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply
with requirements for attaching other construction.
B. Comply with AWPA M4 lor applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative-
treated lumber.
1. Use inorganic boron for items that are continuously protected from liquid water.
2- Use copper naphthenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water.
C. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as
indicated, complying with the following:1. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule,* in IBC's lnternational Building Code.
PROTECTION
Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron (SBX) from weather. lf,
despite protection, inorganic borontreated wood becomes wet, apply EPA-registered
borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered
label.
B. Protect rough carpentry lrom weather. lf, despite protection, rough carpentry becomes
wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to
comply with EPA-registered label.
END OF SECTION 06 1O OO
ROUGH CARPENTRY 0610 00 - 5
A.
1.1
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
t
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
sEcTloN 06 16 00
SHEATHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.2
A.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
Wall sheathing.
Underlayment.
Building paper.
Building wrap.
Sheathing joint-and-penetration lrealment.
Flexible llashing at openings in sheathing.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.3
A.
B.
1.4
A.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of process and factory-labricated product. lndicate
component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details.
Research/Evaluation Reports: For the following:1. Building wrap.
OUALITY ASSURANCE
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For assemblies with lire-resistance ratings,
provide materials and construction identical to those oJ assemblies tested for fire
resistance per ASTME119 by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
aulhorities having jurisdiction.
B. Forest Certification: For the following wood producls, provide materials produced from
wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply
with FSG '1.2, "Principles and Criteria":1. Particleboardunderlayment.2. Hardboardunderlayment.
SHEATHING 061600-1
A. Stack panels flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide
for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
JGF f 0705
cs2 # &2008
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
2.2
A.
2.3
A.
2.4
A.
Vail Cascade Resorl & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.1 WOOD PANEL PBODUCTS, GENERAL
Plywood: Either DOC PS 1 or DOC PS 2, unless othena/se indicated.
Orienled Strand Board: DOC PS 2.
WALL SHEATHING
Glass-Mat Gypsum Wall Sheathing: ASTM C 117711177M.
1. Type and Thickness: Regular, 1 2 inch (13 mm) or Type X, 5/8 inch (15.9 mm)
thick where required by code.
2. Product: Subject to compliance with requiremenls, provide 'Dens-Glass Gold'
by G-P Gypsum Corporation.
Oriented-Strand-Board Wall Sheathing: Exposure 1, Structural I sheathing.
Fiber-Surfaced Gypsum Wall Sheathing:ASTM C 79lC79M or
ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, gypsum sheathing; with water-resistant-treated core and with
water-repellent paper bonded to core's face, back, and long edges.
1. Available Manulacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufaclurers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
but are not limited to, the following:a. United States Gypsum Co. Fiberock Brand Aqua-Tough
2. Type and Thickness: Regular, 112 inch (13 mm) lhick.
ROOF SHEATHING
Oriented-Strand-Board Roof Sheathing: Exposure 1, Structural I sheathing.
SUBFLOORING AND UNDERLAYMENT
Oriented-Sland-Board Combination Subfloor-Underlayment: Exposure 1 single-floor
panels
A.
B.
B.
c.
SHEATHING 0616 00 - 2
II JGF # 0705 Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
cs2 # &2fl)8 Exteriorr Vail,Colorado
I 2.5 FASTENERS
r A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated.
I- 1. For wall sheathing panels, provide fasleners with corrosion-protective coating
having a salt-spray resistance of more than 800 hours according to ASTM B 117.
r
2.6 WEATHER-RESISTANTSHEATHINGPAPERI
I A. Building Paper: ASTMD226, Typel (No.15 asphalt-saturated organic felt),
unperforated.
I B. Building Wrap: ASTME 1677, Type I air retarder; with flame-spread and smoke-
developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, when tested according to
I ASTM E 84; UV stabilized; and acceptable to authorities having iurisdiction.
I 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may
be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
I a. Dow Chemical Company (The); Styroloam Weathermate Plus Brand
Housewrap.
I b. DuPont (E. l. du Pont de Nemours and Company); Tyvek
t GommercialWrap.
I 2. Water-Vapor Permeance: Not less than 63 g through 1 sq. m ol surface in 24
I hours per ASTM E 96, Desiccant Method (Procedure A).
- C. Building-Wrap Tape: Tape recommended by building-wrap manufacturer.
I
2.7 SHEATHINGJOINT-AND-PENETRATIONTREATMENTMATERIALS
I A. Sealant for Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: Silicone emulsion sealant complying
with ASTM C 834, and recommended by tape and sheathing manufacturers.
I B. Sheathing Tape lor Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: Self-adhering glass-fiber
tape, ol type recommended by sheathing and tape manufacturers.
r 2.8 MISCELLANEoUS MATERIALS
I A. Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Framing: Formulation complying withI ASTM D 3498 that is approved for use indicated by manufacturers of both adhesives
and panels.
I B. Flexible Flashing: Self-adhesive, rubberized-asphalt compound, bonded to a high-
density, polyethylene lilm to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.025 inch
I (0.6 mm).
I
I
SHEATHING
I
061600-3
3.1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &m08
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.2
A.
3.3
A.
3.4
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
Securely attach to substrate by fastening as indicated, complying with the following:
1. NES NER-272 for power-driven fasteners.2. Table 2304.9.1, 'Faslening Schedule,' in ICC's 'lntemational Building Code."
Coordinate sheathing installation with flashing and joint-sealant installation so these
materials are installed in sequence and manner that exclude exterior moisture.
Do not bridge building expansion joints; cut and space edges of panels to match
spacing of structural support elements.
WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL INSTALLATION
General: Comply with applicable recommendalions in APA Form No. E30S,
"Engineered Wood Construction Guide,' lor types of slructural-use panels and
applications indicated.
Fastening Methods: Fasten panels as indicated below:
'1. Combination Subfloor-Underlayment:
a. Glue and nail to wood framing.
2. Subflooring:
a. Glue and nail to wood framing.
3. Wall and Roof Sheathing:
a. Nail to wood framing. Apply a continuous bead ol glue to framing members
at edges of wall sheathing panels.
GYPSUM SHEATHING INSTALLATION
Comply with GA-253 and with manufacture/s written instructions.1. Install boards with a 3/B-inch (9.5-mm) gap where non-load-bearing construction
abuts structural elements.
WEATHER-RESISTANT SHEATHING-PAPER INSTALLATION
General: Cover sheathing with weather-resistant sheathing paper as follows:
1. Cut back barrier 112 inch (13 mm) on each side of the break in supporting
members at expansion- or control-joint locations.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
c.
B.
SHEATHING 061600-4
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
t
t
T
I
t
I
I
t
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
3.6
A.
2. Apply barrier to cover vertical flashing with a minimum 4-inch
unless otherwise indicated.
B. Building Wrap: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Seal seams, edges, fasteners, and penetrations with tape.2. Extend into jambs of openings and seal corners with tape.
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
(100-mm) overlap,
SHEATHING JOINT.AND-PENETRATION TREATMENT1. Apply glass-fiber sheathing tape to glass-mat gypsum sheathing board joints,
and apply and trowel silicone emulsion sealant to embed tape in sealanl. Apply
sealant to exposed fasteners. Seal other penetrations and openings.
FLEXIBLE FLASHING INSTALLATION
Apply flexible flashing where indicated to comply with manufacturers written
instructions.
1. Lap seams and junctures with other materials at least 4 inches (100 mm), except
that at flashing flanges of other construction, laps need not exceed flange width.
2. Lap flashing over weather-resistant building paper at botlom and sides of
openings.3. Lap weather-resistant building paper over flashing at heads of openings.4. After flashing has been applied, roll surfaces with a hard rubber or metal roller.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
END OF SECTION 0616 OO
SHEATHING 061600-5
and
ihis
B.
1.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2fl)8
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
sEcTtoN 0711 13
BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to
Section.
1.2
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the lollowing:1. Cold-applied,cut-backasphaltdampproofing.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include recommendations for
method of application, primer, number of coats, coverage or thickness, and protection
course.
Material Certilicates: For each product, signed by manufacturers.
OUALITY ASSURANCE
Source Limitations: Obtain primary dampproofing materials and primers through one
source from a single manufacturer. Provide secondary materials recommended by
manufacturer of primary malerials.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted
weather conditions permit dampproofing to be performed according to manulacturers'
written instruciions.
Ventilation: Provide adequate ventilation during application of dampproofing in
enclosed spaces. Maintain ventilation until dampproofing has cured.
1.3
A.
B.
1.4
A.
1.5
A.
BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 0711 13 - 1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
t
I
I
2.1 COLD-APPLIED,CUT.BACKASPHALTDAMPPROOFING
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
'l . ChemMasters Corp.2. Degussa Building Systems; Sonneborn Brand Products.
3. Karnak Corporation.
4. Meadows, W. R.,Inc.
5. Tamms lnduslries, Inc.
B. Trowel Coats: ASTM D 4586, Type I, Class 1, fibered.
C. Brush and Spray Coats: ASTM D 4479,Type I, fibered.
D. VOC Contenl: 2.5 lblgal. (300 gil) or less.
2.2 PROTECTION COURSE
A. Protection Course, Asphalt-Board Type: ASTM D 6506, premolded, 1/8-inch- (3-mm-)
thick, multi-ply, semirigid board consisting ol a mineral-stabilized asphalt core
sandwiched between layers of asphalt-saturated felt, and laced on 1 side with
polyethylene film.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Cut-Back Asphalt Primer: ASTM D 41.
B. Asphalt-Coated Glass Fabric: ASTM D 1668, Type l.
C. Patching Compound: Manufacturer's fibered mastic of type recommended by
dampproof ing manufacturer.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
surface smoothness and other conditions affecting performance of work.
1. Proceed with dampproofing application only after substrate construction and
penetrating work have been completed and unsatislactory conditions have been
corrected.2. Test for surface moislure according to ASTM D 4263.
BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 071113-2
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exteriol
Vail,Colorado
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Prolection of Other Work: Mask or otherwise protect adjoining exposed surfaces lrom
being stained, spotled, or coated with dampproofing. Prevent dampproofing materials
from entering and clogging weep holes and drains.
B. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to work; lill voids, seal
joints, and apply bond breakers if any, as recommended by prime material
manulacturer.
C. Apply patching compound lor lilling and patching tie holes, honeycombs, reveals, and
other imperfections; cover with asphalt-coated glass fabric.
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
3.3
A.
3.4
A.
B.
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
APPLICATION, GENERAL
Comply with manufacture/s written recommendations unless more stringent
requirements are indicated or required by Project conditions to ensure satisfactory
performance of dampproo{ing.
1. Apply additional coats if recommended by manufacturer or if required to achieve
coverages indicated.2. Allow each coat of dampproofing to cure six hours before applying subsequent
coats.3. Allow 24 hours drying time prior to backfilling.
Apply dampproofing to footings and foundation walls where opposite side of wall faces
building interior. Provide at exterior ol elevator pit walls.
1. Apply from finishedgrade line to top ol footing, extend over top of footing, and
down a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) over outside lace of footing.2. Extend 12 inches (300 mm) onto inlersecting walls and footings, bul do not
extend onto surlaces exposed to view when Project is completed.
3. Install flashings and corner protection stripping at internal and external corners,
changes in plane, construclion joints, cracks, and where shown as "reinforced,"
by embedding an B-inch- (200-mm-) wide strip of asphalt-coated glass fabric in a
heavy coat ol dampproofing. Dampprooling coat for embedding fabric is in
addition lo other coats required.
COLD-APPLIED, CUT-BACK ASPHALT DAMPPROOF]NG
On Concrete Foundations: Apply 2 brush or spray coats at not less than 1 .25 gal./100
sq. it. (0.5 Usq. m) for first coat and '1 gal.l100 sq. ft. (0^4 Usq. m) for second coat, or 1
trowel coat at not less than 4 gal./100 sq. tt. (1.6 Usq. m).
BITUMINOUS DAMPPBOOFING 071113-3
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2q)8
Vail Cascade Besorl & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colordo
3.5 INSTALLATION OF PROTECTION COURSE
A. Where indicated, install protection course over completed-and-cured dampproofing.
Comply with dampproofing material manufacturer's written recommendations lor
attaching protection course.
1. Support protection course with spot application of adhesive of type
recommended by protection board manufacturer over cured coating.2. lnslall protection course on same day of inslallation of dampproofing (while
coating is tacky) to ensure adhesion.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Remove dampproofing materials from surfaces not intended to receive dampproofing.
END OF SECTION 0711 13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
IB]TUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 0711 13-4
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
1.3
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
sEcTtoN 07 21 00
THERMAL INSULATION
PABT 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions ol the Contract, including General
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specilication Sections, apply to
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:1. Perimeter wall insulation (supporting backfill).2. Wall insulation.3. Vapor retarders.
and
this
1.4
A.
B.
c.
D.
1.5
A.
DEFINITIONS
Mineral-Fiber Insulation: Insulation composed of rock-wool fibers, slag-wool fibers, or
glass fibers; produced in boards and blanket with latter formed into batts (flat-cut
lengths) or rolls.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
Samples lor Verification: Full-size units for each type of exposed insulation indicated.
Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a
qualilied testing agency for insulation products.
ResearcVEvaluation Reports: For foam-plaslic insulation.
PERFORMANCE REQUI REMENTS
Plenum Rating: Provide glass-fiber insulation where indicated in ceiling plenums
whose lest performance is rated as follows for use in plenums as determined by lesting
identical products per "Erosion Test" and "Mold Growth and Humidity Test" described
in UL181, or on comparable tesls from another standard acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction.
THERMAL INSULATION 072100-1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
1.6
A.
B.
1.7
A.
I
I
I
I
1.
2.
Vail Cascade Resori & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Erosion Test Results: Insulation shows no visible evidence of cracking, flaking,
peeling, or delamination of interior surface of duct assembly, after testing for 4
hours at 2500-fpm (13-m/s) air velocity.
Mold Growth and Humidity Test Results: Insulation shows no evidence of mold
growth, delamination, or other deterioration due to the efiects of high humidity,
after inoculation with Chaetomium globosium on all surfaces and storing for 60
days at 100 percent relative humidity in the dark.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Source Limitations: Obtain each type of building insulation through one source from a
single manufacturer.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the
fire-test-response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products
per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. ldentify materials with appropriate
markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
1. Surface-Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84.
2. Fire-Besistance Batings: ASTM E 119.
3.' Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136.
DELIVERY, STOBAGE, AND HANDLING
Protect insulation materials from physical damage and lrom deterioration by moisture,
soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with
manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and proiecting during
insiallation.
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements
apply to product selection:
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may
be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.2. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requiremenls,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
but are not limited to, manufacturers specified.I
I
I
ITHERMAL INSULATION 072100-2
I JGF # 0705 Vail Cascade Hesort & Spa
cs2 # 8-2008 Elfterior
r Vail,Colorado
I 2.2 FOAM-PLASTIC BOARD TNSULATTON
r A. Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C 578, of type and density indicated
I below, with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450,
respectively:
I 1. Available Manufacturers:I
a. DiversiFoamProducts.b. Dow Chemical Company.
I c. Owens Corning.d. Pactiv Building Products Division.
t 2. Type lV, 1.60 lblcu. ft. (26 kglcu. m), 2 inch unless otherwise indicated.
I B. FoiFFaced, Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: ASTM C 1289, Type l, Class [1 or 2]
I tll t2l, with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450,
' respectively, based on tests performed on unlaced core on thicknesses up to 4 inches
(101 mm).
I 1. Available Manufacturers:
I a. Atlas Roofing Gorporation.I b. Dow Chemical Company.c. Rmax, Inc.
I 2. Thickness: As required for a thermal resistance of 38 deg.F x hx sq.ft./Btu at 75
I deg. F
I 2.3 GLASS-FIBER BLANKET TNSULAT]ON
A. AvailableManufacturers:
r 1. CertainTeed Corporation.2. Guardian Fiberglass, Inc.
I 3. Johns Manville.
I 4. Knauf Fiber Glass.5. Owens Corning.
I B. Unlaced, Glass-Fiber Blanket lnsulation: ASTM C 665, Type | (blankets without
membrane lacing); consisting of fibers; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-
I developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion
I characteristics.
C. Faced, Glass-Fiber Blanket lnsulation: ASTM C 665, Type lll (blankets with reflective
I membrane facing), Class A (membrane-laced surface wiih a flar.-spread index of 25r or less); Category 1 (membrane is a vapor barrier), faced with foil-scrim-kraft, foil-
scrim, or foil-scrim-polyethylene vapor-retarder membrane on 1 face.
I D. Where glass-fiber blanket insulation is indicated by the following thicknesses, provide
blankets in batt or roll form with thermal resistances indicated:
I
t
THERMAL TNSULATION 072100-3
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.4
A.
2.5
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exteriol
Vail,Colorado
resistance ol 13 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. 3-'l/2 inches (89 mm) thick with a thermal
at 75 deg F (2.3 K x sq. mAff at 24 deg C).2. 5-.1/2 inches (140 mm) thick with a thermal resistance of 21 deq F x h x sq. {t,/Btu
at 75 deg F (3.7 K x sq. mArV at 24 deg C).
E. Fire Safing Insulation1. Foil faced fire-safing al slab edge shall be "USG Thermafiber Safing" or architect
approved equal.2. Provide a minimum of 4" vertical thickness or as required, compressed 25"/" and
held in place by impaling 'Z' clips at a maximum ot 24" on cenler.3. Friction fit between slab and insulation is not acceptable.4. The fire safing dimensions for span from slab to exterior wall system dimension
shall not exceed 8".5. Provide smoke seal protection by providing Smoke Seal Compound and
manufactured by USG or FireDam Spray as manufactured by 3M Company as
approved by safing insulation manufacturer {or this purpose.
6. Formed 22 gauge galvanized steel closure angle at underside ol slabs if gap is
larger than 4" from slab edge to mineral wool insulation plane.
INSULATION FASTENERS
Adhesively Altached, Spindle-Type Anchors: Plate welded to projecting spindle;
capable of holding insulalion of thickness indicated securely in position indicated with
self-locking washer in place; and complying with the lollowing requirements:
1. Avaihble Products:
a. AGM Industries, Inc.; Series T TACTOO Insul-Hangers.
b. Eckel Industries of Canada; Stic-Klip Type N Fasteners.c. Gemco; Spindle Type.
2. Plate; Perforaled galvanized carbon-steel sheel,0.030 inch (0.762 mm) thick by
2 inches (50 mm) square.3. Spindle: Copper-coated, low carbon steel; fully annealed; 0.105 inch (2.67 mm)
in diameter; length to suit depth of insulation indicated.
VAPOF RETARDERS
Fire-Retardant, Reinforced-Polyethylene Vapor Retarders: 2 outer layers of
polyethylene film laminated to an inner reinforcing layer consisting ol either nonwoven
grid of nylon cord or polyesterscrim andweighing not less than22 lbil000 sq. ft. (10
kgll 00 sq.m), with maximum permeance rating of 0.1317 perm (7.56 ng/Pa x s x
sq. m) and with flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of not more than 5 and
60, respectively.
1. Available Products;
a. Raven Industries Inc.; DURA-SKRIM 2FR.b. ReeI lndustries, Inc.; Griffolyn T-55 FR.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
ITHERMAL INSULATION 072100-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
B. Vapor-Retarder Tape: Pressure-sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor-
retarder manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder.
C. Vapor-Retarder Fasteners: Pancake-head, self-tapping steel drill screws; with fender
washers.
D. Adhesive for Vapor Retarders: Product recommended by vapor-retarder manufacturer
and with demonstrated capability to bond vapor retarders securely to substrates
indicated.
2.6 AUXILIARYINSULATINGMATERIALS
A. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond
insulation securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates.
1. Bakelite #230-21
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine substrales and conditions, with Installer present, lor compliance with
requirements ol Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and for
other conditions affecting performance.
1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
3.2
A.
3.1
3.3
A.
B.
c.
PREPARATION
Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulation or vapor retarders, including
removing projections capable of puncturing vapor retarders or of interlering with
insulation attachment.
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
Comply with insulation manutacturer's written instructions applicable to products and
application indicated.
lnstall insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and lhat has not been left
exposed at any time to ice, rain, and snow.
Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and
fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that
interfere with placement.
THERMAL INSULATION 0721 00-5
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
3.4
A.
3.5
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
D. Water-Piping Coordination: lf water piping is located within insulated exterior walls,
coordinate location of piping to ensure that it is placed on warm side of insulalion and
insulation encapsulates piping.
INSTALLATION OF PERIMETER INSULATION
On vertical surfaces, set insulation units in adhesive applied according to
manufacturer's written inslructions. Use adhesive recommended by insulation
manufacturer.
1. lf not otherwise indicated, extend insulation a minimum of 24 inches (610 mm)
below exterior grade line and 24 inches under floor slabs .
Protect below-grade insulation on vertical surfaces from damage during backfilling by
applying protection course with joints butted. Set in adhesive according to insulation
manufactu rer's written instructions.
Protect top surface of horizontal insulation from damage during concrete work by
applying proteclion course with joints butted.
PERIMETER FIRE-CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS
Where indicated for gaps between the perimeter edge of fire-resistance-rated floor
assemblies and non-fire-resistance-rated exterior curtain walls, provide a perimeter
fire-containment system with the fire-test-response characteristics indicated, as
determined by testing identical systems per UL 2079 or another testing and inspecting
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
Where indicated for gaps between the perimeter edge of fire-resistance-rated floor
assemblies and non-fire-resistance-rated exterior curtain walls, provide a perimeler
fire-containment system with the fire-test-response characteristics indicated, as
determined by testing identical systems per UL 2O79 or anolher testing and inspecting
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
Fire Saling1. Fire-safing shall be installed between slab and curtain wall insulation. lnsulation
and fire-safing shall not contact the back face of curtain wall panels when
installed in its final form.2. Furnish a horizontal metal support member behind the spandrel insulation at the
floor line to resist the insulation coming in contact with metal panels due to
pressure exerled by fire-safing material.3. All fire-safing shall be supported by galvanized metal "2" clips at 24" on center
maximum.4. Seal joints between insulation, safing and slab edge with smoke seal caulking
provided by or approved by safing insulation manufacturer for this purpose.
Leave no voids in completed installation. Provide insulation at all locations
required to meet the overall thermal resislance requirements of the exterior wall.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
B.
c.
B.
G.
THERMAL INSULATION 072100-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
3.6 INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION
A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manulacturer's
written instructions. lf no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with
adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support
of units.
B. Exlerior wall assembly to meet R-19 standard. Use full, thick foiFlaced fiberglass batt
insulation in steel stud space.
C. Specily location ol vapor retarder in paragraph below based on vapor-flow analysis of
a construction assembly.
D. Set vapor-relarder-faced units with vapor retarder lo warm side of conslruction, unless
othenrvise indicated.
1. Tape joints and ruptures in vapor retarder, and seal each continuous area of
insulation to surrounding construction to ensure airtight installation.
E. lnstall mineraFfiber insulation in cavities formed by lraming members according to the
following requirements:
Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities lormed by framing
members. lf more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that
will produce a snug fit between ends.
Place insulation in cavities formed by lraming members to produce a friction lit
between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members.
3. Maintain 3-inch (76-mm) clearance of insulation around recessed lighting
fixtures.4. Install eave ventilation troughs between roof framing members in insulated attic
spaces at vented eaves.5. For metal-framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches (2438
mm), support unfaced blankets mechanically and support laced blankets by
taping stapling flanges to flanges of metal sluds.6. For wood-framed construction, install mineral-fiber blankets according to
ASTM C 1320 and as lollows:
a. With faced blankets having stapling flanges, secure insulation by inset,
stapling flanges to sides of framing members.b. With laced blankets having stapling flanges, lap blanket llange over flange
of adjacent blanket to maintain continuity of vapor retarder once linish
material is installed over it.
F. Install board insulation on concrete substrates by adhesively attached, spindle-type
insulation anchors as follows:
1. Fasten insulation anchors to concrete substrates with insulation anchor adhesive
according to anchor manufacture/s written instructions. Space anchors
according to insulation manufacturer's written instructions for insulation type,
thickness, and application indicated.
I
I
1.
2.
I
t
I
I THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00 -7
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
After adhesive has dried, install board insulation by pressing insulation into
position over spindles and securing it tightly in place with insulation-retaining
washers, taking care not to compress insulation below indicated thickness.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed insulation from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical
abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation
is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction
immediately after installation.
END OF SECTION 07 21OO
THERMAL lNSULATION 072't 00-8
t
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
1.1
sEcTtoN 074113
METAL ROOF PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.2
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
1. Faclory-formed and field-assembled, standing-seam metal roof panels
DEFINITIONS
Metal Roof Panel Assembly: Metal roof panels, altachment system components,
miscellaneous metal framing, thermal insulation, and accessories necessary for a
complete weathertight roofing system.
Steel Sheet Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without metallic coatings or
painted finishes.
REFERENCES
American lron & Steel Institute (AlSl) Specification for the Design of Cold-formed Steel
Structural Members.
ASTM 4-525 Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized).
ASTM E-283-84.
ASTM E-331-86.
ASTM E.1592.
Spec Data Sheet - Galvalume Sheet Metal by Bethlehem Corp.
SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual.
Building Materials Directory - Underwriters Laboratories, Test Procedure 580.
PERFOBMANCE REQUI REMENTS
General: Provide metal roof panel assemblies that comply wilh performance
requirements specified as determined by testing manulacturers' standard assemblies
similar to those indicated for this Project, by a qualified testing and inspecting agency.
1.3
A.
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
'1.4
A.
B.
METAL HOOF PANELS 074't 13 - 1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of
individual components and profiles, and finishes lor each type of metal roof panel and
accessory.
B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation layouts ol metal roof panels; details
of edge conditions, joints, panel proliles, corners, anchorages, trim, flashings, closures,
and accessories; and special details. Distinguish between factory- and field-
assembled work.
C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of metal roof panel indicated with factory-
applied color f inishes.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify locations of roof lraming and roof opening dimensions by
field measuremenls before metal roof panel labrication and indicate measurements on
Shop Drawings.
1. Established Dimensions: Where lield measurements cannot be made without
delaying lhe Work, either establish framing and opening dimensions and proceed
with fabricating metal roof panels without field measurements, or allow for field-
trimming of panels. Coordinate roof construclion to ensure that actual building
dimensions, locations ol structural members, and openings correspond to
established dimensions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PANEL MATERIALS
Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet Prepainted with Coil Coating: Steel sheet metallic coated
by the hotdip process and prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with
ASTM A 755/A755M.
1. Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheel: ASTM A 653/4 653M, GgO (2275)
coating designation; structural quality.
2. Surface: Smooth, flat finish.3. Exposed Finishes: Apply the following coil coating, as specified or irtdicated on
Drawings.a. High-Performance Organic Finish: Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to
exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers'
written instructions.
1) FluoropolymerTwo-Coat System: Manufacturer's standard two-coat,
thermocured system consisting of specially formulated inhibitive
primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less than 70
percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight; complying with
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.1
METAL ROOF PANELS 074113 - 2
B.
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.2
A.
2.3
A.
2.4
A.
2605, except as modilied below:
a) Humidity Resistance: 2000 hours.b) Salt-Spray Resistance: 2000 hours.
4. Concealed Finish: Apply pretreatment and manufacturer's standard white or
light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash
coat with a minimum total dry lilm thickness of 0.5 mil (0.013 mm).
B. Panel Sealants:
1. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene
compound sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently
elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining lape 112 inch (13 mm) wide and 1iB inch (3
mm) thick.2. Joint Sealant; ASTM C 920; elastomeric polyurethane, polysulfide, or silicone
sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in
metal roof panels and remain weathertighi; and as recommended in writing by
metal roof panel manufacturer.3. Butyl-Rubber-Based, Solvent-Release Sealant: ASTM C 1311.
UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS
Felts: ASTM D 226,Type ll (No. 30), asphalt-saturated organic felts.
MISCELLAN EOUS METAL FRAMING
General: Comply with ASTM C 754 tor conditions indicated.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Fasteners: Self{apping screws, bolts, nuts, self-locking rivels and bolts, end-welded
studs, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. Provide
exposed fasteners with heads matching color of metal roof panels by means of plastic
caps or factory-applied coating.1. Fasteners for Roof Panels: Self -drilling or self-tapping 410 stainless or zinc-alloy
steel hex washer head, with EPDM or PVC washer under heads of fasteners
bearing on weather side of metal roof panels.
2. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or selfdrilling screws with hex
washer head.3. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets.
Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15-
mil (0"4-mm) dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound
free of asbestos libers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities.
Vail Cascade Resort & SPa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
physical properties and coating performance requirements oJ AAMA
METAL ROOF PANELS 074113 - 3
IVail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exteriol
Vail,Colorado
2.5 STANDING-SEAM METAL BOOF PANELS
A. Vertical-Rib, Snap-Joint, Standing-Seam Metal Roof Panels: Formed with vertical ribs
at panel edges and intermediate stiffening ribs symmetrically spaced tlat pan between
ribs; designed for sequential installation by mechanically attaching panels to supports
using concealed clips located under one side of panels and engaging opposite edge of
adjacent panels, and snapping panels together.
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Berridge Manufacturing High Tee-Panel with 1-1l2
inch high seam or a comparable product of one of the following:2. Manufacturers:
JGF # 070s
cs2 # 8-2fi)8
2.6
A.
2.7
A.
2.8
A.
B.
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
a. AEP-Span.
ACCESSORIES
Boof Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete metal roof panel
assembly including trim, copings, fasciae, corner units, ridge closures, clips, flashings,
sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of
metal roof panels, unless otherwise indicaled.1. Clips: Minimum 0.0625-inch- (1.6-mm-) thick, stainless-steel panel clips
designed to withstand negative-load requirements.
Flashing and Trim: Formed lrom 0.017g-inch- (0.45-mm-) thick, zinc-coated
(galvanized) steel sheet or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet prepainted with coil
coating. Provide flashing and trim as required to seal against weather and to provide
finished appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, eaves, rakes, comers,
bases, framed openings, ridges, fasciae, and fillers. Finish flashing and trim with same
finish system as adjacent metal roof panels.
FABRICATION
General: Fabricate and finish metal roof panels and accessories at the factory to
greatest extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as
necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements demonstrated by laboratory
testing. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural
requiremenls.
Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full
length of panel.
FINISHES, GENERAL
Comply with NAAMM's "Melal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"
for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
Protect mechanical and painted linishes on exposed surfaces from damage by
applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.
B.
B.
METAL BOOF PANELS 074113 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance ol abutting or adjacent pieces
are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples.
Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance
of other componenls are acceptable if they are within the range ol approved Samples
and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance wilh
requirements for installation tolerances, metal roof panel supports, and other conditions
affecting performance of work.
1. Examine primary and secondary roof framing to verify that rafters, purlins,
angles, channels, and other struclural panel support members and anchorages
have been installed within alignment tolerances required by metal roof panel
manufacturer.2. Examine solid roof sheathing to verify that sheathing joints are supported by
framing or blocking and that installation is within flatness tolerances required by
metal roof panel manufacturer-3. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions
detrimental to performance ol work.
B.
c.
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
T
1
I
T
I
c.
3.2
A.
B.
Examine roughing-in for components and systems penetrating metal roof panels to
verify actual locations of penetrations relative to seam locations of metal roof panels
before metal roof panel installation.
Proceed with installation only after unsatislactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
Clean substrates of substances harmlul to insulation, including removing projections
capable of interfering with insulation attachment.
Substrate Board: lnslall substrate boards over roof sheathing on enlire roof surface.
Attach with substrate-board fasteners.
1. Install substrate board with long joints in continuous straight lines, perpendiculSr
to roof slopes with end joints staggered between rows. Tightly butt substrale
boards together.2. Comply with UL requirements for fire-rated construclion.
lnstall flashings and other sheet metal to comply with requirements specified in
Division 7 Section 'Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."
METAL ROOF PANELS 074113 - 5
IVail Cascade Resorl & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
3.3 METAL ROOF PANEL INSTALLATION. GENERAL
A. General: Provide metal roof panels of full length from eave to ridge, unless othenrlise
indicaled or restricted by shipping limitations. Anchor metal roof panels and other
components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural
movemenl.
B. Fasteners:
1. Steel Roof Panels: Use stainless-steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the
exterior and galvanized steel lasteners lor surfaces exposed to the interior.
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
3.4
A.
3.5
A.
3.6
A.
3.7
A.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
1
FIELD-ASSEMBLED METAL ROOF PANEL INSTALLATION
Standing-Seam Metal Roof Panels: Fasten metal roof panels to supports with
concealed clips at each standing-seam joint at location, spacing, and wilh fasteners
recommended by manufacturer.
ACCESSOHY INSTALLATION
General: lnstall accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight
mounting and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with llashings and
other components.
1. Install components required for a complete metal roof panel assembly including
trim, copings, ridge closures, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers,
closure strips, and similar items.
Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacture/s written
installation instructions, and SMACNA's'Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide
concealed lasleners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated.
Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and
weather resislant.
ERECTION TOLERANCES
lnstallation Tolerances: Shim and align metal roof panel units within installed tolerance
of 114 inch in 20 feet {6 mm in 6 m) on slope and location lines as indicated and within
1lB-inch (3-mm) offset of adjoining faces and of alignment ol matching profiles.
CLEANI NG AND PROTECTION
Remove lemporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal roof
panels are installed, unless othenivise indicated in manufaclurer's written installation
instructions. On completion of metal roof panel installation, clean finished surfaces as
recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer. Maintain in a clean condition during
construclion.
B.
il
I
I
I
I
I
IMETAL ROOF PANELS 074113 - 6
t
I
I
t
I
I
JGF # 0705
ca2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
B. Replace metal roof panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond
successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.
END OF SECT]ON 074113
METAL ROOF PANELS 074113 -7
General and
apply to this
B.
C.
1.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
t
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2fl18
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
sEciloN 07 62 00
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,
Section.
1.2
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following sheet metal flashing and trim:1. Formed roof drainage system.2. Formed low-slope roof flashing and trim.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
General; lnstall sheet metal flashing and trim to withstand wind loads, structural
movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failing,
rattling, leaking, and lastener disengagement.
Thermal Movements: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that allow for thermal
movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and
surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening ol joints, hole elongation,
overslressing ol components, failure ol joint sealants, failure of connections, and other
detrimental effects. Provide clips that resist rotalion and avoid shear stress as a result
of sheet metal and trim thermal movements. Base engineering calculation on surface
temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.
'1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; I B0 deg F (100
deg C), material surfaces.
Water lnfiltration: Provide sheet metal flashino and trim that do not allow water
inf iltration to building interior.
1.3
A.
1.4
A.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. lnclude construction details,
material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes.
B. Shop Drawings: Show layouts of sheet metal flashing and trim, including plans and
elevations. Distinguish between shop- and field-assembled work. Include the
following:
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200-'l
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
1.5
A.
Vail Cascade t*":rt":[?
Vail,Colorado
ldentify material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location in
Project.
Details for forming sheet metal flashing and trim, including profiles, shapes,
seams, and dimensions.
Details for faslening, joining, supporting, and anchoring sheet metal flashing and
trim, including fasteners, clips, cleats, and attachments to adjoining work.
Details of expansion-joint covers, including showing direction ol expansion and
contraction.
C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sheet metal flashing and trim indicated
with factory-applied color finishes.
1. Include similar Samples of trim and accessories involving color selection.
D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on
Samples of size indicated below:
Sheet Metal Flashing: 12 inches (300 mm) long. Include fasteners, cleats, clips,
closures. and other attachments.
Trim: 12 inches (300 mm) long. Include fasteners and other exposed
accessories.3. Accessories: Full-size Sample.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet
Metal Manual.' Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent
requirements are indicated.
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with
requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination."
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver sheet metal flashing materials and fabrications undamaged. Protect sheet
metal flashing and trim materials and fabrications during transportation and handling.
Unload, store, and install sheet metal flashing materials and fabrications in a manner to
prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surlace damage.
Stack materials on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and
ventilated covering. Do not store sheel metal flashing and trim materials in contact with
other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage.
COORDINATION
Coordinate installation of sheet metal flashing and trim with interfacing and adjoining
construction to provide a leak proof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.
I
T
I
1.
2.
3.
4.I
t
I
I
1.
2.I
I
t
I
I
,l
I
t
I
I
T
t
B.
1.6
A.
B.
c.
1.7
A.
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 2
2.1
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
2.2
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
SHEET METALS
Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (2275) coating
designation; structural quality, mill phosphatized for field painting.
Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Steel sheet metallic coaled by the hotdip
process and prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with
ASTM A 755/A 755M.
1. Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (2275)
coating designalion; structural quality.2. Exposed Finishes: Apply the following coil coating:
a. Factory Prime Coating: Where painting after installation is indicated,
provide pretreatment and white or light-colored, factory-applied, baked-on
epoxy primer coat; with a minimum dry film thickness of 0.2 mil (0.005
mm).
3. High-Performance Organic Finish: M-C12C42R1x (Chemical Finish: cleaned
with inhibited chemicals; Chemical Finish: acid-chromate-fluoride-phosphate
conversion coating; Organic Coating: as specified below). Prepare, pretreat,
and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin
manufacturers' written instructions.
a. Fluoropolymer 2-Coal Systemr Manufacturer's standard 2-coat,
thermocured system consisting of specially formulated inhibitive primer and
fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less than 70 percent
polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight; complying with AAMA 2605.
1) Color: Match Architect's samples.
UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS
Polyethylene Sheet: 6-mil- (0.15-mm-i thick polyethylene sheet complying with
ASTM D 4397.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. General: Provide materials and types of fasleners, solder, welding rods, proteclive
coatings, separators, sealants, and olher miscellaneous items as required for complete
sheet metal llashing and trim installation.
B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking
rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads.1. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal by means ol plastic
caps or lactory-applied coating.
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200-3
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.4
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws,
gasketed, with hex washer head.
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
T
t
I
2.
c.
D.
E.
C. Solder for Lead: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn50, 50 percenl tin and 50 percent lead.
D. Burning Rod for Lead: Same composition as lead sheet.
E. Sealing Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound
sealing tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag,
nonloxic, nonstaining tape.
F. Elastomeric Sealant ASTM C 920, elastomeric polyurethane polymer sealant; of type,
grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and
trim and remain waterlight.
G. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15-
mil (0.4-mm) dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound
free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities.
H. Asphalt Rooling Cement: ASTM D 4586, asbestos free, ol consistency required for
application.
FABRICATION, GENERAL
General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with
recommendations in SMACNA's 'Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to
design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated. Shop fabricate
items where practicable. Obtain field measurements for accurale fit before shop
fabrication.
Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with
performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application and
metal.
Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and
tool marks and true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to
form hems.1. Seams for Other Than Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams in accessories
with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder.
Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate
elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA recommendations.
Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in the
Work cannot be used, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less
than 1 inch (25 mn) deep, filled with elastomeric sealant concealed within joints.
Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible on exposed-to-view sheet
metal flashing and trim, unless otherwise indicated.
F.
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 4
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
J
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
G. Fabricate cleats and ailachment devices from
anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal.
2.5
A.
2.6
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
same material as accessory being
1. Thickness: As recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal
Manual" and FMG Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for application but not less
than thickness of metal being secured.
ROOF DRAINAGE SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS
Parapet Scuppers: Fabricate scuppers o{ dimensions required with closure flange trim
to exterior, 4-inch- (100-mm-) wide wall flanges to interior, and base extending 4 inches
(100 mm) beyond cant or tapered strip into field of roof. Fasten gravel guard angles to
base of scupper.
1. Fabricate parapet scuppers from the following material:a. Galvanized Steel: 0.0276 inch (0.7 mm) thick.b. Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel: 0.0276 inch (0.7 mm) thick.
LOW-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS
Copings: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- (2400-mm-) long, but not exceeding 1O-foot-
(3-m-) long, sections. Fabricate joint plates of same thickness as copings. Furnish
with continuous cleats to support edge of external leg and drill elongated holes for
fasteners on interior leg. Miter corners, seal, and solder or weld watertight.
Joint Style: Butt, with 12-inch- (300-mm-) wide concealed backup plate.
Fabricate copings from the following material:a. Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel: 0.0396 inch (1.0 mm)thick.
Base Flashing: Fabricate from the following material:
1. Galvanized Sleel: 0.0276 inch {0.7 mm) thick.
a. Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel: 0.0396 inch (1.0 mm) thick.
Counterflashing: Fabricate lrom the following material;
1 . Galvanized Steel: 0.0217 inch {0.55 mm) thick.
a. Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel: 0.0396 inch {1.0 mm) thick.
Flashing Receivers: Fabricate from the following material:
1 . Galvanized Steel; 0.0217 inch (0.55 mm) lhick.
a. Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel: 0.0396 inch (1.0 mm) thick.
Roof-Penetration Flashing: Fabricate from the following material:
1. Lead: 4.0 lblsq. ft. (1.6 mm lhick), hard tempered.
2. Galvanized Sleel: 0.0276 inch (0.7 mm) thick.
Roof-Drain Flashing: Fabricate from the following material:
1. Lead: 4^0 lbisq. ft. (.1 .6 mm thick), hard tempered.
1.
2.
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND THIM 076200-5
IJGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.7 MISCELLANEOUS SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS
2.8
A.
B.
c.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
A. Equipment Support Flashing: Fabricate Jrom the following material:1. Galvanized Sleel: 0.0276 inch {0.7 mm) thick.
FINISHES
Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"
for recommendations for applying and designating linishes.
Protect mechanical and painted finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by
applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.
Appearance of Finished Workl Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces
are acceptable if they are within one-half ol the range of approved Samples.
Noticeable variations in lhe same piece are not acceplable. Variations in appearance
of other components are acceptable il lhey are within the range of approved Samples
and are assembled or installed to minimize conlrast.
I
t
I
t
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
T
T
t
3.1
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.2
A.
EXAMINATION
Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, to verify actual
locations, dimensions and other conditions affecting performance of work.
1. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and
securely anchored.2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
INSTALLATION. GENERAL
General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work
securely in place, wilh provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners,
solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other
miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system.
1. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted.
Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive
substrates, protect against galvanic aclion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous
coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by fabricator or
manufacturers of dissimilar metals.1. Underlayment: Where installing metal flashing directly on cementitious or wood
substrates, install a course of felt underlayment and cover with a slip sheet or
install a course of polyethylene underlaymenl.
A.
B.
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200-6
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Bed flanges in thick coat of asphalt roofing cemenl where required for waterproof
performance.
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
C. lnstall exposed sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling,
and tool marks.
D. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line and levels indicaied. Provide uniform,
neat seams with minimum exposure o{ solder, welds, and elastomeric sealant.
E. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and lo result in watertight
performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before
fabricating sheet metal.
1. Space cleats not more than 12 inches (300 mm) apart. Anchor each cleatwith
two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners.
F. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim.
Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 ieel (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24
inches (600 mm) of corner or inlersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion
provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently watertight, form expansion joints
of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch {25 mm) deep, filled with
elastomeric sealant concealed within joints.
G. Fasteners: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate substrate not less lhan 1-114
inches (32 mm) for nails and not less than 3/4 inch (19 mm) for wood screws.
1. Galvanized or Prepainted, Metallic-Coated Steel: Use stainless-steel fasteners.
H. Seal joints with elastomeric sealant as required for watertight conslruction.
1. Where sealant-filled joints are used, embed hooked flanges of joint members not
less than 1 inch (25 mm) into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal sealant.
When ambient temperature at time of installation is moderate, between 40 and
70 deg F (4 and 21 deg C), set joint members for 50 percent movement either
way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation al higher ambient
temperatures. Do not install sealant-type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F
(4 deg C).2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 7
Section "Joint Sealants."
l. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter.
Pretin edges of sheets to be soldered to a width ol 1-112 inches (38 mm) except where
pretinned surface would show in linished Work.
1. Do not solder prepainted, metallic-coated steel sheet.2. Where surfaces lo be soldered are lead coated, do not tin edges, but wire brush
lead coating before soldering.
I
I
I SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 -7
Vail Cascade Resorl & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
3.3 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION
A. General: Install sheet metal root drainage items to produce complete roof drainage
system according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate
installation of rool perimeter flashing with installation of roof drainage syslem.
B. Parapet Scuppers: Install scuppers where indicated through parapet. Continuously
support scupper, set to correct elevation, and seal flanges to interior wall face, over
cants or tapered edge strips, and under roofing membrane.
JGF f 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
3.4
A.
t
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
1. Anchor scupper closure trim flange to exterior wall and seal or solder to scupper.2. Loosely lock front edge of scupper with conductor head.3. Seal or solder exterior wall scupper flanges into back of conductor head.
ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION
General: Install sheet metal roof flashing and trim to comply with performance
requirements, sheet metal manufacturer's written installation instructions, and
SMACNA's 'Architeclural Sheet Metal Manual.' Provide concealed fasteners where
possible, set units true to line, and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and
seams that will be permanently watertight.
Copings: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in
FMG Loss Prevention Data Sheet 'l-49 for specified wind zone and as indicated.
1. Interlock exterior bottom edge of coping with conlinuous cleats anchored to
substrate at 24-inch (600-mm) centers.2. Anchor interior leg of coping with screw fasteners and washers at 24-inch (600-
mm) centers.
Pipe or Post Counterflashing: lnstall counterflashing umbrella with close-fitting collar
with top edge llared for elastomeric sealant, extending a minimum of 4 inches (100
mm) over base flashing. lnstall stainless-steel draw band and tighten.
Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base
flashing. Insert counlerflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing.
Extend counterflashing 4 inches (100 mm) over base flashing. Lap counterflashing
joints a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm) and bed with elastomeric sealant-
1. Secure in a waterproof manner by means of snap-in installation and sealant or
lead wedges and sealant.
Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof-penetration flashing with
installation of roofing and other items penetrating rool. Install flashing as follows:
1. Turn lead flashing down inside vent piping, being careful not to block vent piping
with flashing.2. Seal with elastomeric sealant and clamp flashing to pipes penetrating roof except
for lead flashing on vent piping.
B.
C.
D.
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200-8
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Besort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
3.5 WALL FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. General: lnstall sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture
according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of
wall flashing with installation of wall-opening components such as windows, doors, and
louvers.
B. Openings Flashing in Frame Construction: Install continuous head, sill, jamb, and
similar flashings to extend 4 inches (100 mm) beyond wall openings.
3.6 M]SCELLANEOUSFLASHINGINSTALLATION
A. Equipment Support Flashing: Coordinate installation of equipment support flashing
with installation of roofing and equipment. Weld or seal flashing with butyl sealant to
equipment support member.
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
3.7
A.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with unilorm oxidation and
weathering.
Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder and sealanls.
Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing
and trim are installed. On completion of installation, clean linished surfaces, including
removing unused fasteners, metal filings, pop rivet stems, and pieces of flashing.
Maintain in a clean condition during construction.
Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have
deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair
procedures.
END OF SECTION 07 62 OO
B.
C.
D.
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200-9
General and
apply to this
1.1
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
!
I
I
t
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
sEcTtoN 07 92 00
JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specilication Sections,
Section.
1.2
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes joint sealants for the applications indicated in the Joint-Sealant
Schedule at the end of Part 3. and the following applications:
1 . Exterior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces:
a. Conslruction joints in cast-in-place concrete.b. Control and expansion joints in unit masonry.c. Joints between different materials listed above.
d. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors
windows and louvers.e. Other joints as indicated.
2. Exterior joints in the following horizontal traflic surfaces:a. lsolation and contraclion joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs.
b. Other joints as indicated.
3. Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces:
a. Conlrol and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls.
b. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated.c. Tile control and expansion joints.
d. Vertical joints on exposed surfaces of interior unit masonry.
e. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors
windows and elevator entrances.L Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counlers.
S. Other joints as indicated.
4. Interior joints in the following horizontal traffic surfaces:
a. lsolation joints in cast-inplace concrele slabs.b. Other joints as indicated.
JOINT SEALANTS 079200-1
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
1.3 PERFORMANCEREOUIREMENTS
A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight
continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates.
B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and
water-resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates.
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2fl18
1.4
A.
B.
J.
1.5
A.
I
I
I
t
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each joint-sealant product indicated.
Samples for Verification: For each type and color of joint sealant required, provide
Samples with joint sealants in 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) wide joints formed between two 6-
inch- (150-mm-) long strips ol material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces
adjacent to joint sealants.
Product Certificates: For each type of joint sealant and accessory, signed by product
manufacturer.
SWBI. Validation Certificate: For each elastomeric sealant specilied to be validated by
SWRI's Sealant Validation Program.
Qualification Data: For Installer.
Preconstruction Field Test Reports: Indicate which sealants and joint preparation
methods resulted in optimum adhesion to joint substrates based on preconstruction
testing specified in 'Quality Assurance" Article.
Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer, indicating the
lollowing:
1. Materials forming joint substrates and joint-sealant backings have been tested lor
compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants.
2. lnterpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and
substrate preparation needed for adhesion.
Field Test Report Log: For each elastomeric sealant application.
Producl Test Reports: Based on comprehensive testing of product formulations
performed by a qualilied testing agency, indicating that sealants comply with
requirements.
Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized lnstaller who is approved or licensed
lor installalion of elastomeric sealants required for this Project.
G.
D.
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
l
I
T
t
t
I
G.
E.
F.
H.
t.
T
IJOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 -2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type ol joint sealant through one source from a single
manufacturer.
C. Preconstruclion Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit to joint-sealant
manufacturers, for testing indicated below, samples of materials that will contact or
affect joint sealants.
1. Use ASTMC 1087 to determine whether priming and other specific joint
preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint
sealants to joint substrates.2. Submit not fewer than eight pieces of each type of material, including joint
substrales, shims, joint-sealant backings, secondary seals, and miscellaneous
materials.3. Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the
Work.4. For materials failing tests, obtain joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions
for corrective measures including use of specially formulated primers.
5. Testing will not be required if joint-sealant manufaclurers submit joint preparation
data that are based on previous testing of current sealant products for adhesion
to, and compatibility with, joint substrates and other materials matching those
submitted.
D. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Testing: Before installing elastomeric sealants, lield
test their adhesion to Project joint substrates as follows:
1. Locate tesl joints where indicated on Project or, if not indicated, as directed by
Architect.2. Conduct field tests for each application indicated below:
a. Each type of elastomeric sealant and joint substrate indicated.b. Each type of nonelastomeric sealant and joint substrate indicated.
3. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when test joints will be
erected.4. Arrange for tests to take place with joint-sealant manufacturer's technical
represenlative present.
a. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied
Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193.
1) For joints with dissimilar substrates, verily adhesion to each substrate
separately; extend cut along one side, verilying adhesion to opposite
side. Repeat procedure for opposite side.
5. Report whether sealant in joint connected to pulled-out portion failed to adhere to
joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test
each type of product and joint substrate. For sealants that fail adhesively, retest
unlil satisfactory adhesion is obtained.6. Evaluation of Preconstruction Field-Adhesion-Test Besults: Sealants not
evidencing adhesive failure from testing, in absence of other indications of
JOINT SEALANTS 079200-3
JGF#0705 Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
cs2 # &2008 Exterior
Vail,Colorado
noncompliance with requirements, will be considered satisfactory. Do not use
sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing.
E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with
requirements in Division 1 Seclion "Project Management and Coordination."
I
I
I
I
T
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
c.
1.6
A.
1.7
A.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions:
When ambient and substrate temperalure conditions are outside limits permitted
by joint-sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F (5 deg C).
When joint substrates are wet.
Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for
applications indicated.
Contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed
lrom joint substrates.
WARRANTY
Special lnstaller's Warranty: Installer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair
or replace elastomeric joint sealanls that do not comply with performance and other
requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.
'1 . Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which elastomeric
sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish elastomeric joint sealants to repair or replace
those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this
Section within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Two years lrom date ol Substantial Completion.
Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or lailure of elastomeric
joint sealants from the following:
1. Movement of the structure resulting in slresses on the sealant exceeding sealant
manulacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression
caused by structural settlement or errors attributable lo design or construction.2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding de$ign
specilications.3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents.4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation oJ dirt or other
atmospheric contaminants.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTUREBS
JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 4
B.
c.
B.
c.
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.2
A.
2.3
A.
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part 2
articles.1. REFER TO END OF SECTION FOR JOINT SCHEDULE
MATERIALS, GENERAL
Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are
compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and
application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field
experience.
VOC Content of lnterior Sealants: Provide interior sealants and sealant primers that
comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to
40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24):
1. Sealants: 250 glL.2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 glL.
3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L.
Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacture/s full
range.
ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS
Elastomeric Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for
each liquid-applied chemically curing sealant specified, including those referencing
ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and
joint substrates.
Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Where elastomeric sealants are specified to be
nonstaining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing
according lo ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for
Project.
Multicomponent Nonsag Urethane Sealant ES-4:
1. Available Products:
a. Bostik Findley; Chem-Calk 500.b. Pacific Polymers, Inc.; Elasto-Thane 227 Rfype ll (Gun Grade).c. Polymeric Systems Inc.; PSI-270.d. Tremco; Dymeric.
2- Type and Grade: M (multicomponent) and NS (nonsag).3. Class: 25.4. Additional Movemenl Capability: 40 percent movement in extension and 25
percent in compression for a total ol 65 percent movement.5. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic).
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
JOINT SEALANTS 079200-5
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2fl)8
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exlerior
Vail,Colorado
Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates
indicated, O.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
6.
D. Multicomponent Pourable Urethane Sealant ES-6:
1. Available Products:
a. Bostik Findley; Chem-Calk 550.
b. Meadows, W. R.,Inc.; POURTHANE.
c. Pacific Polymers, Inc.; Elasto-Thane 227 High Shore Type I (Self Leveling).
d. Pacific Polymers, Inc.; Elasto-Thane 227 Type | (Self Leveling).
Pecora Corporation; Urexpan NR-200.
Polymeric Systems lnc.; PSI-270SL.
Schnee-Morehead, Inc.; Permathane SM 7201.
Tremco; THC-901 .
Tremco: THC-900.
Tremco: Vulkem 245.
Pecora Corporation; Urexpan NR 300, Type H.
Pecora Corporalion; Urexpan NR 300, Type M.
2. Type and Grade: M (multicomponent) and P (pourable).
3. Class: 25.4. Use Related lo Exposure: T (traffic).
5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates
indicated, O.
E. Single-Component Neutral- and Basic-Curing Silicone SealantESl
1. Avaihble Producls:
Dow Corning Corporation; 790.
GE Silicones;SilPruf LM SCS2700.
Tremco; Speclrem 1 (Basic).
GE Silicones: SilPruf SCS2000.
Pecora Corporation; 864.
Pecora Corporation; 890.
Polymeric Systems lnc.; PSI-641.
Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex lnc.: Omniseal.
Tremco; Spectrem 3.
Dow Corning Corporation; 791 .
Dow Corning Corporation; 795.
GE Silicones;SilPruf NB SCS9000.
GE Silicones: UltraPruf ll SCS2900.
Pecora Corporation; 865.
Pecora Corporation; 895.
Pecora Corporation; 898.
2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag).
3. Class: 100/50.4. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic).
e.
T.
s.
h.
i.
j.
k.
t.
JOINT SEALANTS 079200-6
f JGF#0705 Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
cs2 # 8-2{X)8 Exteraorr Vail,Colorado
t 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates
r 6. 3,:i"ii""1,?"sponse characreristics: Nonstaining to porous substrates per
I ASTMC 1248.
r F. Single-Component Mildew-Resistant NeutraFCuring Silicone Sealant:ES3
I 1. Available Products:
I a. Pecora Gorporation; 898.
I b. Tremco; Tremsil600 White.
I 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag).
t 3. Class: 25.4. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic).
r 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates
I indicated, O.
j- G. Single-Component Mildew-Resistant Acid-Curing Silicone Sealant:ES2
I 1. Available Products:
I a. Dow Corning Corporation; 786 Mildew Resistant.
t b. GE Silicones; Sanitary SCS1700.c. Tremco; Tremsil 200 Clear.
II 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag).3. Class: 25.
11 4. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic).
I 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates
indicated, O.
I H. Single-Component Nonsag Urethane Sealant:ES5I
1. Available Products:
I a. Sika Gorporation, Inc.; SikaJlex - '1a.
b. Sika Corporation, Inc.; Sikaflex - 1sLM.
I c. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex lnc.; Ultra.
I d. Sonneborn, Division ol ChemRex Inc.; NP 1.e. Tremco: Vulkem 'l 16.
I 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag).I 3. Class: 100/50.
- 4. Uses Related to Exposure: T (traffic) and NT (nontraffic).
t 5.
li:i"""[3:3:
to Joint substrales: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates
I 2.4 SOLVENT.RELEASE JOINT SEALANTS
I
t
JorNr SEALANTS 07 9200 -7
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.5
A.
B.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
A. Acrylic-Based Solvent-Release Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 131 1 or FS TT-S-
00230.
1. Available Products:
a. Schnee-Moorehead, Inc.; Acryl-R Acrylic Sealant.b. Tremco; Mono 555.
B. Butyl-Rubber-Based Solvent-Release Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 1085.
1. Available Products:
Bostik Findley; Bostik 300.
Fuller, H. B. Company;SC-0296.
Fuller, H. B. Company;SC-0288.
Pecora Corporation; BC-1 58.
Polymeric Systems Inc.; PSI-30'1 .
Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; Sonneborn Multi-Purpose Sealant.
Tremco; Tremco Butyl Sealant.
LATEX JOINT SEALANTS
Latex Sealant: LS Comply with ASTM C 834, Type P, Grade NF.
Available Products:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Bostik Findley; Chem-Calk 600.
Pecora Corporation ; AC-20+.
Schnee-Morehead, Inc.; SM 8200.
Sonnebom, Division ol ChemRex Inc.; Sonolac.
Tremco: Tremflex 834.
2.6
A.
JOINT-SEALANT BACKING
General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are
compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are
approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience
and laboratory testing.
Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed+ell material with a
surface skin) O (open-cell material) B (bicellular material with a surface skin) or any of
the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer for joint
application indicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and othenrise
contribute to producing optimum sealant performance:
Elastomeric Tubing Sealant Backings: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing
complying with ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to waler and gas, and capable of
remaining resilient at temperatures down to minus 26 deg F iminus 32 deg C). Provide
B.
c.
JOINT SEALANTS 079200-8
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.7
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
products with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal,
to control sealant depth, and to otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance.
D. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant
manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials
or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure.
Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for
adhesion ol sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction
joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests.
Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of
sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances
capable ol staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any
way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion ol sealanls to ioinl substrates.
Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbenl material compatible with joint sealants and
surfaces adiacent to joints.
B.
c.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint
sealants.
1. Remove all foreign inaterial lrom joint substrates that could interfere with
adhesion of joint sealant.
a. Clean porous joint substrate surlaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning,
mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a
clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint
sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations
above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-lree compressed air.
2. Remove laitance and form-release agents lrom concrete.
a. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do
not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with
adhesion ol joint sealants.
B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates, where recommended in writing by joint-sealant
manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior
experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written
instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or
migration onto adjoining surfaces.
JOINT SEALANTS 079200-9
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
3.2
A.
B.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with
adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such
contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape
immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.
INSTALLATION
Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use
of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.
Acoustical Sealant Application Standard: Comply with recommendations in
ASTMC919 for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications as applicable to
materials, applications, and conditions indicated.
Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at
position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and deplhs of installed sealants
relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings.2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings.3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealanl
application and replace them with dry materials.
I
I
c.
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used
belween sealants and backs of joints.
Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same
time backings are installed:
1. Place sealants so they directly contacl and fully wet joint substrates.2- Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration.3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that
allow optimum sealant movement capability.
Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: lmmediately after sealant application and before skinning
or curing begins, tool sealants according lo requirements specified below to form
smoolh, uniform beads ol configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to
ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides ol joint.
1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints.
2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that
do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces.3. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure5A in ASTMC 1193, unless
otherwise indicated.
Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses
by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint
sealanls and of products in which joints occur.
E.
F.
G.
JOINT SEALANTS 079200-10
B.
c.
D.
F.
G.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
3.3 JOINT SEALANT SCHEDULE
Vail Cascade Hesort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
JS1 One part Neutral Cure Silicone1. Exterior and interior vertical and horizontal joints in masonry, including false
masonry control joints and concrele. Exterior and interior perimeter joint
between aluminum curtain wall and and between coping and brick.
JS2 One part Acid Cure silicone.1. Exposed joints within glazed curtain wall framing system and aluminum entrance
framing.
JS3 One Parl Mildew resistant Silicone.1. Interior joint in vertical surfaces of ceramic tile in toilet rooms, showers, sinks,
plumbing fixtures and between counters, equipment and walls.
J54 MultiPart Nonsag Urethane1. Outside and inside faces of exlerior wall. doors and window frames, between
frame and wall.
JS5 One Part Nonsag Urethane1. Metal flashings and reglet joints and between flashings and relief angles.
JS6 Multi Part Pourable Urethane1. Exterior paving, sidewalks, terraces, plaza decks and all interior floor joints
including ceramic tile and exposed concrete control joints.
LS Latex Sealants1. lnterior joints in field painted vertical and overhead sufaces at perimeter of
elevator door frames and hollow metal door frames, in gypsum drywall, veneer
plaster, concrete and concrete masonry and all other interior joints not indicated
otherwise.
END OF SECTTON 07 9200
JOINT SEALANTS 079200-11
I JGF # 0705 Vail Cascade Resort &€pa
-
cs2 # &2fi)8
vail,colorado
r sEcTloN 0811 13
r HOLLOWMETALDOORSANDFRAMES
I PARTi -GENERALI
I 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
I Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
f Section.
I 1.2 suMMARYI
A. Section Includes:I 1. Cuslom hollow metal doors and frames.t B. Related Sections:
t 1. Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry" lor embedding anchors for hollow metal work
into masonry construction.
I 2. Division 08 Section "Door Hardware" for door hardware for hollow metal doors.
I 3. Division 09 Sections 'Exterior Painting" and "lnterior Painting" for field painting
hollow metal doors and frames.
,l
T
1.3 DEFINITIONS
I A. Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings.
I B. Custom Hollow Metal Work: Hollow melal work fabricated according to ANSI/NAAMM-
t HMMA861.
I 1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details,
I material descriptions, core descriptions, fire-resistance rating, and finishes.I
B. Shop Drawings: Include the following:
I 'l . Elevations ol each door design.2. Details oi doors, including vertical and horizontal edge details and metal
thicknesses.
I 3. Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal
thicknesses.
f. 4. Locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware.
I
T
HOLLOW METAL DOORSAND FRAMES 081113-1
JGF # O7G'
cs2 # &2008
1.5
A.
B.
c.
1.6
A.
5. Delails of each different wall opening condition.6. Details of anchorages, joints, field splices, and connections.7. Details of accessories.
8. Details of moldings, removable stops, and glazing.
9. Details of conduit and preparations for power, signal, and control systems.
C. Other Action Submittals:
1. Schedule: Provide a schedule of hollow metal work prepared by or under the
superuision of supplier, using same reference numbers for details and openings
as those on Drawings. Coordinate with door hardware schedule.
D. Oversize Construction Certification: For assemblies required to be fire rated and
exceeding limitations of labeled assemblies.
E. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a
qualified testing agency, for each type ol hollow metal door and frame assembly.
OUALITY ASSURANCE
Source Limitations: Obtain hollow metal work from single source from single
manufacturer.
Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and
labeled by a qualified testing agency, for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on
testing at as close to neutral pressure as possible according to NFPA 252 or UL 108.
1. Oversize Fire-Flated Door Assemblies: For units exceeding sizes of tested
assemblies, provide certification by a qualified testing agency that doors comply
with standard construction requirements for tested and labeled fire-rated door
assemblies except for size.2. Temperature-Rise Limit Where indicated, provide doors that have a maximum
transmitted temperalure end point of not more than 450 deg F (250 deg C) above
ambient after 30 minutes of standard fire-test exposure.
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
DELIVEBY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver hollow metal work palletized, wrapped, or crated to provide protection during
transit and Project-site slorage. Do not use nonvented plastic.
1. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish ol factory{inished units.
Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack
welded to jambs and mullions.
Store hollow metal work under cover at Project site. Place in stacks of five units
maximum in a verlical position with heads up, spaced by blocking, on minimum 4-inch-
(102-mm-) high wood blocking. Do not store in a manner that traps excess humidity.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
I
t
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
T
I
c.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 0811 13 -2
t JGF# 0705 Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
cs2 f &2008 Exterior
Vail,Colorado
f 1. Provide minimum .l/4-inch (6-mm) space between each stacked door to permit
air circulation.
r 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
I A. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of openings by field measurementsI before fabrication.
I 1.8 COORDTNATTON
I A. Coordinate installation ol anchorages for hollow metal frames. Furnish setting
I drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves,- concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors. Deliver such items to
I Proiect site in time for installation.r
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
I 2.1 MANUFACTURERS
I A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
I 1. Ceco Door Products; an Assa Abloy Group company.2. Curries Gompany; an Assa Abloy Group company.
r 3. Steelcraft; an Ingersoll-Rand company.
I 4. Windsor Republic Doors.
I A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTMA 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B;
I suitable for exposed applications-
f B. Hot-Rolled SteelSheet ASTM A'1011/A 1011M, Commercial Steel(CS), Type B;free
r of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled.
I
' C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet ASTM A 653/4 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B;
I with minimum G60 (2180) or 460 (2F180) metallic coating.
I D. Frame Anchors: ASTMA591/A591M, Commercial Steel (CS), 4OZ (12G) coating
designation; mill phosphatized.
I 1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with
ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, hot-dip galvanized according
to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B.
I- E. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasleners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M.
I
I
HOLLOW METALDOORSAND FRAMES 0811 13-3
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.3
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Vail,Colorado
F. Powder-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for
application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant malerials, with clips or other
accessory devices for attaching hollow metal frames ol gpe indicated.
G. Grout: ASTMC476, except with a maximum slump of 4 inches (102 mm), as
measured according to ASTM C '143lC 143M.
H. Mineral-Fiber lnsulation: ASTM C 665, Type | (blankets without membrane facing);
consisling of fibers manufactured from slag or rock wool with 6- to 12-lblcu. ft. (96- to
192-kg/cu. m) density; wilh maximum llame-spread and smokedevelopment indexes
ol 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics.
L Glazing: Comply with requirements in Division 8 Section "Glazing."
J. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint '12, compounded for 15-
mil (0.4-mm) dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound
lree of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities.
CUSTOM HOLLOW METAL DOORS
General: Provide doors not less than 1-314 inches (44.5 mm) thick, ol seamless hollow
construction unless otherwise indicated. Construct doors with smooth surfaces without
visible joints or seams on exposed faces. Comply with ANSI/NMMM-HMMA 861.
Exterior Door Face Sheets: Fabricated from metallic-coated steel sheet. minimum
0.053 inch (1.3 mm) thick.
B.
D.
t
t
T
I
T
I
C. lnterior Door Face Sheets: Fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet. minimum 0.042
inch (1.0 mm) thick.
Core Gonstruction: Provide thermal-resistance-raled cores for exterior doors.
1. SteeFStiffened Core: 0.026-inch- (0.7-mm-) thick, steel vertical stiffeners of
same material as face sheets extending full-door height, with vertical webs
spaced not more than 6 inches (152 mm) apart, spol welded io face sheets a
maximum of 5 inches (127 mm) o.c. Spaces filled between stiffeners with glass-
or mineral-fiber insulation.
a. Fire Door Core: As required to provide fire-protection and temperalure-rise
ratings indicated.b. Thermal-Rated (lnsulated) Doors: Where indicated, provide doors
fabricated with thermal-resistance value (R-value) of not less than 4.0
deg F x h x sq. lt.iBtu (0.704 K x sq^ mAN) when tested according to
ASTM C 1363.
Vertical Edges for Single-Acting Doors: Beveled liB inch in 2 inches (3 mm in 50 mm).
Vertical Edges for Double-Acting Doors: Round vertical edges with 2-'118-inch (54-mm)
radius.
I
I
I
I
I
T
E.
F.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 0811 13 -4
I
I
I
T
I
T
l
I
t
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.4
A.
2.5
A.
G. Top and Bottom Channels: Closed with continuous channels, minimum 0.053 inch (1.3
mm) thick, of same material as face sheets and spot welded to both face sheets.
H. Hardware Reinforcement Fabricate according to ANSI/NAAMM-HMMA 861 with
reinforcing plates from same material as door face sheets.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
to back of frames; not less
Adjustable compression
B.
C.
D.
E.
CUSTOM HOLLOW METAL FRAMES
General: Fabricate frames of construction indicated. Close contact edges ol corner
joints tight with faces mitered and slops butted or mitered. Continuously weld faces
and soffits and finish faces smooth. Comply with ANSI/NAAMM-HMMA 861.
1. Door Frames for Openings 48 lnches (1219 mm) Wide or Less: Fabricated from
0.053-inch- (1.3'mm-) thick steel sheet.2. Door Frames lor Openings More Than 48 lnches (1219 mm) Wide: Fabricated
from 0.067-inch- (1.7-mm-) thick steel sheet.3. Sidelight and Transom Frames: Fabricated from same thickness material as
adjacent door frame.4. Borrowed-Light Frames: Fabricated from 0.053-inch- (1.3-mm-) thick steel sheet.
Exterior Frames: Formed lrom metallic-coated steel sheet.
lnterior Frames: Fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet.
Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate according to ANSI/NAAMM-HMMA 861 with
reinforcing plates from same material as frame.
Head Reinforcementr Provide minimum 0.093-inch- {2.3-mm-) thick, steel channel or
angle stiffener for opening widths more than 48 inches (1219 mmi.
FRAME ANCHORS
Jamb Anchors:
1. Masonry Type: Adjustable strap-and-stirrup or T-shaped anchors lo suit frame
size, not less than 0.042 inch (1.0 mm) thick, with corrugated or perforated straps
not less than 2 inches (50 mm) wide by 10 inches (250 mm) long; or wire
anchors not less than 0.177 inch i4.5 mm) thick.
2. Stud-Wall Type: Designed to engage stud, welded
than 0.042 inch (1.0 mm) thick.3. Gompression Type for Drywall Slip-on Frames:
I
I
I
I
t
I
anchors.4. Postinstalled Expansion Type for In-Place Concrete or Masonry: Minimum 3/B-
inch- (9.5-mm-) diameter bolts with expansion shields or inserts. Provide pipe
spacer from lrame to wall, with throat reinforcement plate, welded to frame ai
each anchor location.
B. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames. not less than 0.042 inch (.,| .0
mm) thick, and as follows:
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 0811 13-5
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.6
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip-type anchors, with two holes to receive
fasteners.
Separate Topping Concrete Slabs: Adjustable-type anchors with extension clips,
allowing not less than 2-inch (50-mm) height adjustment. Terminate bottom of
lrames at finish floor surface.
HOLLOW METAL PANELS
Provide hollow metal panels of same materials, construction, and finish as specified for
adjoining hollow metal work.
STOPS AND MOLDINGS
Moldings lor Glazed Lites in Doors: Minimum 0.032 inch (0.8 mm) thick, fabricated
from same material as door face sheet in which they are installed.
Fixed Frame Moldings: Formed integral with hollow metal frames, a minimum of 5/8
inch (16 mm) high unless otherwise indicated.
Loose Stops for Glazed Lites in Frames: Minimum 0.032 inch (0.8 mm) thick,
fabricated Jrom same material as frames in which they are installed.
Terminated Stops: Where indicated on interior door frames, terminate stops 6 inches
(152 mm) above finish lloor with a 4S-degree angle cul, and close open end of stop
with steel sheet closure. Cover opening in extension of frame with welded-sleel filler
plate, with welds ground smooth and flush with frame.
1. Provide terminated stops where indicated.
ACCESSORIES
Mullions and Transom Bars: Join to adjacent members by welding or rigid mechanical
anchors.
Ceiling Struts: Minimum 114-inch{hick by f -inch- (6.4-mm-thick by 25.4-mm-) wide
steel.
Grout Guards: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.016 inch (0.4
mm) thick.
FABRICATION
Fabricate hollow metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately
form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for thickness of metal.
Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper
assembly at Project site, clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory
assembled before shipment.
I
t
I
I
I
I
!
I
1.
2.
2.7
A.
B.
c.
D.
2.8
A.
B.
c.
2.9
A,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FBAMES 08 11 13 - 6
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2(108
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
Exterior Doors: Provide weep-hole openings in bottom of exterior doors to permit
moisture to escape. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration.
Glazed Lites: Factory cut openings in doors.
Astragals; Provide overlapping astragal on one leaf of pairs of doors where
required by NFPA 80 lor fire-performance rating or where indicated. Extend
minimum 314 inch (19 mm) beyond edge of door on which astragal is mounted.
B. Tolerances: Fabricate hollow metal work to tolerances indicated in SDI 117.
C. Hollow Metal Doors:I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
1.
2.
3.
D. Hollow Metal Frames: Where frames are labricated in sections due to shipping or
handling limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of
same thickness metal as frames.
1. Welded Frames: Weld flush face joints continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make
smooth, flush, and invisible.2. Sidelight and Transom Bar Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no
visible face seams or joints, fabricated from same material as door frame.
Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by butt welding.3. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed
fasteners unless otherwise indicated.4. Grout Guards: Weld guards to frame at back of hardware mortises in frames to
be grouted.
5. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four
spot welds per anchor.6. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows:
a. Masonry Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches (457 mm) from
top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches (813
mm) o.c. and as follows:
1) Two anchors per jamb up to 60 inches (1524 mm) high.
2) Three anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches (1524 to 2286 mm)
high.3) Four anchors per jamb from 90 to 120 inches (2286 to 3048 mm)
high.4l Four anchors per jamb plus 1 additional anchor per jamb for each 24
inches (610 mm) or fraction thereol above 120 inches (3048 mm)
high.
b. Stud-Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 1B inches (457 mm) from
top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches i813
mm) o.c. and as follows:
1) Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inclres (1524 mm) high.
2) Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches (1524 to 2286 rnm) high.
3) Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches (2286 lo 2438 mm) high.4) Five anchors per jamb plus 1 additional anchor per iamb lor each 24
inches (6 10 mm) or fraction thereof above 96 inches (2438 mm) high.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113-7
JGF # 0705 Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
cs2 # &2fl)8 Exterior
Vail,Golorado
5) Two anchors per head for frames above 42 inches (1066 mm) wide
and mounled in metal-stud partitions.
c. Compression Type: Not less than two anchors in each jamb.
d. Postinstalled Expansion Type: Locate anchors nol more than 6 inches
(152 mm) from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 26
inches (660 mrn) o.c.
7. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped doors, drill stops to receive door
silencers as follows. Keep holes clear during construction.
a. Single-Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door
silencers.b. Double-Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers.
E. Fabricate concealed stiffeners, edge channels, and hardware reinforcement from either
cold- or hot-rolled steel sheet.
F. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow metal work to receive templated
mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping
according to the Door Hardware Schedule and templates furnished as specified in
Division 8 Section "Door Hardware.'
'l . Locate hardware as indicated, or if not indicated, according to ANSI/SDI A250.8.2. Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised and surface-
mounted door hardware.
3. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI/SD|4250.6 and
ANSI/DHI A1 15Series specifications lor preparation of hollow metal work for
hardware.4. Coordinate locations ol conduit and wiring boxes for electrical connections wilh
Division 16 Sections.
G. Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites where indicated.
Form corners of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints.
''| . Single Glazed Liles: Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of
hollow metal work.2. Multiple Glazed Lites: Provide fixed and removable stops and moldings so that
each glazed lite is capable of being removed independently.3. Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior
doors and frames.4. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of hollow metal work.5. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with type of glazing
and type ol installation indicated.
2.10
A.
STEEL FINISHES
Prime Finish: Apply manufacturer's standard primer immediately after cleaning and
pretreating.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
IHOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13 - 8
1.
A.
B.
c.
B.
c.
3.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resorl & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free
primer complying with ANSI/SDI A250.10 acceptance criteria; recommended by
primer manufacturer for substrate; compatible wilh substrate and field-applied
coatings despile prolonged exposure.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
D.
3.2
A.
EXAMINATION
Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with lnstaller presenl, for compliance with
requirements lor installation tolerances and olher conditions affecting performance of
the Work.
Examine roughing-in for embedded and built-in anchors to verify actual locations
before frame installation.
For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions
detrimental to perlormance of the Work.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
Remove welded-in shipping spreaders installed at factory. Flestore exposed finish by
grinding, filling, and dressing, as required to make repaired area smooth, flush, and
invisible on exposed faces.
Prior to installation, adjust and securely brace welded hollow metal frames for
squareness, alignment, twist, and plumbness to the following tolerances:
1. Squareness: Plus or minus 1l'1 6 inch (1 .6 mm), measured at door rabbet on a
line 90 degrees lrom jamb perpendicular to lrame head.2. Alignment: Plus or minus '111 6 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs on a horizontal
line parallel to plane of wall.3. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mnr), measured at opposite face corners of
jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall.4. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1i16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs on a
perpendicular line trom head to floor.
Drill and tap doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-
mounted door hardware.
INSTALLATION
General: Install hollow metal work plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely
fastened in place; comply with Drawings and manufacturer's written inslructions.
3.3
A.
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 0811 13 - I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
B. Hollow Metal Frames: Install hollow metal frames of size and profile indicated.
Comply with ANSI/SDI 4250.11.
1. Set lrames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely unlil
permanent anchors are sel. After wall construction is complete, remove
temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged.
a. At fireprotection-rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80.b. Where frames are fabricated in sections because of shipping or handling
limitations, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint
continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible
on exposed faces.
c. Install frames with removable glazing stops located on secure side of
opening.d. Install door silencers in lrames before grouting.
e. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have
been properly set and secured.f. Check plumbness, squareness, and twist of lrames as walls are
constructed. Shim as necessary to comply with installation tolerances.
S. Field apply bituminous coating to backs of frames lhat are filled with grout
containing antif reezing agents.
2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to
floor, and secure with postinstalled expansion anchors.
a. Floor anchors may be set with powder-actuated fasteners instead of
postinstalled expansion anchors il so indicated and approved on Shop
Drawings.
3. Metal-Stud Partitions: Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation behind lrames.4. Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of lrames to allow for solidly filling space
between frames and masonry with grout.
5. Concrete Walls: Solidly fill space between frames and concrete with grout. Take
precautions, including bracing frames, to ensure that frames are not deformed or
damaged by grout forces.6. Ceiling Struts: Extend struts vertically from top of frame at each jamb to
overhead structural supports or substrates above frame unless frame is
anchored to masonry or to other structural support at each jamb. Bend top of
struts to provide flush contact lor securing lo supporting construction. Provide
adjustable wedged or bolted anchorage to frame jamb members.
7. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow metal door frames for squareness,
alignment, twist, and plumb to the following tolerances:
a. Squareness: Plus or minus 111 6 inch (1.6 mm), measured at door rabbet
on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head.b. Alignment Plus or minus 1116 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs on a
horizontal line parallel to plane ol wall.
c. Twist: Plus or minus 1l'16 inch (1.6 mm), measured al opposite face
corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall.d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1l.1 6 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs at floor.
T
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
tHOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113-10
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
3.4
A.
C. Hollow Metal Doors: Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances
specified below. Shim as necessary.
1. Non-Fire-Rated Standard Steel Doors:
Jambs and Head: "liB inch (3 mm) plus or minus 1i 16 inch ('1 .6 mm).
Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/B inch (3 mm) plus or minus 1/1 6 inch
(1.6 mm).
Between Bottom of Door and Top of Threshold: Maximum 3/B inch (9.5
mm).
Between Bottom of Door and Top of Finish Floor (No Threshold):
Maximum 3/4 inch (19 mm).
2. Fire-Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80.
3. Smoke-Control Doors: Install doors according to NFPA 105.
Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Division 8 Section "Glazing' and with
hollow metal manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Secure stops with counlersunk flat- or oval-head machine screws spaced
uniformly nol more than 9 inches (230 nrm) o.c. and not more than 2 inches (50
mm) o.c. from each corner.
ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before
final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and
replace defective work, including hollow metal work that is warped, bowed, or
otherwise unacceptable.
Remove grout and other bonding material from hollow metal work immediately after
installation.
Prime-Coat Touchup: lmmediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged
areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer.
Metallic-Coated Surfaces: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair
paint according to manufacturer's written instructions.
a.
b.
d.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exteriol
Vail,Colorado
D.
B.
c.
D.
END OF SECTION 0811 13
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 0811 13 - 11
General and
apply to this
B.
c.
1.1
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
sEcTloN 08 41 13
ALUMINUM-FBAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
PARTl -GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Seclions,
Section.
1.2
A.
SUMMARY
This Seclion includes the following:
1. Exterior and interior aluminum-framed storefronts.
a. Glazlng is retained mechanically with gaskets on four sides.
2. Exterior and interior manual-swing aluminum doors.3. Exterior and interior aluminum door frames.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
General: Provide aluminum-framed systems, including anchorage, capable of
withslanding, without failure, the etfects of the following:1. Movements of supporting struclure indicated on Drawings including, but not
limited to, story drift and defleclion from uniformly distributed and concentrated
live loads.2. Dimensional tolerances of building frame and other adjacent construction.
Deflection of Framing Members:
1. Deflection Normal to Wall Plane: Limited to 1i175 ol clear span for spans up to
'f 3 feet 6 inches (4.1 m) and to 11240 of clear span plus 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) for
spans grealer than 13 feel 6 inches (a.1 m) or an amount that restricts edge
deflection of individual glazing lites to 3/4 inch (19 mm), whichever is less.2. Deflection Parallel to Glazing Plane: Limited to 1/360 ol clear span or 1/8 inch
(3.2 mm), whichever is smaller.
Structural-Test Performance: Provide aluminum-framed systems tested according to
ASTM E 330 as follows:
1. When tested at positive and negative wind-load design pressures, systems do
not evidence dellection exceeding specified limits.
1.3
A.
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 0841 13-1
IJGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.
1.4
A.
Vail Cascade Resorl & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative windload design pressures,
syslems, including anchorage, do not evidence malerial failures, slruclural
distress, and permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2
percent of span.3. Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity but not less than 10
seconds.
D. Thermal Movements: Provide aluminum-framed systems that allow for thermal
movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and
surface temperatures. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of
materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.
E. Air Infiltration: Provide aluminum-framed systems with maximum air leakage through
fixed glazing and framing areas of 0.06 cfmisq. tt. (0.03 Us per sq. m) of fixed wall area
when tested according to ASTM E 283 at a minimum static-air-pressure difference of
6.24lbfisq. ft. (300 Pa).
F. Water Penetration Under Static Pressure: Provide aluminum-lramed systems lhat do
not evidence water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested
according to ASTM E 331 at a minimum static-air-pressure difference of 20 percent of
positive wind-load design pressure, but not less than 6.24 lbflsq. ft. (300 Pa).
G. Condensation Resistance: Provide aluminum-framed systems with fixed glazing and
framing areas having condensation-resislance factor (CRF) of not less than 53 when
tested according to MMA 1503.
H. Average Thermal Conductance: Provide aluminum-framed systems with fixed glazing
and framing areas having average U-factor of not more than 0.69 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F
(3.92 Wsq. m x K) when tested according to AAMA 1503.
L Structural Sealant: Capable of withstanding tensile and shear stresses imposed by
curtain-wall systems without failing adhesively or cohesively. Provide sealant that fails
cohesively before sealant releases from substrate when tested for adhesive
compatibility with each substrate and joint condition required.
1. Adhesive failure occurs when sealant pulls away from substrate cleanly, leaving
no sealant material behind.2. Cohesive failure occurs when sealant breaks or tears within itself but does not
separate from each subslrate because sealant-to-substrate bond strength
exceeds sealant's internal strength.
J. Structural-Sealant Joints: Designed to produce tensile or shear stres3 in structural-
sealant joints of less than 20 psi (138 kPa).
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions ol
individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type ol product indicated.
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
IALUMINUM-FFAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFBONTS 0841't3-2
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
B. Shop Drawings: For aluminum-framed
details. and atlachments lo other work.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
systems. lnclude plans, elevations, sections,
1. Include slructural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualilied professional
engineer responsible lor their preparation.2. lnclude details of provisions for system expansion and contraction and for
draining moisture occurring within the system to lhe exterior.3. For entrances, include hardware schedule and indicate operating hardware
types, functions, quantities, and locations.
C. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes.
'1 . Flashing and drainage.
D. Weldingcertificates.
E. Qualification Data: For lnstaller
F. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a
qualified testing agency, for aluminum-framed systems.
G. Field quality-control test and inspection reporls.
H. Maihtenance Data: For aluminum{ramed systems to include in mainlenance manuals.
l. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
1,5 QUALIW ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Capable of assuming engineering responsibility and performing
work of this Section and who is acceptable to manufacturer.
1. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of data for aluminum-framed systems
including Shop Drawings based on testing and engineering analysis of
manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this
Project and submission of reports ol tests performed on manufacturer's standard
assemblies.
a. lnclude structural-sealant-glazing quality-control program development and
reporting complying with ASTM C 1401 recommendations including, but
not limited to, system material qualification procedures, preconstruction
sealant-testing program, and procedures and interuals for system
fabrication and installation reviews and checks.
B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to
ASTM E 699 for testing indicated.
C. Preconstruction Sealant Testing: For structural-sealant-glazed systems, perlorm
sealanl manufacturer's standard tests for compatibility and adhesion of sealants with
each material that will come in contact with sealants and each condition required by
aluminum-lramed systems.
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 0841 13-3
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
't.6
A.
1.7
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Test a minimum of five samples of each metal, glazing, and other material.
Prepare samples using techniques and primers required for installed systems.
For materials that lail tests, delermine corrective measures required to prepare
each material to ensure compatibility with and adhesion of sealants, including,
but not limited to, specially lormulated primers. After performing these corrective
measures on the minimum number of samples required for each maierial, retest
materials.
1.
2.
3.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D. Accessible Entrances: Comply with the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers
Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for
Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)."
E. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1 .2, "Structural
Welding Code-Aluminum."
F. Mockups: Build mockups to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards
for fabrication and installation.
1. Build mockup of typical wall area as shown on Drawings.2. Field testing shall be performed on mockups according to requirements in Parl 3
"Field Quality Control" Article.3. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at
time of Substantial Gomplelion.
PBOJECT CONDITIONS
Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of structural supports for aluminum-
framed systems by lield measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements
on Shop Drawings.
1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without
delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with labricating aluminum-
framed systems without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure
lhat actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions.
WARRANTY
Special Assembly Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer
agrees to repair or replace components of aluminum-framed systems that do not
comply with requirements or that deteriorate as definbd in this Section within specified
warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection.b. Noise or vibration caused by thermal movements.c. Deterioration of metals, metal linishes, and other materials beyond normal
weathering.d. Adhesive or cohesive sealant lailures.
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
tALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOBEFRONTS 084'1 13-4
I JGF # 0705 Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
cs2 # &2008 Exteriol
I Vail,Golorado
t e. Water leakage through fixed glazing and framing areas.f. Failure of operating components to lunction properly.
t 2. Warranty Period: 10 years from dale of Substantial Completion.
- B. Special Finish Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees
I to repair or replace components on which finishes fail within specified warranty period.r Warranty does not include normal weathering.
I 1. Warranty Period: 20 years lrom date of Substantial Completion.I
I PART2-PRODUCTS
t
I 2.1 MANUFACTURES
I A. Basis-of-Design Product: The design for aluminum-framed systems is based on
Kawneer Company, Inc. . Subject to compliance with requirements, provide lhe named
I product or a compirable produit by one of the following:I
1. Arch Aluminum & Glass Co., Inc.
I 2. United States Aluminum.
I 3. Vistawall Architectural Products.
I B. Kawneer Company, Inc. Tri-Fab 451T Basis ol Design.
I
2.2 MATERIALS
II A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for gpe of use and finish
indicated.
I 1. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M).2. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M).
I 3. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429.
t 4. Structural Profiles: ASTM B 308/8 308M.5. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: AWS A5.10/A5.10M.
I B. Steel Reinforcement: With manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant primer
complying with SSPC-PS Guide No. 12.00 applied immediately after sudace
I preparation and pretreatment. Select surface preparation methods according to
I recommendations in SSPC-SP COM and prepare surfaces according to applicabler SSPC standard.
I 1. Structural Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36/4 36M.I 2. Cold-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1008iA 1008M.3. Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1011iA 1011M.
2.3 FRAMING SYSTEMS
I
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCESAND STOREFRONTS
I
t
0841 13-5
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.4
A.
B.
c.
2.5
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
A. Framing Members: Manufacturer's standard e)druded-aluminum framing members of
thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads.
1. Construction: Framing members are composite assemblies of two separate
exlruded-aluminum components permanently bonded by an elastomeric material
of low thermal conductance
B. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with
nonstaining, nonlerrous shims for aligning system components.
C. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining,
nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials.
1. Where lasteners are subject to loosening or tuming out lrom thermal and
structural movements, wind loads, or vibration, use selfJocking devices.2. Reinforce members as required to receive fastener threads.
D. Concrete and Masonry Inserts: Hotdip galvanized cast-iron, malleable-iron, or steel
inserts complying with ASTM A 1231A 123M or ASTM A 153/A 153M requirements.
E. Framing System Gaskets and Sealants: Manufacturer's standard recommended by
manulacturer for joint type.
GLAZING SYSTEMS
Glazing: As specified in Division 8 Section'Glazing."
Glazing Gaskets: Manufacture/s standard compression types, replaceable, molded or
exlruded, that maintain unilorm pressure and waterlight seal.
Spacers and Setting Blocks: Manufacturer's standard elastomeric types.
DOORS
Doors: Manufacture/s standard glazed doors, for manual swing operation.
1. Door Construction: Type 500 with minimum 0.250-inch- (3.2-mm-) thick,
extruded-aluminum tubular rail and stile members. Mechanically fasten corners
with reinforcing brackets that are deep penetration and fillel welded.
2. Door Design: Wide Style, nominal width. Kawneer
a. Accessible Doors: Smooth surfaced for width of door in area within '10
inches (255 mm) above floor or ground plane.
3. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Beveled, snap-on, extruded-aluminum stops and
preformed gaskets.
a. Provide nonremovable glazing stops on outside ol door.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
IALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 0841 13-6
I JGF # 0705 Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
cs2 # 8-2008 Exterior
- Vail,Colorado
I B. Door Hardware: As specified in Division I Section "Door Hardware."
I 2.6 DOOR HARDWAREr
A. General: Provide heavyduty units in sizes and types recommended by entrance
I system and hardware manufaiturers for entrances and uses indicated.I
1. Opening-ForceRequirements:
I a. Egress Doors: Not more than 30 lbi (133 N) required to set door in motion
and not more than 15 lbf (67 N) required to open door lo minimum required
width.
B. Pivot Hinges:
I 1. Standard: BHMAA156.4, Grade 1.r 2. Offset-Pivot Hinges: Provide top, bottom, and intermediate offset pivots at each
door leaf.
r C. Locking Devices, General: Do not require use of key, tool, or special knowledge for
operation.
I 1. Opening-Force Requirements:a. Latches and Exit Devices: Not more than 15lbf (67 N) required to release
latch.
D. Mortise Auxiliary Locks: BHMA A156.5, Grade 1.
I E. Panic Exit Devices: Listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable
- to authorities having jurisdiction, for panic protection, based on testing according to
uL 305.
! 'l- Standard: BHMA 4156.3, Grade 1.
I F. Gylinders: As specilied in Division 08 Section'Door Hardware."
I G. Strikes: Provide strike with black-plastic dust box for each latch or lock bolt; fabricated
I for aluminum framing.
I H. Operating Trim: BHMA 4156.6.
I l. Closers: With accessories required for a complete installaticin, sized as required by! door size, exposure to weather, and anticipated lrequency of use, and adjustable to
meet field conditions and requirements for opening force.
t 1. Standard: BHMA 4156.4, Grade 1.
I J. Concealed Overhead Holders: BHMA A156.8, Grade 1.
I K. Surface-Mounted Holders: BHMA A156.16. Grade 1.
I
T
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCESAND STOREFRONTS 0841 13-7
Vail Cascade Resorl & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
L. Door Stops: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1, floor or wall mounted, as appropriate lor door
location indicated, with integral rubber bumper.
M. Weather Stripping: Manufacturefs standard replaceable components.
1. Compression Type: Made ol ASTM D 2000, molded neoprene, or
ASTM D 2287, molded PVC.2. Sliding Type: MMA 701, made of wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven pile with
nylon-fabric or aluminum-strip backing.
N. Weather Sweeps: Manulacturer's standard exterior-door bottom sweep with concealed
fasteners on mounting strip.
O. Silencers: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1.
P. Thresholds: Raised thresholds beveled with a slope of not more than 1:2, with
maximum height of 1/2 inch (13 mm).
1. Standard: BHMA A156.21.
2.7 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Joint Sealants: For installation at perimeter of aluminum-framed systems, as specified
in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.8
A.
B.
t
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
t
FABRICATION
Form aluminum shapes before finishing.
Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or
discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed
surfaces by descaling or grinding.
C. Framing Members, General: Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the
followin g characteristics:
1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free ol defects or deformations.2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered.3. Means to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing
members; and moisture migrating within the system to exterior.
Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members.
Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing
to maintain required glazing edge clearances.
Provisions for field replacement of glazing from interior.
Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view lo
greatest extent possible.
D. Mechanically Glazed Framing Members: Fabricate lor flush glazing (without projecting
stops).
4-
5.
6.
7.
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 0841 13-8
3.1
It
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
t
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
2.9
A.
B.
c.
E. Door Frames: Reinforce as required to support loads imposed by door operation and
for installing hardware.1. At interior doors, provide silencers at stops to prevent metaFto-metal contact.
Install three silencers on strike jamb of single-door frames and two silencers on
head of frames for pairs of doors.2. Provide frame section astragal at double doors to exterior at lap pool room.
F. Doors: Reinforce doors as required for installing hardware.
G. Hardware Installation: Factory install hardware to lhe greatest extent possible. Cut,
drill, and tap for factory-installed hardware before applying finishes.
After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project
according to Shop Drawings.
ALUMINUM FINISHES
General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal
Products" tor recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the
Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes.
Cfass fl, Clear Anodic Finish: AA-M12C22A31 (Mechanical Finish: nonspecular as
fabricated; Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural
Class ll, clear coating 0.040 mm or lhicker) complying with AAMA 61 1. (INTERIOR)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.2
A.
EXAMINATION
Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work.
1. Proceed with installation only after unsatislactory conditions have been
corrected.
INSTALLATION
General:
1. Comply with manufaclurer's written instructions.2. Do not install damaged components.3. Fit joints to produce hairline joints lree of burrs and distortion.4. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints.
5. lnstall anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and
electrolytic deterioration.
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 0841 13-9
IJGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
3.3
A.
Vail Gascade Besort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
6. Seal joints watertight, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Metal Protection:
1. Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by
painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape or installing
nonconductive spacers as recommended by manutaclurer for this purpose.
2. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by
painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint.
C. Install componenls to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing
members, and moisture migrating within the system to exterior.
D. Set continuous sill members and llashing in full sealant bed as specified in Division 7
Section "Joint Sealants" and to produce weathertight installation.
E. lnstall components plumb and lrue in alignment with established lines and grades,
without warp or rack.
F. Installglazing as specified in Division 8 Section "Glazing."
G. Entrances: Install to produce smooth operation and tight fil at contacl points.
1. Field-lnstalled Hardware: lnstall surface-mounted hardware according to
hardware manufacturers' written instructions using concealed fasteners to
greatest extent possible.
H. Install perimeter joint sealants as specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants' and to
produce weathertight installation.
l. Erection Tolerances: Install aluminum-framed systems to comply with the following
maximum tolerances:
'l . Location and Plane: Limit variation from true location and plane to 1/8 inch in 12
feet (3 mm in 3.7 m); 1/4 inch (6 mm) over total length.2. Alignment:
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
T
I
t
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
a. Where surfaces abut in
('1.5 mm).b. Where surfaces meet at
inch (0.8 mm).
line, limit offset from true alignment to 1/16 inch
corners, limit offset from true alignment to 1132
3. Diagonal Measurements: Limit difference between diagonal measurement to 1/8
inch (3 mm).
ADJUSTING
Entrances: Adjust operating hardware for smoolh operalion according to hardware
manufacturers' written instructions.
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOR EFRONTS 0841 13-10
I
T
I
I
T
x
I
I
I
t
I
!
I
t
I
T
t
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
1.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
For doors accessible to people with disabilities, adjust closers to provide a 3-
second closer sweep period lor doors to move from a 7O-degree open position to
3 inches (75 mm) from the latch measured to the leading door edge.
END OF SECTION 08 41 13
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOHEFRONTS 0841 13-11
General and
apply to this
1.1
I
I
)
t
T
I
,il
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
I
t
l
1.2
A.
1.3
A.
sEcTtoN 08 71 00
DOOR HARDWABE
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,
Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
1. Commercial door hardware for the following:
a. Swinging doors.b. Non-fire-rated sliding doors.c. Non-fire-rated folding doors.d. Other doors to the extent indicated.
2. Cylinders lor doors specilied in other Sections.
Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 08 Section "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames'for door silencers provided
as part of hollow-metal frames.2. Division 08 Section "Flush Wood Doors"
rated labeled assemblies.3. Division 08 Section "Access Doors and
including cylinders.4. Division 08 Section "Aluminum-Framed Enlrances and Storefronts" for entrance
door hardware, including cylinders.5. Division 08 Section "Automatic Entrances" for entrance door hardware, including
cylinders.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: Include installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of
individual components and profiles, and finishes.
B.
for astragals provided as part of fire-
Frames" for access door hardware,l
t
T
t
I
I
t
B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the superuision of supplier, detailing
fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams.
Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to
ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish ol door hardware.
DOOR HARDWARE 0871 00-1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
1.4
A.
1. Formal: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical
"Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule."
Exterlor
Vail,Golorado
format in DHI's
2. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets
indicating complete designations of every item required lor each door or opening.
a. Organize door hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware
Schedule at the end of Part 3.
3. Content: lnclude the lollowing informalion:
a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and linish of each door hardware
item.
Manufacturer ol each item.
Fastenings and other pertinent information.
Location of each door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on
floor plans and in door and frame schedule.
Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule.
Mounting locations for door hardware.
Door and frame sizes and materials.
4. Submittal Sequence: Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule at eadiest
possible date, particularly where approval of the Door Hardware Schedule must
precede fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction
schedule. lnclude Product Data, Samples, Shop Drawings ol other work affected
by door hardware, and other inlormation essential to the coordinated review of
the Door Hardware Schedule.
C. Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing Owner's
final keying instructions for locks. Include schematic keying diagram and index each
key set to unique door designations.
D. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying the hardware supplier is a
factory direct authorized distributor.
1. Certify that door hardware approved for use on types and sizes of labeled fire
doors complies with listed lire door assemblies.
E. Maintenance Data: For each type of door hardware to include in maintenance manuals
specified in Division 1.
F. Warranties: Special warraniies specified in this Section.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
lnstaller Qualifications: An experienced installer who has compleled door hardware
similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work
has resulted in construction with a record ol successful in-seryice performance.
Supplier Qualifications: Door hardware supplier with warehousing facilities in Project's
vicinity and who is or employs a qualilied Architectural Hardware Consultant, available
b.
d.
A
f.
s.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa I
J
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
fI
I
T
T
I
I
I
B.
DOOR HARDWARE 0871 00-2
t
T
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
I
T
t
t
I
I
t
I
T
t
I
T
t
I
;
I
during the course of the Work to consult wilh Contractor, Architect, and Owner about
door hardware and keying. Supplier shall be a certilied direct dislributor and be a lull
sales and service organization for the manufacturer's listed. Compliance with this
Section shall include letters ol certification from the manufacturers certifying the
hardware supplier is a factory direct authorized distributor. Certifications shall be
submitted for approval with and be incorporated with hardware schedule submittal.
Submittals will not be considered without the certifications.
1. Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedules.
C. Architectural Hardware Consultant Qualifications: A person who is currently certified
by the Door and Hardware lnstitute as an Architectural Hardware Consultant and who
is experienced in providing consulting services for door hardware installations that are
comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project.
D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware from a single
manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions ol the following:
1. Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), 'Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and
Facilities (ADAAG)," as follows:
a. Handles, Pulls, Latches, Locks, and other Operating Devices: Shape that
is easy to grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasping, tight
pinching, or twisting of the wrist.b. Door Closers: Gomply with the lollowing maximum opening-force
requirements indicated:
1) lnterior Hinged Doors: 5 lbl (22.2 N) applied perpendicular to door.
2) Sliding or Folding Doors: 5 lbt (22.2 N) applied parallel to door at
latch.3) Fire Doors: Minimum opening force allowable by authorities having
jurisdiction.
c. Thresholds: Not more than 112 inch (13 mm) high. Bevel raised thresholds
with a slope of not more than 1:2.
2. NFPA 101: Comply with the lollowing for means of egress doors:
a. Latches, Locks, and Exit Devices: Not more than 15 lbf (67 N) to release
the latch. Locks shall not require the use of a key, tool, or special
knowledge lor operation.b. Door Closers: Not more than 30 lbf (133 N) to set door in motion and not
more than 15 lbf (67 N) to open door to minimum required width.
c. Thresholds: Not more than 1/2 inch (13 mm) high.
F. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Provide door hardware for assemblies complying with
NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
DOOR HARDWARE 0871 00-3
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to
NFPA 252 and/or ULl0C.
G. Keying Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply wilh requirements in
Division 1 Section 'Project Meetings." lncorporate keying conference decisions into
final keying schedule after reviewing door hardware keying system including, but not
limited to, the following:
1. Function of building, flow ol traffic, purpose ol each area, degree ol securig
required, and plans for future expansion.2. Preliminary key system schematic diagram.3. Requirements for key control system.
4. Address for delivery of keys.
H. Preinstallation Conference: Gonduct conference at Project site to comply with
requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." Prior to installation ol hardware,
this Contractor Installer to meet at the project site or other mutually agreed location
with installers of related work, General Contractor, Hardware Supplier, and Project
Manager. Record discussion and provide copy to each participant.
1.5 DELIVERY, STOBAGE, AND HANDLING
A. lnventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up lor door hardware
delivered to Proiect site.
Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door
Hardware Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or
package.
Deliver keys to manufacturer of key control system.
Deliver keys to Owner by registered mail or overnight package service.
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
1.6
A.
1.7
A.
I
I
I
I
COORDINATION
Templates: Oblain and distribute to the parties involved templates for doors, frames,
and other work specilied to be faclory prepared for installing door hardware. Check
Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating
and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements.
WARRANTY
General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner
of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and
shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranlies made by Contractor
under requirements of the Contract Documents.
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
il
I
I
I
t
T
I
c.
D.
DOOR HARDWABE 0871 00-4
I
I
I
I
t
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
B. Special Warranty: Writlen warranty, executed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or
replace components of door hardware that lail in materials or workmanship within
specified warranty period. Failures include, bul are not limited to, the following:
1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage.
2. Faulty operation ol operators and door hardware.3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal
weathering.
C. Warranty Period: Three years from dale ol Substantial Completion, unless olhenrrrise
indicated.
'1 . Door closers shall be warranled for 10 years.
1.8 MAINTENANCESERVICE
A. Maintenance Tools and Instruclions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and
maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, mainlenance,
and removal and replacement of door hardware.
B. Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, provide six months' full
maintenance by skilled employees of door hardware Installer. 'lnclude quarterly
preventive mainlenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective components,
lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper door hardware operation.
Provide parts and supplies as used in the manufacture and installation of original
products.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWABE
General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in this
Section, door hardware sets indicated in door and lrame schedule.
'.| . Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and
named manufacturer's products.
Designations: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other
distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in the Door Hardware
Schedule at the end of Part 3. Products are identified by using door hardware
designations, as follows:
1. Named Manufacturer's Products: Product designation and manufacturer are
listed for each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing
minimum requirements. Manufacturers' names are abbreviated in lhe Door
Hardware Schedule.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
DOOR HARDWARE
T
I
I
I
t
B.
2.1
I
T
I
I
T
t
I
t
I 0871 00-5
Vail Cascade Resorl & Spa
Exterior
Vai!,Colorado
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor
conslruction, and other conditions affecting performance.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
3.2
A.
B.
3.3
A.
t
I
t
I
t
t
l
PREPARATION
Steel Doors and Frames: Comply with DHI 41 15 series.
1. Surface-Applied Door Hardware: Drill and tap doors and frames according to
sDl107.
Wood Doors: Complywith DHlA115-W series.
INSTALLATION
Mounting Heights: .Mount door hardware
applicable publications, unless specifically
governing regulations:
units at heights indicated in following
indicated or required to comply with
t
I
I
I
t
I
3
t
I
T
I
T
1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for
Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames."2. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural
Hardware for Wood Flush Doors."
Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacture/s written instructions.
Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that
are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinale removal, storage, and
reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specilied in Division 9
Sections. Do nol install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on
subslrates involved.
1. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce
attachment subslrates as necessary for proper installation and operation.2. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners.
Space fasteners and anchors according to industry slandards.
Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant
complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
ADJUSTING
Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each
door to ensure proper operation or lunction of every unit. Replace units that cannot be
adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final
B.
c.
3.4
A.
DOOR HABDWARE 087't oo-6
I JGF # 0705 Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
cs2 # &2008 Exterior
I ail,Colorado
I operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced
accessibility requiremenls.
f 1. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period so that, from an open position of 70 degrees,I' the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches (75 mm) from
I the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door.
a B. Six-Month Adjustment: Approximately six months after date of Substantial Completion,
lnstaller shall perform the following:rr f ' ilxT;?"","i3"i::rtt:fff:,.ifl."" door hardware as necessary ro ensure
I 2. Consult with and instruct Owner's personnel on recommended maintenance
I procedures.
3. Replace door hardware items that have deteriorated or failed due to faulty
t design, maierials, or installation of door hardware units.
a
r 3.5 CLEANTNG AND PROTECT]ON
It A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation.
I B. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish.f C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without
,t damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
t
r 3.6 HARDWARE SCHEDULE
I
I END OF SECTION 08 71 OOf
-\I,
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
DooR HARDWABE 087100-7
C.
1 .'l
't.4
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
;
I
t
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
sEcTroN 08 80 00
GLAZING
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes glazing for the following products and applications, including
those specified in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by
reference to this Section:
Windows.
Doors.
Glazed curtain walls.
Glazed entrances.
Interior borrowed liles.
Storefront lraming.
General and
apply to this
{t.
2.
J.
4.
5.
6.
1.3
A.
B.
DEFINITIONS
Manufacturer: A firm that produces primary glass or fabricated glass as defined in
referenced glazing publications.
Deterioration of Coated Glass: Defects developed from normal use lhat are atlributed
to the manulacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and
practices lor maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's writlen
instructions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in
metallic coating.
Deterioration of Laminated Glass: Defects developed lrom normal use that are
attributed to the manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage
and practices for maintaining and cleaning laminated glass contrary to manutaclurer's
written instructions. Defects include edge separation, delamination materially
obstructing vision through glass, and blemishes exceeding those allowed by
ref erenced laminated-glass standard.
PERFORMANCE REOUIREMENTS
GLAZING 088000-1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
1.5
A.
B.
E.
't.6
A.
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
c.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
A. General: Provide glazing systems capable of withstanding normal thermal movement
and wind and impact loads (where applicable) without failure, including loss or glass
breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, and
installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration
of glazing materials; or other defects in construclion.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each glass product and glazing material indicated.
Samples: For the following products, in the form of 12-inch- (300-mm-) square
Samples for glass.
1. Each color of tinted float glass.
2. Each type ol patterned glass.
3. Coated vision glass.4. Each type of laminated glass with colored interlayer.5. For each color (except black) of exposed glazing sealant indicated.
Product Test Reports: From a qualilied testing agency indicating the lollowing
products comply with requirements, based on comprehensive testing of current
products:
1. Tinted float glass.
2. Coated float glass.
3. Glazing sealants.4. Glazing gaskets.
SWRI Validation Certificate: For each elastomeric glazing sealant specified to be
validated by SWRI's Sealant Validation Program.
Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
QUALIry ASSUHANCE
Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed glazing similar in
material, design, and exlent to that indicated for Project and whose work has resulted
in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
Glass Product Testing: Obtain glass test results for product test reports in "Submittals"
Article from a qualified testing agency based on testing glass products.
1. Glass Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency accredited
according to the NFRC CAP 1 Certification Agency Program.
Elastomeric Glazing Sealant Product Testing: Obtain sealant test results for product
test reports in "Submittals" Article from a qualified testing agency based on testing
current sealant formulations within a 36-month period.
D.T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
B.
c.
GLMING 088000-2
2.
D.
E.
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 070s
cs2 # &2008
1.7
A.
1.8
A.
1.9
A.
1.
Safety Glass: Category ll materials complying with testing requirements in
16 CFR 1201 and ANSI297.1.
Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product
manufacturers and organizations below, unless more stringent requirements are
indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms nol otherwise delined in this
Section or in relerenced standards.
'l . GANA Publicalions: GANA'S "Glazing Manual" and "Laminated Glass Design
Guide."2. SIGMA Publications: SIGMA TM-3000, "Vertical Glazing Guidelines," and
SIGMA TB-3001, "Sloped Glazing Guidelines."
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Proiect site to comply with
requirements in Division 1 Seclion "Project Meetings."
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Protect glazing materials according to manufacture/s written instructions and as
needed to prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation,
temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes.
For insulaling-glass units that will be exposed to substantial altitude changes, comply
with insulating-glass manufacturer's written recommendalions for venling and sealing
lo avoid hermetic seal ruptures.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate
temperature conditions are oulside limits permitted by glazing material manufacturers
and when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other
causes.
1. Do not install liquid glazing sealants when ambient and substrate temperature
conditions are outside limits permitted by glazing sealant manufacturer or below
40 deg F (a.a deg C).
WARRANry
General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner
of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of lhe Contract Documents and
Vail Cascade Resortr& Spa
Vail,Golorado
Sealant Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified
according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented
according to ASTM E 548.
Test elastomeric glazing sealants for compliance with requirements specified by
relerence to ASTM C 920, and where applicable, to other standard test methods.
t
I
I
I
F.
B.
I
I
I
I
I
T
T
I
T
T
GLAZING 088000-3
JGF # 070s
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor
under requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Coated-Glass Products: Written wananty, made
out to Owner and signed by coated-glass manufacturer agreeing to furnish
replacements for those coated-glass units that deleriorate as defined in "Definitions"
Article, f.o.b. the nearest shipping point to Project site, within specified warranty period
indicated below.
1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date ol Substantial Completion.
C. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Laminated Glass: Written warranty, made out to
Owner and signed by laminated-glass manufacturer agreeing to furnish replacements
for laminated-glass units that deteriorate as defined in "Definitions" Article, f.o.b. the
nearest shipping point to Project site, within specilied warranty period indicated below.
1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
I
I
t
t
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
A.
c.
D.
2.1 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS
Available Products: Subject to compliance with
incorporated into the Work include, but are nol
schedules at the end of Part 3.
requirements, products that may be
limited to, the products indlcated in
2.2
A.
2.3
A.
B.
PRIMARY FLOAT GLASS
Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type | (transparent glass, flat), Quality q3 (glazing select);
class as indicated in schedules at the end of Part 3.
HEAT-TREATED FLOAT GLASS
Fabrication Process: By horizontal (roller-hearth) process with roll-wave distortion
parallel to bottom edge of glass as installed, unless otherwise indicated.
Heat-Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048; Type | (transparent glass, flat); Quality q3
(glazing select); class, kind, and condition as indicated in schedules at the end of
Part 3.
Sputter-Coated Float Glass: ASTMC 1376, float glass with metallic-oxide or -nitride
coating deposited by vacuum deposition process after manufacture and heat treatment
(if any), and complying with other requirements specified.
Wired Glass: ASTM C'1036, Type ll (patterned and wired flat glass), Class 1 (clear),
Quality-Q€; and ol form and mesh pattern specified.
GLAZING 088000-4
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Besort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
2.4 COATED FLOAT GLASS
A. Generall Provide coated glass complying with requirements indicated in this Atticle
and in schedules at the end of Part 3.
1. Provide KindHS (heat-strengthened) coated float glass in place of coaled
annealed glass where needed to resist thermal stresses induced by differential
shading of individual glass lites and to comply with glass design requiremenls
specified in 'Performance Requiremenls" Article. Provide Kind FT (fully
tempered) where safety glass is indicated.2. Provide Kind HS (heat-strengthened) coated float glass, except provide Kind FT
(fully tempered) products where coated safety glass is indicated.
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.5
A.
2.6
A.
B.
c.
LAMINATED GLASS
Laminated Glass: Comply with ASTM C 1172 for kinds ol laminated glass indicated
and other requirements specified, including those in the Laminated-Glass Schedule at
the end ol Part 3.
Interlayer: Interlayer material as indicated below, clear or white , and of thickness
indicated with a proven record of no tendency to bubble, discolor, or lose physical and
mechanical properties after laminating glass lites and installation.
1. Interlayer Material: Polyvinyl butyral sheets.
Laminating Process: Fabricate laminated glass to produce glass free of foreign
substances and air or glass pockets as follows:
1. Laminate lites with polyvinyl butyral interlayer in autoclave with heat plus
pressure.
2. Laminate lites with laminated glass manufacturer's standard cast-in-place and
cured transparent resin interlayer.
INSULATED GLASS UNITS
Insulaling-Glass Units: Preassembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass
separated by a dehydrated interspace, and complying with ASTM E 774lor Class CBA
units and with requirements specified in this Article and in the Insulating-Glass
Schedule at the end of Part 3.
1. Provide Kind HS (heat-strengthened) float glass in place of annealed glass
where needed to resist thermal slresses induced by differential shading of
individual glass lites and to comply with glass design requirements specified in
"Performance Requirements" Article. Provide Kind FT (fully tempered) where
salety glass is indicated.2. Overall Unit Thickness and Thickness of Each Lite: Dimensions indicated in the
lnsulating-Glass Schedule at the end of Part 3 are nominal and the overall
thicknesses of units are measured perpendicularly from outer surfaces of glass
lites at unit's edge.
I
I
I
I
I
I GLAZING 088000-5
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.7
A.
2.8
A.
3.
4.
5.
o.
7.
Sealing System: Dual seal with
secondary sealants.
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
manufacturers standard primary and
Spacer: Manufacturer's standard Galvanized steel.
Corner Construction: Manufacturer's standard.
Overall Unit Thickness and Thickness of Each Lite: 25 and 6 mm.
Interspace Content: Aragon.
ELASTOMERIC GLAZING SEALANTS
General: Provide products of type indicated, complying with the following
requirements:
1. Compatibility: Select glazing sealants that are compatible wilh one another and
with other materials lhey will conlact, including glass products, seals of
insulating-glass units, and glazing channel substrates, under condilions of
service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on
testing and field experience.2. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturers'written instruclions for
selecting glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated and for conditions
existing at time of installation.
3. Colors of Exposed Glazing Sealants: Match Frame color
Elastomeric Glazing Sealant Standard: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other
requirements indicated for each liquid-applied, chemically curing sealant in the Glazing
Sealant Schedule at the end of Part 3, including those relerencing ASTM C 920
classifications for type, grade, class, and uses.
1. Additional Movement Capability: Where additional movement capability is
specified in the Glazing Sealant Schedule, provide products with the capability,
when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per
ASTM C 719, to withstand the specified percentage change in the joint width
existing at lime of installation and remain in compliance with other requirements
in ASTM C 920 for uses indicated.
GLAZING TAPES
Back-Bedding Mastic Glazing Tape: Preformed, butyl-based elastomeric tape with a
solids content of 100 percent; nonstaining and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous
surfaces; with or without spacer rod as recommended in writing by tape and glass
manufacturers for application indicated; packaged on rolls with a release paper
backing; and complying with ASTM C 1281 and AAMA 800 for products indicated
below:1. AAMA 806.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is subject to continuous
pressure.
GLAZING GASKETS
I
I
T
l
t
I
I
I
B.I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.9
GLAZING 088000-6
I
1
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.10
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
I
I
t
I
I
I
A. Dense Compression Gaskets: Molded or extruded gaskets of material indicated below,
complying with standards referenced with name of elastomer indicated below, and of
profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal:1. EPDM,ASTMC864.2. Silicone, ASTM C 1115.3. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber, ASTM C 'l 115.4. Any material indicated above.
B. Soft Compression Gaskets: Extruded or molded, closed-cell, integral-skinned gaskets
of material indicated below; complying with ASTM C 509, Type 11, black; and of profile
and hardness required to maintain watertight seal:1. EPDM.
2. Silicone.3. Thermoplasticpolyolefin rubber.4. Any material indicated above.
MISCELLANEOUS GLMING MATERIALS
General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced
glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers ol glass and other glazing materials
for application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces
contacted in installation.
Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket
manufaclurer.
Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore A durometer hardness of 85, plus or
minus 5.
Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions with a Shore A durometer
hardness required by glass manufaclurer to maintain glass lites in place for installation
indicated.
Edge Blocks: Elastomeric maierial of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement
(side walking).
Cylindrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM C 1330, Type O (open-cell material), of
size and density to control glazing sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum
glazing sealant performance.
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
T
2.11 FABRICATION OF GLASS AND OTHER GLAZING PRODUCTS
A. Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to glaze openings
indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surtace conditions, and
bite complying with written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing
standard, to comply with system performance requirements.
B. Grind smooth and polish exposed glass edges.
GLAZING 088000-7
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.1 EXAMINATION
Examine lraming glazing, with Installer present, for compliance with the following:
1. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those lor size, squareness,
and offsets at corners.
Presence and functioning of weep system.
Minimum required lace or edge clearances.
Effective sealing between joints of glass{raming members.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PBEPAHATION
Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before
glazing. Remove coatings not firmly bonded to substrates.
GLAZING, GENERAL
Comply with combined written instruclions ol manufacturers of glass, sealants,
gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated,
including those in relerenced glazing publications.
Glazing channel dimensions, as indicated on Drawings, provide necessary bite on
glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with
reasonable tolerances. Adjust as required by Project conditions during installation.
Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged
glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass is glass
with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass and
impair pedormance and appearance.
Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined
by preconstruction sealant-substrate testing.
lnstall setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing
publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin
course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead.
Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass
lites.
Provide spacers for glass lites where the length plus width is larger than 50 inches
(1270 mm) as follows:
1. Locate spacers directly opposite each other on both inside and outside faces of
glass. lnstall correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances,
2.
e
4.
B.
3.2
A.
3.3
A.
B.
c.
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
t
I
D.
E,
F.
G.
t
t
t
IGLAZING088000-8
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
3.5
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
t
JGF # 0705 Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
cs2 # 8-2008 Exterior
Vail,Colorado
unless gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to
mainlain required face clearances and to comply with system performance
requirements.2. Provide 1/8-inch (3-mm) minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness
equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final
compressed thickness of tape.
H. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites lrom moving
sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and
according to requirements in referenced glazing publications.
l. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar
characteristics.
J. Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize sealant
or gasket on opposite side, provide adequate anchorage so gasket cannot walk out
when installation is subjected to movement.
K. Square cut wedge-shaped gaskets at corners and install gaskets in a manner
recommended by gasket manufacturer to prevent corners from pulling away; seal
corner joints and butt joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer.
TAPE GLAZING
Position tapes on fixed stops so that, when compressed by glass, their exposed edges
are flush with or protrude slightly above sightline ol stops.
Install tapes continuously, but not necessarily in one continuous length. Do not stretch
tapes to make them fit opening.
Where framing joints are vertical, cover these joints by applying tapes to heads and
sills lirst and then lo jambs. Where framing joints are horizontal, cover these joints by
applying tapes to lambs and then to heads and sills.
Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together, not
lapped. Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer.
Do not remove release paper from tape until just before each glazing unit is installed.
Apply heel bead of elastomeric sealant.
Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against tape by
inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against
faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications al corners and work toward
centers ol openings.
Apply cap bead of elastomeric sealanl over exposed edge of tape.
GASKET GLAZING (DHY)
3.4
A.
B.
c.
GLAZING 088000-9
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
3.6
A.
A. Fabricate compression gaskets in lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit
openings exactly, with stretch allowance during installation.
B. Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or lixed stop so it is securely
in place with joints miter cut and bonded logether at corners.
C. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft
compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to
lock in place against laces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at comers
and work toward centers of openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight
seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gaskel joints with sealant
recommended by gasket manufacturer.
D. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops.
SEALANT GLAZTNG (WET)
Install continuous spacers, or spacers combined with cylindrical sealant backing,
between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent
sealanl from extruding into glass channel and blocking weep systems until sealants
cure. Secure spacers or spacers and backings in place and in position to conlrol depth
of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant pedormance.
Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting
or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces.
Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass.
LOCK-STHIP GASKET GLAZING
Comply with ASTMC716 and gasket manufacturer's written instructions. Provide
supplementary wet seal and weep system, unless otherwise indicated.
PROTECTION AND CLEANING
Protect exterior glass from damage immediately after installation by attaching crossed
streamers to lraming held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface.
Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces.
Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction
operations, including weld splatter. lf, despite such protection, contaminating
substances do come into contact with glass, remove them immediately as
recommended by glass manuf acturer.
Examine glass surfaces adjacenl to or below exterior concrete and other masonry
surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for
build-up of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains; remove as recommended by glass
manufactu rer.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
B.
c.
3.7
A.
3.8
A.
B.
c.
GLAZING 088000-10
I JGF # 0705 Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
cs2 # 8-2008 Exterior
- Vail,Colorado
I D. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged in
any way, including natural causes, accidents, and vandalism, during construction
r period.
t E. Wash glass on both exposed surfaces in each area of Project not more than four days
s before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion.
, Wash glass as recommended by glass manufacturer.
r 3.9 MoNoLITHIc FLoAT-GLASS SCHEDULE
I
A.
I Type: lnsulated tinted for punched windows-
I Total Thickness: 1 inch
Exterior Light: 0.25 inch Arctic Blue tinted float glass.
I Air Space: 0.5 inch.
I Interior Light: 0.25 inch clear float glass.
r Type : Tempered lnsulated lor curtain wall -
I Total Thickness: 'l inch.
- Exterior Light 0.25 inch tinted,
I fl[?3?i?;rti*,?iinch crear, roar srassI TYPe: SPandrelGlass
|' Type: Clear 1 inch low E insulated glass
!
Type : Clear float
0.25 inch clear float glass.
I
Type FT: Clear float tempered
I 0.25 inch clear, FT, float glass.
Type O: Obscured
r Two 0.'125 inch clear, Kind HS, float glass panes laminated to 30 mil white trans-
f lucent interlayer.
T END OF SECTION 08 80 OO
I
t
GLAZTNG
I
3
I
088000-11
General and
apply to this
t
I
I
l
I
t
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2fi)8
sEcTtoN 092216
NON.STRUCTUBAL METAL FRAMING
PART 1 - GENERAL
.I.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions ol the Contract, including
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,
Section.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
I
I
I
t
I
1.2
A.
1.3
A.
'l.4
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes non-load-bearing steel framing members lor the following
applications:
1. Interior lraming systems (e.9., supports for partition walls, framed soffits, furring,
etc.).2. Interior suspension systems (e.9., supports for ceilings, suspended soffits, etc.),
Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 05 Section "Cold-Formed Metal Framing" for exterior and interior load-
bearing and exterior non-load-bearing wall studs; floor joists; roof rafters and
ceiling joists; and roof trusses.2. Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation" for insulation installed with Z-shaped
furring members.3. Division 07 Section "Fire-Resistive Joint Systems" for head-of-wall joint systems
installed with non-load-bearing steel framing.4. Division 09 Section "Gypsum Board Shaft Wall Assemblies'for non-load-bearing
metal shaft-wall framing, gypsum panels, and other componenls ol shaft-wall
assemblies.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics; For fire-resistance-rated assemblies thal
incorporate non-load-bearing steel framing, provide materials and construction identical
to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent
testing agency.
B.
t
I
I
I
I NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 1
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and
construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90
and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.2
A.
B.
I
I
I
T
t
I
t
T
I
I
t
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
2.1 NON-LOAD-BEARING STEEL FHAMING, GENERAL
Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 tor conditions indicated.
1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal,
unless otherwise indicated.
2. Protective Coaling: Coating with equivalent corrosion resistance of
ASTM A 653/4 653M, G40 lZ12O), hot-dip galvanized, unless othenrrise
indicated.
SUSPENSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coaling, soft temper, 0.0625-inch- (1.59-
mm-) diameter wire, or double strand of 0.0475-inch- (1.21-mm-) diameter wire.
Hanger Attachments to Concrete:
1. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Suitable lor application indicated, fabricated from
corrosion-resistant materials with clips or other devices lor attaching hangers of
type indicaled, and capable of sustaining, wilhout failure, a load equal to 10 times
lhat imposed by construction as determined by testing according to
ASTM E 1190 by an independent testing agency.
Wire Hangers: ASTMA641/4641M, Class 1 zinc coating, solt temper, 0.162-inch
(4.12-mm) diameter.
Flat Hangers: Steel sheet, 1 by 3116 inch (25.4 by 4.76 mm) by length indicaied.
Carrying Channels: Cold-rolled, commercial-steel sheet with a base-metal thickness of
0.0538 inch (l .37 mm) and minimum 1l2-inch- (12.7-mm-) wide flanges.
1 . Depth: 1-1i2 inches (38 mm).
Furring Channels (Funing Members):
1 . Cold-Rolled Channels: 0.0538-inch (1 .37-mmi bare-steel thickness, with
minimum 1/2-inch- (12.7-mm-) wide flanges, 3i4 inch (19.'l mm) deep.2. SteelStuds: ASTM C 645.
a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As indicated on Drawinos.b. Depth; As indicated on Drawings.
3. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645,7!8 inch (22.? mm) deep.
A.
c.
D.
E.
F.
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING o9 2216 - 2
B.
c.
D.
T
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
!
I
I
JGF # 0705 Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
cs2 # 8-2008 Exterior
Vail,Golorado
a. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: As indicated on Drawings.
2.3
A.
4. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch- (12.7-nm-) deep members designed to
reduce sound transmission.
a. Configuration: Asymmetrical or hat shaped.
STEEL FRAMING FOR FRAMED ASSEMBLIES
Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645.
1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.027 inch (0.7 mm).2. Depth: As indicated on Drawings.
Slip-Type Head Joints: Where indicated, provide one of the following:
1. Single Long-Leg Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runner with 2-inch- (50.8-
mm-) deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs, installed with
studs friction tit into top runner and with continuous bridging located within 12
inches (305 mm) of the top of studs to provide lateral bracing.2. Double-Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runners, inside runner with 2-inch-
(50.8-mm-) deep flanges in thickness nol less than indicated for studs and
fastened to studs, and outer runner sized to friction lit inside runner.3. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of
finishes applied to interior partition lraming resulting from deflection of structure
above; in thickness not less than indicated lor studs and in width to
accommodate depth of studs.
a. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products
that may be incorporated into the Work include, bul are not limited to, the
following:
1) Steel Network Inc. (The); VertiGlip SLD Series.2) Superior Metal Trim; Superior Flex Track System (SFT).
Firestop Tracks: Top runner manufactured to allow partition heads to expand and
contract with movement of the structure while maintaining continuity ol fire-resistance-
rated assembly indicated; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to
accommodate depth of studs.
1. Available Producls: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may
be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Fire Trak Corp.; Fire Trak attached to studs with Fire Trak Slip Clip.b. MetaFlite, Inc.; The System.
Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in lenglh and width
indicated.
1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.027 inch (0.7 mm).
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216-3
JGF # 0705 Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
cs2 # 8-2008 Exterior
Vail,Colorado
E. Cold-Bolled Channel Bridging: 0.0538-inch (1.37-mm) bare-steel thickness, with
minimum 1l2-inch- (12.7-mm-) wide flanges.
1. Depth: As indicated on Drawings.
2. Clip Angle: Not less than 1-112 by 1-112 inches (38.1 by 38.1 mm), 0.068-inch-
(1 .73-mm-) thick, galvanized steel.
F. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645.
1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: As indicated on Drawings.
2. Depth: As indicated on Drawings.
G. Resilient Furring Ghannels: 1i2-inch- (12.7-rnm-) deep, steel sheet members designed
to reduce sound transmission.
1. Configuration: Asymmetrical or hat shaped.
H. Cold-Flolled Furring Channels: 0.0538-inch (1 .37-mm) bare-steel thickness, with
minimum 1i?--inch- (12.7-mm-) wide flanges.
1. Depth: As indicated on Drawings.2. Furring Brackels: Adjustable, corrugated-edge type of steel sheet with minimum
bare-steel thickness of 0.0312 inch (0.79 mm).3. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625-inch-
(1 .59-mm-) diameter wire, or double strand of 0.0475-inch- (1.21-mm-) diameter
wire.
L Z-Shaped Furring: With slotted or nonslotted web, face flange of 1-1l4 inches (31.8
mm), wall attachment flange of 7i8 inch (22.2 mm), minimum bare-metal thickness of
0.017S inch (0.45 mm), and depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
T
2.4
A.
AUXILIARY MATERIALS
General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards.
1. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance,
holding power, and other properties required to tasten steel members to
substrates.
lsolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Provide the following:1. Foam Gasket: Adhesive-backed, closed-cell vinyl foam strips that allow faslener
penetralion without foam displacement, 118 inch (3.2 mm) thick, in width to suit
sleel slud size.
B.
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 0922't6 - 4
B.
B.
c.
D.
3.1
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.2
A.
3.3
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
EXAMINAT]ON
Examine areas and substrates, with lnstaller present, and including welded hollow-
metal frames, cast-in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance wilh requirements
and other conditions affecting performance.
1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
PREPARATION
Suspended Assemblies: Coordinate installation of suspension systems with
installation of overhead structure to ensure that inserts and other provisions for
anchorages to building structure have been installed to receive hangers at spacing
required to support the Work and that hangers will develop their full strength.
1. Furnish concrete inserts and other devices indicated to other trades for
installation in advance of time needed for coordination and construclion.
Coordination with Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials:
'1 . Before sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, attach offset anchor plates or
ceiling runners (tracks) to surlaces indicated to receive sprayed fire-resistive
materials. Where offset anchor plates are required, provide continuous plates
fastened to building structure not more than 24 inches (600 mm) o.c.2. After sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, remove them only to exlent
necessary for installation ol non-load-bearing steel framing. Do not reduce
thickness of fire-resistive materials below that required for lire-resistance ratings
indicated. Protect adjacent fire-resistive materials from damage.
INSTALLATION. GENERAL
Installation Standard: ASTM C 754, except comply with framing sizes and spacing
indicated.1. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that
apply to framing installation.
Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment seruices,
heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, lurnishings, or similar construction.
lnstall bracing at terminalions in assemblies.
Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non-load-bearing steel framing
members. Frame both sides ol joints independently.
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216-5
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
3.4 INSTALLING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS
A. lnstall suspension system components in sizes and spacings indicated on Drawings,
but not less than those required by referenced installation standards lor assembly
types and other assembly components indicated.
B. lsolate suspension systems from building structure where they abut or are penetrated
by building structure to prevent lransfer ol loading imposed by structural movement.
C. Suspend hangers from building structure as follows:
1. Install hangers plumb and free from conlact with insulation or other objects within
ceiling plenum that are not part ol supporting structural or suspension system.
a. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting
horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or olher equally effective
means.
2. Where width ol ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces
hanger spacings that interfere wilh locations of hangers required to support
slandard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension
members and hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent devices.
a. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling
loads within performance limits established by referenced installation
standards.
3. Wire Hangers: Secure by looping and wire tying, either directly to structures or to
inserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and
appropriate for substrate, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to
deteriorate or otherwise fail.4. Flat Hangers: Secure to structure, including intermediale framing members, by
attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure
and appropriate for structure and hanger, and in a manner that will not cause
hangers lo deteriorate or othenrise fail.5. Do not attach hangers lo steel roof deck.
6. Do not attach hangers to permanent metal forms. Furnish cast-in-dace hanger
inserts that extend through forms.7. Do not attach hangers to rolled-in hanger tabs of composite steel floor deck.8. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit.
Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Wire tie furring channels to supports.
Seismic Bracing: Sway-brace suspension systems with hangers used for support.
Grid Suspension Systems: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension
systems meet vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross-furring
members to each other and buft-cut to fit into wall track.
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
l
I
t
I
I
T
I
D.
E.
F.
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216-6
a.
b.
c.
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
l
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
3.5
A.
B.
G. Installation Tolerances: lnstall suspension systems that are level to within 1/8 inch in
12 feet (3 mm in 3.6 m) measured lengthwise on each member that will receive
finishes and transversely between parallel members that will receive finishes.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
unless otherwise
unless otherwise
INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES
Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at
exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall.
Install studs so llanges within framing system point in same direction.
'1 . Space studs as follows:
Single-Layer Application: 16 inches (406 mm) o.c.,
indicated.
Multilayer Application: 16 inches (406 mm) o.c.,
indicated.c. Tile backing panels: 16 inches (406 mm) o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
Install tracks (runners) at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height lo
structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions
are indicated lo terminate at suspended ceilings. Cohtinue framing around ducts
penetrating partitions above ceiling.
1. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead struclural supports,
install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of
finished assemblies.2. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs al jambs to jamb anchor clips on door
frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb
studs.
a. Install two 20 gage studs at each iamb, unless otherwise indicated.b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum
1/2-inch (12.7-mm) clearance from jamb stud lo allow for installation ol
control joint in finished assembly.c. Extend jamb studs lhrough suspended ceilings and attach to underside of
overhead structure.
3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as
required for door openings, unless otherwise indicated. lnstall framing below sills
of openings to match framing required above door heads.4. Fire-Resistance-Bated Partitions: Install framing to comply with fire-resistance-
rated assembly indicated and support closures and to make partitions continuous
lrom floor to underside of solid struclure.
a. Firestop Track: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of lire-
resislance-raled assembly indicated.
5. Sound-Bated Partitions: Install framing to comply with sound-rated assembly
indicated.
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 -7
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
6. Curved Partitions:
a. Bend track to uniform curve and locate straight lengths so they are langent
to arcs.b. Begin and end each arc with a stud, and space intermediate studs equally
along arcs. On straight lengths of not less than 2 studs at ends of arcs,
place studs 6 inches (150 mm) o.c.
D. Direct Furring:1. Attach to concrete or masonry with stub nails, screws designed for masonry
altachment, or powder-driven fasteners spaced 24 inches (610 mm) o.c.
E. Z-Furring Members:
1. Erect insulation (specilied in Division 7 Section "Building Insulation") vertically
and hold in place with Z-furring members spaced 24 inches (610 mm) o.c.2. Except at exlerior corners, securely attach narrow llanges of furring members lo
wall with concrete stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or
powder-driven fasteners spaced 24 inches (600 mm) o.c.3. At exterior corners, attach wide flange of furring members to wall with short
flange extending beyond corner; on adjacent wall surface, screw-attach short
flange of furring channel to web of attached channel. At interior corners, space
second member no more than 12 inches (300 mm) lrom corner and cut insulation
to fit.
F. Installation Tolerance: Inslall each framing member so lastening surfaces vary not
more than 1iB inch (3 mm) from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing.
END OF SECTION 09 2216
t
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
INON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216-8
and
this
B.
1.1
I
I
l
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
sEcTtoN 09 29 00
GYPSUM BOARD
PART 1 -GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to
Section.
1.2
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
1. Interior gypsum board.2. Exterior gypsum board for ceilings and soffits.3. Tile backing panels.4- Trim and gypsum board reveals
Belated Sections include the following:1. Division 05 Section "Cold-Formed Metal Framing" for load-bearing steel framing
that supports gypsum board.2. Division 06 Section "Rough Carpentry" for wood framing and lurring that supports
gypsum board.3. Division 06 Section "Sheathing" for gypsum sheathing.4. Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation" for sauna room insulation and vapor
retarders installed in assemblies that incorporate gypsum board.5. Division 07 Section "Fire-Resistive Joint Systems" for head-ol-wall assemblies
that incorporate gypsum board.6. Division 09 Section "Non-Structural Metal Framing" for non-structural framing
and suspension systems that support gypsum board.7. Division 09 painting Sections for primers applied to gypsum board surfaces.
1.3
A.
B.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type ol product indicated.
Samples: For the lollowing products:
1. Trim Accessories: Full-size Sample in l2-inch- (300-mm-) long length for each
trim accessory indicated.
GYPSUM BOARD 092900-1
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
1.4 QUALIry ASSURANCE
A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies, provide
materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according lo
ASTM E 'l 19 by an independent testing agency.
B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STG-rated assemblies, provide materials and
conslruction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90
and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency.
JGF # 070s
cs2 # &2ff)B
1.5
A.
't.6
A.
2.2
A.
B.
I
I
t
I
STORAGE AND HANDLING
Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage
from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, conslruclion traffic, and other causes.
Stack panels flat to prevent sagging.
PHOJECT CONDITIONS
Environmental Limitations: Comply wilh ASTM C 840 requiremenls or gypsum board
manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent.
Do not install interior products until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned.
Do not install panels that are wet, those that are moisture damaged, and those that are
mold damaged.
1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited
to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.2. lndications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or
splotchy surface contamination and discoloralion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
B.
c.
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
2.1 PANELS, GENERAL
Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each
area and that correspond with support system indicated.
INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD
General: Complying with ASTM C 36/C 36M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, as applicable
to type of gypsum board indicated and whichever is more stringent.
Type X:
1. Thickness: 5lB inch (15.9 mm).2. Long Edges: Tapered and leatured (rounded or beveled) for prefilling.
T
I
I
IGYPSUM BOARD 092900-2
I
I JGF # 0705 Vail Cascade Resorl & Spa
cs2 # &2il)8 Exterior
- Vail,Colorado
t3.
I 2.g rLE BAcKrNc PANELSI
A. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 630/C 630M or
I ASTM c 13e6/c 1396M.t '1. Core: 5/B inch (15.9 mm), Type X.
I B. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Board:
I 1. Complying with ASTM C 11781C 1178M.
t a. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "DensShield
Tile Guard" by G-P Gypsum.
' C. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A1 18.9.
| 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may
t be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the lollowing:
fJ a. Custom Building Products; Wonderboard.
I b. FinPan, Inc.; Util-A-Crete Concrete Backer Board.
c. USG Corporation; DUROCK Cement Board.
I 2. Thickness: As indicated on Drawings
I 2.4 TRIM ACcESSoRTESt
A. lnterior Trim: ASTM C 1047-I
I 1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plaslic, or
.. 2. RaPer-faced galvanized steel sheet'
I a. Cornerlcead.
I 3. f8B:::5*aped; exposed rons franse receives joint compound.t d. L-Bead: L-shaped; exposed tong itange receives joint compound.
I i H;33i3;i c[?[:"1;j"'1li'"0
short rranse does not receive ioint compound'
f S. Curved-Edge Cornerbead: With notched or llexible llanges.
I B. Plastic Trim: Accessories of profiles and dimensions indicated.
!1. Manulacturers:
I a. Amicio Zip Stript b. ffj'lL;t;:li'[;},?riljJl-s8 , 1-1/16 inch wide with perforated franse
t
I
GYPSUMBOARD 092900-3
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.5 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 4751C 475M.
B. Joint Tape:
2.6
A.
B.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
t
I
I
t1. lnterior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper.
2. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: 10-by-10 glass mesh.3. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufaclurer.
C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is
compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.
1. Prefilling: At open joints, rounded or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface
areas, use setting-type taping compound.2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints,
fasteners, and trim llanges, use setting{ype taping compound.
a. Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim
accessories.
3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound.4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound.5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use setting-type, sandable topping
compound or high{uild interior coating product designed for application by
airless sprayer and to be used instead of skim coat to produce Level 5 finish.
D. Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels:
1. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: Use setting-type taping compound and
setting-type, sandable topping compound.2. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panel: As recommended by backing panel
manufacturer.
AUXILIARY MATERIALS
General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards
and manufacturer's written recommendations.
Laminaling Adhesive: Adhesive or joini compound recommended lor directly adhering
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
!
I
gypsum panels to conlinuous substrate.
1. Use adhesives that have a VOC content ol 50 g/L or less when calculated
according to 40 CFB 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002. unless otherwise indicated.
1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members
from 0.033 to 0.1 12 inch (0.B4 la 2.84 mm) thick.2. For lastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size
recommended by panel manufacturer.
GYPSUM BOARD 092900-4
I JGF # 0705 Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
cs2 # &2fl18 Exterior
Vail,Golorado
I D. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing)
produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from
I glass, slag wool, or rock wool.
- 1. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-f iber requirements ol
assembly.
t E. Vapor Retarder: As specified in Division 7 Section "Building Insulation."
! 2.7 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT
I A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
I incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
I 'l . Acoustical Sealant for Exposed:
f a. Pecora Corp.; AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant.
r b. United States Gypsum Co.; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant.
I 2. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints:
- a. Ohio Sealants, Inc.; Pro-Series SC-170 Rubber Base Sound Sealant.
t b. Pecora Corp.; BA-98.c. Tremco, Inc.; Tremco Acoustical Sealant.
I B. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining,
latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 that effectively reduces airborne sound
I transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as
I demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90.
_ C. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning,
I nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic-rubber sealant recohmended for iealing interiort concealed joints to reduce airborne sound transmission.
I PARTs-EXECUTTON
t 3.1 EXAMTNATTON
- A. Examine areas and subslrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow-
I metal frames and framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions
- affecting performance.
I B. Examine panels belore installation. Reject panels thal are wet, moisture damaged,
I and mold damaged.
I C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected-
f
I
I
GYPSUMBOARD 092900-5
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exlerior
Vail,Colorado
3.2 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL
A. Comply with ASTM C 840.
B. Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and
to avoid abutting end joints in central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints
of adjacent panels not less than one lraming member.
C. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and
ends with not more than 111 6 inch (1.5 mm) of open space between panels. Do not
lorce into place.
D. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where
intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints.
Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on
opposite sides ol partitions. Do not make joints olher than control joints at corners of
framed openings.
E. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum
panels.
F. Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above
ceilings, etc.), except in chases braced internally.
1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or
smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than I sq.
it. (0.7 sq. m) in area.2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits.3. Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of
floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural
members; allow 114- to 3/8-inch- (6.4- to 9.5-mm-) wide joints to install sealant.
G. lsolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural
abutments, except floors. Provide 1!4- to 1l2-inch- (6.4- to 12.7-mm-) wide spaces at
these locations, and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed.
Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant.
H. Attachment to Steel Framing: Attach panels so leading edge or end of each panel is
attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first.
L STC-Rated Assemblies: Seal construction at perimeters, behind control joints, and at
openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. lnstall
acoustical sealant at both laces of partitions at perimeters and through peneirations.
Comply with ASTMC919 and with manufacturer's wrilten recommendations lor
localing edge trim and closing off sound-flanking paths around or through assemblies,
including sealing partitions above acoustical ceilings.
3.3
A.
APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD
Install interior gypsum board in the following locations:
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
!
I
T
tGYPSUM BOARD 092900-6
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
l
I
I
I
l
I
t
I
I
JGF # 070s
cs2 # 8-2008
3.4
A.
Vail Cascade Besort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
1. Type X: As indicated on Drawings.2. Moisture- and Mold-Resistant Type: As indicated on Drawings.
B. Single-LayerApplication:
1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to
greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise
indicated.2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing),
unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and
minimize end joints.
a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate
courses of panels.
b. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally, unless
otheruvise indicated or required by fire-resistance-raled assembly.
3. On Z-furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) with
no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members.4. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws.
C. MultilayerApplication:
1. On ceilings, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers belore applying base
layers on walls/partitions; apply face layers in same sequence. Apply base
layers at right angles to lraming members and offset lace-layer joints 1 framing
member, J6 inches (400 mm) minimum, from parallel base-layer joints, unless
otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly.2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers and face layers
vertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layers located over stud or
furring member and face-layer joints offset at least one stud or furring member
with base-layer ioints, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-
rated assembly. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions.
3. On Z-furring members, apply base layer vertically (parallel lo framing) and face
layer either vertically (parallel to framing) or horizontally (perpendicular to
framing) with vertical joints offset at least one furring member. Locate edge joints
of base layer over furring members.4- Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers with screws; fasten tace layers with
adhesive and supplementary fasteners.
D. Laminating to Substrate: Where gypsum panels are indicated as directly adhered to a
substrate (other than studs, joists, furring members, or base layer of gypsum board),
comply wiih gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations and temporarily
brace or fasten gypsum panels until fastening adhesive has set.
APPLYING TILE BACKING PANELS
Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: lnstall at where indicated. Install with 114-
inch (6.4-mm) gap where panels abut other construction or penetrations.
GYPSUM BOARD 092900 -7
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
B. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing
installation instructions and install at
Install with 1i4-inch (6.4-mm) gap
penetralions.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Panel: Comply with manufacturer's written
(non wet) locations indicated to receive tile.
where panels abut other construction or
Where tile backing panels abut other types of panels in same plane, shim surfaces to
produce a uniform plane across panel surfaces.
INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES
General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to lraming with same
fasteners used lor panels. Otherwise, atlach trim according to manufacturer's wrilten
instructions.
Control Joints: Install conlrol joints according to ASTM C 840 and in specific locations
approved by Architect for visual effect.
Interior Trim: lnstall in the following locations:
1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners, unless otherwise indicated.2. Bullnose Bead: Use at outside corners.3. LC-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges.4. L-Bead: Use where indicated.5. U-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges.6. Curved-Edge Comerbead: Use at curved openings.
Plastic Trim: lnstall in locations indicated on Drawings.
FINISHING GYPSUM BOAHD
General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints,
penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare
gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from
adjacent surfaces.
Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas.
Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having tlanges not
intended for tape.
1. Level 'l: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated.2. Level 2: Panels that are subslrate for tile.3. Level 4: At panel sudaces that will be exposed to view, unless
indicated.a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in other
Sections.
otherwise
Division 9
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
T
I
t
T
T
I
T
t
c.
3.5
A.
D.
3.6
A.
B.
c.
B.
c.
D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to
ASTM C 840:
GYPSUM BOARD 092900-8
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
E. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panels:
written instructions.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
Finish according to manufacturer's
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
t
T
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensalion, direct sunlight,
construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period.
B. Bemove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.
1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited
to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, luzzy or
splotchy surface conlamination and discoloration.
END OF SECTION 09 29 OO
GYPSUM BOARD 092900-9
General and
apply to this
B.
c.
1.1
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
csz # &2008
Vail Cascade Besort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
1.2
A.
1.3
A.
B.
c.
D.
sEcTtoN 09 64 00
WOOD FLOOBING
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions ol the Contract, including
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,
Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes factory{inished engineered wood strip llooring.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type ol product indicated.
Shop Drawings: Show installation details including location and layout of each type of
wood flooring and accessory.
Samples lor Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color chails showing the full range of
colors and finishes available for wood flooring.
Samples for Verification: For each type of wood flooring and accessory, with stain
cofor and linish required, approximately 12 inches (300 mm) long and ol same
thickness and material indicated for the Work and showing the lull range of normal
color and texture variations expected.
QUALIry ASSURANCE
Source Limitations: For field-finished wood flooring, obtain each species, grade, and
cut of wood from one source with resources to provide materials and products of
consislent quality in appearance and physical properties.
Forest Certification: Provide wood flooring produced lrom wood obtained from forests
certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC 1.2, "Principles
and Criteria."
Hardwood Flooring: Comply with NOFMA's "Official Flooring Grading Rules" for
species, grade, and cut.
1.4
A.
WOOD FLOORING 096400-1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
Provide llooring that carries NOFMA grade stamp on each bundle
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
j
I
1.5
A.
B.
c.
1.6
A.
1. Certification:
or piece.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver wood flooring materials in unopened cartons or bundles.
Protect wood flooring from exposure to moislure. Do not deliver wood flooring until
after concrete, masonry, plaster, ceramic tile, and similar wel work is complete and dry.
Store wood flooring materials in a dry, warm, venlilated, weathertight location.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Conditioning period begins not less than seven days before wood flooring installation,
is continuous through installation, and continues not less than seven days after wood
f looring installation.
1. Environmental Conditioning: Maintain an ambient temperature between 65 and
75 deg F (18 and 24 deg C) and relative humidity planned for building occupanls
in spaces to receive wood flooring during the conditioning period.
2. Wood Flooring Conditioning: Move wood flooring into spaces where it will be
installed, no later than the beginning of the conditioning period.
a. Do not install flooring until it adjusts to relative humidity of, and is at same
temperature as, space where it is to be installed.b. Open sealed packages to allow wood flooring to acclimatize immediately
on moving llooring into spaces in which it will be installed.
After conditioning period, maintain relative humidity and ambient temperature planned
for building occupanls.
Install lactory-finished wood flooring after other linishing operations, including painting,
have been completed.
EXTRA MATERIALS
Furnish extra materials described below, before installation begins, that match
products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and
identified with labels describing contents.
1. Wood Flooring: Equal to 1 percent ol amount installed for each type of wood
flooring indicated.
B.
c.
1.7
A,
WOOD FLOORING 096400-2
A.
B.
c.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
PART 2 - PBODUCTS
2.1 ENGINEERED WOOD STR]P FLOORING
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
A. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Original Collection by
Kahrs Intemational lnc.
1. Three layered laminated wood flooring consisting of a wearing layer in choice of
wood species, design and finish.
2. Middle core of quarter sawn pine fingers providing stability and shape retention.
3. Backing layer of spruce.
4. Solid longue and groove construction.
5. Patented WoodlocrM joint profile.
6. S/8-inch (1S-mm) thickness.
7. Tongue and groove profile for naildown, glue-down, and float-in installations.
8. Length: Manufacturer'sstandard.
9. Edges: As indicated by product designation above.
10. Finish: Manufacturer's standard UV cured acrylic urethane finish in color selected
by Architect from full range.
2.2 UNDERLAYMENTS
A. Kahrs QuietStride underlayment plus vapor retarder complying with ASTM D 4397,
polyethylene sheet not less than 6.0 mils (0.15 mm) thick. Kahrs approved moislure
sealer may be substituted for 6.0 mil polyethylene sheet for QuietStride installations.
2.3 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
Wood Flooring Adhesive: Mastic recommended by flooring and adhesive manulactur-
ers for application indicated.
Wood Trim: In same species and grade as wood flooring, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Wood Base: Manufacturer's standard.
2. Quarter Round Molding: Manufacturer's standard.
3. T- Molding: Manufacturer's standard.
4. Threshold: Tapered on each side and routed at bottom of one side to accommo-
date wood flooring.
5. Reducer Strip: Manufacturer's standard.
6. Square Nose Reducer Strip: Manufacture/s standard.
7. Trim Fasteners: As recommended by manufaclurer.
Cleaning Agent: Kahrs Wood Floor Cleaner.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with lnstaller present, for compliance with
requirements for maximum moisture content, installation tolerances, and other condi-
tions affecting performance of work.
1. For the record, prepare written reporl, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions det-
rimental to performance of work.
2. Proceed with installation only after unsatislactory conditions have been corrected.
WOOD FLOORING 096400-3
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
B. Concrete Slabs: Verify that concrete slabs comply with requirements of Section 03 30
00 Cast-in-Place Concrete.
1. Verify that slabs are dry according to test methods recommended by flooring
manufacturer.
2. Where wood flooring is installed directly over concrete slabs, grind high spots and
fill low spots to provide a maximum li8-inch (3-mm) deviation in any direction
when checked with an B-{oot (2.44-m) straight edge.
3. Where wood llooring is adhesively attached to concrete slabs, verify that slabs are
free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other materials that may inter-
lere with adhesive bond.
3,2 PREPARATION
A. Prepare substrales according lo manufacturer's writlen recommendations to ensure
adhesion of wood flooring products.
B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710.
1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and harden-
ers.
2. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer.
Proceed with installation only after substrates pass lesting.
3. Moisture Testing: Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test, ASTM F.1869. Pro-
ceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-
emission at the following rates:
a. Standard Installation: Flate of 3lb of water/1000 sq. ft. (0.91 kg of waler/92.9
sq. m) in 24 hours.
b. Fladiant Heat Installation: Rate of 2 lb of water/'1000 sq. {t. (0.60 kg of wa-
terl92.9 sq. m) in 24 hours.
4. Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after
substrates pass testing.
Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives
and that conlain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended
by manufacturer. Do not use solvents.
Use trowelable leveling and patching compound to fill cracks, holes, and depressions
in substrates.
Do not open wood floor packaging until ready for installation.
Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by wood flooring products immedi-
ately before installation. After cleaning, examine substrates for moislure, alkaline
salts, carbonation, and dust. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory condF
tions have been corrected.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with flooring manufacturer's written instructions, as applicable to
flooring type.
B. Pattern: Lay wood flooring in pattern indicated on Drawings or, if not indicated, as di-
rected by Architect.
I
I
I
I
c.
D.
E.
F.
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
tWOOD FLOORING 096400-4
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
C. Expansion Space: Provide expansion space at walls and other obstructions and ter-
minations of flooring ol not less lhan 112 inch (12 mm) or greater. as required by manu-
facturer's installation instructions.
D. Underlayment: lnstall appropriate manufacturer approved underlayment in accor-
dance with manuf acturer's installation guide.
E. Vapor Retarder: Where wood flooring is installed on concrete slabs, install a layer of
polyethylene sheet according to flooring manutaclure/s written instructions, or if slab
exceeds 3-lbs (2-lbs for radiant heat installations), use manulacturer approved mois-
ture sealer.
F. Woodloc Joint: Set in adhesive according to manulacturer's written instructions.
G. Glue Down: Glue flooring according lo manufacturer's written instruclions.
H. Float-ln Installation: Install floating floor according to manufacturer's written instruc-
tions.
l. Accessories: Nail baseboard to wall and nail shoe molding or other trim to baseboard;
do not nail to flooring.
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Perform lhe following operations immediately after completing resilient product installa-
tion:
1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces.
2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly.3. Use Kahrs Wood Floor Cleaner on surfaces to remove marks and soil.
a. Do not clean surfaces until after time period recommended by manulacturer.
B. Protect wood llooring products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage
from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remain-
der of construction period. Use protection methods recommended in writing by manu-
facturer.
1. Cover installed wood flooring to protect it from damage or deterioration, during re-
mainder ol construction period until Substantial Completion. Use heavy kraft-
paper or other suitable covering. Do not use plastic sheet or film that could cause
condensation.
a. Do not tape protection material to wood flooring.
2. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over surfaces. Place hardboard or
plywood panels over llooring and under objects while they are being moved. Slide
or roll objects over panels without moving panels.
END OF SECTTON 09 64 00
WOOD FLOORING 096400-5
I
I
I JGF#o7os
cs2 # 8-2008
sEcTtoN 09 6816
SHEET CARPENNG
I PARTl -cENERALI
I .I.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
I Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
t Section.
I 1.2 suMMARYr
A. This Section includes the followino:I
I 1. Tufted carpet.2. Carpel cushion.
t B. Related Sections include the following:1. Division 09 Section " Resilient Base and Accessories"for resilient wall base and
accessories installed with carpet.
I
1.3 SUBMITTALS
r A. Product Data: For the following, including installation recommendations for each type
of substrate:
I 1. Carpet: For each type indicated. Include manufacturer's written data on physical
characteristics, durabilig, and fade resistance.
I 2. Carpet Cushion: For each type indicated. Include manufacturer's written data on
t physicalcharacteristics and durability.
I B. Shop Drawings: Show the following:
t 1. Columns, dooruvays, enclosing walls or partitions, built-in cabinets, and locations
I 2 3::Ji"#it':i:?,:lJ'1i,1":.""'ooI 3. Locations where dye lot changes occur.4. Seam locations, types, and methods.
I 5. Type of subfloor.
I 6. Type of installation.7. Pattern type, repeat size, location, direction, and starling point.
I 8. Pile direction.
I 9. Type, color, and location of insets and borders.
10. Type, color, and location of edge, transition, and olher accessory strips.
- 1 1. Transition details to other flooring materials.
I
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
I
SHEET CARPETING 096816-1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
1.4
A.
1.5
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
12. Type of carpet cushion.
C. Samples: For each of the following products and lor each color and texture required.
Label each Sample with manufacturer's name, material description, color, pattern, and
designation indicated on Drawings and in schedules.
1. Carpet: 12-inch- (300-mm-) square Sample.2. Exposed Edge, Transition, and olher Accessory Stripping: 12-inch- (300-mm-)
long Samples.3. Carpet Cushion: 6-inch- (150-mm-) square Sample.4. Carpet Seam: 6-inch (150-mm) Sample.5. Mitered Carpet Border Seam: 12-inch- (300-mm-) square Sample. Show carpet
pattern alignment.
D. Product Schedule: For carpet and carpet cushion. Use same designations indicated
on Drawings.
E. Qualilication Data: For Installer.
F. Producl Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a
qualilied testing agency.
G. Maintenance Data: For carpet to include in maintenance manuals. Include the
following:
1. Methods for maintaining carpet, including cleaning and stain-removal producls
and procedures and manufacture/s recommended maintenance schedule.2. Precautions for cleaning malerials and methods that could be detrimental to
carpet and carpet cushion.
H. Warranties: Special warranlies specified in this Section.
OUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who is certified by the Floor Covering
Installation Board or who can demonstrate compliance with its ceflification program
requirements.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide products with the critical radiant flux
classification indicated in Part 2, as determined by tesling identical products per
ASTM E 648 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with
requirements in Division 01 Seclion "Project Management and Coordination."
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Comply with CRI 104, Section 5, "Storage and Handling."
B.
c.
t
I
I
I
I
t
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
ISHEET CABPETING 096816-2
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Comply with CRI 104, Section 7.2, "Site Conditions; Temperature and Humidity" and
Section 7.1 2, "Ventilation."
B. Environmental Limitations: Do not install carpet and carpet cushion until wet work in
spaces is complete and dry, and ambient iemperature and humidity conditions are
maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use.
C. Where demountable partitions or other items are indicated for installation on top of
carpet, install carpet before installing these items.
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
1.7
A.
1.8
A.
WARRANTY
Special Warranty for Carpet: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer
agrees to repair or replace components of carpet installation that fail in materials or
workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty does not include deterioration or failure of carpet due to unusual traffic,
failure of substrate, vandalism, or abuse.2. Failures include, but are not limited to, more than 10 percent loss of face fiber,
edge raveling, snags, runs, loss ol tuft bind slrength, excess static discharge,
and delamination.3. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
Special Warranty for Carpet Cushion: Manufacture/s standard form in which
manufacturer agrees to repair or replace componenls of carpet cushion installation that
fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
'l . Warranty includes consequent removal and replacement of carpet and
accessories.2. Warranty does not include delerioralion or failure of carpet cushion due to
unusual traffic, failure ol substrate, vandalism, or abuse.3. Failure incluQes, but is not limited to, permanent indentation or compression.4. Warranty Period: 10 years lrom date ol Substantial Completion.
EXTBA MATERIALS
Furnish extra materials described below, before installation begins, that match
products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and
identified with labels describing contents.
1. Carpet: Full-width rolls equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each type
indicated, but not less than 10 sq. yd" (8.3 sq. m).
SHEET CARPETING 096816-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
T
I
A.
B.
D.
2.1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
PART2 - PRODUCTS
2.2
A,
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
TUFTED CARPET
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. REFER TO MATERIALS SCHEDULE
Applied Soil-Resistance Treatment: Manufacture/s standard material.
Antimicrobial Trealment: Manufacturer's standard material.
Performance Characteristics: As follows:
1. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Not less than 0.45 Wsq. cm.2. Dry Breaking Strength: Not less than 100 lbt (445 N) per ASTM D 2646.3. Resistance to Insects: Comply with AATCC 24.4. Colorfastness to Crocking: Not less than 4, wet and dry, per AATCC 165.5. Colorfastness to Light: Not less than 4 after 40 AFU (AATCC lading units) per
AATCC 16, Option E.6. Antimicrobial Activity: Not less than 2-mm halo of inhibition for gram-positive
bacteria; not less lhan 1-mm halo of inhibition for gram-negative bacteria; no
fungal growth; per AATCC 174.7. Electrostatic Propensity: Less than 3.5 kV per AATCC 134.
8. VOC Limits: Provide carpet that complies with the following limits for VOC
content when tested according to ASTM D 51 16:
a. Total VOCs: 0.5 mg/sq. m x h.b. 4-PC (4-Phenylcyclohexene): 0.05 mg/sq. m x h.c. Formaldehyde: 0.05 mg/sq. m x h.d. Styrene: 0.4 mg/sq. m x h.
CARPET CUSHION
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:1. Polyurethane foam Cushion: Grafted prime
a. Compression force Deflection at 65 percent: 2.5 lb/sq.in. of polymer density
prer ASTM D 3574b. Thickness: 0.25 inch
c. Density:2-7\b./cu.tl
Performance Characteristics: As follows:
1. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm.2. VOC Limits: Provide carpet cushion that complies with the following limits for
VOC content when tested according to ASTM D 5116:
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
ISHEET CARPETING 096816-4
c.
D.
B.
3.1
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
t
I
T
I
I
JGF # 0705 Vail Cascade Resort & SPa
csZ # &2008 Exterior
Vail,Colorado
a. Total VOCs: 1.00 mg/sq. m x h.b. BHT (Butylated Hydroxytoluene): 0.30 mg/sq. m x h.
c. 4-PC (4-Phenylcyclohexene): 0.05 mg/sq. m x h.
d. Formaldehyde: 0.05 mg/sq. m x h.
2.3
A.
B.
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, hydraulic-cement-
based formulation provided or recommended by carpet cushion manufaclurer.
Adhesives: Water-resistant, mildew-resistant, nonstaining type to suit products and
subfloor conditions indicated, that complies with llammability requirements for installed
carpet and is recommended or provided by carpet and carpet cushion manufacturers.
1. VOC Limits: Provide adhesives that comply with the lollowing limits for VOC
content when tested according to ASTM D 51 16:
a. Total VOCs: 10.00 mg/sq. m x h.b. Formaldehyde: 0.05 mg/sq. m x h.c. 2-Ethyl-1-Hexanol: 3.00 mg/sq. m x h.
Tackless Carpet Stripping: Water-resistant plywood, in strips as required to match
cushion thickness and that comply with CRI 104, Section 12.2.
Seam Adhesive: Hot-melt adhesive tape or similar producl recommended by carpet
manufacturer for sealing and taping seams and butting cut edges at backing to form
secure seams and to prevent pile loss at seams.
Metal Edge Strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish of width shown, of height
required to protect exposed edge of carpet, and of maximum lengths to minimize
running joints.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMlNATION
Examine substrales, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for maximum moislure content, alkalinity range, installation tolerances,
and other conditions affecting carpet performance. Examine carpel for type, color,
pattern, and potential defects.
Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTMF710 and the
following:
1. Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and
other materials that may interfere with adhesive bond. Determine adhesion and
dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by
carpel[ cushion] manufaclurer.
SHEET CARPETING 09 6816 - 5
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2fi)8
3.2
A.
B.
3.3
A.
2.
3.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Subfloor finishes comply with requirements specilied in Division 03 Section
"Cast-in-Place Concrele" for slabs receiving carpel.
Subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
c.
D.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfaclory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
General: Comply with CRl 104, Section 7.3, 'Site Conditions; Floor Preparation,' and
with carpet manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparing substrates.
Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written
instructions, to fill cracks, holes, depressions, and protrusions in substrates. Fill or
level cracks, holes and depressions 1/8 inch (3 mm) wide or wider, and protrusions
more than 1132 inch (0.8 mm), unless more stringent requirements are required by
manufaclurer's written instructions.
Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances lhat are
incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, without using
solvents. Use mechanical methods recommended in writing by carpet[ cushion]
.manufacturer.
Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing
carpet.
INSTALLATION
Comply with CRI 104 and carpet and carpet cushion manufacturers' written installation
instructions for the following:
1. Direct-Glue-Down lnstallation: Comply with CRI 104, Section 9, "Direct Glue-
Down Installation."2. Stretch-in Installation: Comply with CRI 104, Section 12, 'Stretch-in Installation."3. Stair Installation: Comply with CRI 104, Section 13, "Carpet on Stairs" for
installation.
Comply with carpet manufacture/s written recommendations and Shop Drawings for
seam locations and direclion of carpet; maintain uniformity ol carpet direction and lay
of pile. At doorways, center seams under lhe door in closed position.
Do not bridge building expansion joints with carpel.
Cut and fit carpet to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built-in
furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. Bind or
seal cut edges as recommended by carpet manufacturer.
Extend carpet into loe spaces, door reveals, closets, open-bottomed obstructions,
removable llanges, alcoves, and similar openings.
B.
c.
D.
E.
SHEET CARPET]NG 096816-6
B.
c.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Erterior
Vail,Colorado
comply with CRI 104, Section'15,
carpel manufacturer's written
F. Maintain relerence markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future
cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use nonpermanent,
nonstaining marking device.
G. Install pattern parallel to walls and borders to
"Patterned Carpet Installations" and with
recommendations.
3.4
A.
H. Comply with carpet cushion manufacturer's written recommendations. lnstall carpel
cushion seams at 9O-degree angle with carpet seams.
CLEANING AND PROTECTING
Perform the lollowing operations immediately after installing carpet:
1. Remove excess adhesive, seam sealer, and other surface blemishes using
cleaner recommended by carpet manulacturer.
Remove yarns that protrude from carpet surface.
Vacuum carpet using commercial machine with face-beater elemenl.
Protect installed carpet to comply with CRI 104, Section 16, "Protection of Indoor
lnstallations. "
Protect carpet against damage from conslruction operations and placement of
equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction period. Use protection
methods indicated or recommended in writing by carpet manufacturer and carpet
cushion and adhesive manulacturers.
END OF SECTION 09 68 16
2.
3.
SHEET CARPETING 096816-7
and
this
B.
1.1
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
T
t
I
t
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
1.2
A.
sEcTloN 09 91 13
EXTERIOR PAINTING
PART 1 . GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specilication Sections, apply to
Section.
1.3
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exlerior items
and surfaces.
1. Concrete.2. Goncrete masonry units (CMU).3. Steel.4. Galvanized metal.5. Aluminum (not anodized or otherwise coated).
Paint exposed surfaces, except where these Specifications indicate that the surface or
malerial is not to be painted or is to remain natural. lf an item or a surface is not
specifically mentioned, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials
or surfaces. lf a color of finish is not indicated. Architect will select lrom standard
colors and finishes available.
DEFINITIONS
General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section.
1. Flat refers to a lusterless or matte linish with a gloss range below 15 when
measured at an 8S-degree meter.2. Eggshell refers to low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 20 and 35 when
measured at a 60-degree meter.3. Semigloss refers to medium-sheen linish with a gloss range between 35 and 70
when measured at a 60-degree meter.4. Full gloss refers to high-sheen {inish with a gloss range more than 70 when
measured at a 60-degree meter.
SUBMITTALS
Product Dala: For each paint system indicated. Include block fillers and primers.
1.4
A.
EXTERIOR PAINTING 0991 13-1
JGF # 070s
cs2 # 8-2008
1.5
A.
1.6
A.
1.
2.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Material List: An inclusive list of required coating materials. lndicate each
material and cross-reference specific coating, finish system, and application.
ldentifu each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general
classification.
Manufacturefs Information: Manufaclure/s technical informalion, including label
analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating
material.
Product name or title of material.
Product description (generic classification or binder type).
Manufacture/s stock number and date of manulacture.
Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents.
Thinning instructions.
Application instructions.
Color name and number.
VOG content.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of finish-coat material indicated.
1. After color selection, Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be coated.
C. Samples for Verification: For each color and material lo be applied, with texture to
simulate actual conditions, on representative Samples of the actual substrate.
1. Provide stepped Samples, defining each separate coat, including block fillers and
primers. Use representative colors when preparing Samples for review.
Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture are achieved.2. Provide a list ol materials and applications for each coat of each Sample. Label
each Sample for location and application.3. Submit three(3) Samples on the following substrates lor Architect's review ol
color and texture only:a. Ferrous Metal: 3-inch- (75-mm-) square Samples of flat metal and 6-inch-
(150-mm-) long Samples of solid metal for each color and finish.
OUALIry ASSURANCE
Applicator Qualificalions: A firm or individual experienced in applying paints and
coatings similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project,
whose work has resulted in applications with a record of successful in-service
performance.
Source Limitations: Obtain block fillers and primers for each coating system from the
same manufacturer as the finish coats.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLlNG
Deliver materials to Project site in manulacturefs original, unopened packages and
containers bearing manufacture/s name and label and the following information:
B.
EXTERIOR PAINTING 0991 13-2
I
t
I
I
t
T
I
T
t
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exteriol
Vail,Golorado
1.7
A.
B.
c.
B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a
minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain storage containers in a
clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
1. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neal and orderly. Remove oily rags
and waste dailv.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Apply waterborne paints only when lemperatures of surfaces to be painted and
surrounding air are between 50 and 90 deg F (10 and 32 deg C).
Apply solvent-thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and
surrounding air are between 45 and 95 deg F (7 and 35 deg C).
Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85
percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F {3 deg C) above the dew point; or to
damp or wel surfaces.
1. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to
painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified
manufacturer during application and drying periods.
EXTRA MATERIALS
Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied
and in the quantities described below. Package with protective covering for storage
and identify with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner.
1. Quantity: Furnish Owner with extra paint materials in quantities indicated below:
a. Quantity: Furnish Owner with an additional 3 percent, but not less than 1
gal. (3.8 L) or 1 case, as appropriate, ol each material and color applied.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Available Products; Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part 2
articles.
Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the lollowing
manufacturers'names are used in other Part 2 articles:
1. Benjamin Moore & Co. (Benjamin Moore).2. lCl Dulux Paint Centers (lGl Dulux Paints).3. PPG Industries, Inc. (Pittsburgh Paints).4. Sherwin-Williams Co. (Sherwin-Williams).
be
by
A.
B.
2.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.8
A.
EXTERIOR PAINTING 0991 13-3
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
2.2 PAINT MATERIALS. GENERAL
A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish-coat materials that are
compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of
service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field
experience.
B. Material Quality: Provide manufacture/s bestguality paint material of the various
coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer
for application indicated. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacture/s
product identification will not be acceptable.
1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacture/s proprietary product names to
designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are
required to be used to the exclusion ol equivalent products of other
manufacturers. Furnish manufacture/s material data and certificates ol
performance for proposed substitutions.
C. Colors: Refer to materials schedule.
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.3
A.
2.4
A.
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
t
t
II
I
I
I
t
t
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY BLOCK FILLERS
Concrete Unit Masonry Block Filler: Factory-formulated high-pedormance latex block
f illers.
1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Craft Latex Block Filler No. 285: Applied at a
dry film lhickness of not less than 8.1 miis (0.206 mm).2. lCl Dulux Paints; Bloxfil 4OOO-1000 lnterior/Exterior Heavy Duty Acrylic Block
Filler: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 7.0 to 14.5 mils (0.178 to
0.368 mm).3. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-7 SpeedHide Interior/Exterior Masonry Latex Block Filler:
Applied at a dry lilm thickness of not less than 6.0 to 12.5 mils (0.152 to 0.318
mm).4. Sheruin-Williams; PrepRite Interior/Exterior Block Filler B25W25: Applied at a
dry film thickness of not less than 8.0 mils (0.203 mm).
EXTERIOR PRIMERS
Exterior Ferrous-Metal Primer: Factory-formulated rust-inhibitive metal primer for
exterior application.
1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Alkyd Metal Primer No. M06: Applied at a dry film
thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm)-2. lCl Dulux Paints; 4'160-XXXX Devguard MultFPurpose Tank & Structural Primer.
Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm).3. Kelly-Moore; 171 1 Kel-Guard Alkyd White Rust lnhibilive Primer: Applied at a
dry film thickness ol not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm).4. Sherwin-Williams; Kem Kromik Universal Metal Primer B50NZ6/B50WZ1 :
Applied at a dry lilm thickness of not less than 3.0 mils (0.076 mm).
EXTERIOR PAINTING 0991 't3-4
3.
4.
A.
B.
2.5
I
I
I
I
T
T
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
t
T
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
B. Exterior Galvanized Metal
exterior application.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Primer: Factory-formulated galvanized metal primer for
1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Acrylic Metal Primer No. M04: Applied at a dry
film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm).2. lOl Dulux Paints; 4020-XXXX Devflex DTM Flat InterioriExterior Waterborne
Primer & Finish: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.2 mils (0.056
mm).
Kelly-Moore; 1722 KelGuard Acrylic Galvanized lron Primer: Applied at a dry
film thickness of not less than 1.8 mils (0.046 mm).
Sherwin-Williams; Galvite HS Paint B50WZ3: Applied at a dry film thickness of
not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm).
C. Exterior Aluminum Primer under Acrylic Finishes: Factory-formulated acrylic-based
metal primer for exterior application.
1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Acrylic Metal Primer No. M04: Applied at a dry
film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm).2. lCl Dulux Paints: 4020-XXXX Devflex DTM Flat Interior/Exterior Waterborne
Primer & Finish: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2"2 mils (0.056
mm).
3. Kelly-Moore; 1722 Kel-Guard Acrylic Galvanized lron Primer: Applied at a dry
film thickness of not less than 1.8 mils i0.046 mm).4. Sherwin-Williams; DTM Acrylic Primer/Finish B66W1: Applied at a dry film
thickness of not less than 2.5 mils (0.064 mm).
EXTERIOR FINISH COATS
Exterior Low-Luster Acrylic Paint: Factory-formulated low-sheen (eggshell) acrylic-
latex paint lor exterior application.
1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Low Lustre Latex House Paint No. 185:
Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than '1.0 mil (0.025 mm).2. Coronado; 408-Line Supreme Acrylic Satin Exterior: Applied at a dry film
thickness of not less than 1.3 mils (0.033 mm).3. lCl Dulux Paints; 2402-XXXX Dulux Professional Exterior 100 Percent Acrylic
Satin Finish: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm).
4. Kelly-Moore; 1245Acry-Velvet Exterior Low Sheen Acrylic Finish: Applied at a
dry film thickness of nol less than 1.8 mils (0.046 mm).5. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-2000 Series SpeedHide Exterior House & Trim Satin-Acrylic
Latex: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil (0.025 mm).
6. Pittsburgh Paints; 90-400 Series Pitt-Tech One Pack High Performance
Waterborne Satin DTM Industrial Enamels: Applied at a dry film thickness of not
less than 3.0 mils (0.076 rnm).7. Sherwin-Williams; A-100Exterior Latex Satin House & Trim Paint AS2Series:
Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm).
Exterior Full-Gloss Acrylic Enamel for Ferrous and Other Metals: Factory-formulated
full-gloss walerborne acrylic-latex enamel lor exterior application.
EXTERIOR PAINTING 0991 13-5
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Vail,Colorado
Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Acrylic Gloss EnamelM2S: Applied at a dry film
thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm).
lCl Dulux Paints; 3028-XXXX Dulux lnterior/Exterior Acrylic Gloss Finish:
Applied at a dry lilm thickness of not less than 1.6 mils (0.041 mm).
Kelly-Moore; 5780 DTM Acrylic Gloss Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of
nol less lhan 1.7 mils (0.043 mm).
Sherwin-Williams; DTM Acrylic Coating Gloss (Waterborne) 866W100 Series:
Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.4 mils (0.061 mm).
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
1.
2.
J.
4.
3.1
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.2
A.
EXAMINATION
Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance
with requirements for paint application. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P4.
1. Proceed with paint application only atter unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry.2. Start of painting will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and
conditions within a particular area.
Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure
compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information
on characteristics ol linish materials to ensure use of compatible primers.
1. Notify Architect about anticipated problems when using the materials specified
over substrates primed by others.
PREPARATION
General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces,
lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. lf
removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide
surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting.
1. After compleling painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items
removed using workers skilled in the trades involved.
Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean substrates of
substances that could impair bond ol the various coatings. Remove oil and grease
before cleaning.
1. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the
cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surtaces.
A.
B.
B.
C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare sudaces to be painted according to
manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as
specified.
EXTERIOR PA]NTING 0991 13-6
I
t
t
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exteriol
Vail,Colorado
Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime.
Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, concrete unit masonry, cement
plaster, and mineral-fiber-reinforced cement panel surfaces to be painted.
Flemove efllorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents.
1.
2.
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
Floughen as required to remove glaze. lf hardeners or sealers have been used
to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation.
a. Use abrasive blast-cleaning methods if recommended by paint
manufacturer.b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surlaces by performing
appropriate tests. lf surfaces are sufficienlly alkaline to cause the finish
paint to blister and burn, correcl this condition before application. Do not
paint surfaces if moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's
written instructions.
3. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized lerrous-metal surfaces that have not been
shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other loreign
subslances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with
SSPC's recommendations.
a. Blast steel surfaces clean as recommended by paint system manufacturer
and according to SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3.b. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment
wash coat before priming.c. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been
damaged. Wire-brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint
manufacturer, and touch up with same primer as the shop coat.
4. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based
solvenls so surface is lree of oil and surface contaminants. Remove
pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal Jabricated from coil stock by
mechanical methods.
D. Material Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's
writlen instructions.
1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of
foreign materials and residue.2. Stir material before application to produce a mixlure of uniform density. Stir as
required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. lf necessary,
remove surface film and strain material before using.3. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended
limits.
E. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to simplify identification of each coat when
multiple coats of same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the
finish coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each
separate coat.
3.3 APPLICATION
EXTERIOR PAINTING 0991 13-7
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators
and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied.
1. Paint colors, surface treatmenls, and finishes are indicated in the paint
schedules.2. Do not painl over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surlaces, or
conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film.3. Provide finish coats that are compatible wilh primers used.4. Finish exterior doors on tops, bonoms, and side edges the same as exterior
faces.
B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated,
or othenvise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before
subsequent surface deterioration.
1. The number ol coats and film thickness required are the same regardless of
application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat has cured
as recommended by manufacturer. lf sanding is required to produce a smooth,
even surface according to manufacturer's written instructions, sand between
applications.2. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup
painted.
3. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not
recoal surlaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, and does not delorm or
feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and until application of another coat
of paint does not cause undercoat to lift or lose adhesion.
C. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other
applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Brushes: Use brushes besl suited lor type of material applied. Use brush of
appropriate size lor surface or item being painted.
2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvel-back, or high-pile sheep's wool as
recommended by manufacturer lor material and lexture required.3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as
recommended by manulacturer for material and texture required.
D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacture/s
recommended spreading rate to achieve dry film thickness indicated. Provide total dry
film thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufaclurer.
E. Blnck Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure
complete coverage with pores filled.
F. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by
manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not
been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence ol
suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coal with no
burn-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing.
I
t
T
t
!
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IEXTERIOR PAINTING 0991 13-8
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
and other
Remove
damaging
G. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a
smooth, opaque surface of unilorm finish, color, appearance, and coverage.
Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other
surface imperfections will not be acceptable.
H. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove,
relinish, or repaint work nol complying with requirements.
T
I
I
I
I
3.4 CLEANING
A. Cleanup: At the end ol each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish,
discarded paint materials from Project site.
1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces.
spattered paint by washing and scraping without scralching or
adjacent finished su rfaces.
3.5
A.
3.6
A.
B.
B.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
T
PROTECTION
Prolect work of olher trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from
painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as
approved by Architect.
Provide "Wet Paint' signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting
operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to prolect their
work.
1. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced
painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1.
EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE
Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over exlerior ferrous metal. Primer
is not required on shop-primed items.
1. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a rust-inhibitive primer.
a. Primer: Exterior ferrous-metal primer.b. Finish Coats: Exterior semigloss acrylic enamel.
2. Full-Gloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a rust-inhibitive primer.
a. Primer: Exterior ferrous-metal primer.b. Finish Coats: Exterior full-gloss acrylic enamel for lerrous and other
metals.
Ferrous Metal: Refer to Section 099600(High Perlormance Coatings) for exterior
finish systems
EXTERIOR PAINTING 0991 13-9
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
C. Zinc-Coated Metal:
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Provide the following finish systems over exterior zinc*oated
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
metal surfaces:
1. Full-Gloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a galvanized metal
primer.
a. Primer: Exterior galvanized metal primer.
b. Finish Coats: Exterior full-gloss acrylic enamel for ferrous and other
metals.
D. Aluminum: Provide the following finish systems over exlerior aluminum surfaces:
1. Full-Gloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
a. Primer: Exterior aluminum primer under acrylic finishes.b. Finish Coats: Exterior lull-gloss acrylic enamel for ferrous and other
metals.
END OF SECTION 09 91 13
EXTERIOH PAINTING 0991 13-10
General and
apply to this
B.
c.
1.1
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Erterior
Vail.Colorado
sEcTloN 09 91 23
INTERIOR PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including
Supplementary Conditions and Division 0'l Specification Sections,
Section.
1.2
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed interior items
and surfaces.1. Concrete masonry units (CMU).2. Steel.3. Galvanized metal.4. Aluminum (not anodized or otherwise coated).5. Wood.6. Gypsum board.7. Cotton or canvas insulation covering.
Paint exposed surfaces, except where these Specifications indicate that the surface or
material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. ll an item or a surface is not
specifically mentioned, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials
or surfaces. lf a color of finish is not indicated. Architect will select lrom standard
colors and finishes available.
1. Painting includes field painting ol exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts
(including color coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron supports, and surfaces
of mechanical and electrical equipment that do nol have a factory-applied final
linish.
Do not paint prelinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating
parts, and labels.
'l . Prefinished items include the following factory-finished components:
a. Architecluralwoodwork.b. Acoustical wall panels.
c. Metal toilet enclosures.d. Metal lockers.e. Elevator enlrance doors and frames.f. Elevator equipment.
S. Finished mechanical and electrical equipment.
INTERIOR PAINTING 0991 23-1
JGF f 0705
cs2 # &2008
1.3
A.
1.4
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
v"ir.c:iiflL';
h. Light fixtures.
Concealed surfaces include walls or ceilings in the following generally
inaccessible spaces:a. Furred areas.b. Ceiling plenums.
Finished metal surfaces include the following:
a. Anodized aluminum.b. Stainless steel.c. Chromium plate.
d. Copper and copper alloys.
e. Bronze and brass.
Operating parts include moving parts of operating equipment and the followingr
a. Valve and damper operators.b. Linkages.c. Sensing devices.d. Motor and fan shafts.
Labels: Do not paint over UL, FMG, or other code-required labels or equipment
name, identification, performance raling, or nomenclature plates.
DEFINITIONS
General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Seclion.
1. Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when
measured at an 8s-degree meter.2. Eggshell refers to low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 20 and 35 when
measured at a 60degree meter.
3. Semigloss refers to medium-sheen finish with a gloss range between 35 and 70
when measured at a 60-degree meter.4. Full gloss relers to high-sheen linish with a gloss range more than 70 when
measured at a 60degree meter.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each paint system indicated. Include block fillers and primers.
'l . Material List: An inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each
material and cross-reference specific coating, finish system, and application.
ldentify each malerial by manufacturer's catalog number and general
classification.2. Manufacturer's Inlormation: Manufacturer's technical information, including label
analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating
material.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
2.
3.
4.
5.
I
I
I
I
IINTEBIOR PAINTING 099123-2
I
t
I
I
t
t
I
I
T
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Flat Paints and Coatings: VOC not more than 50 g/L.
Non-Flat Paints and Coatings: VOC not more than 150 g/L.
Anti-Corrosive Coalings: VOC not more than 250 glL.
Varnishes and Sanding Sealers: VOC not more than 350 g/L.
Stains: VOC not more than 250 gL.
Aromatic Gompounds: Paints and coatings shall not contain more than 1.0
percent by weight total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds
containing one or more benzene rings).
Restricted Components: Paints and coatings shall not contain any ol the
following:
B. Chemical Components of Field-Applied Interior Paints and Coatings Provide products
that comply with the following limits for VOC content, exclusive of colorants added to a
tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24) and
the following chemical restrictions; these requirements do noi apply to primers or
finishes that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop:
Acrolein.
Acrylonitrile.
Antimony.
Benzene.
Butyl benzyl phthalate.
Cadmium.
Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate.
Di-n-butyl phthalate.
Di-n-octyl phthalate.
1,2-dichlorobenzene.
Diethyl phthalate.
Dimethyl phthalate.
Ethylbenzene.
Formaldehyde.
Hexavalent chromium.p. lsophorone.q. Lead.r. Mercury.s. Methyl ethyl kelone.t. Methyl isobutyl ketone.u. Methylene chloride.v- Naphthalene.w. Toluene(methylbenzene).x. 1,1,1-trichloroethane.y. Vinylchloride.
8. Credit MR 5.1 and 5.2: List of proposed regionally manufactured materials and
regionally extracted, harvested, or recovered materials.
a. ldentily each regionally manufactured material, its source, and cost.b. ldentify each regionally extracted, harvested or recovered material, its
source, and cost.
C. Samples for lnitial Selection: For each type of linish-coat material indicated.
INTEBIOR PAINTING 0991 23-3
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
t.
1.5
A.
Vail Cascade Resorl & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
After color selection, Architecl willfurnish color chips for surfaces to be coated.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
T
D. Samples for Verification: For each color and material to be applied, wilh texlure to
simulate actual conditions, on representalive Samples of the actual substrate.
1. Provide slepped Samples, defining each separate coat, including block lillers and
primers. Use representative colors when preparing Samples for review.
Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture are achieved.2. Provide a list of materials and applications for each coat of each Sample. Label
each Sample lor location and application.3. Submit three(3) Samples on the following substrates for Architect's review ol
color and texture only:a. Painted Wood: 8-inch- (200-mm-) square Samples for each color and
material on hardboard.b. Stained or Natural Wood: 4-by-8-inch (100-by-200-mm) Samples of
natural- or stained-wood finish on representative lnsert species of wood to
be used surfaces.c. Ferrous Metal: 3-inch- (75-mm-) square Samples of flat metal and 6-inch-
(150-mm-) long Samples of solid metal for each color and finish.
OUALITY ASSURANCE
Applicator Qualilications: A firm or individual experienced in applying paints and
coatings similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project,
whose work has resulted in applications with a record of successful in-service
performance.
Source Limitations: Obtain block fillers and primers lor each coating system from the
same manufacturer as the finish coats.
Benchmark Samples (Mockups): Provide a full-coat benchmark finish sample for each
type of coaiing and substrate required. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P5.
Duplicate finish of approved sample Submittals.
1. Architect will select one room or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for
application of each type of coating and substrate.
a. Wall Surfaces: Provide samples on at least 100 sq. ft. (9 sq. m).b. Small Areas and ltems: Architect will designate items or areas required.
2. Apply benchmark samples, according to requirements for the completed Work,
after permanent lighting and other environmental services have been activated.
Provide required sheen, color, and texture on each sudace.
a. After linishes are accepted, Architect will use the room or surface to
evaluate coating systems of a similar nature.
3. Final approval of colors will be from benchmark samples.
t
I
I
I
B.
c.
INTERIOR PAINTING 099123-4
A.
B.
2.1
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resorl & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and
containers bearing manufacturer's name and label and the following information:
1. Product name or title of material.2. Product description (generic classificalion or binder type).3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture.4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents.5. Thinninginstructions.6. Applicationinstructions.7. Color name and number.8. VOC content.
B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a
minimum ambient temperature ol 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain storage containers in a
clean condition, f ree of foreign materials and residue.
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
1.7
A.
1.8
A.
1. Protect from freezing. Keep slorage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags
and waste daily.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and
surrounding air are belween 50 and 90 deg F (10 and 32 deg C).
EXTRA MATERIALS
Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied
and in the quantities described below. Package with protective covering lor storage
and identify with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner.
1. Quantity: Furnish Owner with extra paint materials in quantities indicaled below:
a. Quantity: Furnish Owner with an additional 3 percent, but not less than 1
gal. (3.8 L) or'1 case, as appropriate, of each material and color applied.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part 2
articles.
Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parenlheses) of the following
manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles:
1. Benjamin Moore & Co. (Benjamin Moore).
INTEHIOR PAINTING 099123-5
IJGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.2
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exlerior
Vail,Colorado
2. lCl Dulux Paint Centers (lCl Dulux Paints).3. PPG Industries, lnc. (Pittsburgh Paints).4- Sherwin-WilliamsCo. (Sherwin-Williams).
PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL
Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish-coal materials that are
compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions ol
service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field
experience.
Material Quality: Provide manulaclure/s bestquality paint material ol the various
coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer
for application indicated. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's
product identilication will not be acceptable.
1. Proprietary Names: Use of manulacturer's proprietary product names to
designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are
required to be used io the exclusion ol equivalent products of other
manulacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data and certificates of
performance for proposed substitutions.
Colors: Refer to materials schedule.
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY BLOCK FILLERS
Concrete Unit Masonry Block Filler: Factory-formulated high-performance latex block
fillers.
1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Craft Latex Block Filler No. 285: Applied at a
dry film thickness of not less than 8.'1 mils (0.206 mm).2. lOl Dulux Paints; Bloxfil 4000-1000 Interior/Exterior Heavy Duty Acrylic Block
Filler: Applied at a dry film thickness ol not less than 7.0 to '14.5 mils (0.178 to
0.368 mm).3. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-7 SpeedHide Interior/Exterior Masonry Latex Block Filler:
Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 6.0 to 12.5 mils (0.152 to 0.318
mm).4. Sherwin-Williams; PrepRite Interior/Exterior Block Filler 825W25; Applied at a
dry film thickness of not less than 8.0 mils (0.203 mm).
INTERIOR PRIMERS
Interior Concrele and Masonry Primer: Factory-formulated alkali-resistant acrylic-latex
interior primer for interior application.
1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Enamel Undercoater & Primer
Sealer No. 253: Applied at a dry film thickness of nol less than 1.2 mils {0.030
mm).
I
t
I
T
t
t
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
B.
T
I
IC.
2.3
A.
2.4
A.
INTERIOR PAlNTING 0991 23-6
t
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exteriol
Vail,Colorado
lCl Dulux Paints; 3030-1200 Bond-Prep Interior/Exterior Waterborne Pigmented
Bonding Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.8 mils {0.046
mm).3. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-2 SpeedHide lnterior Quick-Drying Laiex Sealer: Applied at
a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil (0.025 mrn).4. Sherwin-Williams; PrepRite Masonry Primer 828W300: Applied at a dry film
thickness of not less than 3.0 mils (0.076 mm).
B. lnterior Gypsum Board Primer: Factory-formulated latex-based primer for interior
application.
1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Enamel Undercoater & Primer
Sealer No. 253: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils (0.030
mm).2. lCl Dulux Paints; 1030-1200 Ultra-Hide PVA Interior Primer Sealer General
Purpose Wall Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.9 mils
(0.048 mm).3. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-2 SpeedHide lnterior Quick-Drying Latex Sealer: Applied at
a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil (0,025 mm).4. Sherwin-Williams; PrepRite 200 Latex Wall Primer 828W200 Series: Applied at
a dry film thickness of nol less than 1.6 mils (0.041 mm).
C. Interior Wood Primer for Acrylic-Enamel and Semigloss -Enamel Finishes: Factory-
formulated alkyd- or acrylic-latex-based interior wood primer.
'l . Benjamin Moore; Moorcralt Super Spec Alkyd Enamel Underbody and Primer
Sealer No. 245: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038
mm).2. lCl Dulux Paints; 3210-1200 Ultra-Hide Aquacrylic GRIPPER Stain Killer Primer
Sealer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.8 mils (0.046 mm).
3. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-855 SpeedHide Latex Enamel Undercoater: Applied at a dry
film thickness of not less than '1 .0 mil (0.025 mm).4. Sherwin-Williams; PrepRite Classic Interior Primer 828W101 Series: Applied at
a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils (0.041 mm).
D. Interior Ferrous-Metal Primer: Factory-lormulated quick-drying rust-inhibitive alkyd-
based metal primer.
1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Alkyd Metal Primer No. M06: Applied at a dry film
thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm).2. lCl Dulux Paints; 4130-6130 Devshield Rust Penetrating Metal Primer: Applied
at a dry film thickness of not less lhan2.2 rnils (0.056 mm).
3. lCl Dulux Paints; 4160-6130 Devguard Multi-Purpose Tank & Structural Primer:
Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm).4. Pittsburgh Paints; 90-709 Pitt-Tech One Pack Interior/Exterior Primer/Finish DTM
Industrial Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038
mm).5. Sherwin-Williams: Kem Kromik Universal Metal Primer B50NZ6/B50WZ1 :
Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils (0.076 mm).
E. lnterior Zinc-Coated Metal Primer: Factory-formulated galvanized metal primer.
INTERIOR PAINTING 099123-7
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Acrylic Metal Primer No. M04: Applied at a dry
film thickness ol not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm).
lCl Dulux Paints; 4160-6130 Devguard Multi-Purpose Tank & Structural Primer:
Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm).
Pittsburgh Paints;90-709 Pitt-Tech One Pack lnterior/Exterior Primer/Finish DTM
Industrial Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less lhan 3.0 mils (0.076
mm).
Sherwin-Williams; Galvite HS B50WZ30I Applied at a dry film thickness of not
less than 3.0 mils (0.076 mm).
INTERIOR FINISH COATS
Interior Flat Acrylic Paint Factory-formulated flat acrylic-emulsion latex paint for
interior application.
1. Benjamin Moore; Moorecraft Super Spec Latex Flat No. 275: Applied at a dry
film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils (0.031 mm).2. lCl Dulux Paints; 1200-XXXX Dulux Professional Velvet Matte Inlerior Flat Latex
Wall & Trim Finish: Applied at a dry film lhickness of not less than 1.4 mils
{0.036 mm).3. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-70 Line SpeedHide Interior Wall FlaFLatex Paint Applied at
a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil (0.025 mm).4. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 lnterior Latex Flat Wall Paint 830W200 Series:
Applied al a dry film thickness ol not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm).
Interior Low-Luster Acrylic Enamel: Factory-lormulated eggshell acrylic-latex interior
enamel.
1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Eggshell Enamel No. 274:
Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils (0.033 mm).2. lCl Dulux Paints; 1402-XXXX Dulux Professional Acrylic Eggshell Interior Walt &
Trim Enamel: Applied at a dry lilm thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036
mm).3. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-400 Series SpeedHide Eggshell Acrylic Latex Enamel:
Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.25 mils (0.032 mm).4. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Egg-Shell Enamel 820W200 Series:
Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils (0.041 mm).
lnterior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel: FactoryJormulated semigloss acrylic-latex enamel
for interior application.
1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel No. 276:
Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils (0.031 mm).2. lCl Dulux Paints; '1406-XXXX Dulux Prolessional Acrylic SemFGloss Interior Wall
& Trim Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 'l .5 mils (0,038
mm).3. Pittsburgh Painls; 6-500 Series SpeedHide Interior Semi-Gloss Latex: Applied at
a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil {0.025 mm).
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
1.
2.
J.
4.
2.5
A.
B.
c.
INTERIOR PAINTING 099123-8
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
2.6
A.
4-
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exlerior
Vail,Colorado
Sherwin-Williams: ProMar 200 Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel
831W200 Series: Applied at a dry lilm thickness of not less than 1.3 mils (0.033
mm).
D. Interior Full-Gloss Acrylic Enamel: Factory-formulated full-gloss acrylic-latex interior
enamel.
1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Acrylic Gloss Enamel No. M28: Applied at a dry
film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm).2. lCl Dulux Paints; 3028-XXXX Dulux Interior/Exterior Acrylic Gloss Finish:
Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils (0.041 mm).
3. Pittsburgh Paints; 90-374 Pitt-Tech One Pack lnterior/Exterior High Performance
Waterborne High Gloss DTM Industrial Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness
of not less than 3.0 mils (0.076 mm).4. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Gloss Enamel B21W2O1: Applied
at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils {0.038 mm).
E. lnterior Flat Latex-Emulsion Size: Factory-formulated flat latex-based interior paint.
1. Benjamin Moore; Moorecraft Super Spec Latex Flat No.275: Applied at a dry
film lhickness of not less than 1.2 mils (0.031 mm).2. lCl Dulux Paints; 1200-XXXX Dulux Professional Velvet Malte Interior Flat Latex
Wall & Trim Finish: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils
i0.036 mm).3. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-70 Line SpeedHide Interior Wall Flat-Latex Paint: Applied at
a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil (0.025 mm).4. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Flat Wall Paint 830W200 Series:
Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1,4 mils (0.036 mm).
INTERIOR WOOD STAINS AND VARNISHES
Open-Grain Wood Filler: Factory-formulated paste wood filler applied at spreading rate
recommended by manufacturer.
1. Benjamin Moore; Benwood Paste Wood Filler No. 238.
2. lCl Dulux Paints; none required.3. Pittsburgh Paints; none required.4. Sherwin-Williams;Sher-WoodFast-DryFiller.
lnterior Waterborne Clear Satin Varnish: Factory-lormulated clear satin acrylic-based
polyurethane varnish applied at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer.
1. Benjamin Moore; Stays Clear Acrylic Polyurethane No. 423, Satin.2. lCl Dulux Paints; 1802-0000WoodPride Interior Waterborne Aquacrylic Satin
Varnish.3. Pittsburgh Paints; 77-49 Rez Satin Acrylic Clear Polyurethane.4. Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Waterborne Polyurethane Satin, A68 Series.
B.
PART 3. EXECUTION
I INTERIOR PAINTING 0991 23-9
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and condilions, with Applicator present, for compliance
with requirements for paint application. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P4.
1. Proceed with paint application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected and surtaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry.2. Start of painting will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and
conditions within a particular area.
B. Coordination of Work Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure
compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information
on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers.
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2fi)8
3.2
A.
I
I
I
T
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
It
B.
1. Notily Archilect about anticipated problems when using the materials specified
over substrates primed by others.
PREPARATION
General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces,
lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. lf
removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide
surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting.
1. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items
removed using workers skilled in the trades involved.
Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean substrates of
substances that could impair bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease
belore cleaning.
1. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants lrom the
cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces.
C. Surface Preparation: Glean and prepare surlaces to be painted according to
manufacturer's written instructions for each particular subslrate condition and as
specified.
1. Provide barrier coals over incompatible primers or remove and reprime.2. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, concrete unit masonry, cement
plaster, and mineral-fiber-reinforced cement panel surlaces to be painted.
Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents.
Roughen as required to remove glaze. lf hardeners or sealers have been used
to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation.
a. Use abrasive blast-cleaning methods if recommended by paint
manufacturer.b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing
appropriate tests. l{ surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish
paint to blister and burn, correct this condilion before application. Do not
INTERIOR PAINTING 0991 23-10
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
JGF # 0705 Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
cs2 # &2008 Exterior
Vai!,Colorado
paint surfaces if moisture contenl exceeds that permitted in manufaclurer's
written instructions.c. Clean concrete floors to be painted with a 5 percenl solution of muriatic
acid or other etching cleaner. Flush the floor with clean water to remove
acid, neutralize with ammonia, rinse, allow to dry, and vacuum before
painting.
3. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers,
mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view
smooth and dust off.
a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of
white shellac or other recommended knot'sealer before applying primer.
After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or
plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried.b. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery. Prime
edges, ends, faces, undersides, and back sides of wood, including
cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling.
c. lf transparent finish is required, backprime with spar varnish.
d. Backprime paneling on interior partitions where masonry, plaster, or other
wet wall construction occurs on back side.e. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat
of varnish or sealer immediately on delivery.
4. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been
shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign
substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with
SSPC's recommendations.
a. Blast steel surfaces clean as recommended by paint system manufacturer
and according to SSPC-SP 6iNACE No. 3.
b. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatmenl
wash coat belore priming.
c. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been
damaged. Wire-brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint
manufacturer, and touch up with same primer as the shop coat.
5. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based
solvents so surface is lree of oil and sudace contaminants. Bemove
pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by
mechanical methods.
D. Material Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's
written instructions.
1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of
foreign materials and residue.2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as
required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. ll necessary,
remove surface film and strain material before using.
INTERIOR PAINTING 0991 23-11
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
3.3
A.
3.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended
limits.
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
E. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to simplify identification of each coat when
mulliple coats of same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the
finish coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoals to distinguish each
separale coat.
APPLICATION
General: Apply paint according to manulacturer's written instructions. Use applicators
and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied.
1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the paint
schedules.
Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed sudaces, or
conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film.
Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used.
The term "exposed sufaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in
fixtures, grilles, convector covers, covers for finned-tube radiation, and similar
components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, lo
maintain system integrity and provide desired protection.
5. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar
exposed surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind
permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only.6. Paint interior surlaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible
through registers or grilles.
7. Painl back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match
exposed surfaces.8. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat.
B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated,
or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before
subsequent surface deterioration.
1. The number of coats and film thickness required are the same regardless of
application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat has cured
as recommended by manufacturer. lf sanding is required to produce a smooth,
even sudace according to manufacturer's written instructions, sand between
applications.2. Omit primer over metal surlaces that have been shop piimed and touchup
painted.
3. lf undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply
additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give
special attention to ensure that edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed
fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of llat surfaces.4. Allow sufiicient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not
recoat surfaces until paint has dried to where it leels firm, and does not deform or
feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and until application of another coat
of paint does not cause undercoat to lift or lose adhesion.
2.
3.
4.
INTERIOR PAINTlNG 099123-12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
C. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush,
applicators according to manufaclure/s written instructions.
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
roller, spray, or olher
1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for type of material applied. Use brush of
appropriate size for surface or item being painted.2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet-back, or high-pile sheep's wool as
recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required.
3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as
recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required.
D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no lhinner than manufacturer's
recommended spreading rate to achieve dry film thickness indicated. Provide total dry
film thickness ol the entire system as recommended by manufacturer.
E. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painling of mechanical and electrical work is limiled
to items exposed in equipment rooms and occupied spaces.
F. Mechanical items to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Uninsulated metal piping.
2. Uninsulated plastic piping.3. Pipe hangers and supports.' 4. Tanks that do not have factory-applied final finishes.5. Visible portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air inlets
and outlels.6. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having "all-service jacket" or other paintable
jacket material.7. Mechanical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field
painting.
G. Electrical items to be painted include, bul are not limited to, the following:
Switchgear.
Panelboards.
Electrical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field
painting.
H. Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure
complete coverage with pores filled.
l. Prime Coats: Before applying linish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by
manufaclurer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not
been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of
suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no
burn-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing.
J. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a
smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage.
Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other
surface imperfections will not be acceptable.
1.
2.
3.
INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9't 23 - 13
JGF # 07os
cs2 # &2d)8
3.6
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exteraor
Vail,Colorado
K. Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass-smooth surface
film ol even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, runs, cloudiness, color irregularig,
brush marks, orange peel, nail holes, or other surface imperfections.
1. Provide satin linish for final coats.
L. Stipple Enamel Finish: Boll and redistribuie paint to an even and fine texlure. Leave
no evidence of rolling, such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface
imperfections.
M. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Bemove,
refinish, or repaint work not complying with requirements.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and olher
discarded paint materials from Project site.
1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove
spattered paint by washing and scraping without scratching or damaging
adjacent finished surfaces.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from
painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as
approved by Architect.
Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting
operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by other to protect their
work.
1. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or delaced
painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1.
INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE
Concrete Unit Masonry: Provide the following finish systems over interior concrete
masonry:
1. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a block filler.
a. Block Filler: Goncrete unit masonry block filler.b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel.
Mineral-Fiber-Reinforced Cement Panels: Provide the following finish systems over
interior mineral-f iber-reinlorced cement panels:
1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats.
B.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
INTERIOR PAINTING 099123-14
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
a. Finish Coats: Interior flat acrylic paint.
C. Gypsum Board: Provide the following finish systems
surfaces:
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exlerior
Vail,Colorado
over interior gypsum board
1. Low-Luster Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two linish coats over a primer.
a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer.
b. Finish Coats: Interior low-luster acrylic enamel.
D. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over ferrous metal:
1. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
a. Primer: Interiorferrous-melalprimer.b. Finish Coats: lnterior semigloss acrylic enamel.
E. Zinc-Coated Metal: Provide the following finish systems over interior zinc-coated melal
surlaces:
1. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
a. Primer: Interior zinc-coated metal primer.
b. Finish Coats: lnterior semigloss acrylic enamel.
F. All-Service Jacket over lnsulation: Provide the following finish system on cotton or
canvas insulation covering:
1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats. Add fungicidal agent to render labric
mildew proof.
a. Finish Coats: lnterior llat latex-emulsion size.
3.7 INTERIOR STAIN AND NATURAL-FINISH WOODWORK SCHEDULE
A. Stained Woodwork: Provide the following stained tinishes over new interior woodwork:
1. Waterborne Stain Satin-Varnish Finish: Two finish coats of waterborne clear
satin varnish over a sealer coat and waterborne interior wood stain. Wipe wood
liller before applying stain.
a. Filler Coat: Open-grain wood liller.b. Stain Coat: Interior wood stain.c. Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer.d. Finish Coats: lnterior waterborne clear satin varnish
END OF SECTION 09 91 23
INTERIOR PAINTING 0991 23-15
A.
A.
A.
B.
c.
l.l
1.2
1.3
t.4
IIr
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
t
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
sEcTroN 09960
HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS
PART 1 . GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions ol the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
STJMMARY
This Section includes surface preparation and field application of high-performance
coating systems to items and surfaces scheduled included , but is not limited to:
1 . Exterior ferrous metals
DEFINITIONS
Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section.
Gloss ranges used in this Section include lhe following:
1. Semigloss refers to medium-sheen finish with a gloss range betvveen 30 and 65
when measured at a 60-degree meter.2. High gloss refers lo high-sheen finish with a gloss range more than 65 when
measured at a 60-degree meter.
Environments; The following terms are used in Part 2 of this Section to distinguish
belween different corrosive exposuresl1. "Mild environmenls" are industrial atmospheres with normal exposure to
moderate humidity and condensalion, occasional mold and mildew development,
and infrequent cleaning with strong chemicals. Environments with low levels of
mild chemical fumes and occasional splashing and spilling of chemical products
are mild environments. Normal outdoor weathering is also considered a mild
environment.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each coating system indicated. Include block lillers and primers.
1. Material List: An inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each
material and cross-reference the specific coating, finish system, and application.
ldentify each material by manufacturefs catalog number and general
classification.
HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATI NGS 09960 - 1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
I
I
t
t
2.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Manufacturer's lnformation: Manufacture/s technical information, including label
analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each material
specified.
1.5
B. Certification by manufacturer that products supplied comply with requirements
indicated that limit the amount of VOCs in coating products.
C. Samples for Verification: For each color and material to be applied, with texture to
simulate actual conditions, on representative samples of the actual substrate.
1. Provide stepped Samples defining each separate coat, including block fillers and
primers. Use representative colors when preparing Samples for review.
Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture are achieved.2. List of material and application for each coat of each sample. Label each sample
for location and application.3. Submit samples on the following substrates for Architect's review of color and
texture:a. Ferrous and Nonferrous Metal: Provide two 4-inch- (100-mm-) square
samples ol llat metal and two 8-inch- (200-mm-) long samples of solid
metal for each color and finish.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has completed high-
performance coating system applications similar in material and extent to those
indicated for Project and whose work has a record of successful in-service
performance.
Source Limitations: Obtain primers and undercoat materials for each coating system
from the same manufacturer as the finish coats.
DELIVERY, STORAGE. AND HANDLING
Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and
containers bearing manufacture/s name and label with the following information:
1. Name or title of material.2. Product description (generic classification or binder type).3. Manufacturer's stock number and dale of manufacture.4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents.5. Thinninginstructions.6. Applicationinstructions.7. Color name and number.8. Handling inslructions and precautions.
Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a
minimum ambient temperalure of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain containers used in
storage in a clean condition, free ol loreign materials and residue.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
B.
1.6
B.
HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09960 - 2
1.
B.
A.
A.
1.7
1.8
2.1
2.2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
JGF # 070s
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Protect materials from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove
oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and
work areas are protected from lire and health hazards resulting from handling,
mixing, and applying coatings.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Apply coatings only when lemperature of surfaces to be coated and surrounding air
temperatures are between 45 and 95 deg F (7 and 35 deg C).
Do nol apply coatings in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relalive humidity exceeds 85
percent; at temperalures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp
or wet surfaces.
1. Allow wet surfaces to dry thoroughly and aitain temperature and conditions
specified before proceeding with or continuing coating operation.2. Work may continue during inclement weather only if areas and surfaces to be
coated are enclosed and temperature within the area can be maintained within
limits specified by manufacturer during application and drying periods.
EXTRA MATERIALS
Furnish extra high-performance coating materials lrom the same production run as
materials applied and in quantities described below. Package coating materials in
unopened, factory-sealed containers for storage and identify with labels describing
contents
1. Quantity: Furnish an additional 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. (3.785 L) or 1
case, as appropriate, of each material and color applied.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
MA}IUFACTURERS
Manufacturers' Names: The following manufacturers are referred to in the coating
system descriptions by shortened versions ol their names shown in parenthesis:
1. Carboline Company (Carboline).2. Tnemec Company, lnc. (Tnemec).
COATINGS MATERIALS. GENERAL
Material Compalibility: Provide primers, undercoats, and finish-coat materials that are
compatible with one another and substrates indicated under conditions of service and
application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
H IGH-PERFORMANCE COAT]NGS 09960 - 3
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2q)8
Vail Gascade Resort & Spa
Exteraor
Vail,Colorado
B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's highest grade of the various high-
performance coatings specified. Materials not displaying manufacturer's product
identification are not acceptable.
1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufaclure/s proprietary product names to
designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are
required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other
manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data and certificates of
performance for proposed substitutions.
C. VOC Classification: Provide high-performance coating materials, including primers,
undercoats, and finish-coat materials, that have a VOC classification of 450 g/L or less.
coLoRs
Colors: Refer to material schedule.
HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATING SYSTEMS
Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over interior ferrous-metal
surfaces:
'l . Severe Environment (Semigloss -eggshell Finish): One finish coat over an
intermediate coat and a primer.
a. Primer: Epoxy primer applied al spreading rate recommended by
manufacturer.
1) Carboline: 888 2-Component Polyamide Epoxy at 2.0 to 4 mils
(0.051 to 0.102 mm).2) Tnemecr 27 F. C. Typoxy Polyamide Epoxy.
b. Intermediate Coat Epoxy applied at spreading rate recommended by
manufacturer to achieve a dry film thickness of 2.0 lo 4.0 mils (0.051 to
0.102 mm).
1) Carboline: 888 2-Component Polyamide Epoxy.2') Tnemec: Series 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline Polamidoamine Epoxy.
c. Topcoat: Semigloss epoxy applied at spreading rate recommended by
manufacturer to achieve a dry film thickness of 2.0 to 5.0 mils (0.051 to
0.127 mm).
1) Carboline: 888 2-Component Polyamide Epoxy.2) Tnemec: Series 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline Polamidoamine Epory.
PART3 -EXECUTION
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
2.3
2.4
HIGH-PERFORMANCE COAT]NGS 09960 - 4
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
3.I EXAMINATION
A. With Applicator present, examine substrates and conditions under which high-
performance coatings will be applied, for compliance with coating application
requiremenls.
1. Apply coatings only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and
surfaces to receive coatings are thoroughly dry.2. Start of application is construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces within
that particular area.
B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers or other coatings are
provided to ensure compatibility of total systems for various substrates. On request,
furnish information on characleristics of specilied finish materials lo ensure compatible
primers.
1. ll a polential incompatibility of primers applied by others exists, obtain the
following from the primer Applicator before proceeding:
a. Confirmation of prime/s suitability for expected service conditions.b. Confirmation of primer's ability to be top coated with materials specified.
2. Notify Architect about anticipated problems before using the coatings specified
over substrales primed by others.
PREPARATION
General: Remove plates, machined surfaces, and similar items already in place that
are not to be coated. lf removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight
of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and coating.
1. After completing coating operations, reinstall items that were removed; use
workers skilled in the trades involved.
Cleaning: Before applying high-performance coatings, clean substrates of substances
that could impair bond of coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning.
'1 . Schedule cleaning and coating application so dust and other contaminates lrom
cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly coated surfaces.
Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surlaces to be coated according to
manufacturer's written instructions for each substrate condition and as specified.
1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove primers and reprime
substrate.
2. Ferrous-Metal Substrates: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have
not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign
substances. Use solvenl or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with
SSPC recommendations.
A.
c.
3.2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09960 - 5
JGF#0705 Vail Cascade Resort& Spa
cs2 # 8-2008 Exterior
Vail,Golorado
a. Blast-clean steel surfaces as recommended by coating manufacturer and
according to SSPC-SP 1O/NACE No. 2.b. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal lreatment
wash coat before priming.
c. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been
damaged. Wire brush, solvent clean, and touch up with same primer as
the shop coat.
3. Nonferrous-Metal Substrates: Clean nonferrous and galvanized surfaces
according to manufacturer's written inslructions lor the type of service, metal
substrate, and application required.
a. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil
stock by mechanical methods.
D. Material Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare coating materials according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying coatings in a clean condition,
free of foreign materials and residue.2. Stir materials before applying to produce a mi)dure of uniform density. Stir as
required during applicalion. Do not stir surface film into the material. Remove
film and, if necessary, strain coating material before using.3. Use only the type of thinners approved by manufacturer and only within
recommended limits.
E. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple
coats of the same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of finish
coal, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each
separate coat.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. General: Apply high-performance coatings according to manufacture/s written
instructions.
1. Use applicators and techniques best suited lor the material being applied.2. Do not apply high-perlormance coatings over dirt, rusl, scale, grease, moisture,
scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to forming a durable coaling film.3. Coating colors, surface lreatments, and finishes are indicated in the coating
system descriptions.4. Provide linish coats compatible with primers used.5. The term "exposed sudaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in
fixtures, convector covers, grilles, covers for finned-tube radiation, and similar
components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to
maintain system integrity and provide desired protection.
a. Coat surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture lhe same as similar
exposed surfaces. Before final installation, coat surfaces behind
permanently lixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only.
I
I
T
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
IHIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09960 - 6
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
JGF # 0705 Vail Cascade Resort & SPa
cs2 # 8-2008 Exterior
Vail,Colorado
b. Coat back sides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar
hinged items to match exposed surlaces.
B. Scheduling Coating: Apply lirst coal to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or
otherwise prepared for coating as soon as practicable after preparation and before
subsequent surf ace deterioration.
1. The number of coats and film thickness required is the same regardless of
application method.
a. Omit primer on metal sudaces that have been shop primed and touchup
painted.
b. Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat has cured as
recommended by manufactu rer.c. Where manufacturer's written instructions require sanding, sand between
applications to produce a smooth, even surlace.d. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do
not recoal surfaces until coating has dried to where it feels firm, does not
deform or leel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and application of
anolher coat does not cause undercoat to lift or lose adhesion.
2. lf undercoats or other conditions show through linal coat, apply additional coats
until cured film has a uniform coating finish, color, and appearance. Give special
attention to edges, corners, crevices, welds, exposed fasteners, and similar
surfaces to ensure that they receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that ol flat
surfaces.
C. Application Procedures: Apply coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators
according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Brush Application: Use brushes best suited for material applied and ol
appropriate size for the surface or item being coated.
a. Apply primers and first coats by brush unless manufaclurer's written
instructions permit using roller or mechanical applicators.b. Brush out and work brush coats into surfaces in an even film.c. Eliminate cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags,
ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Neatly draw glass lines and color
breaks.
2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high-pile sheep's wool as
. recommended by manu{acturer for the material and texture required.3. Spray Equipment: Use mechanical methods to apply coating if permitted by
manufacturer's written instructions and goveming regulations.
a. Use spray equipment with orifice size recommended by manufacturer for
material and texture required.b. Apply each coat to provide lhe equivalent hiding of brush-applied coats.c. Do not double back with spray equipment building-up lilm thickness of two
coats in one pass, unless recommended by manufacturer.
I
I
I
I HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09960 - 7
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.4
D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply each material no thinner than manufaclurer's
recommended spreading rate. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as
recommended by manufacturer.
E. Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure
complete coverage with pores filled.
F. Prime Coats: Belore applying finish coats, apply a prime coat of material, as
recommended by manufacturer, to material required lo be coated or finished lhat has
not been prime coated by others.
1. Recoat primed and sealed substrates if there is evidence of suction spots or
unsealed areas in first coat, to ensure a finish coat with no burn-through or other
delects caused by insuflicient sealing.
G. Completed Work: Match approved Samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove,
refinish, or recoat work thai does not comply with specified requirements.
CLEANING
Cleanup: At end ol each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other
discarded malerials lrom Project site.
'1. After completing coating application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove
spattered coatings by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or
damage adjacent finished surfaces.
PROTECTION
Protect work of other trades, whether being coated or not, against damage from
coating operation. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and recoating, as
approved by Architecl, and leave in an undamaged condition.
1. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly coated finishes. After completing
coating operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to
protect their work.2. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore
damaged or defaced coated surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in
PDCA P1.
END OF SECTION 09960
3.5
A.
HIGH-PERFOBMANCE COATINGS 09960 - I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
1.1
sEcTtoN 101400
SIGNAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply lo
Section.
1.2
A.
SUMMABY
This Section includes the following:1. Dimensionalcharacters.(Exterior)2. Panel signs.
DEFINITIONS
ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines: U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers
Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for
Buildings and Facilities; Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines."
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for signs.
1. Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided
by others, and accessories.2. Provide message list, typestyles, graphic elements, including tactile characters
and Braille, and layout for each sign.
Samples for Verification: For each ol the lollowing products and for the full range of
color, texture, and sign material indicated, of sizes indicated:1. Dimensional Characters: Full-size Samples of each type ol dimensional
character (letter, number, and graphic element).2. Panel Signs: Not less than 12 inches (305 mm) square including border.3. Accessories: Manufacture/sfull-size unit.
1.3
A.
1.4
A.
B.
D. Maintenance Data: For signs to include in maintenance manuals.
and
this
c.
SIGNAGE 101400 - 1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
QUALIW ASSURANCE
Source Limitations for Signs: Obtain each sign type indicated from one source from a
single manufacturer.
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in ADA-ABA
Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A1 17.1.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
and marked for intended use.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Field Measurements: Verify recess openings by field measurements before labrication
and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.
COORDINATION
Coordinate placement of anchorage devices with templales for installing signs.
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
1.5
A.
B.
c.
1.6
A.
1.7
A.
2.1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.2
A.
MATERIALS
Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 261826M, of alloy and temper recommended by sign
manufacturer for casting process used and for use and finish indicated.
Aluminum Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), alloy and temper
recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and tinish indicated,
and with at least the strength and durability properties of Alloy 5005-H32.
Af uminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), alloy and temper recommended
by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated, and with at least
the strength and durability properties of Alloy 6063-T5.
Acrylic Sheet ASTM D 4802, Category A-1 (cell-cast sheet), Type UVA (UV
absorbing).
Applied Vinyl: Die-cut characters from vinyl film of nominal thickness ol 3 mils (0.076
mm) with pressure-sensitive adhesive backing, suitable for exterior applications.
DI MENSIONAL CHARACTERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated inlo the Work include, bul are not limited to,
the following:
A.
B.
c.
D.
E.
SIGNAGE 101400 - 2
I JGF # 0705 Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
cs2 # &2008 Exteriol
Vail'Colorado
I 1. ACE Sign Systems, Inc.2. AdvanceCorporation;Braille-TacDivision.
I 3. A. R. K. Ramos.
I 4. ASl-Modulex,Inc.5. Innedace Sign Systems, lnc.
r 6. MetalArts; Div. of L&H Mfg. Co.
I 7. Mills Manufacturing Company.
B. Cast Characters: Produce characters with smooth flat faces, sharp corners, and
I precisely formed lines and profiles, free of pits, scale, sand holes, and other defects.f Cast lugs into back of characters and tap to receive threaded mounting studs. Alloy
and temper recommended by sign manufacturer for casting process used and for use
I and finish indicated. Comply with the following requirements.
I 1. Gharacter Material: Aluminum.
I C. Aluminum Extrusions: Comply with the following requirements:
r 1. Finish: Anodized.
- D. Fabricated Characters: Form exposed faces and sides of characters to produce
surfaces free from warp and distortion. Comply with the following requirements:
I 1. Aluminum Sheet ruot less than 0.090 inch {2.29 mm) thick.I a. Finish: Anodized.
I 2. Gharacter Height As indicated
I 3. Character Style: Helvetica
I E. Cutout Characters: Provide characters with square-cut, smooth, eased edges.
I Comply with the following requirements:
1 . Aluminum Sheet 0.1 25 inch (3.1 I mm) thick.
I a. Finish: Anodized.
I 2.3 PANEL SIGNS
I A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
t oflering products that may be incorporated into lhe Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
I 1. ACE Sign Systems, Inc.
- 2. Advance Corporation; Braille-Tac Division.3. Allen Industries Architectural Signage
I 4. AS|-Modulex,Inc.. 5. Best Sign Systems Inc.6. Mills Manufacturing Company.
I 7 - Mohawk Sign Systems.
T
I
I
STGNAGE 101400 - 3
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.4
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
B. Room signs: Each apartment and common areas rooms;
way/directional signage"
Exlerior
Vail,Colorado
parking garageTinding
C. lnterior Panel Signs: Provide smooth sign panel surfaces constructed to remain flat
under installed conditions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.5 mm)
measured diagonally lrom comer to comer, complying with the lollowing requirements:
1. Acrylic Cast Sheet: 0.080 inch (2.03 mm) thick.2. Mounting: Unframed.
D. Panel Sign Schedule:
1. Sign Type:
Sign Size: As indicated.
Character Size: Minimum 1 inch-high.
Character Style: Helvetica
TexVMessage: As indicated in sign schedule .
Colors: As selected by Architect
E. Accessible Parking Signs1. Material: 0.080 inch aluminum or other non corrosive malerial2. Background Color: Blue3. Copy Material: White silk-screen4. Mounting: Flush mounted to building with lasteners to suit building substrate.
ACCESSORIES
Anchors and Inserts: Provide nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and
inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance.
Use toothed steel or lead expansion-bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. Furnish
inserts, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work.
FABRICATION
General: Provide manufacturer's standard signs of configurations indicated.
FINISHES, GENERAL
Comply with NAAMM's 'Metal Finishes Manual lor Architectural and Metal Producls'
for recommendations lor applying and designating finishes.
Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a
strippable, temporary protective covering before shippin g.
Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces
are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples.
Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance
of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples
and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
T
t
It
It
I
I
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.5
A.
2.6
A.
B.
c.
I
I
I
t
I
ISIGNAGE101400 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
Vail Cascade Besort & Spa
Exterior
Vail.Colorado
2.7 ALUMINUM FIN]SHES
A. Clear Anodic Finish: Manufacturer's standard Class 1 clear anodic coaling, 0.018 mm
or thicker, over a satin (directionally textured) mechanical finish, complying with
AAMA 611.
B. Color Anodic Finish: Manufacturer's standard Class 1 integrally colored or
electrolytically deposited color anodic coating, 0.018 mm or thicker, in color as selected
by Architect. applied over a mechanical finish, complying with AAMA 61 1.
1. Clear Finish: Natural satin finish with clear polyurethane protective coat.
C. Cast-Metal Plaque Finishes;1. Raised Areas: Hand-tool and buff borders and raised copy to produce
manulacturers standard satin f inish2. Background Finish: Painted
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with lnstaller present, for compliance with
requirements lor inslallation tolerances and other conditions aflecting performance of
work.
B. Verify that items, including anchor inserts, are sized and located to accommodate
signs.
3.1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
c.
3.2
A.
B.
I
t
I
I
I
I
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
INSTALLATION
Locate signs and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of types
described and complying with manufacture/s written instructions.
1. lnstall signs level, plumb, and at heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of
distortion and other defects in appearance.2. lnterior Wall Signs: Install signs on walls adjacent to latch side of door where
applicable. Where not indicated or possible, such as double doors, install signs
on nearest adjacent walls. Locate to allow approach within 3 inches (75 mm) of
sign without encountering protruding objecls or standing within swing of door.
Wall-Mounted Signs: Comply with sign manufacturer's written instructions except
where more stringent requirements apply.1. Silicone-Adhesive Mounting: Attach signs to irregular, porous, or vinyl-covered
surfaces.2. Mechanical Fasteners: Use nonremovable mechanical fasleners placed through
predrilled holes. Attach signs with fasteners and anchors suitable for secure
attachment to substrate as recommended in writing by sign manufacturer.
SIGNAGE 101400 - 5
JGF # 0705
csz # &2q)8
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
C. Dimensional Characters: Mount characters using standard faslening methods to
comply with manufacturer's written instructions for character form, type of mounting,
wall construction, and condition of exposure indicated. Provide heavy paper template
to establish character spacing and to locate holes for fasteners.
1. Flush Mounting: Mount characters with backs in contact with wall sudace.2. Projected Mounting: Mount characlers at projection distance from wall surface
indicated.
3.3 CLEAN]NG AND PROTECTION
A. Alter installation, clean soiled sign surfaces according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Protect signs from damage until acceptance by Owner.
END OF SECTION 1014OO
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
ISIGNAGE101400 - 6
General and
apply to this
B.
B.
c.
D.
1.1
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
t
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exlerior
Vail,Colorado
't.2
A.
sEcTtoN 10 4413
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS
PART 1 - GENEHAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,
Section.
'1.3
A.
SUMMARY
Section Includes:
1. Fire protection cabinets for lhe following:
a. Portable fire extinguishers and hose valve .
Related Sections:1. Division 10 Section "Fire Extinguishers.'
SUBMITTALS
Product Dala: For each type of product indicated. lnclude conslruction details,
material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes
for fire protection cabinets.
1. Fire Protection Cabinets: Include roughing-in dimensions, details showing
mounting methods, relationships of box and trim lo surrounding construction,
door hardware, cabinet type, trim style, and panel style.2. Show location ol knockouts for hose valves.
Shop Drawings: For fire protection cabinets. Include plans, elevations, seclions,
details, and attachments to other work.
Product Schedule: For fire protection cabinets. Coordinate final fire protection cabinet
schedule with fire extinguisher schedule lo ensure proper fit and function. Use same
designations indicated on Drawings.
Maintenance Data: For fire protection cabinets to include in maintenance manuals.
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 104413-1
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
1.4 QUALIry ASSURANCE
A. Fire-Rated, Fire Protection Cabinels: Lisled and labeled to comply with requirements
in ASTM E 814 for lire-resistance rating of walls where they are installed.
B. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1. Review methods and procedures relaled to fire protection cabineis including, but
not limited to, the following:
a. Schedules and coordination requirements.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate size of fire protection cabinets to ensure that type and capacity ol fire
extinguishers indicated are accommodated.
B. Coordinate size of fire protection cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire
hoses, hose valves, and hose racks indicated are accommodated.
C. Coordinate sizes and locations of fire protection cabinets with wall depths.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B.
B. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 304.
C. Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type I, Quality q3, 3 mm
thick, Class 1 (clear).
2.2 FIRE PROTECTION CABINET
A. Cabinet Type: Suitable for fire extinguisher and hose valve .
'1 . Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available producls that may
be incorporated into the Work include, bul are not limiled to, the following:
a. Fire End & Croker Corporation;.
b. Larsen'sManufacturingCompany;c. J. L. Industries, Inc., a division of Activar Construction Products Group;.d. Polter Roemer LLC;.
B. Cabinet Construction: 1-hour fire rated.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
T
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 104413-2
I
I
T
IT
I
III
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
1.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Fire-Rated Cabinets: Construct lire-rated cabinets with double walls fabricated
from 0.0428-inch- (1.1-mm-) thick, cold-rolled steel sheet lined with minimum 5/8-
inch- (16-mm-) thick, fire-barrier material. Provide faclory-drilled mounting holes.
I
t
I
T
t
I
I
C. Cabinet Material: Enameled -steel sheet.
1. Shelf: Same metal and finish as cabinet.
D. Semirecessed Cabinet: Cabinet box partially recessed in walls of suflicient depth to
suit style of trim indicated; with one-piece combination trim and perimeter door frame
overlapping surrounding wall surface with exposed trim face and wall return at outer
edge (backbend). Provide where walls are of insufficient depth for recessed cabinets
but are of sufficient depth to accommodate semirecessed cabinet installation.1. Square -Edge Trim: 1-1i2-inch backbend depth.
E. Cabinet Trim Material: Enameled-steel sheet.
F. Door Material: Enameled -steel sheet.
G. Door Style: Vertical duo panel with frame.
H. Door Glazing Tempered float glass (clear).
l. Door Hardware: Manufacturer's standard door-operating hardware of proper type for
cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated.
1. Providemanufacturer'sstandard.2. Provide continuous hinge, of same material and finish as trim, permitting door to
open 180degrees.
J. Accessories:
'1. Mounting Bracket: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure fire
extinguisher to fire protection cabinet, of sizes required for types and capacities
of fire extinguishers indicated, with plated or baked-enamel finish.2. Lettered Door Handle: One-piece, cast-iron door handle with the word 'FIRE"
embossed into face.3. Door Lock: Cam lock that allows door to be opened during emergency by pulling
sharply on door handle.4. ldentification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letler
style, size, spacing, and location. Locate as directed by Architect.
a. ldentify fire extinguisher in fire protection cabinet with the words "FIBE
EXTINGUISHER.'
1) Location: Applied to location indicated on Drawings.2) Application Process: Engraved.3) Lettering Color: Red.4) Orientation:Vertical.
K. Finishes:
t
I
t
I
I FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 10 4413 - 3
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
Manufacturer's standard baked-enamel paint for the following:
a.
2. Steel:
Exterior of cabinet, door, and trim except lor those surfaces indicated to
receive another finish.
Baked enamel.
FABRICATION
Fire Protection Cabinets: Provide manufacture/s standard box (tub) with trim, frame,
door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated.
1. Weld joints and grind smoolh.2. Provide factory-drilled mounting holes.3. Prepare doors and frames to receive locks.
4. Install door locks at factory.
Cabinet Doors: Fabricale doors according to manufacturer's standards, from materials
indicated and coordinated with cabinet types and trim styles selected.
1. Fabricaie door frames with tubular stiles and rails and hollow-metial design,
minimum l12inch (13 mm) thick.2. Fabricate door frames of one-piece construction with edges flanged.3. Miter and weld perimeter door frames.
Cabinet Trim: Fabricate cabinet trim in one piece wilh corners mitered, welded, and
ground smooth.
GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS
Gomply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"
for recommendations for applying and designating linishes.
Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces of fire protection cabinets from
damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.
Finish fire proteclion cabinets after assembly.
Appearance of Finished Work: Noliceable variations in same piece are not acceptable.
Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the
range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
STEEL FINISHES
Surface Preparation: Bemove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel,
complying with SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1, "White Metal Blast Cleaning".
Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: lmmediately afler cleaning and pretreating,
apply manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.
2.3
A.
2.4
A.
B.
2.5
A.
B.
B.
c.
c.
D.
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 10 44'13 - 4
B.
3.1
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
B.
t
I
I
I
I
t
T
T
I
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
c.
3.2
A.
3.3
A.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
thermosetting topcoat. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for
applying and baking to achieve a minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils (0.05 mm).
1. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINAT]ON
Examine roughing-in for cabinets to verify actual locations of piping conneclions before
cabinet installation.
Examine walls and partitions lor suitable framing depth and blocking where recessed
and semirecessed cabinets will be installed.
Proceed with installation only alter unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
Prepare recesses for recessed and semirecessed fire protection cabinets as required
by type and size of cabinet and trim style.
INSTALLATION
General: Install fire protection cabinets in locations and at mounting heights
indicated or, if not indicated, at heights indicated below:
1. Fire Protection Cabinets: 54 inches (1372 mm) above finished lloor to top of
cabinet.
Fire Protection Cabinets: Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb.
1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide recessed fire protection cabinets. lf wall
thickness is not adequate for recessed cabinets, provide semirecessed fire
protection cabinets.2. Provide inside latch and lock for break-glass panels.
3. Fasten mounting brackets to inside surlace of fire protection cabinets, square
and plumb.
4. Fire-Rated,Hose-ValveCabinets:
a. Install cabinet with not more than 1il 6-inch (1.6-mm) tolerance between
pipe OD and knockout OD. Genter pipe within knockout.b. Seal through penetrations with firestopping sealant as specified in
Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestoppin g.'
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 10 44 13 - 5
JGF # 0705
cs2 # 8-2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as fire protection
cabinets are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation
instructions.
B. Adjust fire protection cabinet doors to operate easily without binding. Verify that
integral locking devices operate properly.
C. On completion of fire protection cabinet installation, clean interior and exterior surfaces
as recommended by manufacturer.
D. Touch up marred finishes, or replace fire protection cabinets that cannot be restored to
{actory{inished appearance. Use only materials and procedures recommended or
furnished by fire protection cabinet and mounting bracket manufacturers.
E. Replace {ire protection cabinels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond
successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.
END OF SECTTON 10 44 13
t
I
t
I
t
!
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
t
I
tFIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 10 44 13 - 6
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
l
I
I
I
I
t
I
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
1.1
sEcTtoN 10 4416
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2
A.
B.
SUMMARY
Section includes portable, hand-carried fire extinguishers and mounting brackets lor
fire extinguishers.
Related Sections:
1 . Division 10 Section "Fire Extinguisher Cabinets.'
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type ol product indicated. Include rating and classification,
material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes
for fire extinguisher and mounting brackets.
Product Schedule: For fire extinguishers. Coordinate final fire extinguisher schedule
with fire prolection cabinet schedule to ensure proper fit and function. Use same
designations indicated on Drawings.
Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
OUALITY ASSURANCE
NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10,
"Portable Fire Extinguishers."
Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an
independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Provide lire extinguishers approved, listed, and labeled by FMG.
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.3
A.
c.
't.4
A.
B.
B.
c.
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 10 44 16 - 1
JGF # 07fft
cs2 # &2008
1.5
A.
1.6
A.
1. Review methods and procedures related to fire
limited to, the following:
a. Schedules and coordination requiremenls.
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exteriol
Vail,Colorado
extinguishers including, but not
COORDINATION
Coordinate type and capacity of lire extinguishers with fire protection cabinets to
ensure fit and function.
WARRANTY
Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to
repair or replace fire extinguishers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified
warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Failure of hydrostatic test according to NFPA 10.b. Faulg operation of valves or release levers.
2. Warranty Period: Six years from date of Substantial Completion.
PAHT 2 - PRODUCTS
PORTABLE, HAND-CARBIED FIRE EXT]NGUISHERS
Fire Extinguishers: Type, size, and capacity for each fire protection cabinet and
mounting bracket indicated.
1. Manufacturers: Subject lo compliance with requirements, provide products
available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work
include, bul are not limited to, the following:2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
Larson's Manufacturing Company Model (Vertical DUO) or comparable product
by one of the following:a. J. L. Industries, Inc.; a division of Activar Construction Products Group.b. Potter Roemer LLC.
Multipurpose Dry-Chemical Type in Steel Container: UL-rated 4-A:60-B:C, 1O-lb (4.5-
kg) nominal capacity, with monoammonium phosphate-based dry chemical in
enameled-steel container.
I
t
2.1
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
A.
B.
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 104416-2
If JGF # 0705 Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
cs2 # &2008 Exterior
I Vail,Colorado
I 2.2 MoUNT|NG BRACKETS
,r A. Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher
I to wall or structure, of sizes required lor types and capacities ol fire extinguishers'' indicated, with plated or baked-enamel finish.
I t. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, availableI manufacturers olfering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
but are not limited to, the following:
I a. Larsen's Manufacturing Company.I b. J. L. Industries, Inc.; a division of Activar Construction Products Group.
c. Potter Roemer LLC.
at B. ldentification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction lor letter style,
size, spacing, and localion. Locate as indicated by Architect.
I 1
ffillrry"r,gfi"#;l',T?:1i""1",r."i#;l#Tfi",,illl? ",ji".""
*o'os "F,RE
r a. Orientation: Vertical.
.I PART3-EXECUTION
I
I 3.1 EXAMINATION
I A. Examine fire extinguishers lor proper charging and tagging.
-f 1. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged fire extinguishers.a
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.II 3.2 INSTALLATIONtt A. General: Install fire extinguishers and mounting brackets in locations indicated and in
compliance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
I 1. Mounting Brackets: 54 inches (1372 mm) above finished floor to top of fire'tP extinguisher.
I B. Mounting Brackets: Fasten mounting brackdts to surfaces, square and plumb, at
- locations indicated.
t END OF SECTTON 10 44 16
I
I
I
I
F|RE EXTNGUTSHERS 10 44 16 - 3
II JGF#0705 Vail Gascade Resorl& Spa
cs2 # 8-2008 Exterior
] Vail,Colorado
I sEcTloN 12 4813
I ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES
I PARTl -cENERAL
I
I 1.1 BELATED DOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
I Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specilication Sections, apply to this
l, Section.
-
t' 1.2
',MMARYIA. This Section includes the following:I 1. Entrance mats in recessed frames.t
I 1.3 SUBMITTALStA. Product Data: lnclude construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of
r individual components and profiles, and finishes.
It B. Shop Drawings: Show the following:
I 1. Divisions between mat sections.I
C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of product indicated.
I D. Maintenance Data: For floor mats and frames to include in maintenance manuals.
I 1.4 OUALTry ASSURANCE
A A. Source Limitations: Obtain floor mats and frames through one source from a single
t manufacturer.
B. Accessibility Requirements: Provide installed floor mats that comply with Section 4.5 in
|' the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's 'Americans with
t Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG).'
a 1.5 PROJECT CONDTTTONS
-, A. Field Measurementsr Indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.
I
I
I
ENTRANCE FLOOR MATSAND FBAMES 124813-1
I
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Colorado
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate size and location of recesses in concrete with installation of finish floors to
receive floor mats and frames.
1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that malch products installed and that are
packaged with protective covering for storage and identilied with labels describing
contents.
1. Entrance Tiles: Full-size units equal to 2 percent of amount installed for each
size, color, and pattern indicated, but no fewer than 10 units.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ENTRANCE MATS
A. Available Manufaclurers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:1. Basis-of-Design Product Subject to compliance with requirements, provide C/S
Group.Pedimat # M1-C-HC-ANG or a comparable product by one of the
following:2. PawlingCorporation;Architectural Products Division.
B. Recessed Frames:
JGF # 0705
cs2 # &2008
2.2
A.
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
,t
I
t
1 . Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), Alloy 6O61-T6 or Alloy 6063-
T5, T6, or T52.2. Color: Mill-finish.
FABRICATION
Floor Mats: Shop fabricate unils to greatest extent possible in sizes indicated. Unless
otherwise indicated, provide single unit lor each mat installation; do not exceed
manufacturer's recommended maximum sizes for units that are removed for
maintenance and cleaning. Where joints in mats are necessary, space symmetrically
and away from normal traffic lanes. Miter corner joints in framing elements with
hairline joints or provide prefabricated corner units without joints.
Recessed Frames: As indicated, for permanent recessed installation, complete with
corner pins or reinforcement and anchorage devices.
'l . Fabricate edge-frame members in single lenglhs or, where frame dimensions
exceed maximum available lengths, provide minimum number of pieces possible,
with hairline joints equally spaced and pieces spliced together by straight
connecting pins.
t
I
I
I
t
B.
ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES 124813-2
I
I
I
t
JGF # 070s
cs2 * 8-2008
C. Coat surfaces of aluminum frames that will
manufacturer's slandard protective coating.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Vail Cascade Resort & Spa
Exterior
Vail,Golorado
contact cementitious material with
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
t
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and floor conditions lor compliance with requirements for location,
sizes, minimum recess depth, and olher conditions affecting installation of floor mats
and frames.
1. Proceed with installation only afler unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. lnstall recessed mat frames to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Set mat
tops at height recommended by manufacturer for most eflective cleaning action;
coordinate top of mat surfaces with bottom ol doors that swing across mats to provide
clearance between door and mat.
1. For installation in lerrazzo flooring areas, provide allowance for grinding and
polishing ol lerrazzo without grinding surtace of recessed lrames. Coordinate
with other trades as required.2. Install necessary shims, spacers, and anchorages for proper location and secure
attachment of lrames.3. Install grout and fill around frames and, if reguired to set mat tops at proper
elevations, in recesses under mats. Finish grout and fill smooth and level.
3.3 PHOTECTION
A. After completing frame installation and concrete work, provide temporary filler of
plywood or fiberboard in recesses and cover frames with plywood protective flooring.
Maintain protection until construction traffic has ended and Project is near Substantial
Completion.
END OF SECTION 12 4813
I
I
I
T
ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES 12 48'13 - 3
Vail Cascade Resort
50%PROGRESS SET
F.
1.04
A.
L05
A.
Hadji & Associates, lnc.
March 28,200E
06082
Product data for each gas piping specialty and special duty valve. Include rated capacities of
selected models, furnished specialties and accessories, and installation instructions.
Shop drawings detailing dimensions, required clearances, for connection to gas meter.
Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems products, in
accordance with requirements of Division 15.
Maintenance data for gas specialties and special duty valves, for inclusion in the Operating and
Maintenance Manual specified in Division 15.
Welden' qualification certificates, certifring that welders comply with the quality requirpments
specified under "Quality Assurance" below.
Test reports specified in Part 3 below.
QUALITY ASSUMNCE:
Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of natural gas systems
products, oftypes, materials, sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in
similar service for not less than 5 years.
Installer Qualifications: Installation and replacement of gas piping, gas utilization equipment or
accessories, and repair and servicing of equipment shall be performed only by a qualified
installer. The term *qualified" is defined as experienced in such work (experienced shall mean
having a minimum of 5 previous projects similar in size and scope to this project), familiar with
precautions required, and has complied with the requirements of the authority having
jurisdiction. Upon requesl submit evidence of such qualifications to the Architect.
Qualifications for Welding Processes and Operators: Comply with the requirements of ASME
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, "Welding and Brazing Qualification."
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the requirements of the following codes:
1 . NFPA 54 - National Fuel Gas Code, for gas piping materials and components, gas piping
installations, and inspection, testing, and purging ofgas piping systems.2. Local Building Code.3. Utility Compliance: Fabricate and install natural gas systems in accordance with local
gas utility company requ irements.
4. UMC Compliance: Fabricate and install natural gas systems in accordance with IAPMOnUniform Mechanical Code."
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND T{ANDLING:
Handling Flammable Liquids: Remove and legally dispose of liquid from a drip in existing gas
piping and handle cautiously to avoid spillage or ignition. Noti$ the gas supplier. Handle
A.
I
I
I
t
l
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
C.
D.
B.
c.
D.
I
T
INATURAL CAS SYSTEMS 15488 -2
I y#i";ff3fiffi'l;,Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
flammable liquids used by &e insaller with proper precautions, and do not leave on the
premises from the end ofone working day to the beginning ofthe next.
I.06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING:
I A. Notification of Intemrption of Service: Except in the case of an emergency, notify all affected
users when the gas supply is to be tumed off.
t B. Work Intemrptions: When intemrptions in work occur while repairs or alterations are being
made to an existing piping system, leave the system in safe condition.
I C. Coordinate the installation ofpipe sleeves for foundation wall penetrations.
i
I 1.07 EXTRAMATERTALS:
r A. Valve Wrenches: Furnish to Owner, with receipt, two (2) valve wrenches for each type of gas
I valve installed, requiring same.
I PARr2 - PRoDUcrs
I 2.OI MANUFACTTJRERS:
I A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
I following:
q L Gas Cocks:
t r i"#HiJ,ff;,""t i iii"?i'di:l| e. Stockham.
I
; 2.02 pIpE, TT.JBING AND JOTNTING MATERTALS:
a
A. Provide pipes and pipe fitting complying with Division I 5, Section 15055.
I 2.03 NATT]RAL GAS PIPING SPECIALTIES:
Ir A. Gas Meters: Diaphragm-type, positive displacement gas meters with aluminum cases,
I temp€rature compensated, with internal conosion-resistant components; threaded ends for 2 inch
I ilj:T,l,f:,f#ti"lends
for 2-112 inch and larger; for gas working pressures, specific gravity,
I
NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS 15488.3
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
50% PROGRESS SET
1.
2.
J.
4.
5.
6.
7.
2.04
A.
B.
C.
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
I
I
I
T
l
t
I
t
t
B. Protective Coating: Provide factory applied polyethylene tape, having the following properties:
Overall thickness: 20 mils.
Synthetic adhesive,
Water vapor tran smission rate.
Gallons per 100 square inch: 0.10 or less.
Water absorption, percent: 0.02 or less.
Prime pipe and fittings with a compatible primer prior to application of tape.
Pipe wrapping shall conform to the following schedule:
Pioe.Sizs Tape Width
ScotchwrapNo.
$tandard Cold
Yt -t/tio,ch I inci 50 40
I - l% inch 2 or 4 inch 50 4g
2 inch and larser 4 inch 50 40
Color backing Elaek Green
8. During application of wrap, if the ambient temperature is 4098 or less, use only
Scotchwrap No. 40 tape. if ambient temperature is 40oF or more, use only Scotchwrap
No. 50.
Flexible Connectors: Comrgated type 304 stainless steel flexible pipe with stainless steel braid
and heavy flexible armor shield.
VALVES:
Special duty valves are specified in this section by their generic name. Refer to Part 3, "VALVE
APPLICATION, I I for specific uses and applications for valve specified.
Gas Cocks 2 Inch and Smaller: 150 psi, bronze body, straightaway pattern, square head,
threaded ends.
Solenoid Valves: Aluminum body, 120 volts AC, 60 Flz, Class B continuous duty molded coil;
NEMA 4 coil enclosure; electrically opened/electrically closed; dual coils; normally closed; UL
and FM approved and labeled.
Cas Line Pressure Regulators: Single stage, steel jacketed, corrosion-resistant gas pressure
regulators; with atmospheric vent, elevation compensator; with threaded ends for 2 inch and
smaller, flanged ends for 2-l/2 inch and larger; for inlet and outlet gas pressures, specific
gravity, and volume flow indicated.
Gas Safety Valves: Gas safety valve latched open when energized, free handle design, manual
rese! and a visual position indicator.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
c.
D.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
tNATURAL GAS SYSTEMS 15488 - 4
I y;r:;trstiffi"$",
I
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
3.01 INSPECTION:
Ir A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which natural gas systems materials and products
are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
I corrected in a manner....it"bl" to the Installer.I
I 3.OZ PREPARATION:
I A. Precautions: Before tuming offthe gas to the premises or section of piping, tum offall
I equipment valves. Perform a leakage test as specified in "FIELD QUALITY CONTROL"
t below, to determine that all equipment is tumed offin the piping section to be affected.
- B. Conform with the requirements in NFPA 54 for the prevention of accidental ignition.
I
.l 3.03 INSTALLATION OF PIPE:
I! A. Install natural gas piping in accordance wittr Division 15, Section 15055.
t B. Conform to the requirements of NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code.
I
C. Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans, schematics, and diagrams) indicate the general
I location and arrangement of piping systems. Desigr locations and arrangements of piping take
I into consideration pipe sizing flow direction, slope ofpipe, expansion, and other design
considerations. So far as practical, install piping as indicated.
f D. Concealed Locations: Except as specified below, install concealed gas piping in an air-tight
conduit constructed of Schedule 40, seamless black steel with welded joints. Vent conduit to the
I outside and terminate with a screened vent cap.
I' l. Above-Ceiling Locations: Gas piping may be installed in accessible above-ceiling spaces
a (subject to the approval ofthe authority havingjurisdiction), whether ornot such spaces
f are used as a plenum. Valves shall not be located in such spaces.I 2. In Floors: Piping installed in floors shall have protective wrapping specified in Part 2I :iffi'*:'l::i*i;i,rflT*;i';*r;m:q?ff#j'li;r:hi:itifi:.'-
concrete slabs containing quick-set additives or cinder aggregate.
I 3. Piping In Partitions: Concealed piping shall not be located in solid partitions. Tubing
t shall not be run inside hollow walls or partitions unless protected against physical
damage. This does not apply to tubing passing through walls or partitions.
1; 4. Prohibited locations: Do not install gas piping in or through a circulating air duct,
I clothes chutg chimney or gas vent, ventilating duct or dumb waiter or elevator shaft.
This does not apply to accessible above-ceiling space specified above.
I E. Install pipe sleeve and seals at foundation and basement wall penetrations, as specified in-' Division I 5, Section 15055, "Basic Piping Materials and Methods."
t
I
I
NATURAL CAS SYSTEMS r5488 - 5
Vail Cascade Resort
50"4/0 PROGRESS SET
J.
3.04
A.
F.
u-
H.
I.
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
Seal pipe penetrations offire barriers using fire barrier penetration sealers specified in Division
15.
Drips and Sediment Traps: Install a drip leg at points where condensate may collect and in a
location readily accessible to permit cleaning and emptying. Do not install drips where
condensate is likely to freezp.
l. Construct drips and sediment traps using a tee fitting with the bottom outlet plugged or
capped. Use aminimum of 3 pipe diameters in length for the drip leg. Use same size
pipe for drip leg as the connected pipe.
Use fittings for all changes in direction and all branch connections.
Install gas piping at a uniform grade upward to risers, and from the risers to the meter, or service
regulator when meter is not provided, or the equipment.
Connect branch outlet pipes from the top of horizontal lines, not from the bottom or sides.
NATURAL GAS PIPING SPECIALTIES:
Protective Coating:
I . Provide protective coating on piping and fittings that will be in contact with material or
afnosphere exerting a corrosiv€ action, or piping buried in floors.
Flexible Connectors:
l. Provide flexible connectors with full size quick coupler for all kitchen and heavy
moveable gas appliance equipment.
2. Connectors shall be of lengths required to displace equipment for complete cleaning
under and around gas appliance.
Quick Couplers:
l. Provide quick coupler at service end offlexible connectors.
I
I
I
I
l
I
t
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
B.
C.
3.05 VALVEAPPLICATIONS:
A. Shut-off duty: Use gas cocks.
3.06 VALVEINSTALLATIONS:
A. Install valves in accessible locations, ptotected fiom physical damage. Tag valves with a metal
tag attached with a metal chain indicating the piping systems supplied.
NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS 15488 - 6
I Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, Inc.'' 50% PROGRESS SET March 28.2008
06082
Ir B. Install a gas cock upstream of each gas pressure regulator. Where two gas pressure regulators
are installed in series in a single gas line, a manual valve is not required at the second regulator.
t C. Install pressure reliefor pressure limiting devices so they can be readily operated to determine if
the valve is free, tested to determine the pressure at which they will operate, and examined for
I leakage when in the closed position. Pije atmospheric vent to outdoors.I
D. Solenoid valves shall be mounted with the solenoid in the vertical upright position only.l,
I l. Electrical wiring for solenoid valves is specified in Division 16. Coordinate electrical
requirements and connections.
-I E. Valves shall be installed with unions or other means to facilitate removal or repair without
disassembly of connecting piping.
I F. Gas Safety Valves:
r l. Install gas safety valves in wall boxes [exposed].r 2
;Htri';lT[:l#'#l'ff*ilit"*:"?:tJffiffi'J:tfi";ff"::3'*""
I A. Install gas cock upstream and within 6 feet of gas appliance. Install a union or flanged
I connection downstrearn from the gas cock to permit removal ofcontrols,
f B. Sediment Traps: Install a tee fitting with the bottom outlet plugged or capped as close to the
t inlet of the gas appliance as practical. Drip Ieg shall be a minimum of 3 pipe diameters in
length.
I C. Flexible Hose Gas Connectors: For use connecting to vibrating equipment; comrgated Type 304! stainless steel fleible pipe with stainless steel braid.
),
I 3.08 ELECTRICALBONDINGANDGROUNDING:
I A. Install above-ground portions of gas piping systems, upstream from equipment shutoffvalves,
'l electrically continuous and bonded to a grounding elechode in accordance with NFPA 70,
'National Electrical Code."
I B. Do not use gas piping as a grounding electrode.
I C. Conform to NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code," for electrical connections between wiring and
I electrically operated control devices.
I 3.09 FrELD euALrrY coNTRoL:I
I
T
NATUML GAS SYSTEMS 15488 - 7
Vail Cascade Resort
Sff/oPROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Iinc.
March 28,2008
06082
I
I
t
T
l
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
t
t
t
I
Piping Tests: Inspecl test, and purge natural gas syst€ms in accordance with NFPA 54 and local
utility requiremenls.
Test system before covering underground lines.
Submit written results of tests to Architect/Engineer.
3.IO SPARE PARTS:
A. Valve Wrenches: Fumish to Omer, with receipt two (2) valve wrcncbes for each type of gas
vatve installed, requiring same.
ENDOF SECTION 15488
B.
c.
NATURALGAS SYSTEMS 15488 - 8
I Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, Inc.
50% PROGRESS SET March 28,2008
I 06082
- sEcTIoN 15520 - STEAM PIPING
I
T PARTI- GENERAL
I I.OI DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
I A. This section includes low and high pressure steam and condensate piping for system. Materials
I and equipment specified in this Section include:
I l. Pipes and fittings
t B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section:
I I . Refer to other Division 15 sections for materials and methods for sealing pipe
penetations through basement walls and fre,/smoke barriers, gauges, thermometers, flow
I meters, mechanical identification, mechanical insulation, condensate pumps and receiver
t sets, and temperature oontrol valves and sensors.
t r.o2 sYsrEMS DESCNPTIoN:I
A. The steam and condensate piping systems for this project is a two-pipe, mechanical flow.
l,
I 1,03 SUBMITTALS:
|- A. Shop drawings, detailing dimensions, methods of assembly of components, and location and size
of each field connection for flash tanks.
I B. Record Drawings: At project closeou! submit record drawings of installed systems products in
accordance with requirements of Division 15.
I C. Maintenance data, including data for steam and condensate specialties and special duty valves.r Refer to Division 15.
I D. Welders, certificates certifuing that welders meet the quality requirements specified in QualityI Assurance below.
I E. . Certification of compliance with specified ASTM, ASME, and ANSI manufacturing
a requirements forpipe, fittings, and specialties.
r F. Test reports specified in Part 3 ofthis Section.
I
r 1.04 QUALITYASSURANCE:
-I
tt
STEAM PIPING I5520-I
f
Vail Cascade Resort
50% PROGRESS SET I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
l
I
I
I
!
I
I
T
T
I
B.
C.
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacturer of steam and
condensate piping products, oftypes, materials, and sizes required, whose products have been in
satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
Installet's Qualifications: Personnel with at least 3 years ofsuccessful installation experience on
projects with steam and condensate piping work similar to that required for the project.
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the provisions of the following:
1. ASME B 31.9 "Building Services Piping: for materials, products, and installafion. Safety
valves and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate ASME label.2. ASME "Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, l1 Section IX, "Welding and Brazing
Qualification" for qualifications for welding processes and operators.3. Local Mechanical Code.4. UMC Compliance: Fabricate and install stenm and condensate piping in accordance with
IAPMO "Uniform Mechanical Code."
PART2- PRODUCTS
2.01
A.
2.02
A.
MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS:
General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products ofsizes, types, pressur€
ratings, temp€rature ratings, and capacities as indicated. where not indicated, provide proper
selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide materials
and products complying with ASME B3 1.9 Code for Building Services Piping where applicable,
base pressure rating on steam and condensate piping systems maximum design pressures,
Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings and
materials which match pipe materials used in steam and condensate piping systems. where
more lhan one type of materials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's option.
PIPE AND TUBE MATERI.ALS:
Stearn and Condensate Piping:
l. Low (15 psig and under) and Medium (15 psi to 100 psig) Pressure Steam Supply:
a. Piping,2 Inches and Under:
i. Pipe: Schedule 40, black steel, threaded and coupled.ii. Joint: Screwed, above ground; welded, below ground.iii. Fittings: Screwed, black cast-iron, 125 lb.; welded, forged steel socket
weld type, 300 lb. (WOG).
b. Piping,2-l/2Inches and over:
i. Pipe: Schedule 40, black steel, beveled ends.
STEAM PIPING 15520-2
I
l
Vail Cascade Resort
50% PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
ii. Fittings: Schedule 40 steel, butt weld type.iii. Flanges: l50lb.forgedseel,weldingnecktype.
Z. Low (15 psig and under) and Medium (15 psi to 100 psig) Pressure Steam Condensate:
a, Piping, 2 Inches and Under:
i. Pipe: Schedule 80, black steelthreaded and coupled.ii. Joints: Screwed above ground, welded below ground.iii. Fittings: Black cast iron, 125 lb.
b. Piping,2-tl2lnches and Over:
i. Schedule 80, black steel, beveled ends.ii. Fittings: Schedule 80, steel, butt weld type.iii. Flanges: 150 lb. forged steel, welding neck type with bore to match pipe.
PART3_ EXECUTION
3.OI INSPECTION:
A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which steam and condensate piping materials and
products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected in manner acceptable to Installer.
3.02 PIPING INSTALLATIONS:
A' General Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans, schematics, and diagrams) indicate the
general location and arrangement ofthe piping systems. Location and arrangement ofpiping
layout take into consideration pioe sizing and friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other
design considerations. So far as practical, install piping as indicated. Refer to individual system
specifications for requirements for coordination drawing submittals.
B. Use fittings for all changes in direction and all branch connections.
C. Conceal all pipe installations in walls, pipe chases, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade or
floors, unless indicated to be exposed to view.
D. Install piping at right angles and parallel, to building walls. Diagonal runs are not permitted,
unless expressly indicated.
E. Install piping free of sags or bends and with ample space between piping to permit proper
insulation appl ications.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
STEAM PIPING 15520-3
Vail Cascade Resort
50% PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
Install piping tight to slabs, beams, joists, columns, walls, and other permanent elements of the
building. Provide space to permit insulation applications, with I inch clearance ouside the
insulation. Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for panel removal.
Locate groups ofpipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing
ofvalves. Install drains at low points in mains, risers, and branch lines consisting ofa tee fitting,
3/4 inch ball valve, and short 3/4 inch threaded nipple and cap,
Wall Penetations: Where pipes pass through fire rated walls, partitions, ceilings, and floon,
maintain the fire rated integrity. Refer to Division l5 for sealers and materials.
lnstall steam supply piping at a uniform grade of I inch in forty feet downward in the direction
of flow.
Install branch connections to supply mains using 45o frttings in main with take-offout the top of
the main. Use of 90o "teen fittings is permissible, where use of 45" fittings are not practical.
Where the length of a branch takeoff is less than l0 feet, pitch branch line down toward mains, 1
inch per twenty feet.
Make reductions in pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with tlre level side down.
Install unions in pipes 2 inch and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connections each piece
of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. Unions are not required on flanged devices.
Install flexible connectors at inlet and discharge connections to pumps and other vibration
producing equipment.
Pitch steam condensate retum lines towards flash tank. if more than one condensate line
discharges into flash tank, install a swing check valve in each line. Install a thermostatic air vent
at the top ofthe tank. Install an inverted bucket or float and thermostatic trap at the low pr€ssure
condensate outlet, sized for triple the condensate load. Install a safety reliefvalve at the tank
top. Install a pressure gauge, gate valve, and swing check valve on the low pressure (flash)
steam outlet.
Anchor piping to ensure proper direction ofexpansion and contraction. lnstall expansion loops
and joints as indicated on the Drawings and specified in Division 15 Section "Anchors and
Supports."
Install drip legs at low points and natural drainage points in the system, such as at the ends on
mains, bottom of risers, and ahead ofpressure regulators, control valves, isolation valves, pipe
bends, and expansion joints.
l. On straight runs with no natural drainage points, install drip legs at intervals not
exceeding 200 feet whore pipe is pitched down in the direction of the steam flow and a
maximum of 150 fe.et where the pipe is pitched up so that condensate flow is opposite of
steam flow.
2. Extend drip legs at vertical risers beyond the rise.
3. Provide an l 8 inch long drip leg. For steam mains smaller than 6 inches, provide line size
drip leg.
l
I
T
I
t
I
I
t
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
T
I
J.
K.
L.
F.
G.
o.
P.
N.
STEAM PIPING 15520-4
I ,"#:Ftrsfiffi"J".,Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
4. Shainer blowdowns shall be equipped with ball valves with hose end and cap to allow
removal of dirt and scale.5. Install steam traps close to drip legs.
I 3.03 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:
t A. General: Hanger, suppots, and anchors devices are specified in Division 15 Section "supports
I and Anchors."
'' B. Install the following pipe attachments:
I |. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal mns less than 20 feet in length.- 2. Adjustable roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horimntal runs 20 feet or
I 3. lil:llt,"r."rplete - MSS Type 44 for multiple horizontat runs, 20 feet or tonger,I supportedon airapeze,
4. Spring hangers to support vertical runs.fr
!3.04 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION:
I
I A' Welded Joints: Comply with the requirements in ASME Code 83l.9 - "Building Servicespiping."
t B. Jhreaded Joints: Conform to ANSI B 1.20.1, tapered pipe threads for field cut threads. Join pipe,- tittings, and valves as follows:
I I . Note the internal length of threads in fittings or valve ends, and proximity of intemal seatI or wall, to determine how far pipe should de threaded into joint.2. Align threads at point of assembly.
I 3. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the extemal pipe threads (except whereI dry seal threading is specified).4. Assemble joint to appropriate thread depth. When using a wrench on vatves place the
I wrench on the valvi end into which the pipe is being threaded.
I 5. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe with threads which are conoded or damaged. If a
weld opens during cutting or threading operations, that portion ofpipe shall not be used.I
t C' Flanged Joints: Align flanges surfaces parallel. Assemble joints by s€quencing bolt tightening to
make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable
I lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly to appropriate torque specified
t bytheboltmanufachrer.
I 3.0s TERMTNALEeuTpMENTCoNNECTToNS:I
A. Piping size for supply and return shall be same size as the equipment connections.II B. Install traps and con&ol valves in accessible locations as close as possible to the equipment.
STEAM PIPING 15520-5
t
I
I
Vail Cascade Re sort
50% PROGRESS SET I
T
I
I
t
I
I
!
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
t
I
I
I
2.
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
D.
E.
F.
Install bypass piping with globe valve around control valve. Where multiple, parallel control
valves are installed, only one bypass is requir€d.
lnstall vacuum breaker downstream from the control valve and bypass, and as close as possible
to the coil inlet connection.
Install pressure gauges at coil inlet connections.
Provide an appropriate sap, sized at 3 times the condensate load ofthe equipment, at l/2 psig
differential at outlet of coils and at drip leg.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
Preparation for testing: Prepare steam and condensate piping in accordance witb ASME B 31.9
and as follows:
3.06
A.
Leavejoints including welds uninsulated and exposed for examination during the test.
Provide temporary r€straints for expansion joints which cannot sustain the reactions due
to test pressure. iftemporary restraints are not practical, isolate expansion joints from
testing.
Flush system with clean water. Clean strainers.
Isolate equipment that is not to be subjected to the test pressure fiom the piping. Ifa
valve is used to isolate the equipment its closure shall be capable of sealing against the
test pressure without damage to the valve. Flanged joints at which blinds are inserted to
isolate equipment need not be tested.
Install reliefvalve set at a pressure not more than l/3 higher than the test pr€ssure, to
protect against damage by expansion of liquid or other source of overpressure during the
test.
B. Testing; Test steam and condensate piping as follows:
l. Use ambient temperature water as the testing medium, except where there is a risk of
damage due to freezing. Another liquid may be used if it is safe for workmen and
compatible with the piping system components.
2. Use traps installed at high points in the system to release trapped air while filling the
system. Use drip legs installed at low points for complete removal of the liquid.3. Examine system to see that equipment and parts that cannot withstand test pressures are
properly isolated. Examine test equipment to ensure that it is tight and that low pressure
filling lines are disconnected.
4. Subject piping system to a hydrostatic test pr€ssure which at every point in the system is
not less than 1.5 times the design pressure. The test pressure shall not exceed the
maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in tho system under
test. Make a check to verifr that the stress due to pressure at the bottom of vertical runs
does not exceed either 90 percent of specified minimum yield strength, or I .7 times the
"SE" value in Appendix A of ASME B3 I .9.
3.
4.
5.
STEAM PIPING 15520-6
I Vail Cascade Resort Ha ji & Associates, Inc.I 50% PROGRESS SET March 2&2008
I 5. Hydrostatic Test: The test shall be accomplished by hand pumping the system to the
specified water pressure, and maintaining that pressure until the entire system has been
I
inspected for leaks, but in no case for a time period ofless than fourhours,
a- Steam and Condensate Systems: 100 psig or 150% ofsystem pressure, whichever
I
isgreater.
6- After the hydrostatic tost pressure has been applied for at least 4 hours, examine piping
I joints and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing
t components as appropriate, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks.
I END oF sECrroN 15520
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I STEAMPIPING
I
I
I
l
l
15s20-7
I Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, Inc.r 50% PROGRESS SET March 28,2008
06082
I SECTION 15525. STEAMSPECIALTIES
I PART1 - GENERAL
I l.0t DESCRTPTTON OF WORK:
I A. Extent of steam and condensate specialties required by this section is indicated on drawings
I and/or specified in otherDivision 15 sections.
r B. Types ofsteam and condensate specialties specified in this section include the following:
I l. Thermostatic haps,2. Float and thermostatic traps
I 3. Invertedbuckettraps
lf 4. Thermodynamic traps
5. Steam terminal inlet valves
| 6. Steam vents
I 7. Steam vacuum breakers.8. Pressure reducing valves
I 9. Steam safety valves
I 19 Flashtanks
I1. Strainers
-.t C. Steam and condensate specialties furnished as part of factory-fabricated equipment shall meet orrt exceed requirements ofthis section.
I D' Refer to other Division 15 sections for insulation of steam and condensate specialties.I
E. Refer to other Division 15 sections for information regarding piping specialties such as strainen,
I escutcheons, sieve seals and pipe sleaves.r
I 1.02 QUALTTY ASSURANCET
t'A' Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of steam and condensate
I specialties of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar
t service for not less than l0 years.
r B. Steam and Condensate Specialty Types: Provide steam and condensate specialties of same type
I by same manufacturer.
C. Codes and Standards:
I l. ASME Compliance: Manufacture and install steam and condensate specialties in
accordance with ASME I33 l 9 "Building Services Piping."It I.O3 SUBMITTALS:
I STEAM SPECIALTIES
t
r5525 - I
Vail Cascade Resort
50% PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturey's technical product data and installation insbuctions for each
type ofsteam and condensate specialty. Submit schedule indicatingmanufacturerJs figure
number, size, location, rated capacities, and features for each required steam and condensate
specialty.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturers, assembly-type shop drawings indicating dimensions,
weights, required clearances, and method of assembly of components.
C. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems products in
accordance with requirements of Divisions I and I 5.
D. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and spare parts lists for each type of steam and
condensate specialty. Include this dat4 product data, and shop drawings in maintenance
manual; in accordance with requirements of Divisions I and 15.
PART2 _ PRODUCTS
2,OI MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
l. Steam Traps:
a. Armstrong Machine Works
b. Holtnan Specialty ITT
c. Spirax - Sarco
d. Watson - McDaniel
e. Mepco
f. Nicholson Steam
2. Steam Terminal Inlet Valves:
a. Hoffrnan Specialty ITT
3. Steam Vents:
a. Armstrong Machine Works
b. Hoffrnan Specialty ITT; Fluid Handling Div.c. Spirax - Sarco
d. Watson - McDaniel
e. Mepco
f. Nicholson Steam
4. Steam Vacuum Breakers:
a, Johnson Corp.
STEAM SPECTALTIES
I
I
t
I
T
I15525 -2
I y#;trffiffiT!,Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
I b. Spriax - Sarco
t 5. Pressure Reducing Valves:
I a, Fisher Conkols International, Inc.b. Hoffman Specialry ITT
I c. Spence Engineering Co., Inc.
- 6. Steam Safety Valves:
t a. Kunkle Valve Co., Inc.b. Lonergan
I i. Sitr ffi;t'Xtlj Suli"w vur"" rndusrries. rnc.
I
I 2.02 STEAM AND CONDENSATE SPECIALTIES:
t A. General: Provide factory-fabricated steam and condensate specialties recommended by
t manufacturer for use in service indicated. Provide steam and condensate specialties of types,
capacities, and pressure ratings indicated for each service, or if not indicated, provide proper
I selection as determined by the manufacturer to make the system complete and operating
I properly. Provide sizes as indicated, and connections, which properly mate with pipe, tube, and
equipment connections. All traps on the project shall be supplied by one manufacturer; multiple
- manufacturers ofdifferent trap types will not be accepted.aI
2.O3 TRAP SIZING:
r A. For constant steam pressure applications using either inverted buckets or float and thermostatic
traps as indicated on the drawings, use a 2: I safety factor at the operating pressure differential
I between the supply pressure and the return line piessure the trap discharges into.r B. Sizing of steam traps is to be based on condensate discharge at saturated steam temperatures.
;| Water discharge capacities are not acceptable.
I
l, 2.04 THERMOSTATIC TRAPS:
- A. General: Provide thermostatic traps as indicated, with body constructed of cast brass, with
I integral ball joint union, and screw-in top. Provide thermostatic element of diaphragm or
I bellows type, with stainless steel valve cone and renewable stainless steel valve seats. Design! rrap for discharging condensate, air, and other non-condensable gases without loss of steam at
stearn operating pre$sures.I(l
I
2.05 FLOAT AND T}IERMOSTATIC TRAPS:
I A. General: Provide float and thermostatic traps as indicated, with body and cover constructed or
cast iron or semi-steel, pressure rated to 175 psig desigred so all internal parts are accessible
I
STEAM SPECI-ALTIES 15525 -3
t
Vail Cascade Resort
50% PROGRESS SET
2.06
A.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
B.
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
without disturbing piping. Provide thermostatic air vent shall be austenitic stainless steel and
brass cage with a phosphor-bronz€ balanced pressune bellow. Provide austenitic stainless steel
float with positive snap action valve mechanism, stainless steel valve and renewable seat.
Design trap for discharging condensate, air, and other non-condensable gases without loss of
steam at system operating pressures.
F & T traps shall bave the following features:
l. Integral vacuum breaker2. Gauge glass
STEAM TERMINAL INLET VALVES:
General: Provide steam terminal inlet valves with cast-brass body pressure rated for 125 psi, and
packless construction. Provide non-heat conducting wheel handle with dial pointer. Provide
union coupling on outlet. Select ends and pattern to suit piping system and spatial requirements.
Degree of valve opening cast on bonnet.
I - stem Extension: Provide extension ofvalve stem to locate valve handle on top of
radiation enclosures, of lengtl to suit enclosure height. Provide dial and pointer to fit on
top of eoclosure under handle.
2.07 STEAM VENTS:
A. General: Provide steam vents for venting of air and noncondensable gases from steam piping
system.
1. Quick Vents: Cast-brass body and bottom, with thermostatic bellows, and removable vent
port with vacuum check.2. Float Vents: Cast-iron body, cast-brass bottom, seamless-brass float, thermostatic
bellows, removable stainless steel seat, monel metal plungeg and vacuum check disks.
2.08 STEAM VACWM BREAKER:
A. Ball-check design, providing positive closure under pressure, and oper,ing under less than l "
mercury vacuum. Minimum 250 psig working pressure.
2.49 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES:
A. General: Provide pressure reducing valves where indicated, ofsize, capacity and pressure rating
as scheduled. Provide pilot-actuated, diaphragm type. Construct valve body of cast iron with
hardened stainless steel trim. Provide replaceable valve head and seat. Provide cover over pilot
diaphragm for protection against dirt accumulation.
B. The pressure reducing valve(s) shall function quietly and provide shut-tight on a dead end shut-
off. There shall be no springs in the path ofthe steam and no stuffing boxes. All parts must be
STEAM SPECIALTIES t5525 - 4
I
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
50% PROGRESS SET
2.10
A.
Hadj i & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
T
I
I
l
l
t
I
2.t2
A.
2.rl
easily accessible without removal ofthe valve from the line. The pilot valve shall be separate
from the main valve and connected to it by unions. A pilot strainer shall be built in the pilot
inlet.
STEAM SAFETYVALVES:
General: Provide steam safety valves as indicated, ofsize and capacity as selected by Installer
for proper relieving capacity, in accordance with ASME Boiler and pressure vessel code.
I . Bronze Safety Valves: Construct housing of cast bronzo, disc and nozzle of forged copper
alloy' lap seats to optical flatness. Set valve to relieve at l0 psi above operating pressure.2. Cast-Iron Safety Valves: Construct of cast iron, with all stainless steel tim, fully
enclosed spring. Set valve to relieve at l0 psi above operating pressure.3. Drip Pan Elbows: Provide drip pan elbows on steam safety valves required to discharge
to outdoors. Construct ofcast iron, with bottorn drain and pan drain connections.
FLASHTANKS:
Construct flash tanks of welded steel in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
code, for 1 50 psig rating. Fabricate all welds and tappings for vents, low pressure steam and
condensate outlets, high pressure condensate inlet, air ven! safety valve, and legs prior to
application of ASME label.
STRAINERS:
See Section 15120 - "Piping Specialties".
PART3 - EXECUTION
3.OI INSPECTION:
A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which steam and condensate specialties are to be
installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in
manner acceptable to Installer.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF STEAM AND CONDENSATE SPECI.ALTIES:
A. General: Install steam and condensate specialties as indicated, and in accessibte locations to
permit service. When located behind heating enclosures, center steam and condensate specialties
on access door. Install in neat and workmanlike manner. Use only wrenches having squar€ flat
jaws, or non-metallic strap wrenches on brass specialties; \ffrench marks will not be permitted.
B, Each trap shall have a check valve on its downstream side or exiting pipe.
STEAM SPECIALTIES 15525 - 5
Vail Cascade Resort
50% PROGRESS SET
F.
I.
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
Float and Thermostatic Traps: Install where indicated. Install ssainer abead oftrap, union and
shut-offvalve on inlet and outlet.
Steam Terminal Inlet Valves: Install on inlet to each steam heating room terminal which is not
automatically conholled, and elsewhere as indicated. Install with stem in vertical upright
position and in accessible position. Install stem extension in top of radiation cover where
indicated.
Provide inverted bucket trap for steam drip for all low points in the piping system and all other
locations where condensate may collect whether shown on tle drawings or not, Provide all
piping accessories per piping details shown on drawings.
Steam Vents: Install where indicated. Install shutoffvalve between float vents and steam piping,
pipe outlet to suitable plumbing drain, or as indicated.
Pressure Reducing Valves: Install as indicated, in accessible location to permit service, Install in
accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Install 3-valve bypass with globe valve in
bypass line, full size of inlet. Provide steam pressure gauge at inlet and outlet, and steam safet5r
valve at outlet.
Steam Safety Valve: Install on steam generators, downstream ofeach steam pressure reducing
valve, and elsewhere as indicated. Pipe discharge to floor for low pressure service, and to
outdoors, with drip pan elbw for high pressure service, both in accordance with ASME Boiler
and Pressure Code.
Flash Tanks: Pitch condensate lines towards flash tank. Ifmore than one condensate line
discharges into flash tank, install a swing check valve in each line. Install a thermostatic air vent
at the top ofthe tank. Install an inverted bucket or float and thermostatic trap at the low pressure
condensate outlet, sized for triple the condensate load. Install a safety relief valve at the tank
top. Install a pressure gauge, gate valve, and swing check valve on the low pressure (flash)
steam outlet.
Strainers: Install upstream of control valves, pressure reducing valves, and temperature/pressure
regulating valves. Install in horizontal position to prevent strainer from trapping liquid.
END OF SECTION I5525
c.
D.
I
I
T
T
I
I
I
I
G.
H.
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
t
I
J.
STEAM SPECIALTIES 15525 - 6
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
50% PROGRESS SET
SECTION 15526 - CONDENSATE PUMP AND RECEryER SETS
PART I - GENERAL
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28, 2008
06082
I
I
t
I
I
I
I.OI DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. Extent of condensate pump and receiver sets required by this section is indicated on drawings
and schedules, and by requirements ofthis section.
B' Refer to appropriate Division-15 sections for vibration isolation bases and flexible pipe
connectors for pumps.
1.02 QUALTTYASSURANCE:
A' Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of condensate pump and
receiver sets with characteristics, sizes and capacities required, whose products have been in
satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
I.O3 SUBMITTALS:
A' Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including cunent accurate pump
characteristic performance curves with selection points clearly indicated, weights, fumished
specialties and accessories; and insAllation and start-up instructions.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawings indicating dimensions,
weight loadings, required clearances, and metlrods of assembly of components.
C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturefs electrical requirements for power supply wiring to
condensate pump and receiver sets. Submit manufacturer's ladder-type wiring diagrams for
interlock and control wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory
installed and portions to be field-installed.
D' Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts iist for each type of condensate pump
and receiver set, motor, control, and accessory; including "trouble-shooting" maintenance guide.
Include this dat4 product data, shop drawings, and wiring diagrams in maintenance manual; in
accordance with requirements of Division I and Division I 5.
I.O4 PRODUCTDELIVERY,STORAGE,AND}IANDLNG:
A. Handle condensate pump and receiver sets carefully to prevent damage, breaking, denting and
scoring. Do not install damaged sets or components; replace with new.
B' Store condensate pump and receiver sets in clean dry place. Protect from weather, dirg fumes,
water, construction debris, and physical damage.
I
I
I
T
I
I
CONDENSATE PUMP AND RECEIVER SETS rss26-1
Vail Cascade Resort
50% PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
I
I
I
T
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
!
I
I
t
C. Comply with Manufacturer's rigging and installation instructions for unloading condensate pump
and receiver sets, and moving them to final location.
2.01
A,
PART2 - PRODUCTS
c.
CONDENSATE PUMP AND RECEIVER SETS:
General: Provide as indicated, condensate pump and receiver sets, ofcapacity as scheduled,
consisting of cast-iron receiver, inlet strainer, duplex water pump[s], float switchles], electrical
controls, and accessories,
Receiven Construct ofclose-grained cast iron and shall have a20 year warranty against failure
due to corrosion. Equip with two,/one extemally adjustable 2-pole float switch [es], water level
gauge, condensate thermometer, bronze fitted isolation butterfly valve [s] between recoiver and
each pump, and 2 lifting eye bolts. Float[s] and float rod[s] shall be stainless steel.
Strainer: Equip receiver inlet with cast-iron inlet sfainer with self-cleaning bronze screen, dirt
pocket, and clean-out plug.
Pump: Flange mount centrifirgal water pump on receiver. hovide close-coupled pump, vertical
design, permanently aligned, bronze fitted, equipped with stainless steel shaft, enclosed bronze
impelleq renewable bronze case ring and mechanical shaft seat. provide drip-proof motor
close-coupled to pump. Each pump shall be fitted with discharge pressure gauge.
control Panel: Provide NEMA II control cabinet mounted on pump unit, factory-wired for
external electrical connection only, with hinged door and grounding lug. Provide the following
within cabinet:
I . Combination magnetic starter for each pump with fusible disconnect.2. Momentary contact "Test" push buttons for each pump. Numbered terminal strip. Fusible
control circuit transformer for each pump motor.3. Selector H-O-A switch for each pump.4. Pump running pilot ligh(s)5. UL listed.
6. High level alarm switch with auxiliary contact suiable for remote monitoring thru
building automation systems.
Confol Circuits: Provide completely independent pump conhol circuit for each pump. Provide
electrical altemator to:
l. Change operating sequence automatically after each cycle.2. Provide simultaneous operation under peak load conditions.3. Operate idle pump automatically, should active pump or its control fail.
Accessories: Provide the following:
Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide condensate pump and receiver
sets of one of the following:
B,
D.
F.
G.
H.
CONDENSATE PUMP AND RECEIVER SETS r5526-2
l.
2.
.].
B.
c.
D.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
a
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
50% PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 2E,2008
06082
3.01
A.
Domestic Pump ITT; Fluid Handling Div.
Skidmore
Weil Pump Co.
PART3 - EXECUTION
3.42
A.
INSPECTION:
Examine areas and conditions under which condensate pump and receiver sets are to be
installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in
manner acceptable to Installer.
INSTALLATION OF CONDENSATE PUMP AND RECEIVER SETS:
General: Install condensate pump and receiver sets where shown, in accordance with
manufacturey's published installation instructions, complying with recognized industry practices,
to ensure that condensate pump and receiver sets comply witb requirements and serve intended
purposes.
Access: Provide access space around unit for service as indicated, but in no case less than that
recommended by manufacfu rer.
Support: Install condensate pump and receiver sets on 4" thick reinforced concrete pad,4"
larger on each side than unit base. Anchor unit to pad using inserts or anchor bolts.
Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be
factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical
lnstaller.
| ' Veri! that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal
and installation requirements of Division-16 sections. Do not proceed with equipment
slart-up until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment installer.
Piping Connections: Refer to Division-l5 piping sections. Provide system return connection to
inlet strainer with valved bypass to drain. Provide pump discharge connections with check
valve, shutoff valve, and balancing valve for each pump. Provide overflow and drain piping
connections, run drain piping to nearest floor drain or as indicated. Provide full size vent piping,
terminate in 180 deg. ell, at point above highest sieam system connection, or as indicated.
ADruSTING AND CLEANING:
Sta*-Up: Do not start up pump set or retum condensate to the receiver until entire steam and
condensate piping is thoroughly flushed and clean, and water sample analysis tests shord positive
indication the piping system is clear and free of all foreign matter including all residue. After
3.03
A.
CONDENSATE PUMP AND RECEIVER SETS 15526-3
Vail Cascade Resort
50% PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 2E, 2fi)E
06082
I
Iinstallation is complete, start-up condensate pump and receiver sets in accordance with
manufacture/s start-up instuctions.
B. Adjusbnent Set float switches to operate at proper levels, set balancing valves on pump
discharge for specified flow. Check for proper mtdion of 3-phase motors. Test controls and
demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
C. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with
manufachre/s touch-up paint.
END OF SECTION 15526
t
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
T
CONDENSATE PUMP AND RECEIVER SETS r5526-4
I vail cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, Inc.r 50% pRocRESS SET March 28.2008
06082
I SECTIONI5755-ITEATEXCHANGERS
I PARTI_ GENERAL
I 1.01 DESCRIPTION:
I A' Extent ofheat exchangers work required by this Section is indicated on drawings and schedules,
t and by requirements ofthis Section.
I B. Types ofheat exchangers specified in this Section include the following:
t l. Steam-to-Water U-Tube Heat Exchangers.2. Water-to-Water Plate and Frame Heat Exchanger.I! C. Refer to other Division I 5 sections for insulation of heat exchangers; piping, valveg specialties,
and confuols required in conjunction with heat exchangers; not work ofthis Section.
I 1.02 QUALITYASSURANCE:
I
I A' Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of heat exchangers, of
types, materials, and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar
- service for not less than 5 years.
I
't B. Codes and Standards:
I I ' ASME Compliance: Construct heat exchangers in accordance with ASME Boiler andI Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII ',pressure Vessels',. Division l.2. TEMA Compliance: Consfruct and install heat exchangers in accordance witl
I "standards of the Tubulur Exchanger Manufacturers Association".r
I I.O3 SUBMITTALS:
I A' Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for heat exchangers including
I performance data, materials, dimensions, weights, and installation data. Submit Manufacturer's
t Data Report for Pressure Vessels, Form U- l, as required by provisions of ASME code rules.
I B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawings indicating dimensions,
I weight loadings, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components.
I C. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems products in
I accordance with requirements of Division 15.
D. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each heat exchanger including
I "trouble-shooting" maintenance guide. Include rhis data and product data in maintenanceI manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 15.
}IEAT EXCHANGERS 15755 - I
It
Vail Cascade Resort
50% PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
I.O4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND }IANDLING:
A. Handle heat exchangers carefully to prevent damage, breaking denting and scoring. Do not
install damaged units or components; replace with new.
B. Store heat exchangers in clean dry place. Prot€ct from weather, dirt, fumes, water, construction
debris, and physical damage.
C. Comply with manufacturer's rigging and installation instructions for unloading heat exchangersn
and moving them to final location.
PART2_ PRODUCTS
2.0' MANUFACTTJRERS:
A' Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
l. Steam-to-Water U-Tube Heat Exchangers:
a. Amtrol, Inc.b. Armstrong Pumps, Inc.c. Bell & Gossett ITT; Fluid Handling Div.d. Dunham-Bush Inc.
e. Patterson-Kelley Co; Div. ofHanco.f. Precision Heat Exchanger Co.g. Taco, Inc.
2. Water-to-Water PIate and Frame Heat Exchangers:
a. Paul Mueller Co.
b. Tranter, Inc.c. APV
d. Alfa Laval
2.02 STEAM-TO.WATER U-TUBE HEAT EXC}IANGERS:
A. General: Provide steam-to-water U-fube heat exchangers as indicated, of capacity as scheduled,
and as specified herein.
B. Type: Shell and tube, U-bend removable tube bundle, steam in shell, water in tubes, equipped
with rnounting legs,
C. Materials:
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
T
I
TIEAT EXCHANCERS 15755 -2
I #i";ff3fils"$.,Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
I L Shell: Steel
2. Tubes: %" O.D. copper
a; 3. Heads: Cast iron or steel
|| 4. Tube Sheets: Steel5. Tube Supports: Steel
I D. Construction: ASME construction for 125 psi desigt pressure at 375oF.
I 2.03 wATER-To-wATER ILATE AND FRAME HEAT EXCFTANGER:I
A. This Contractor shall provide plate and fiame heat exchanger ofcapacity as scheduled and
I where shown on the drawings with embossed heat transfer-plates, perimeter gaskets, guide rails,r and frames and compression bolts.
I B. Units shall be ASME rated for 125 psig operating pressure, 300"F maximum temperature, have af heat transfer area to be produce the conditions scheduled on the drawing.
I C. Frame shall be carbon steel with baked epoxy enamel paint, zinc or cadmium plated side bolts
I and aluminum shroud. Plates shall be Type 304 stainless steel.
I D. Gaskets shall be peroxide cured nitrile rubber. Peroxide cured EPDM for temperatures above
I 200"F or for steam. Gaskets shall be spot glued to plates. "Snap-In" or fully glued are not
acceptable.
I E' Nozzles shall be 150 lb. ASA rated loose flange type, of the size called for on tle drawings.a
F' Frame shall be sized to accommodate additional plates to provid e 25To additional flow at the
I same pressure drop scheduled on the drawingr. Sho* future expansion ability on subrnittals.I
I PART3_ EXECUTION
!
I 3.01 INSPECTION:
I A. Examine areas and conditions under which heat exchangers are to be installed. Do not proceed
1- with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer.
t
3.02 STEAM-TO-WATERU.TUBEIIEATEXC}TANGERS:
I A. Generat: Install steam-to-water U-tube heat exchangers as indicated, and as specified berein.
I B. Mounting: Mount heat exchangers on steel floor stands as indicated, located for requiredI clearance for fube bundle removal.
I C' Mounting: Mount heat exchangers on trap€z€ hangers as indicated, located for required
I clearance for tube bundle removal.
I' HEAT EXC}I.ANGERS 15755 -3
l,r
Vail Cascade Resort
50% PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28, 2008
06082
I
I
I
D. Steam Piping: Provide piping as indicated, including control valve with 3-valve bypass, stainer,
and pressure gauge on inlet; condensate dirt leg, steam trap with 3-valve bypass, strainer and
check valve on outlet; air vent and vacuum breaker on shell,
E. Water Piping: Provide piping as indicated, including union, shutoff valve, and thermometer on
inlet; union, shutoffvalve, reliefvalve, and thermometer on outlet. Pipe relief valve outlet to
floor drain.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF WATER-TO-WATER PLATE AND FRAME HEAT EXC}IANGERS:
A. General: Comply with water-to-water plate and frame heat exchanger manufacfurer's
instructions for installation.
B. Install water-to-water plate and frame heat exchangers, piping and accessories in accordance
with m anufacturey's instructions.
C. Water Piping: Provide piping as indicated, including shutoffvalves @utterfly valve with infmite
memory stop where required for balancing), thermometers and pressure gauges at each inlet and
outlet, and hose+nd drain valve at lowest connectors, or unit side ofvalves.
D. Insulate areas of heat exchanger which would exceed 120"F.
3,04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with
manufacfu rer's touch-up paint.
3.05 SPARE PARTS:
A. General: Fumish to Owner, with receipt, one spare gasket for each flanged connection for each
heat exchanger.
END OF SECTION I5755
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
T
I
t
T
HEAT EXCHANGERS 1s755 - 4
B.
D.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
Vail Cascade Resort
50% PROGRESS SET
SECTION 15830 - TERMINAL UNITS
PART I _ GENERAL
c.
I.OI DESCRIPTIONOFWORK:
A' Extent ofterminal unit worft is indicated on drawings and schedules, .rnd by requirements of this
Section.
Hadji and Associates, Inc.
March 28, 2008
06082
Types of terminal units required for project include the following:
l. Fan-coil units.
Refer to other Division 15 sections for piping; ductwork; testin& adjusting and balancing of
terminal units; not work of this Section.
Refer to Division 16 section for the following work; not work of this Section.
l. Power supply wiring from power source to power corurection on terminal units.2. Provide the following electrical work as work of this Section, complying with
requiremorts of Division l6 sections:
a. Control wiring between field-installed controls, indicating devices, and terminal
unit control panels.
i. Control wiring specified as work of Division 15 for Automatic
Temperature Controls is work of that Section.
Refer to other Division 15 sections for automatic temperature controls not factory installed,
required in conjunction with terminal units; not work of this Section.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Manufactuter's Qualifications: Firms reguldy engaged in manufactwe of terminal units, of
types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not
less than 5 years.
Codes and Standards:
l. ARI Complianco: Provide coil ratings in accordance with ARI Standard 410, "Forced-
Circulation Air-Cooling and Air-Heating Coils."2. ASHRAE Compliance: Test coils in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 33, "Methods
of Testing Forced Circulation Air Cooling and Heating Coils."
ARI Compliance: Test and rate fan-coil units in accordance with ARI Standard 440,
"Room Fan-Coil Air Conditioners."
UL Complianc€: Construct and install fan-coil units in compliance with UL 883, "safety
Standards for Fan Coil Units and Room Fan Heater Units."
T
t
I
I 1.02
A.
3.
4.
B.
I
I
t
t
l
I
TERMINALUNITS 15830 - I
Vail Cascade Resort
50% PROGRESS SET
Hadji and Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
5. UL Compliance: hovide terminal units with electrical components which have been
Iisted and labeled bv UL.
I.O3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for terminal units, showing
dimensions, capacities, ratings, performance characteristics, gauges and finishes of materials,
and installation/startup instructions.
B. Shop Drawings; Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawings indicating terminal unit
dimensions, weight loading, required clearances, construction details, field connection details.
and methods of assembly of components.
C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturefs elecbical requirements for power zupply wiring to
terminal units. Submit manufacturey's ladder-type wiring diagrams for interlock and control
wiring, Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory-installed and portions to
be field-installed.
D. Record Drawings: At project closeoul submit record drawings of installed systems products in
accordance with requirements of Division 15.
E. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance instructions, including lubrication instructions, filter
replacement, motor and drive replacemen! control, accessories, 'houble-shooting" maintenance
guide, and spare parts lists. Include this data, product datq and shop drawings in Operating and
Maintenance Manual, in accordance with requirements of Division I 5,
I.O4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND }IANDLING:
A. Handle terminal units and components carefully to prevent damage, breaking, denting and
scoring. Do not install damaged terminal units or components; replace with new.
B. Store terminal units and components in a clean, dry location. Protect from weath€r, dirt, fumes,
water, consfruction debris, and physical damage.
C' Comply with Manufacture/s rigging and installation instructions for unloading terminal units
and moving them to final location.
PART2 _ PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following in each category:
l. Fan Coit Units
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
TERMINAL LINITS r5830-2
I Hi.;ilsfiffiK,Hadji and Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
a. Airtherm Mfg. Co.b. Carrier Corp.
c. Dunham-Bush, Inc.d. McQuay Inc.
e. Trane
f. York; Div. of York International
I. International Fan Coil
I z.o2 FAN-co[ r;NrrS:I
A. General: Provide fan-coil units having cabinet sizes, and in locations indicated, and of
I capacities, style, and having accessoriis as scheduled. Include in basic unit chassis, coils,r fanboard, drain pan assembly, fans, housing, motor, filter, and insulation.
I B. Chassis: Constructchassisofgalvanizedsteelwithflangededges.
I C. Insulation: Faced, heavy density glass fiber.
I D. Cabinet Construct of 18-ga steel removable panels, 16-ga front. Provide insulation over entire
coil section. Clean cabinet palts, bonderize, phosphatize, and flow-coat with baked-on primer.
f Standard factory color selected baked enamel finish. / Custom color as selected by Architect in
I baked enamel finish.
I E. Coils: Construct of %" seamless copper tubes mechanically bonded to configurated aluminum
t fins. Design for 250 psi working pressure, and leak tested at 350 psi under water.
F. Auxiliary Heating Coils: Construct of l/2" searnless copper tubes mechanically bonded to
I configurated aluminum fins. Design for 250 psi working pressure.I
G. Drain Pans: Construct of galvanized steel. Insulate with polysty'ene or polyurethane
I insulation. Provide drain connection.
I H. Fans: Provide centrifirgal forward curved double width wheels of reinforced fiberglass, in
I galvanized steel fan scrolls.
I I' Motors: Provide motors with integral thermal overload protection. Run test motors at factory in
1, assembled unit prior to shipping. Provide quickly detachable motor cords.
- J. Filters: Provide ill thick throwaway type filters in fiberboard frames.
I K. Dampers: Provide l8-ga steel damper blades with polyurethane stop aooss entire blade length.t Provide factory-mounted electric operators for 25o/o open cycle.
I L. Accessories: Provide the following accessories as indicated and/or scheduled:I
l. Wall Boxes: Provide aluminum wall boxes with integral eliminators and insect screen.I 2. Discharge Grille Panels: Provide l8-ga galvanized steel, stamped integral grilles, with
I access doors.3. Sub-Bases: Provide l8-ga steel sub-base, height as indicated.
TERMINAL I.JNITS 15830.3
-
I
I
I
T
Vail Cascade Resort
50% PROGRESS SET
Hadji and Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
4. Extended Oilers: Provide plastic motor oiler tubes extending to beneath top discharge
grille.
5. Recessing Flanges: Provide l8-ga steel flanges for recessing fan-coil units into wall or
ceiling.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.OI INSPECTION:
A. Examine areas and conditions under which terminal units are to be installed. Do not proceed
with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF FAN COIL UNITS:
A. General: Install fan-coil units as indicated, and in accordance with manufacturer's installation
instructions.
B. Locate fan-coil units as indicated, coordinate with other fades to assure correct recess size for
recessed units.
C. Provide piping as detailed on the drawings.
D. Provide %" condensate drain pipe from unit drain pan connection to nearest adequate floor drain
or drain pipe.
E. Protect units with protective covers during balance of construction.
3.03 ELECTRICALWIRING:
A. General: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory-
mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturers wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer.
I . Verifr that elechical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer I s submittal
and installation requirements of Division-16 sections. Do not proceed with equipment
start-up until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment installer.
3.04 ADruSTING AND CLEANING:
A. General: After construction is completed, including painting clean exposed unit surfaces, and
vacuum clean terminal coils and inside of cabinets.
B. Retouch any marred or scratched surfaces of factory-finished cabinets, using finish materials
fumished by manufacturer.
C. hstall new filter units for terminals requiring same.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
TERMINAL T]NITS 15830 - 4
I Vail Cascade Resort Hadji and Associates, Inc.I 50% PROGRESS SET March 28,2008
06082I
|
3.0s srARr-UP:
A. Start up, test and adjust terminal units in accordance with manufacturer's published start-up
I
instructions. Adjust for proper air flow where applicable.
I
ENDOF sEcrroN 1s830
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I TERMTNAL rNrrs rsE3o - 5
I
I Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, Inc.r 50 % pRocREss sET March 28. 2oo8
beosz
I SECTION I60IO - BASIC ELECTRICALREQUIREMENTS
I PARTI - GENERAL
I
T I.OI RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
I A. Drawing and general provisions of the Confiact, including the General and Supplementary
t conditions, Division-l conditions and specification sections apply to this Division 16
specifications and drawings.
I B. Related Sections: Refer to all sections in division 16. Refer to Division 15 specification section
and Division l5 drawings.
t C. Refer to the drawings, the General conditions and Division I for supplemental requirements.
I t.oz scoPE oF woRKI
A' Fumisb and install all materials and equipment, and provide all labor and supplies necessary for
I the installation of the complete electrical system, * ,ho*n on the drawings and/or specifiedr herein, and all other work and miscellaneous items, not specifically mentioned, but reasonably
infened for a complete installation including all accessories and appurtenances required for
t testing the systems. It is the intent of these documents that the entire electrical installation bet complete and operational in every respect, and any minor items omitted by obviously necessary to
accomplish this intent shall be fumished and installed.
t I.O3 DEFINITIONS
t A, The "Contractor" as hereinafter referred to shall mean this Electrical Contractor.
I B. Instruction such as "provide..." shall mean "Contractor shall be responsible for the fumishing and
I installing of...". etc.
I r.o4 cENERALREeuTREMENTsI
A. The elechical drawings which constitute an integal part of this contract shall serve as working
I drawings. They indicate the general diagrammatic layout of the complete electrical system -r arrangement of feeders, circuits, outlets, switches, controls, panel boards, service equipment,
fixtures and all other work. Field verification of any scale dimensions is directed, since all actual
I locations, distances and levels will be govemed by actual field conditions.I
B. The Contractor is to study all drawings - architectural, shuctural, mechanical and electrical and
I report any enors or omissions to the Architect or Engineer prior to bidding. The Contractor shall
I be responsible for the exact fitting of all materials and equipment in the building. Architectural
drawings shall govern.
I
I
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 - r
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
1.05
A.
l 06
A.
1.07
A.
c.
D.
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
All standards, specifications, drawings and codes referred to herein shall be considered a part of
this specification.
Details of equipment furnished by the Mechanical Contractor, but installed by the Elechical
Confactor will be found in the mechanical contract documents and under the mechanical section
where the equipment is specified.
LICENSES, FEES, AND PERMITS
All required fees and permits and services of inspection authorities shall be obtained and paid for
by the contractor. The owner is responsible for paying permit fees where applicable. The
Conhactor shall cooperate fully with local utilig companies with respect to their services. See
Supplementary Conditions for additional requirements.
CODES, REGULATIONS, AND STANDARDS
The electrical installation shall be in compliance with the requirements of the latest edition of the
National Electrical code, uniform Building code and the NFPA codes and standards. The
electrical installation shall be in compliance with the rules, regulalions, and requirements of
(name of utility company) and the telephone company providing telephone service to the
building.
The electrical installation and the Confactor shal! comply fully with all applicable federal, state,
county, and city laws, ordinances, and regulations applicable to elechical installations.
If there is a conflict between codes and these specifications and/or drawings, the most stringent
requirements shall apply.
OBSERVATION
The work shall be subject to observation by the Architect and Engineer or their representatives at
all times, and in the event of questionable work, their decisions shall be fmal.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
I.O8 GUARANTEE
A. All elechical work and all items of equipment and materials shall be guaranteed for a period of
one (l ) year from the date of final inspection and acceptance ofthe work. The Contractor shall
be notified in writing of any defective items and shall repair or replace such items promptly
without cost to the Owner.
B. Refer also to Division I .
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 - 2
I Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, Inc.! 50 % PROGRESS SET March 28.2008
06082
I I.O9 EXAMINATION OF SITE
I A. Prior to the submitting of bids, the Contractor shall visit the project site and shall become familiarI with all discernible conditions affecting the proposed electrical installation and shall make
provisions as to the cost thereof. Failure to comply with the intent of this paragraph will in no
I way relieve the Contractor of performing all necessary work shown on the plans.
I
I l.l0 SAFETYANDINDEMMry
I A. Safety: The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site,
I including safety ofall persons and property during performance ofthe work. This requirement
I will apply continuously and not be timited to normal working hours. See also General
Conditions.
f B' No act, service, drawing review, or construction review by the Ovmer, Architect, Engineers, or- their consultants is intended to include review ofthe adequacy ofthe Contractor's salety
measures in, on, or near the construction site.r
I.II MATERIALSTANDARDS
I A. The design, manufacture, and testing of all elechical equipment and materials shall conform to or
exceed the latest applicable standards of NEMA, IEEE, and ANSI.
t B. All materials, unless otherwise noted, shall be new. All materials shall bear the UL label.
Materials that are not covered by UL testing standards shall be tested and approved by an
I independent testing laboratory or a govenrmental agency, that laboratory shall be acceptable to
I the Engineer, Owner, and code-enforcing authorify.
I t.tz WARRANTTES
r A' General project warranty period: two years fiom date of substantial completion.
I
PART2 - PRODUCTS
II
2.OI SUBSTITUTIONS
r A. It is the intent of the contact documents to establish quality standards of materials and equipment
installed. Hence, specific items are identified by manufacturer, hade name, and/or catalog
I designation. Should the contractor propose to furnish materials and equipment other than thoseI specified, he shall submit a written request (trvo copies) for any or all substitutions to the
Engineer (with a copy direct to the Architect) along with a stamped, self-addressed retum
I envelope. Such a request shall be accompanied with complete descriptive and technical data
I (including cut sheets and,/or drawings of equipment) for all items and shall be made at least seven
(7) working days prior to the bid date.
ELECTRICALGENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 - 3
I
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
Where such substitutions alter the design, conduit, wiring, or space requirements indicated on the
plans, the Contractor shall include all items ofcost for the revised design and construction.
Acceptance or rejection ofthe proposed substitutions shall be subject to the review oftle
Engineer and approval by Owner. Under no circumstances will the Engineer be required to prove
that an item proposed for substitution is not equal to the specified item, it is mandatory that the
Contractor submit to the Engineer in writing all evidence required to support the contention that
the item proposed for substitution is equal to the item indicated on the plans and in the
specifications. If requested by the Engineer or Architec! the Conhactor shall submit for
inspection samples of both the specified and proposed substitute items.
Refer to Division L
SHOPDRAWINGS
The Contractor shall submit to the Architect/Engineer detailed, dimensioned shop drawings and
cut sheets covering all items of equipment. No equipment shall be manufactured or ordered until
the above has been reviewed by the Architect/Engineer and approved by Owner.
The Contractor shall submit six copies of shop drawings to the ArchitecVEngineer for review or
correction within 30 days after being awarded the contract or as specified in Division l.
Shop drawings shall be reviewed and corrected by the Contractor prior to submittal to the
ArchitecVEngineer. All requested shop drawings shall be submitted at one time, in brochure
arrangement, with one shop drawing of each requested item in each ofthe six brochures. Partial
submittals will not be acceptable.
Should revised drawings be requested, the Confactor shall submit three (3) sets ofrevised
drawings for approval in accordance with Division I .
See respective Sections ofDivision 16 for detailed submittal requirements. Shop drawings shall
be fumished for the followine:
l. Disconnect Switches
2. Wiring Devices
3. Panelboards4. SuMistribution Panels
5. Dry Type Transformers
6. Lighting Fixtures
Under no circumstances will shop drawings be reviewed by the Architect/Engineer unless they
bear the stamp of approval of the Electrical Contractor.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
B.
D.
2.02
A.I
I
T
I
B.
c.
D.
F.
2.03 TEMPORARY POWER
A. The Conhactor shall make all necessary arrangements for and provide, maintain, and remove
ELECTzuCAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 - 4
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
r after construction, a complete temporary power and lighting system to allow work to progr€ss in
all phases of construction.
I B. The system shall consist ofrequired services, 20 ampere duplex grounded type receptacle outlets
and sufficient lighting to provide acceptable levels of illumination, all in compliance with all state
I and local safety laws and ordinances, and in particular per OSFIA requirements. Installation to be
I in accordance with the National Electrical Code.
I 2.44 RECORDDRAWTNGS
I A. See Division l, Conhact Closeout Section.
I B. One set of electrical drawings shall be held on job and kept up-to{ate with "as-builf data and
I revisions marked thereon. This set is not to be used for construction. Upon completion of work,
I furnish General Contractor with two (2) sets of marked-up prints showing the "as-built"- installation and copies of AUTOCAD files for the electrical documents with the "as-builf'
information incorporated.
t
2..05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
I A. The Contractor shall make provisions for the delivery and safe storage of materials. The
Contractor shall arrange to have materials delivered to the job at such stages ofthe work as will
I expedite the work as a whole. The contractor shall protect equipment from weather and
I dampness.
I 2.06 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
I A. Submit sets of Operating and Maintenance Manuals of equipment as specified in Division 1.
t
PART3 - EXECUTION
I
I 3.01 CONTRACTORS QUALTFICATTONS
t A. Only quality work will be accepted. Haphazard or poor installation practice will be cause for
reiection of work.
r
3.02 COORDINATION
t A. Coordinate work with other trades to avoid conflict and to provide conect rough-in and
connection for equipment furnished under hades that require electrical connections. Inform
I Contractors of other trades ofthe required access to and clearances around electrical equipment to
I maintain serviceability and code compliance.
I ,';i:fr'#"-t'rTt",
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
I
r6010 - 5
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
3.03
A.
3.04
A.
3.05
A.
B,
3.06
Hadji &. Associates, Inc.
March 28, 2008
06082
Verifu equipment dimensions and requirements with provisions specified under this Section.
Check actual job conditions before fabricating wok. Report necessary changes in time to prevent
needless work. Changes or additions subject to additional compensation, which are made without
witten authorization by the Owner and an agreed price, shall be at Contractor's risk and expense.
MANUFACTURER' S INSTRUCTIONS
Where the Specifications call for an installation to be made in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations, a copy of such recommendations shall at all times be kept in the job
superintendent's offrce and shall be available to the Owner's representative.
Follow manufacturer's instructions where they cover points not specifically indicated on the
drawings and specifications. If they are in conflict with the drawings and specifications, obtain
clarification from the Architect before startine work.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Provide a meaningful quality assurance progftrm. To assist the contactor in this progam, the
specifications contained herein are set forth as the minimum acceptable requirements. This does
not relieve the Contactor from executing other quality assumnce measures to obtain a complete
operating facility within the scope ofthis project.
The Contractor shall ensure 0lat all work, all materials employed, all required equipmen! and the
manner and method of installation conform to accepted construction and engineering practices,
and that each piece of equipment is in satisfactory working condition to satisfactorily perform its
functional operating.
CUTTING, PATCHING, ETC.
See Division I, Cutting and Patching Section.
The work shall be carefully laid out in advance. Where cutting, channeling, chasing, or drilling
of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, or other surfaces is necessary for the proper installation,
support or anchorage of raceway, outlets, or other electrical equipment, the work shall be
carefully done. Any damage to the building, piping, equipmen! or any defaced finish plaster,
woodwork, or metalwork shall be repaired by skilled mechanics of the trades involved at no
additional cost to the Owner. Any required openings in existing concrete watl or floors shall be
core drilled.
The contractor shall do no cutting, channeling, chasing, or drilling of unfinished masonry, tile,
etc., unless permission is first obtained from the Architect. If permission is granted, the
Contractor shall perform this work in a manner approved by the Architect.
TRENCHING ANDBACKFILL
B.
t
t
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 - 6
t Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, Inc.
50 % PROGRESS SET March 28. 2008
06082
r A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all trenching and backfilling in connection with the
r electrical work. Earth is to be backfilled in thin layers, compacting and tamping each layer in
t accordance with Earthwork Section exercise necessary caution such as removal of all rocks,r stones, etc., fiom the bottom of the trench and from the backfill material so as to avoid damage to
the wiring and/or conduit runs.
I B. Veri$ locations ofall existing and/or new underground utilities prior to trenching and, if
damaged by this Contractor, replace immediately in an approved manner and at no expense to theI Owner.
I
C. When trenching is done through specifically-heated areq such as paving, blacktop, etc., this
I Contractor shall be rasponsible for restoring the surface to its original condition in a manner
t approved by the Architect. Repair any trenches where settlement occurs, and restore the surface
for the period of one year after final acceptance.
I D. Refer also to Division I, Earthwork Section.
I 3.47 SERVTCEENTRANCE
r A. Existing power fot distribution within the building is available from the secondary side of the pad
I mounted transformer supplied by the local utility company. This service is 3 phase, 4 wire,r 120/208 volt, 3 phase, y wire,277/480 volt, 60 cycle alternating current for normal power and
lighting requirements.
t B. Coordinate with utility company, Holy Cross, to relocate existing 3 phase, 4 wire, 120/208 volt
utility transformer and reconnect as existing.
I
3.08 REMODEL WORK
t A. All outlets, fixtures, etc., in existing areas to be remodeled are to be removed, capped, or
abandoned. All outlets and wiring which are to remain shall be reconnected so they are op€rable.
I Existing items that conflict with the new construction shall be reworked and relocated to avoid
t conflict with the new construction. All wiring shall be disconnected from panelboard and pulled
from conduit. Outlets to be abandoned are to be capped or covered as directed by Design Team.
I All abandoned, exposed conduit and outlets and concealed conduit, where accessible, shall be
I removed. Equipment, light fixtures, and/or devices removed shall be the Owner's property and
shall be stored in the building or disposed of by the contractor as directed by the Owner. hovide
I a written inventory of items removed indicating quantity, description, and condition of items
I removed. Items not wanted by the Owner shall become the Contractors property and shall be
- removed fiom the site.
I B. All wiring runs in existing areas being remodeled are to be kept concealed as much as possible.
' Where impossible, run surface wiremold raceway .$ necessary on exisling surfaces as approved
by the Design Team. AII exposed raceways in finished areas shall be painted to match the
I surrounding finished surface.I
T
I
ELECTzuCAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 - 7
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28, 2008
06082
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
3.09
A.
ACCEPTANCE DEMONSTRATION
At completion of the project, at such time as designated by owner, conhactor shall instruct
Owner as to location and operation of dishibution equipment and panel boards, areas that panels
serve, and location and routing of branch circuits to major mechanical equipment items.
contractor shall also provide demonstration of operation to owner of all special systems,
including items installed by Contractor or under contractor's supervision.
B. Refer to Section 16040 for additional requirements.
3.IO CONCRETEHOUSEKEEPINGPADS
A. The Contractor shall be responsible to provide concrete housekeeping pads for all floor-mounted
electrical equipment (i.e. transformers, switchboards, etc.). Concrete shatl be in accordance with
the concrete section ofthese specifications. Pads shall b€ 4" high (above finished grade or
finished floor) and shall be 2" larger, in all dimensions, than the equipment to sit thereon. Pads
shall be provided whether shown on the plans or not.
END OF SECTION I6OIO
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 - 8
I Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, [nc.
50 % PROGRESS SET March 28.2008
06082
I SECTION 16050 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
I GENERAL
I r.02 RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of tbe Conhac! including General and Supplementary
I Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this section.
I 1.03 SUMMARY
r A. Section Includes: This section includes requirements for basic electrical materials and methods
I for the followins items.
l. Racewavs
I 2. Conduciors and CabtesI 3. Supporting Devices for Electrical Components4. Electrioal Identification
I 5. Electricity-Metering Components
t 6. Concrete Equipment Bases
7 . Electrical Demolition
I 8. Cutting and Patching for Electrical Construction
I 9. TouchupPainting
r B. Related Sections:r f:ffi*,ilHJtJ##H,conditions Division r
Cast-in-Place Concrete Division 3
r l*:S:;r*ton Firestop Svstems
3ili:i:l IPainting Division 9
I
I.O4 REFERENCES
t A. The latest edition ofthe following standards and codes, standard publications ofprofessional
organizations, and the local autborities having jurisdiction are the minimum requirements for this
I work.
- l. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
I 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
I 3. Association of Edison Illuminating Companies (AEIC)
4. Code ofFederal Regulations (CFR)
r 5. Insulated Cable Engineet's Association QCEA)
I 6. Institute of Electical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)r 7. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA)
t
I
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERTALS AND METHODS 16050 - 1
Vail Cascade Resor.t
50 % PROGRESS SET
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
T
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
NFPA 70, The National Electrical Code (NEC)
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL)
State, City, and Local Authorities
DEFINITIONS
lnstructions such as "Provide" shall mean the same as though the words "This Contractor shall"
preceded each such inshuction. "Provide" shall mean "Fumish and Install." Where the words
"Accepted" or "Acceptable" are used, such nAccepted" or "Acceptable" action by the Engineer
and/or Architect denotes tlrat the work or equipment item is in conformance with the design
concept of the project and, in general, complies with pertinent information given in the Contract
Documents.
EMT: Electrical metallic tubing
ENT: Electrical nonmetallic tubing
FMC: Flexible metal conduit
IMC: Intermediate metal conduit
LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit
LFNC: Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit
RMC: Rigid metallic conduit
RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit
YEAR 2OOO COMPLTANCE
Year 2000 Compliance (Y2K or Millennium Technology Compliance): All hardware, firmware,
and software shall be Year 2000 compliant. No function shall be adversely affected by dates
prior to, on, or following January I, 2000, and requirernents for Year 2000 (Y2K) cornpliance
shall apply to all equipment and systems provided.
St]BMITTALS
Product Data:
l. Hangers and supports
2. Electricalidentificationmaterials
3. Electricity-meteringequipment
4. Surface raceways, wireways, and fittings
8.
9.
10.
11.
r.05
A.
r.06
A.
r.07
A.
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS r6050 - 2
I Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, Inc.r 50 % PROGRESS SET March 28,2008
06082tIl B' Shop Drawings: Dimensioned plans and sections or elevation layouts of electricity-metering
equipment.
I
I 1.08 QUALTTY ASSURANCEr
t A' Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities havingjurisdiction, and marked forr intended use.tI B. Comply with NFPA 70, rheNational Elecnical Code.
I C. All equipment and materials will be new and unused and shall confonn with tbe current- applicable indusfiy standards. Workmanship and neat appearance shall be as important as
electrical and mechanical operation. Defective or damaged materials shall be replaced or
I repaired prior to final accepiance in a manner meeting approval ofArchitect and/or Engineer andll at no additional cost to Owner.
I D. Certifications: Provide a Year 2000 Compliance Certificate for any equipment containing or
I utilizing any microelecbonics-based hardware, firmware, or software valid for five years from
date of Owner acceptance.
I 1.09 SEQUENCTNG
I A. Coordinate chaseq slots, inserts, sleeves, and openings with general construction work.
-, B. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installing electrical materials and equipment for efFrcientI flow ofthe Work.I
C. Coordinate electrical service connections to components fi:rnished by utility companies.
I l. Coordinate relocation and connection of exterior underground elechical services.
-
2. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and of utility company
providing elecfical power and other services.
I D. Coordinate location ofaccess panels and doors for electrical items that are concealed by finished
a surfaces. Access doors and panels are specified in Division 8 Section "Access Doors."
I
E. No work shall be concealed until after inspection and approval by proper authorities. If work is
I concealed without inspection and approval, Contractor shall be responsible for all work required
I to expose and restore the concealed work in addition to all required modifications.
r F. Where electrical identification devices are applied to field-finished surfaces, coordinate
I installation ofidentification devices with completion offinished surface.
G. Where electrical identification markings and devices will be concealed by acoustical ceilings and
I similar finishes, coordinate installaion of these items before ceiling installation.rlII
I
I
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS r6050 - 3
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
PRODUCTS
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28, 2008
06082
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
l.l0
A.
RACEWAYS
Metallic Conduit Systems:
1. EMT: ANSI C80.3, zinc-coated steel. EMT shall be galvanized on the outside and
coated on tJrc inside with a hard smooth lacquer finish. EMT fittings shall be set-screw
type. EMT shall comply with UL 797 md ANSI C80.3.2. FMC: Flexible metal conduit shall be galvanized steel with steel fittings and shall
comply with UL l.
3. IMC: ANSI C80.6, zinc-coated steel, with threaded fittings. Intermediate steel conduit
shall be hotdipped galvanized.
4. LFMC: Zinc-coated steel with sunlight-resistant and mineral-oil-resistant plastic jacket.
Liquidtight Flexible Steel conduit shall comply with UL 514C. Liquid and moisture tight
conduit shall be American Brass with Appleton "ST" connectors or approved equal.5. RMC: Rigid Steel Conduit shall be galvanized and shall comply wirb UL 6 and ANSI
C80.I . Plastic-coated conduit shall be rigid galvanized steel conduit having a 0.030"
minimum thick factory-bonded PVC jacket, using pre-jacketed couplings as
manufactured by Pittsburgh Robroy, Plastic Applicator, Occidental or approved equat.
Nonmetallic Conduit Systems:
l. ENT: NEMATC 13
2. RNC: NEMA TC 2, Schedule 40 or 80 PVC3. LFNC: UL 16604. ENT and RNC fittings: NEMA TC3, match to conduit or conduitltubing type and
material
Raceway Fittings: Specifically designed forthe raceway type with which used.
Surface metal raceway shall be Wiremold or Walker-Parkersburg. Raceways and fittings shall
be ofone manufacturer and designed for use together.
Metal Wireways: Wireways shall be hinged covgr or screw cover complete with all necessary
manufactured fittings whicb shall be of one manufacturer, Wireway shall be G.E. Type HS or
ITE KEL Duct or acceptable equal.
1. Material: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated.
2. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters,
holddown sbaps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate witJr wireways as
required for complete system.3. Select features, unless otierwise indicated, as required to complete wiring system and to
comply with NFPA 70.
Wireway Covers: Screw-cover type
Finish; Manufacturer's standard enamel finish
B.
c.
D.
4.
5.
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 4
t ,";'i"'"mlH'r't*
t
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 2E,2008
06082
I
I
I
I
F. NonmetallicWireways:
l. Description: Fiberglass polyester, extruded and fabricated to size and shap indicated,
with no holes or knockouts. Cover is gasketed with oil-resistant gasket material and
fastened with captivated screws fieated for corrosion resistance. Connections are
flanged, with stainless-steel screws and oil-resistant gaskets.2. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansionjoints, adapters,
bold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as
required for complete system.3. Select features, unless otherwise indicated, as required to complete wiring system and to
comply with NFPA 70.
r 1.lt coNDUcToRSANDCABLES
II A. Ullisted building wires and cables with conductor material, insulation type, cable construction,
and rating as specified in Part 3 "Wire and Insulation Applications."I
I B. Rubber Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 3.
I C. ThermoplasticlnsulationMaterial: ComplywithNEMAWC5.
I D. Cross-Linked Polyethylene Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 7.
I E. Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 8.
.r F. Conductor Material: Copper.
I; G. Conductors and Cables:
I l. All conductors shall be new, unless otherwise noted. All conductors #8 AWG and larger
I,!r shall be sfanded. Conductors #10 and smaller may be solid or sbanded depending on
their application.
I 2. Secondary voltage conductors and cables shall be elechical grade, annealed copper,
I tinned if rubber insulate4 and fabricated in accordance with ASTM and ICEA standards.
The use of aluminum is prohibited except where shown on one-line or equipment
n schedules. Minimum size#l2forbranchcircuits;#l4forconholwiring. Conductor
t types shall be as follows:
Z a. [n sizes #li0 AWG and larger: Cross-linked polyet]rylene insulation type XHHW
I (75 to 90oC) or TIIWN/THHNb. In sizes #l AWG and smaller: All conductors shall have heat/moisture resistant
r thermoplastic insulation type THW or THWN (75"C), except as follows:
st H. Where conduit temperature will exceed l00oF, use type THHN (90"C). Type XHHW (90'C)
. permissible in dry locuions.t-
t I. Motor circuit conductors: 75" THWN or XHHW from disconnect to motor,
I
I
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 5
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
J. In 120-volt incandescrnt fixtures, type AF (150.C).
K. In wireways of fluorescent lighting fixtures types THWN/THHNA{TW (90"C).
L. Handling cord drops and cord connections: Type "SO" cord.
M. Conductors in 120 volt circuits longer than 100 feet or 277 volt circuits longer than 200 feet shall
not be less than #10 AWG.
a. All wiring for conhol circuits to contactors, pushbuttons, and the like, shall be #12
AWG, copper, sfranded with THWN insulation.
N. Wire Connectors and Splices: Units of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class suitable
for service indicated.
1.12 SUPPORTINGDEVICESFORELECTRICALCOMPONENTS
A. Provide hangers and supports to support raceways, fixtures, cabinets, boxes, etc. as
manufactured by B-Line, Unistrut, Binkley or Kindorf.
B. Material: Cold-formed steel, with corrosion-resistant coating acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
C. Metal Items for Use Outdoors or in Damp Locations: Steel, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.
D. Slotted-Steel Channel Supports: Flange edges turned toward web, and 9/16-inch- diameter
slotted holes at a maximum of 2 inches o.c., in webs.
E. Nonmetallic Channel and Angle Systems: Structural-grade, factory-formed, glass-fiber-resin
channels and angles with 9/16-inch-diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inches o.c.. in at least one
surface.
1. Fittings and Accessories: Products of the same manufacturer as channels and angles.2. Fittings and Accessory Materials: Same as channels and angles, except metal items may
be stainless steel.
F. Raceway and Cable Supports: Manufactured clevis hangers, riser clamps, straps, threaded C-
clamps with retainers, ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets, and spring-steel clamps or click-
type hangers.
G. Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade A, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends.
H, Expansion Anchors: Carbon-steel wedge or sleeve type.
I. Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
t
I
!
I
I
t
I
T
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 6
c.
D.
E.
F.
H.
t
I
t
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28, 200E
46082
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
Identification Devices: A single type of identification product for each application category.
Use colors prescribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70, and these Specifications.
Raceway and Cable Labels: Comply with ANSI Al3,l, Table 3, for minimum size of letters for
legend and minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size.
l. Type: Pretensioned, wraparound plastic sleeves. Flexible, preprinted, color-coded,
acrylio band sized to suit the diameter of the item it identifies.2. Color: Black letters on orange background.3. Legend: Indicaies voltage.
Colored Adhesive Marking Tape for Raceways, Wires, and Cables; Self-adhesive vinyl tape, not
less than I inch wide by 3 mils thick.
Underground Waming Tape: Permanent, bright-colored, continuous-printed, vinyl tape with the
following features:
1. Not less than 6 inches wide by 4 mils thick.2. Compounded for permanent direct-burial service.3. Embedded continuous metallic strip or core.4. Printed legend that indicates type ofunderground line.
Color-Coding Cable Ties: Type 6/6 nylon, selilocking type. Colors to suit coding scheme.
Engraved-Plastic Labels, Signs, and Instruction Plates: Engraving stock, melamine plastic
laminate punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners l/16-inch minimum thickness for signs up
to 20 sq. in. and l/8-inch minimum thickness for larger sizes. Engraved legend in black letters
on white background.
Interior Waming and Caution Signs: Comply with 29 CFR, Chapter XVII, Part 1910.145.
Preprinted, aluminum, baked-enamel-finish signs, punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners,
with colors, legend, and size appropriate to the application.
ExteriorWamingandCautionSigns: Complywith2gCFR,ChapterXVII,Parrlgl0.l45.
Weather-re sistant, nonfading preprinted, cellulose-acetate butyrate signs with 0.0396-inch,
galvanized-steel backing, with colorg legend, and size appropriate to the application. I /4-inch
grommets in corners for mounting.
Fasteners for Nameplates and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or No. l0/32 stainless-
steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers.
CONCRETE EQUIPMENT BASES
Concrete Forms and Reinforcement Materials: As specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place
Concrete."
l.l3
A.
B.
l.l4
A,
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 160s0 - 7
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
1.15
A.
B.
EXECUTION
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28, 2008
06082
I
I
I
T
t
I
Concrete: 3000-psi (20.7-MPa), 28-day compressive strength as specified in Division 3 Section
"Cast-in-Place Concrete. "
TOUCHUP PAINT
For Equipmenl Equipment manufacture/s paint selected to match installed equipment finish.
Galvanized Surfaces: Zinc-rich paint recommended by item manufacfurer,
1.16
A.
B.
c.
ELECTzuCAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange
and install components and equipment to provide the maximum possible headroom.
Materials and Components: Install level, plumb, and parallel and perpendicular to other building
systems and components, unless otherwise indicated. .
Equipment: Install to facilitate servicg maintenance, and repair or replacement of components.
Adhere to clearances required by the NEC, NFPA 70. Connect for ease of disconnecting, with
m inimum interference with other installations.
Right of Way: Give to raceways and piping sy$tems installed at a required slope.
T
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
D.
I.I7 RACEWAYAPPLICATION
A. Use the following raceways for outdoor installations:
l. Exposed: IMC
2. Concealed: IMC
3. Underground, Single Run: RNC
4. Underground, Grouped: RNC
5. Connection to Vibrating Equipment: LFMC6. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 3R or Type 4
B. Use the following raceways for indoor installations:
l. Exposed: EMT
2. Concealed: EMT
3. Connection to Vibrating Equipment: FMC; except in wet or damp locations, use LFMC4. Damp or Wet Locations: IMC
5. Embedded in concrete: IMC or RMC
6. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type l, unless otherwise indicated
7. Damp or wet locations: NEMA 250, Type 4, nonmetallic
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 8
I #i""frrlltiK.,
I
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
I r.l8 RACEWAYANDCABLETNSTALLATION
I A. Conceal raceways and cableg unless otherwise indicated, within finished walls, ceilings, and
t floors.
I B. Install raceways and cables at least 6 inches away from parallel runs offlues and steam or hot-
I water pipes. locate horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.
I? C. Use temporary raceway caps to prevent foreign matter from entering.
I D. Make conduit bends and offsets so ID is not reduced. Keep legs of bends in the same plane and
straight legs of offsets parallel, unless otherwise indicated.
I E. Use raceway and cable fittings compatible with raceways and cables and suitable for use andt location.
I F. Connect motors and equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement with aI maximum of 72-inch (1830-mm) flexible conduit. Install LFMC in wet or damp locations.
Install separate ground conductor across flexible connections.
I I.I9 WIRING METHODS FOR POWER. LIGHTING. AND CONTROL CIRCUITS
t A. Feeders: Type THHN/THWN insulated conductors in raceway.
r B. Underground Feeders and Branch Circuits: Type THWN or single-wire, Type UF insulated
t conductors in racewav.
C. Branch Circuits: Type THW or THHN/THWN insulated conductors in raceway where exposed.
I Metal-clad cable whire concealed in ceilings and gypsum board partitions.I
D. Remote-Control Signaling and Power-Limited Circuits; Type THHN/THWN insulated
| conductors in raceway for Classes 1,2,and3, unless otherwise indicated.
I
I 1.20 WIRING INSTALLATTON
I A. Install splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or
r, better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors.
t B. Install wiring at outlets with at least 12 inches of slack conductor at each outlet.
I C. Connect outlet and component connections to wiring systems and to ground. Tighten electricalrr connectors and terminals, according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If
. manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A.I
a
t
I
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERTALS AND METHODS 16050 - 9
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associateg Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
1.21 ELECTRICALSUPPORTINGDEVICEAPPLICATION
A. Damp Locations and Outdoors: Hot-dip galvanized materials or nonmetallic, U-channel system
components.
B. Dry Locations: Steel materials
C. Support Clamps for PVC Raceways: Click-type clamp system
D. Selection of Supports: Comply with [seismic control Section 16071 andl manufactureCs written
instructions.
E. Strength of Supports: Adequat€ to carry present and future loads, times a safety factor of at least
four; minimum of 200-lb. design load.
1.22 SUPPORTINSTALLATION
A. Install support devices to securely and permanently fasten and support electrical components.
B. Install individual and multiple raceway hangers and riser clamps to support raceways. Pmvide
U-bolts, clamps, attachments, and other hardware necessary for hanger assemblies and for
securing hanger rods and conduits.
C. Support parallel runs of horizontal raceways together on fiapezfr- or bracket-type hangers.
D. Size supports for multiple raceway installations so capacity can be increased by a 25 percent
minimum in the frrture.
E. Support individual horizontal raceways with separate, malleable-iron pipe hangers or clamps.
F. Install I /4-inch-diameter or larger threaded steel hanger rods, unless otherwise indicated.
G. Spring-steel fasteners specifically designed for supporting single conduits or tubing may b€ used
instead ofmalleable-iron hangers for l-l/2-inch and smaller raceways serving lighting and
receptacle branch circuits above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to slotted channel
and angle supports.
H. Arrange supports in vertical runs so the weight of raceways and enclosed conductors is carried
entirely by raceway supports, with no weight load on raceway terminals.
I. Simultaneously install vertical conductor supports with conductors.
J. Separately support cast boxes that are threaded to raceways and used for fixture support.
Support sheet-metal boxes directly from the building structure or by bar hangers. Ifbar hangers
are used, attach bar to raceways on opposite sides of the box and support the raceway with an
approved fastener not more than 24 inches from the box.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
BASIC ELECTzuCAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - l0
l.
2.
J.
4.
5.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
Vail Cascade Resot
50 % PROGRESS SET
r.23
A.
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28, 2008
06082
Install metal channel racks for mounting cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control
enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices unless components are
mounted directly to structural elements of adequate sh€ngth.
Securely fasten electrical items and their supports to the building structure, unless otherwise
indicated. Perform fastening according to the following unless other fastening methods are
indicated:
L Wood: Fasten with wood screws or screw-type nails.
2. Masonry: Toggle bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion bolts on solid masonry
units.
3. New Concrete: Concrete inserts with machine screws and bolts.
4. Existing Concrete: Expansion bolts.
5. Threaded studs driven by a powder charge and provided with lock washers in existing
concrete are not allowed unless approved by Architect.6. Steel: Welded threaded studs or spring-tension clamps on steel. Field welding shall
comply with AWS Dl.l.
7 . Welding to steel structure may be used only for threaded studs, not for conduits, pipe
straps, or other items.
8. Light Steel: Sheet-metal screws.9. Fasteners: Select so the load applied to each fastener does not exceed 25 percent of its
proof-test load.
IDENTIFICATION MATERI,ALS AND DEVICES
All components of electrical system shall be neatly and accurately labeled to facilitate ready
identification and service. Temporary type of markings, whjch are visible on equipment, will
not be permifted. Repaint hims, housing, etc. where such markings cannot be readily removed.
Defaced finish must be refinished. Provide labels as follows (or indicated elsewhere):
Provide engraved composition nameplates on each branch circuit panelboard, etc.
Lettering shall be ll2 inch minimum height for panelboards. Apply labeling for
panelboards on outside ofeach panelboard door and inolude voltage and phase.
Provide neatly-typed directory cards for all branch circuit panelboard directories.
Provide engraved composition nameplates having 3/8 inch minimum height, white letters
engraved in a black face for each switch or circuit breaker in switchboards and
subdistribution boards. Provide labeling of matching style designating all units as
designated on drawings, Secure all lamenoid nameplates with rivets or scnews.
Adhesives will not be allowed.
Use of Dymolabels for panels and circuit number identification on all receptacle covers
and disconnect switches in mechanical and equipment rooms is forbidden.
Provide engraved composition nameplates on all time clocks, starters, etc. Lettering shall
be 3/8 inches minimum height for equipment. labeling for equipment shall be in
accordance with designations given on tle associated drawings.
B. Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other designations used for electrical identification
with corresponding designations indicated in the Contract Documents or required by codes and
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - I I
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
standards. Install at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation
and maintenance of equipment. Use consistenl designations t}Lroughout Project.
l. Bands: Pretensioned, snap-around, colored plastic sleeves or colored adhesive marking
tape. Make each color band 2 inches wide, completely encircling conduit, and place
adjacent bands of two-color markings in contact, side by side.
2. BandLocations: Atchangesindirection,atpenetrationsofwallsandfloors,at5O-foot
maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot maximum intervals in congested areas.3. Colors: As follows:
a. Fire Alarm System: Red
b. Telecommunication System: Green and yellow
Tag and label each feeder conductor (having an operating voltage of600 volts or less) in
pullboxes with an engnved, non-metallic tag, having 3/16-inch minimum height letters. Tag
shall be a minimum of one inch diameter or square. State circuit number and phase (A, B, C).
Tag and label circuits designated to be extended in the future. Identifl source and circuit
numbers in each cabinet, pull and junction box, and outlet box. Color-coding may be used for
voltage and phase identification.
Install continuous underground plastic markers during trench backlilling, for exterior
underground power, control, signal, and communication lines located directly above power and
communication lines. Locate 6 to 8 inches (150 to 200 mm) below finished grade. If width of
multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope does not excesd 16 inches (400
mm), overall, use a single line marker.
Color-code 208/120V system secondary service, feeder, and branch-circuit conductors
throughout the secondary electrical system as follows:
1. Phase A: Black
2. Phase B: Red
3. Phase C: Blue
4. Neutral: White
5. Ground: Green
Color-code 480/277V system secondary service, feeder, and branch-circuit conductors
throughout the secondary electrical syst€m as follows:
l. Phase A: Brown
2. Phase B: Orange
3. Phase C: Yellow
4. Neutral: White with a colored stripe or gray
5. Ground: Green
Install warning, caution, and instruction signs where required to comply with 29 CFR, Chapter
XVII, Part 1910.145, and where needed to ensure safe operation and maintenanoe of electrical
systems and of items to which they connect. Install engraved plastic-laminated instruction signs
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
c.
D.
F.
G.
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 160s0 - l2
I ,';i"".?#iliTt ,Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28, 2008
06082
I with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation. Install
metal-backed butyrate signs for outdoor items.
I I. Install engraved-laminated emergency-operating signs with white letters on red background with
minimum 3i8-inch- high lettering for emergency instructions on power transfer, load shedding,
;1 and other emergency operations.
I
r 1.24 UTILITY COMPANY ELECTRTCITY-METERING EQUTPMENT
q A. Install equipment according to utility company's written requirements. Provide grounding and
I empty conduits as required by utility company.
t
, 1.25 FIRESTOPPINGII A. Apply firestopping to cablo and raceway penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to
achieve fire-resistance rating ofthe assernbly. Firestopping materials and installation
I requirements are specified in Division 7.
I
I 1.26 CONCRETE BASES
I A. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches (100 mm) larger, in
I both directions, than supported unit. Follow supported equipment manufacturer's anchorage
I ffil;Tff*"tons
and setting templates for anchor-bolt and tie locations, unless otherwise
I
I 1.27 DEMOLITION
I A. Protect existing elechical equipment and installations indicated to remain. If damaged orI disturbed in the course of the Work, remove damaged portions and install new products of equal
capacity, quality, and functionality.J
I B. Accessible Work: Remove exposed electrical equipment and installations, indicated to be
demolished, in their entirety.
I C. Abandoned Work; Cut and remove buried raceway and wiring, indicated to be abandoned in- place, 2 inches (50 mm) below the surface of adjacent construction. Cap raceways and patch
r surface to match existing finish.
I' D. Remove demolished material from Proiect site. Coordinate with Owner for any materials to be
salvaged.
I E. Remove, store, clean, reinstall, reconnecg and make operational components indicated for
relocation.
r
I
I BASICELECTRICALMATERIALSANDMETHODS 16050- 13
I
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28, 2008
06082
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
1.28 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces required to
permit electrical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics oftrades involved.
B. Repair and refinish disturbed finish materials and other surfaces to match adjacent undisturbed
surfaces. Install new fireproofing where existing firestopping has been disturbed. Repair and
refinish materials and other surfaces by skilled mechanics of trades involved.
r.29 FrELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect installed components for damage and faulty work, including the following:
1. Raceways
2. Conductors and Cables
3. Supporting Devices for Electrical Components
4. Electrical Identification
5. Electricity-MeteringComponents6. Concrete Equipment Bases
. 7. Electrical Demolition
8. Cutting and Patching for Electrical Construction9. Touchup Painting
I.3O REFINISHING AND TOUCHUP PAINTING
A. Refinish and touch up paint. Paint materials and application requirements are specified in
Division 9.
I . Clean damaged and disturbed areas and apply primer, intermediate, and finish coats to
suit the degree of damage at each location.
Follow paint manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation and for timing
and application of successive coats.
Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by
manufacturer.
4. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by
manufacturer.
I.3I CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. On completion of installation, including outlets, fittings, and devices, inspect exposed finish,
Remove burrs, dirt, paint spots, and construction debris.
B. Protect equipment and installations and maintain conditions to ensure that coatings, finishes, and
cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
2.
I
I
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 14
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
END OF SECTION
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - r 5
I Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, Inc.r 50 % PROGRESS SET March 28,2008
06082
I SECTION 16060 - GROIINDING AND BONDING
II PARTI _ GENERAL
I l.0l coNDTTIoNS AND REQUTREMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Ceneral and Supplementary
t Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this section.
I 1.02 DESCRTPTToNa
t- A. This Section includes grounding of electrical systems and equipment. Grounding requirements
I :ffii:*l*:s Section may be supplemented by special requirements of systems described in
I B. Related Documents: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
I Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I C. Related Sections include the following:
I Underground Duots and Utility Skuctures Division 2
Lightning Protection Division 16
I
Lr l.o3 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: Forthe following:t
l. Ground rods
a B. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article.
I 1.04 QUALTTYASSURANCE
I A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Testing agency as defined by OSFIA in 29 CFR 1910.7 or a
I member company of the International Electrical Testing Association and that is acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
t l. Testing Agency's Field Supervison Person currently certified by the Intemational
Electrical Testing Association to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3.
I B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,r Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities havingjurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
I l. Comply with UL 467.
GROI.INDING AND BONDING 16060. I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28, 2008
06082
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
PART2 - PRODUCTS
2.OI MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
l. Grounding Conductors, Cables, Connectors, and Rods:
Apache Grounding/Erico Inc.
Boggs, Inc.
Chance/Hubbell.
Copperweld Corp.
Dossert Corp.
Erico Inc.; Electrical Products Group.
Framatome ConnectorVBumdy Electrical.
Galvan Industries, lnc.
Harger Lightning Protoction, Inc,
Hastings Fiber Glass Products, Inc.
Heary Brothers Lightning Protection Co.
Ideal Industries, Inc.
ILSCO.
Kearney/Cooper Power Systems.
Korns: C. C. Korns Co.; Division of Robroy Industries.
Lightning Master Corp.
Lyncole XIT Grounding.
O-ZlGedney Co.; a business of the EGS Electrical Group.
Raco, Inc.; Division of Hubbell.
Robbins Lightning Inc.
Salisbury: W. H. Salisbury & Co.
Sankosha Corp.
Superior Grounding Systems, [nc.
Thornas & Betts, Electrical.
2.02 GROLNDINGCONDUCTORS
A. For insulated conductors, comply with Division l6 Section "Conductors and Cables."
B. Material: copper.
C. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Insulated with green-colored insulation.
GROUNDING AND BONDING t6060 - 2
I Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, Inc.r' 50 % PROGRESS SET March 29.200g
06082
I D. lsolated Ground Conductors: Insulated with green-colored insulation with yellow stripe. On
feeders with isolated grotmd, use colored tape, alternating bands of green and yeltow tape to
I provide a minimum of three bands of green and two bands of yellow.
I E. Grounding Electrode Conductors: Stranded cable.
I F. Underground Conductors: Bare, tinned, stranded, unless otherwise indicated.
I G. Bare Copper Conductors: Comply with the following:
I l. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3.
.. 2. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8.
I 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33.
H. Copper Bonding Conductors: As follows:Ir L Bonding Cable: 14 strands of No. 17 AWG copper conductor, ll4 inch in diameter.2. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded copper conductor.
I 3. Bonding Jumper: Bare copper tape, braided bare coppei conductors, terminated with
t copper femrles; l-5/8 inches wide and l/16 inch thick.4, Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided copper conductors, terminatedr ' with copper femrles; l-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick.r L Aluminum Bonding Conductors: As follows:
I 1. Bonding Cable: l0 strands ofNo. 14 AWG aluminum conductor, l/4 inch in diameter.r- 2. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 orNo, 6 AWG, stranded aluminum conductor.
I 3. Bonding Jumper: Aluminum tape, braided bare aluminum conductors, terminated with
I aluminum femrles; 1-5/8 inches wide and li 16 inch thick.
J. Ground Conductor and Conductor Protector for Wood Poles: As follows:
a 1. No. 4 AWG minimum, soft-drawn copper conductor.2. Conductor Protector: Half-round PVC or wood molding. If wood, use pressure-treated
fir, or cypress or cedar.I K. Grounding Bus: Bare' annealed copper bars of rectangular cross section, with insulators.
r 2.03 CONNECTORPRODUCTS
I
I A. Comply with IEEE 837 and UL 467; listed for use for specific types, sizes, and combinations of' conductors and connected items.
I B. Bolted Connectors: Bolted-pressure-rype connectors, or compression type.I
C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welded type, in kit form, and selected per manufacturer'sI written instructions.I
I
I
GROUNDING AND BONDING t6060 - 3
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
2.04 GROUNDINGELECTRODES
A. Ground Rods: Sectional type; copper-clad steel.
l. Size: 3/4 bv 120 inches in diameter.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
I
I
I
3.01
A,
APPLICATION
Use only copper conductors for both insulated and bare grounding conductors in direct contact
with eanh, concrete, masonry, crushed stone, and similar materials.
In raceways, use insulated equipment grounding conductors.
Exothermic-Welded Connections: Use for connections to structural steel and for underground
connections, except those at test wells.
Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Use bolted pressure clarnps.
Ground Rod Clamps at Test Wells: Use bolted pressure clamps with at least two bolts.
Grounding Bus: lnstall in electrioal and telephone equipment rooms, in rooms housing service
equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. [Verif grounding bus(es) are shown onthe drawings]
l. Use insulaled spacer; space I inch from wall and support from wall 6 inches above
finished floor, unless otherwise indicated.
2. At doors, route the bus up to the top ofthe door frame, across the top ofthe doorway, and
down to the specified height above the floor.
Underground Grounding Conductors: Use copper conductor, No. Z0 AWG minimum. Bury at
least 24 inches below grade or bury 12 inshes above duct bank when installed as part ofthe duct
bank.
Separately Derived Systems: Electrical equipment and standby generators creating separately
derived distribution systems, such as dry-type transformers, shall utilize the equipment ground
bars in the equipment enclosure for both secondary equipment ground and secondary neutral
ground with separate grounding conductor extended to an approved ground elecffode
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
3.02 EQUIPMENTGROTINDINGCONDUCTORS
A. Comply with NFPA 70, Article 250, for types, sizes, and quantities of equipment grounding
conductors, unless specific types, larger sizes, or more conductors than required by NFPA 70 are
indicated.
B. Install equipment grounding conductors in all feeders and circuits. This grounding conductor
shall be in addition to the ground path provided by the continuously grounded metallic raceway
GROI.INDING AND BONDING 16060 - 4
I y#").'ff#".ti'r't'Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
t system that encloses the phase and neutral conductors. Where there are parallel feeders installed
in more than one raceway, each raceway shall have a green insulated equipment ground
f conductor,
!C. Busway Supply Circuits: lnstall insulated equipment grounding conductor from the grounding
I bus in the switchgear, switchboard, or distribution panel to equipment grounding bar terminal on
I busway.
I D. Isolated Grounding Receptacle Circuils: Install an insulated equipment grounding conductor
I connected to the receptacle grounding terminal. Isolate grounding conductor from raceway and'' from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of
r the applicable derived system or service, unless otherwise indicated.
f E. Isolated Equipment Enclosure Circuits: For designated equipment supplied by a branch circuit
or feeder, isolate equipment enclosure from supply raceway with a nonmetallic raceway fifting
I listed for the purpose.- lnstall fitting where raceway enters enclosure, and install a separateI equipment grounding conductor. Isolate equipment grounding conductor from raceway and
from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of
I the applicable derived system or service, unless otherwise indicated.
T F. Nonmetallic Raceways: Install an equipment grounding conductor in nonmetallic raceways
I unless they are designated for telephone or data cables.
r' G. Water Heater, Heat-Tracing, and Antifrost Heating Cables: Install a separate equipment
I grounding conductor to each electric water heater, heat-tracing, and antifrost heating cable.
I Bond conductorto heater units, piping, connected equipmeng and components.
r H. Signal and Communication Systems: For telephone, alarm, voice and dat4 and other
t communication systems, provide No. 4 AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor int raceway from grounding electrode system to each service location, terminal cabinet, wiring
closet, and central equipment location.
I l. Service and Central Equipment Locations and Wiring Closets: Terminate grounding
conductor on a 1 / 4 -by -2-by -12-inch grounding bus.
I 2. Terminal Cabinets: Terminate grounding conductor on cabinet grounding terminal.
t I. Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Provide a grounding electrode in addition to
I installing a separate equipment grounding conductor with supply branch-circuit conductors.
I
I 3.03 TNSTALLATTON
I A. Ground Rods: Install at least three rods spaced at least one-rod length ftom each other and
located at least the same distance fiom other grounding electrodes.
r l. Drive ground rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade, unless
otherwise indicated.
I 2. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductors. Use exotbermic welds,
I except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel
or damaging copper coating.
I
I
GROUNDING AND BONDING 16060 - 5
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
F.
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise
indicated. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to
strain, impact, or damage.
Underground Grounding Conductors: Use bare copper wire. Bury at least 24 inches below
grade.
Bonding Shaps and Jumpers: Install so vibration by equipment mounted on vibration isolation
hangers and supports is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. Use exothermic-welded
connectors for outdoor locations, unless a disconnect-type connection is required; then, use a
bolted clamp. Bond straps directly to the basic structure taking care not to penetrate any
adjacent parts. Install shaps only in locations accessible for maintenance.
Metal Water Service Pipe: Provide insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from
building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to
building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal wakr service pipes by grounding clamp
connectors. Where a dielectic main water fitting is installed [veriff with mechanical], connect
grounding conductor to street side offitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve
to conductor at each end.
Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters.
Connect to pipe with grounding clamp connectors.
Bond interior metal piping systems and metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of
associated pumps, fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Where metallic piping and
duct systems are rendered metallically non-continuous by non-conductive couplings, provide
bondingjumpers to restore grounding continuity. Use braided-type bonding straps.
Bond each aboveground portion ofgas piping system up$tr€am from equipment shutoffvalve.
Install one test well for each service at the ground rod electrically closest to the service entrance,
Set top of well flush with finished grade or floor. Fill with l-inch- maximum-size crushed stone
or gravel.
Ufer Ground (Concrete-Encased Grounding Elechode): Fabricate according to NFPA 70,
Paragraph 250-81(c), using a minimum of20 feet ofbare copper conductor not smaller than No.
4 AWG. If concrete foundation is less than 20 feet long coil excess conductor within the base of
the foundation. Bond grounding conductor to reinforcing steel in at least four locations and to
anchor bolts. Extend grounding conductor below grade and connect to building grounding grid
or to a grounding electrode external to concrete.
CONNECTIONS
General: Make connections so galvanic action or electrolysis possibility is minimized. Select
connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct
contact will be galvanically compatible.
B.
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
T
I
t
t
I
C.
D.
E.
G.
H,
I,
J.
3.04
A.
GROLINDING AND BONDING 16060 - 6
It
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
1. Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to ensure high conductivity and to make
contact points closer lo order of galvanic series.2. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact. Clean surfaces thoroughly
before applying ground lugs or clamps. If surface is coated, the coating must be removed
down to the bare metal, After the coating has been removed, apply a noncorrosive
approved compound to clean surface and install lugs or clamps. Where galvanizing is
removed from metal, it shall be painted or touched up with "Galvanox," or equal.3. Make aluminum-to-steel connections with stainless-steel separators and mechanical
clamps.
4. Make aluminum-to-galvanized steel connections with tin-plated copper jumpers and
mechanical clamps.5, Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future
penetration of moisture to contact surfaces,
Exothermic-Welded Connections: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Welds that
are puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable.
Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: For No. 8 AWG and larger, use pressure-tlTe
grounding lugs. No. l0 AWG and smaller grounding conductors may be terminated with winged
pressure-type connectors,
Noncontact Metal Raceway Terminations: If metallic raceways terminate at metal housings
without mechanical and electrical connection to housing, terminate each conduit with a
grounding bushing. Connect grounding bushings with a bare grounding conductor to grounding
bus or terminal in housing. Bond electrically non-continuous conduits at entrances and exits
with grounding bushings and bare grounding conductors, unless otherwise indicated.
Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and terminals according to
manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacture/s torque values are not
indicated, use those specified in UL 486,4' land UL 4868].
Compression-Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide conect
circumferential pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies recommended by
connector manufacturer. Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make a visible
indication that a connector has been adequately compressed on grounding conductor.
Moisture Protection: If insulated grounding conductors are connected to ground rods or
grounding buses, insulate entire area ofconnection and seal against moisture penetration of
insulation and cable.
3.05 FIELD QUALTTY CONTROL
A. Tests: Perform the following field quality-control testing:
t. After installing grounding system but before pernanent electrical circuitry has been
energized, test for cornpliance with requirements.
2. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground-resistance
level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, and at ground test
wells. Measure sround resistance not less than two full days afler the last trace of
B.
C.
D.
F.
G.
GROI./NDING AND BONDING r6060-7
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, lnc.
March 28,2008
06082
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
precipitation, and without the soil being moistened by any means other than natural
drainage or seepage and without chomical treatment or other artificial means of reducing
natural ground resistance. Perform tests, by the fall-of-potential method according to
IEEE 81.
Provide drawings locating each ground rod and ground rod assembly and other grounding
electrodes, identi! each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record oftests and
observations. Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location and
include observations of weather and other phenomena tlrat may affect test results.
Doscribe measures taken to improve test results.
Equipment Rated 500 kVA and Less: l0 ohms.
Equipment Rated 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms.
Equipment Rated More Than 1000 kVA: 3 ohms.
Substations and Pad-Mounted Switching Equipment: 5 ohms.
Manhole Grounds: l0 ohms.
Excessive Ground Resistance: Ifresistance to ground exceeds specified values, noti$
Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance.
Report: Prepare test reports, certified by the testing organization, of ground resistance at
each test location. Include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect
test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results.
3.06 GRADING AND PLANTING
A. Restore surface features, including vegetation, at areas disturbed by Work of this Section.
Reestablish original grades, unless otherwise indicated. Ifsod has been removed, replace it as
soon as possible after backfilling is completed. Restore areas disturbed by trenching, storing of
dilt cable laying, and other activities to their original condition. Include application of topsoil,
fertilizer,lime, seed, sod, sprig and mulch. Comply with Division 2 Section nlandscaping."
Maintain restored surfaces. Restore disturbed paving as indicated.
END OF SECTION
3.
a,
b.
c.
d.
e.
4.
).
GROTJNDING AND BONDING 16060 - 8
I Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, Inc.
- 50 % PROGRESS SET March 28.2008
06082
r SECTION 16075 -ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
! PARTI - GENERAL
t l.0r SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes electrical identification materials and devices required to comply with
I ANSI C2, NFPA 70, OSI-IA standards, and authorities having jurisdiction.
I 1.02 REFERENCES
t- A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
I Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I l.o3 suBMrrrALSI
A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated.
I B. Schedule of Nomenclature: An index of electrical equipment and system compon€nts used in
identification signs and labels.
I
I C. Samples: For each type of label and sign to illustrate color, lettering style, and graphic features
of identi fication products.
I I.O4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I A. Comply with ANSI C2.t
B. Comply with NFPA 70.If C. ComplywithANSIAl3.landNFPAT0forcolor-coding.
t PARTz - PRODUCTS
I 2.ot RA.E*AYAND.ABLELABEL'
I A. Comply with ANSI Al3.l, Table 3, for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum
t length ofcolor field for eacb raceway and cable size.
1. Color Black letters on orange fiold.
I 2. Legend: Indicates voltage.
I
t
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16075 - l
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associateg lnc.
March 28,2008
06082
Pretensioned, Wraparound Plastic Sleeves: Flexible, preprinted, color-coded, acrylic band sized
to suit the diameter of the line it identifies and arranged to stay in place by pretensioned grpping
action when placed in position.
Underground-Line Waming Tape: Permanent, bright-colored, continuous-printed, vinyl tape.
l. Not less than 6 inches wide by 4 mils thick.2. Compounded for permanent direct-burial service.3. Embedded continuous metallic strip or core.
4. Printed legend indicating gzpe ofunderground line.
Aluminum, Wraparound Marker Bands: Bands cut from 0.014-inch-thick aluminum sheet, with
stamped or embossed legend, and fitted with slots or ears for permanently securing around wire
or cable jacket or around groups ofconductors.
Plasticized Card-Stock Tags: Vhyl cloth with preprinted and field-printed legends. Orange
background, unless otherwise indicated, with eyelet for fastener.
Aluminum-Faced, Card-Stock Tags: Weather-resistant, l8-point minimum card stock faced on
both sides with embossable aluminum sheet,0.002 inch thick, laminated with moisture-resistant
acrylic adhesive, punched for fasteners, and preprinted with legends to suit each application.
Brass or Aluminum Tags: 2" x 2" 0.05" metal tags with stamped legend, punched for fastener.
NAMEPLATES AND SIGNS
Safety Signs: Comply with 29 CFR, Chapter XVII Part 1910.145.
Engraved Plastic Nameplates and Signs: Engraving stock, melamine plastic laminate, minimum
li l6-inch thick for signs up to 20 square inches and l/8-inch thick for larger sizes.
l. Engraved legend with black letters on white face.
2. Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners.
Baked-Enamel Signs for Interior Use: Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for
fasteners, with colors, legend, and size required for the application. l/4-inch (6.4-mm)
grommets in comers for mounting.
Exterior, Metal-Backed, Butyrate Signs: Weather-resistant nonfading, preprinted, cellulose-
acetate butyrate signs with 0.0396-inch galvanized-steel backing; and with colors, legend, and
size required for the application. l/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting.
Fasteners for Nameplates and Signs: Self-tapping stainless-steel screws or No. l0/32, stainless-
steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers.
MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
c.
D.
F.
G.
2.02
A.
B.
2.03
C.
D.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16075 -2
I Vail Cascade Resort lladji & Associates, Inc.r 50 % PROGRESS SET March 28.2008
06082
t A. Cable Ties: Fungus-inert, self-extinguishing, one-piece, selfJocking, Type 6/6 nylon cable ties.
I l. Minimum Width: 3ll6nch
I 2. Tensile Strength: 50 lb minimum
3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F
I 4. Color: According to color-coding
!B. Paint: Formulated for the type of surface and intended use.
I L Primer for Galvanized Metal: Single-component acrylic vehicle formulated for
galvanized surfaces.
.. 2. Primer for Concrete Masonry Units: Heavy-duty-resin block filler.
I 3. himer for Conmete: Clear, alkali-resistant, binder-type sealer.r 4. Enamel: Silicone-alkyd or alkyd urethane as recommended by primer manufachrer.
. PART3 - EXECUTION
I 3.OI INSTALLATION
I A. Identification Materials and Devices: Install at locations for most convenient viewing without
I interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.
I B. Lettering, Colors, and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other
I designations with corresponding designations in the Contract Documents or with those required
by codes and standards. Use consistent designations throughout Project.
I C. Sequence of Work: If identification is applied to surfaces that require finish, installr identification after completing finish work.
I D. Circuits with More Than 600 volts: Identifu raceway and cable with 'DANGER--HIGHI VOLTAGE" in black letters 2 inches high, stenciled with paint at l0-foot intervals over a
continuous, painted orange background. Identif the following:
f l. Entire floor ar€a directly above conduits running beneath and within 12 inches ofa
basement or ground floor that is in contact with earth or is framed above unexcavated
space.
f| 2. Wall surfaces directly external to conduits concealed within wall.3. All accessible surfaces of concrete envelope around conduits in vertical shafts, exposed
I in the building, or concealed above suspended ceilings.
t 4. Entire surface ofexposed conduits.
E. Install painted identification according to manufacturey's written instructions and as follows:
I l. Clean surfaces of dust, loose material, and oity films before painting.
2. Prime surfaces using type of primer specified for surface.
I 3. Apply one intermedlate and one finish coat of enamel.I
I
I
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16075 -3
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
t
F. Color Banding Raceways and Exposed Cables: Band exposed and accessible raceways ofthe
systems listed below:
l. Bands: Pretensioned, wraparound plastic sleeves; colored adhesive tape; or a
combination of both. Make each color band 2 inches wide, completely encircling
conduit, and place adjacent bands oftwo-color markings in contact, side-by-side.2. Band Locations: At changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at SGfoot
maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot maximum intervals in congested areas.3. Apply the following colors to the systems listed below:
Fire Alarm System: Red
Fire-Suppression Supervisory and Control System: Red and yellow
Combined Fire Alarm and Security System: Red and blue
Security System: Blue and yellow
Mechanical and Electrical Supervisory System: Green and blue
Telecommunication System: Green and vellow
Caution Labels for Indoor Boxes and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: lnstall pressure-
sensitive, self-adhesive labels identi$ing system voltage with black letters on or,rnge
background. Install on exterior ofdoor or cover.
Circuit identification Labels on Boxes: Inskll labels externally.
l. Exposed Boxes: Pressure-sensitive, self-adhesive plastic label on cover2. Concealed Boxes: Plasticized card-stock tags3. Labeling Legend: Permanent, waterproof listing of panel and circuit number or
equivalent
Paths of Underground Electrical Lines: During trench backfilling for exterior underground
power, control, signal, and communication lines, install continuous underground plastic line
marker located directly above line at 6 to I inches below finished grade. Where width of
multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope does not exceed 16 inches
overall, use a single line marker. [Limit use of line markers to direct-buried cables] finstall line
marker for underground wiring, both direct-buried cables and cables in raceway].
Secondary Service, Feeder, and Branch-Circuit Conductors: Color-code throughout the
secondary elechical system.
1. Color-code 208/120-volt svstem as follows:
Phase A: Black
Phase B: Red
Phase C: Blue
Neutral: White
Ground: Green
2. Color-code 4801277-volt svstem as follows:
a. Phase A: Yellow
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
G.
I.
J.
a.
b.
d.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION t6075 - 4
L,
M.
N.
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
b. Phase B: Brownc. Phase C: Oranged. Neutral: White with a colored stripe or gray
e. Ground: Green
3. Factory apply colorthe entire length ofconductors, except the following field-applied,
color-coding methods may be used instead of factory-coded wire for sizes larger than No.
IOAWG:
^. Colored, pressure-sensitive plastic tape in half-lapped turns for a distance of6
inches from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply
last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Use I -inch-
wide tape in colors specified. Adjust tape bands to avoid obscuring cable
identifi cation markings.b. Colored cable ties applied in groups ofthree ties ofspecified color to each wire at
each terminal or splice point starting 3 inches from the terminal and spaced 3
incbes apart. Apply with a special tool or pliers, tighten to a snug fit, and cut off
excess length.
Power-Circuit ldentification: Metal tags or aluminum, wraparound marker bands for cables,
feeders, and power circuits in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and switchboard rooms.
l. Legend: l/4-inch steel letter and number stamping or embossing with legend
corresponding to indicated circuit designations2. Tag Fasteners: Nylon cable ties3. Band Fasteners: Integral ears
Apply identification to conductors as follows:
1. Conductors to Be Extended in the Future: Indicate source and circuit numbers.2. Multiple Power or Lighting Circuits in the Same Enclosure: Identiff each conductor with
source, voltagq circuit numbeq and phase. Use color-coding to identifr circuits'voltage
and phase.
3. Multiple Control and Communication Circuits in the Sarne Enclosure: Identiff each
conductor by its system and circuit designation. Use a consistent system oftags, color-
coding or cable marking tape .
Apply warning, caution, and instruction signs as follows:
I . Warnings, Cautions, and Instructions: Install to ensure safe operation and maintenance of
electrical systems and of items to which they connect. Install engraved plastic-laminated
instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or
equipment operation. Install metal-backed butyrate signs for outdoor items.2. Emergency Operation: Install engraved laminated signs with white legend on red
background with minimum 3/8-inch high lettering for emergency instructions on power
transfer, load shedding and other emergency operations.
Equipment Identification Labels: Engraved plastic laminate. Install on each unit of equipment,
including central or master unit of each system. This includes power, lighting, communication,
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16075 - 5
Vail Cascade Resort
50ToPROGRESS SET
lladji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
sigral, and alarm rystems, unless unib are specified with their own self-explanatory
identification. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with l/2-inch high
lettering on l-l/2-inch- high label; where two lines oftext are required, use labels 2 inches high.
Use white lettering on black field. Apply labels for each unit of the following categories of
equipment using mechanical fasteners:
L Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures2. Access doors and panels for concealed electical items3. Emergenry system boxes and enclosures4. Disconnect switches
5. Enclosed circuit breakers
6, Motor starters
7. Transformers
END OF SECTION 16075
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16075 - 6
I Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, Inc.r 50 % PROGRESS SET March 28.2008
060E2
I SECTION 16I 13 - T]NDERGROI.]ND/I.]NDERSLAB ELECTRICAL WORK
I PARTI _ GENERAL
t r.0r CONDTTTONSANDREQUTREMENTS:
I A. The drawings and general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary
I Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to thjs section.
I 1.02 DESCRTPTToN:!
A. Work Included in this Section:
I l. Buried and under slab conduits. and related electical work,
t B. Related Sections:
I l. General and Supplementary Conduits
T; 2. Administrative Requirement Division I
f| 3. Cast-in-place Concrete Division 34. Basic Electrical Requirements (applies all work in this section) Section 16010
I 5. GroundingandBonding Section 16060
I
I.O3 STJBMITTALS:
' A. Materials lis with Manufacturg Style, Series, or Model Identified. (If required by the Engineer
or Architect.)
! B. Manufacturer's descriptive literature and/or sample (if requested by the Engineer/Architect).
I PART2 * PRODUCTS
I 2.01 CONDUTT:
I A. Materials shall be provided with fittings and accessories approved for the purpose and equal in
t all respects to the conduit.
I
B. Rigid Steel: Hot-dipped galvanized or sherardized, PVC coated.
I C. Plastic: Schedule 40 PVC approved for use as non-metallic raceway for 90'C conductors.
Carlon, Kraloy or equal.
I
I
I.]NDERGROI.JND/I.]NDERSLAB ELECTRICAL WORK 16I 13 - I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, [nc.
March 28, 2008
06082
2.02 BARE COPPER CROT]ND CONDUCTOR:
A. Medium hard drawn copper conductor, size as indicated on drawings.
PART 3 _ EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL:
A. Electrical system layouts indicated on the drawings are generally diagrammatic but shall be
followed as closely as actual construction and work of other trades wilt permit.
B. Consult all other drawings. Verifr all scales and report any dimensional discrepancies or other
conflicts to Architect before submitting bid.
3.02 CONDUITINSTALLATION:
A. Plastic conduit not indicated to be concrete encased shall be installed on 2 inch sand base and
covered by 2 inch sand backfill. Plastic conduit shall not be installed on rock base.
B. Stagger conduit couplings by a minimum of l2 inches. All risers to grade shall be rigid steel.
C- After completion of concrete-encased duct system, a 12 inch long, trade-size mandrell shall be
pulled through each conduil not including the floor duct system.
D. Install l/8-inch diameter yellow nylon pull-line in each underground conduit.
3.03 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL:
A. All excavation and backfill required because of this work shall be included. Excavation of
trenches shall be sequenced to minimize "open-time" and inconvenience.
B. Trenches shall be cut straight and true and shall be shored and braced where required. See
Section 02200 "Earthwork" for specific methods and requirements.
3.04 BUILDING GROTJND LOOP:
A. Install grounding near botom of concrete footing. Provide insulating spacers to keep grounding
conductor from direct contact with reinforcing steel-
END OF SECTION
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
UNDERGROI]NDiT]NDERSLAB ELECTRICAL WORK l6n3 - 2
I Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, Inc.r 50 % PROGRESS SET March 28.2008
06082
I SECTION16120.CONDUCTORS&CABLES
I PARTI - GENERAL
I l.0r RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contact, including General and Supplementary
I Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this section.
I 1.02 suMMARYI
- A. This Section includes building wires and cables and associated connectors, splices, and
I terminations for wiring systems rated 600V and less.
B. Related Sections:
f General and Supplementary Conditions
Administrative Requirements Section 01300
I Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Section 16050
I Electrical ldentification Section 16075
RacewaysandBoxes Section 16130
I
! l.o3 REFERENCES
I A. The latest edition ofthe following standards and codes are the minimum requirements for this
' worK-
I l. Insulated Cable Engineer's Association QCEA)! 2. InterNational Electrical Testing Association (NETA ATS)
3. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA)
I 4. National Electrical Manufacturey's Association (NEMA)
I 5. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
6. NFPA 70, The National Electrical Code (NEC)
I 7. Underwriters' laboratories, Inc. (UL)
I
I r.04 SUBMITTALS
I A. Field test reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance
requirements.
t
I.O5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I
I coNDUcroRS&.ABLES
I
16120 - I
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
A. Listing and Labeling: Provide wires and cables specified in this Section that are listed and
labeled.
I . The Terms "Listed" and "Labeledn: As defined in NFPA 70, Article 100.2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A 'Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory" as defined in OSIIA Regulation 1910.7.
B. ComplywithNFPA 70.
I.06 DELTVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver wires and cables accordine to NEMA WC 26.
I.O7 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of cables with other installations.
PART2.- PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufactur€rs: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers ofiering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
2.02 BUILDINGWIRESANDCABLES
A. Ullisted building wires and cables with conductor material, insulation type, cable construction,
and rating as specified in Part 3 "Wire and Insulation Applications" Article.
B. Rubber Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 3.
C. Thermoplastic Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 5.
D. Cross-Linked Polyethylene Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 7.
E. Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 8.
F. Conductor Material: Copper.
G. Stranding: Solid conductor for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded conductor for larger than No.
l0Awc.
2.Ot CONNECTORS AND SPLICES
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
CONDUCTORS &CABLES 16120 -2
I y;i.??#iti'Jt,",
I
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
A. Ul-listed, factory-fabricated wiring connectors of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class
I for application and service indicated. Comply with Project's installation requirements and as
t specified in Part 3 "Wire and Insulation Applications" Article.
I B. Type MC Cable:
I L Sbeath:
I a. High-strength aluminum flexible armor
b. Anti-shon bushings
I 2. conductors:I
I i: fffiiffiT$ffifiiffiHrormurti-wirebranchcircuitsI c. Type THHN 90"C insulationd. Solid copper
I C. Electrical Tape:
I l. Plastic tape, 8.5 mils maximum thickness, 1,000,000 megohms minimum insulation
I resistance, oil-resistant vinyl backing, oil-resistant acrylic adhesive, incapable of
I2.;lx5illffi,*nH"x.J.ffiyD-568TestMethodB.
t D. Cable Lubricants:
I l. Wire pulling lubricants shall be specifically recommended by the cable manufacturer forI assisting inlullingjacketed cables. Cable lubricants shall bi soapstone, graphite, ortatc
I fi:fJ:j:il:i3*il1'*f,,t,'?Te* Lubricant sharr notbe dereterioustothecabre
! 2. Ideal Yellow #77 or approved equal.
I 2.04 MTSCELLANEOUS WIRINGMATERLAL
I A. Miscellaneous Connecting and Splicing Devices: Miscellaneous products, such as heat shrink
I tubing, electrical insulation, plug caps, splices and kits, tapes, terminal blocks, and terminations,
shall be approved for the specific application.
I B. Joint compounds shall be approved for the specific type metaljoint to be prepared.
I C. Cable ties, clamps, and identification shall be nylon, self-locking.
I D. Fire-seal fittings, certified by UL, for installation where sleeves penetrate fire-rated walls, floors,
etc., as required by NEC Article 300-21 . Size fire seals for the application.
I
I
I
CONDUCTORS & CABLES r6r20 - 3
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
PART3 _ EXECUTION
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
I
I
3.OI GENERAL
A. All wiring shall be routed through an Ul-listed raceway regardless of voltage application, unless
specified otherwise on the drawings or under other sections ofthese Specifications.
B. Derate conductor ampacities based on the NEC when more than three current carrying
conductors are installed in one raceway,
C. No conductors or cable shall be pulled into any portion of conduit system until all construction
work, which might damage the wire, has been completed.
D. Provide cable supports for vertical risers.
E. Unless otherwise indicated, all wiring for branch circuits shall be #12 AWG protected by 20-
ampere circuit breakers. Wire size shall be increased to account for voltage drop for all 120-volt
circuitsoverT5feet,andall277-voltcircuitsoverl50feettotlefirstoutlet. Wiresizeshallbe
uniform for the entire length of the circuit unless noted otherwise. Homeruns which indicate
upgrading circuit conductors for voltage drop, e.g. #l0AWG wire on 20-ampere circuit, shall
have the conductor size indicated canied throughout the circuit to the last devicc or fixture.
F. Secondary Service, Feeder, and Branch-Circuit Conductors: Color-code throughout the
secondary electrical system.
l. Color+ode 208/120-volt system as follows:
Phase A: Black
Phase B: Red
Phase C: Blue
Neutral: White
Ground: Green
2. Color-code 4801277-volt system as follows:
Phase A: Brown
Phase B: Orange
Phase C: Yellow
Neutral: White with a colored stripe or gray
Ground: Green
G. Factory apply colorthe entire length ofconductors, exceptthe following field-applied, color-
coding methods may be used instead of factory-coded wire for sizes larger than No. l0 AWG:
H. Colored, pressure-sensitive plastic tape in half-lapped turns for a distance of 6 inches (150 mm)
from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply last two tums of tape
with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. use l-inch- (25-mm-) wide tape in colors
specified. Adjust tape bands to avoid obscuring cable identification markings.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONDUC1ORS & CABLES 16t20 - 4
J.
L.
M.
N.
o.
P.
a.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
Colored cable ties applied in groups ofthree ties of specified color to each wire at each terminal
or splice point starting 3 inches (76 mm) from the terminal and spaced 3 inches (76 mm) apart.
Apply with a special tool or pliers, tighten to a snug fit, and cut offexcess length.
Do not splice feeders or dedicated branch circuits unless otherwise indicated. Install all wire
continuous from outlet to outlet or terminal to terminal. Splices in cables when required shall be
made in handholes, pull boxes orjunction boxes and shall be in strict accordance with cable
manufacturer's recommendations utilizing solderless connectors UL approved for the use. Make
up splices in outlet boxes with 8 inches of correctly color-coded tails left in box. Splices in wires
size #8 AWG and smaller shall be made with insulated spring type wire connectors, "Scotchlok."
Splices in larger wire and cables shall be made with indent connectors approved for the purpose.
All insulating tape used on circuits of 600 volts and less shall be 3-M #88 or Plymouth Slipknot
Grey.
Make connections, splices, taps and joints with solderless devices, mechanically and electrically
secure.
Lubricate cables to facilitate pulling. Lubrication material shall be inert to cable and raceways.
Install compression connectors with hydraulic die, embossing die code into connector. Connect
to bus with Belleville type washers for positive pressure over complete contact area. Insulate
with heat shrink tubing.
Provide a separate neutal for dimmer branch circuits, ground fault intemrpter branch circuits,
lighting branch circuits serving electronic ballasts and branch circuits serving isolated ground
and isolated ground surge suppressor typ€ r€ceptacles.
The neutral conductor of 120/208-volt multi-wire branch circuits shall be one size lareer than the
phase conductors unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings,
All phase, neutral, and ground conductors shall be tagged with corresponding circuit numbers at
panelboard and alljunction and outlet boxes,
Sizes ofconduits, unless specifically shown otherwise, shall be determined from Chapter 9 of
Iatest National Electrical Code.
Make all ground, neubal, and line connections to receptacle and wiring device terminals by
means ofthe side terminal screw connections. Branch conductors shall not be connected to the
device with backside "push-in" connectors. Provide ground jumper from outlet box to ground
terminal of receptacle.
TYPE MC CABLE
Uses Permitted:
l. Lighting branch circuits
2, Reoeptacle branch citcuits
3.02
A.
CONDUCTORS & CABLES t6120 - 5
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
3. Switch connections
4. Concealed locations only
5. Dry locations only
B. Uses Not Permitted:
L Homeruns to panelboards
2. Anv use not listed above
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.03 STORACE AND IIANDLING
A. Store wiring materials in a prot€cted environment not subject to physical damage or the effects
of sunlight or inclement weather.
3.04 FrELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing: On installation ofwires and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized,
demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements.
l. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in
NETA ATS, Section 7.3.1. Certify compliance with test parameters.
B. Correct malfunctioning conductors and cables at Project site, where possible, and retest to
demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units and retest.
ENDOF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
CONDUCTORS & CABLES t6r20 - 6
I Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, Inc.r 50 % PROGRESS SET March 28.2008
06082
I SECTION 16130 - MCEWAYS & BOXES
I PARTl - GENERAL
I l.0l RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contracg including General and Supplementary
t Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this section.
I I.O2 SUMMARYI
A. This section includes electrical conduits, tubing, surface raceways, and wireways as well as
I electrical outlet boxes, pull andjunctionboxeslconduit fittings and hinged door assemblies.I
I I.O3 REFERENCESrA. The latest edition of the following standards and codes, are the minimum requirements for thisI work.
t
ANSI C80.1 Rigid Steel Condui! Zinc-coated
r ANSI C80.6 Intermediate Metal Condui! Zinc-coatedt *ili"^Tgi Fff#:t*tl"I.""l;:ffi,1T#::l Bodies ror conduit and cabre
Assemblies
I NEMA RN I Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Extemally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel
Conduit and Intermediate Metal ConduitI NEffiT8i fi';,xT:Hlt:.Ti#'..'';l"f+ElHt3,:ffiHi,1tiJ! NFPA No. 70 National Electric Code [NEC)
I B. Sizes of conduits, unless specifically shown otherwise, shall be determined from Tables in
t Chapter 9 of latest National Electrical Code.
I 1.04 SUBMTTTALS
I A. Conduit, Boxes, Wireways and Auxiliary Gutters: Products by approved manufacturers meeting .
I the requirements of the referenced standards and any special requirements specified in this
section will be acceptable for the project. Provide a letter listing all equipment proposed for
t installation (including manufacturer and part number, where applicable), and stating that the
I equipment meets the requirements noted in this section, Where proposed equipment be otberr than that listed in these specifications, provide manufacturers product data sheets for review.
I PART2 - PRODUCTS
t
I
RACEWAYS & BOXES 16130 - I
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS
Metallic Conduit Systems:
I . Electrical Metallic Conduit (EMT): EMT shall comply with IIL 797 and ANSI C80.3.
EMT shall be zinc-coated steel, galvanized on the outside and coated on the inside with a
hard smooth lacquer finish. EMT fittings shall be steel compression type with insulated
throats.2. Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC): FMC shall be single strip, continuous, flexible
interlocked double-wrapped steel, zinc-coated inside and out forming smooth intemal
wiring channel with steel compression fittings and shall comply with UL l.3. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): IMC shall be hot-dipped galvanized with a zinc-
coating and comply with ANSI C80.6. Fittings shall be steel threaded rype.4. Liquidtight Flexible Steel Conduit (LFSC): FLSC shall comply with UL 360 and be
zinc-coated steel the same as FMC except with sunlight-resistant and mineral-oil-resistant
plastic jacket.. Fittings shall be cast malleable iron or steel body and gland nut,
cadmium-plated with one-piece brass grounding bushings threaded to interior of conduit.
Provide spiral molded vinyl sealing ring between gland nut and bushing and nylon
insulated throat.5, Rigid Steel Conduit (RSC): RSC shall be heavy wall, hot dipped galvanized steel inside
and out with threaded ends, and shall comply with U.S. Standard UL6 and ANSI
Standard C80.1 . RSC fitings shall be steel, thr€aded type. Plastic+oated Rigid Steet
Conduit shall be rigid galvanized steel conduit having a 0.030" minimum thick faotory-
bonded PVCjacket, using pre-jacketed couplings as manufactured by Pittsburgh Robroy,
Plastic Applicator, Occidental or approved equal.
Nonmetallic Conduit Systems:
l. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC): RNC shall be polyvinyl chloride @VC) Schedule 40
or 80 suitable for 90oC. Provide solvent cemented typ€ fittings matched to conduit type
and material.
2. Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit (LFNC): LFNC shall comply with UL3.
Surface metal raceway shall be Wiremold or Walker-Parkersburg. Raceways, fittings, and
components shall be ofone manufacfurer and designed for use together.
Metal Wireways: Wireways shall be hinged cover or screw cover complete with all necessary
manufactured fittings which shall be of one manufacturer. Wireway shall be G.E. Type HS or'lTE KEL Duct or acceptable equal.
I. Material: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated.
2. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters,
hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as
required for complete system. Provide wire retainers at not greater than 12 inches on
center.
3. Select features, unless otherwise indicated, as required to complete wiring system and to
comply with NFPA 70.
I
I
2.0r
A,
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
B.
c.
D.
RACEWAYS & BOXES 16130 - 2
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
4. Wireway Covers: Screw-cover type5. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish
Nonmetallic Wireways:
l. Description: PVC plastic, extruded and fabricated to size and shape indicated, with snap-
on cover and mechanically coupled connections using plastic fasteners.2. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters,
hold-down straps, end caps, irnd other fittings to match and mate with wireways as
required for complete system.3. Select features, unless otherwise indicated, as required to complete wiring system and to
complywith NFPA 70.
Raceway Fittings: Specifically designed for the raceway type with which used.
Bushings: Forrigid steel conduit largerthan ll2-inch size, provide insulated type bushings,
designed to prevent abrasion of wires without impairing the continuity of the conduit grounding
system. Grounding bushings shall be locking type and shall be provided with a feed-through
compression lug for securing the ground cables. Unions shall be electro-galvanized ferrous alloy
type Appleton UNF or LINY, Crouse-Hinds UNF or UNY, or equal.
Expansion Fittings: Each conduit that is buried in or secured to the building's construction on
opposite sides ofa building expansionjoint and each long run ofexposed conduit that may be
subject to excessive stresses shall be provided with an expansion fitting. Expansion fittings shall
be rigid steel hot-dipped galvanized or malleable iron with factory-installed packing and a
grounding ring. Expansion fittings for rigid non-metallic conduit shall be ofthe short type in
runs 25 feet or less, and the long type in runs 26 to 80 feet. The short type shall be a one-piece,
coupling with O ring providing 2 inches of total movement range in l/2-inch to 2-inch conduit
sizes. The long type shall be a two-piece barrel and piston joint, providing 6 inches ofthe total
movement range in ll2-inch through 6-inch conduit sizes. Expansion fittings in embedded runs
shall be watertight and shall be provided with an internal bondingjumper. The expansion
material shall be neoprene and shall allow for 3/4-inch movement in any direction.
Sealing Fittings: Provide threaded, zinc or cadmium coated, cast or malleable iron type for steel
conduits. Fittings used to prevent passage of water vapor shall be of the continuous drain type.
2.02 OUTLEI JUNCTION AND PTJLL BOXES
A. AcceptableManufacturers:
l. Boxes and Cabinets; Bowers, Raco, Steel City, Appleton, Hoffinan, or approved equal.2. Floor boxes; Walker, Hubbell, Raceway Components, Inc. or approved equal.
B. Outlet, Junction and Pull Boxes:
l. Cast Type Boxes: Cast type boxes shall be ferrous alloy and have gasketed cast covers
and inside threaded hubs with adapters as necessary. Cast-metal boxes shall comply with
NEMAFB I,TypeFD.
F.
G.
RACEWAYS & BOXES 16130 - 3
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
4.
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,200E
06082
Galvanized Pressed Steel Type Boxes: Boxes shall be pressed steel, galvanized or
cadmium-plated, 4-inch minimum octagonal or square with galvanized cover or
extension ring as required. Knockout type shall be used with knockouts removed only
where necessary to accommodate the conduit entering. Boxes shall comply with NEMA
os.
hovide a grounding terminal in each box containing a green equiprnent ground
conductor, or serving moton, lighting fixtures, or receptacles. Grounding terminal shall
be green-colored washer-in-head machine screw or grounding bushing.
Large Sheet Steel Boxes:
a. l2-Cauge sheet steel for boxes with maximum side less than 40 inches, and
maximum area not exceeding 1,000 square inches; riveted or welded 3/4-inch
flanges at exterior corners.
b. l0-Gauge sheet steel for boxes with maximum side 40 to 60 inches, and
maximum area I ,000 to 1,500 square inches; riveted or welded 3/4-inch flanges at
exterior corners.
c. l0-Gauge sheet steel riveted or welded to l-112" x l-112" x l/4" welded angle iron
framework for boxes with maximum side exceeding 60 inches and more than
1,500 square inches in area.
d. Covers:
i. Same gauge steel as box. Provide lifting handles on covers with any
dimension larger than 36 inches,
ii. Subdivided single covers so no section of cover exceeds 50 pounds.
iii. Machine bolts or machine screws threaded into tapped holes.
Paint:
i. Rust inhibiting primer, ANSI 6l gray enamel finish coat.
Floor Boxes and Fittings:
a. General:
i. Provide pedestal or flush floor boxes and fittings ofthe typeq ratings,
and configurations as shown on the Drawings,
ii. Floor boxes and fittings shall be suitable for the fire rating and thickness
ofthe floor.iii. Combination power/telecom outlets shall have barrier to separate power
and telecom wiring.
iv. Carpet flange shall be die cast aluminum, painted, or plated finish as
selected by Architect.
Cover and Device Plates; Provide device plates for each switch, receptacle, signal and
telephone outlet, and special purpose outlet. Do not use sectional gang plates. Provide
multi-gang outlet plates for multi-gang boxes. Provide high impact thermoplastic or .040
inch thick metal with brushed stainless steel for devices in finished areas, and galvanized
steel on surface-mounted devices in unfinished areas, unless otherwise selected by
Architect. Surface outlet coverplates shall have beveled edges. Color ofthermoplastic
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I5.
I
I
T
I
I
I
T
6.
RACEWAYS & BOXES 16t30-4
I
I
I
t
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
device plates shall be the same as the device or as selected by Architect. Provide red
fiberglass reinforced plastic plates for switches and receptacles on emergency circuits.
a. Plates for cast-type boxes at locations subject to wet or rain conditions shall be of
the casl vapor-tight type. Provide hinged lift covers for devices. Provide covers
that can remain closed while plugs are inserted into receptacles.b. Plates for telephone and signal outlets shall be as directed by the telephone or
communication supplier.c. Plates for wall pushbutton md buzzer outlets shall have openings to suit the
pushbuttons and buzzers.d. Plates for special purpose outlets shall be ofa design suitable for the particular
application.
PART3 _ EXECUTION
B.
D.
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
3.01
A.
GENERAL
Electrical system layouts indicated on drawings are generally diagrammatic, but shall be
followed as closely as actual constuction and work of other trades will permit. Govem exact
routing of raceways and locations of outlets by structure urd equipment served. Take all
dimensions from architectural drawings,
Consult all other drawings. Veriff all scales and report any dimensional discrepancies or other
conflicts to Architect before submitting bid.
All home runs to panelboards are intended to be started from outlet nearest panel and continuing
in general direction ofthat panel. Continue such circuits to panel as though routes were
completely indicaled. Terminate homeruns of signal, alarm, and communications systems in a
similar manner.
Avoid cutting and boring holes through structure or structural members wherever possible.
Obtain prior approval of Architect, and conform to all structural requirements when cutting or
boring structure is necessary and permitted.
Fumish and install all necessary hardware, hangers, blocking brackets, bracing, nmners, etc.
required for equipment specified under this section.
C.
3.02 SLEEVES
A. Provide sleeves accurately set in place in forms for new concrete walls, floor slabs and partitions
for passage of raceways. Watelproof all sleeved raceways.
B. The electrical contractor shall be present during the pouring ofconcrete to make sure the
location of sleeves is not disturbed during the pour.
RACEWAYS & BOXES 16130 - 5
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
3.03
A.
F.
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
All sleeves through conmete floors shall be pipe sleeves with the top of sleeves a minimum of
l/2 inch above finished floor surfaces. Do not utilize more than one sleeve per pipe. Blockouts
for multiple pipes or individual pipes will not be allowed except where approved by the
structural engineer/ Architect.
In cases where cast-in-place openings are not possible, appropriate size holes shall be bored
through the concrete to accommodate the conduit passage. The size and location ofthe holes
shall not impair the structure's integrity. After completion, grout or caulk around conduit and
finish to match existing sunoundings. Cut all openings for which sleeves are omitted with rotary
type drill, or other method as approved by the Architect. Holes cut with pneumatic hammer will
not be accepted.
RACEWAYS
Provide raceways for all power and special systems as indicated. 2771480V system wiring shall
be kept independent of 120/208Y system wiring wherever possible. Emergency system wiring
shall be kept independent ofother wiring systems. Provide insulated grounding conductor in all
raceways. Minimum conduit size shall be li2 inch, Wiring of each type and system shall be
installed in separate raceways.
Locate raceways so that the integrity of structural members is not affected and they do not
conflict with the services of other trades. Draw up couplings and fittings full and tight. Protect
threads from corrosion after installation with zinc chromate or equivalent protection.
Install power raceways a minimum of 24 inches from telecommunications raceways, cross at 90o
angle.
Protect all non-PVC coated metallic raceway in earth or fill from conosion wift tnuo coats of
conosion resistant paint or tape wrap.
Elbows for conduit installed below grade or embedded within floor slabs shall be rigid steel
conduit with factory PVC coating or fwo coats of corrosion resistant paint or tap€ wrap.
Tie embedded rac€ways securely in place prior to concrete placement. Raceways installed
below or within floor slabs shall extend a minimum of 4 inches above the finished slab or
housekeeping pad to the first connector, Install capped bushings on conduit stub ups.
Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use No. l4 AWG zinc-coated steel or monofilament
plastic line with not less than 200-lb. tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches ofslack at each
end ofthe pull wire. Tag both ends noting destination.
Use temporary raceway caps to prevent foreign matter from entering conduits.
Make all bends using an approved bending tool. Make conduit bends and offsets so ID is not
reduced. Keep legs of bends in the same plane and straight legs of offsets parallel, unless
otherwise indicated. Cut all conduits square and ream all cuts to remove burrs. Exercise all
necessary precautions during the conshuction period to prevent entry or accumulation of
moisture, dust, concrete, and all foreign matter into the raceway system. The conkactor shall
I
t
D.
I
I
I
I
II
t
II
I
I
III
I
It
I
I
I
t
I
C.
D.
G.
H.
I.
RACEWAYS &BOXES 16130 - 6
J.
L.
I
T
I
t
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
T
I
t
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, lnc.
March 28,2008
06082
pull a mandrel through each raceway to ensure lbe rlceway interior is clean and dry prior to
pulling conductors or cable.
Make bends in exposed parallel or banked runs from same centerline to make bends parallel.
Use factory elbows only where elbows can be installed parallel; otherwise, provide field bends
for exposed parallel raceways.
Connect motors and equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement with a
maximum of 72 inch flexible conduit. Install LFMC in wet or damp locations. Install separate
ground conductor across flexible connections.
Above grade - defined as areas above finished grade for a building exterior and above top
surface ofany slabs (or other concrete work on grade) for a building interior. Installation ofand
materials for above-grade raceways shall conform with the following:
I . Install all raceways concealed within finished walls, ceilings, and floors except at surface
cabinets, for motor and equipment connections, and in building service equipment rooms
unless otherwise indicated. Route exposed raceways and raceways above suspended
ceilings parallel or perpendicular to building lines with right angle turns and symmetrical
bends. Raceways below or within floor slabs shall be run in a direct line, and where
possible, with long sweep bends and offsets.2. Install raceways a minimum of 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam pipes
or other heated lines. Locate horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.
3. Provide for waterproofing ofall raceways, outlets, fittings, etc. which penetrate exterior
walls or the roofto preserve the weatherproofintegrity ofthe building. Provide pockets
for waterflashing and counterflashing or pitch pockets for waterproofing of all raceways,
outlets, fittings, etc. which penetrate roof. Wherever conduits penetrate concrete walls to
outdoors, ths Contractor shall provide a watertight seal as manufactured by O.Z. Gedney
Company, Type CSMC; Thunderline Corporation, Link Seal, or equal.4. Raceways between cabinets, fittings or boxes shall not exceed 200 feet for straight runs
or 100 feet for runs with the maximum number of bends.5. Provide onc empty 3/4-inch conduit for each set ofthree spare circuit breakers or spaces
in flush-mounted panelboards into the overhead accessible ceiling space.6. Raceways Embedded in Floor Slabs:
a. Raceways shall not be installed in slab without the approval of the Structural
Engineer.
b. Secure raceways to reinforcing rods to prevent sagging or shifting during concrete
placement. Raceways shall not interfere with placement of floor slab
reinforcement components.
c. Install raceways between the upper and the lower layers of reinforcing steel.d. Space raceways not less than 8 inches on centers except where. they converge at
panels or junction boxes.
e. Raceways running parallel to slab supports, such as beams, columns and structural
walls, shall be installed not less than l2 inches from such supporting elements.
f. Rigid steel condui! or rigid nonmetallic conduit may be embedded in conoete
providing the outside diameter does not exc€ed one-third the thickness ofthe
concrete slab, wall, or beam and it is located entirely within the center third ofthe
RACEWAYS & BOXES 16130 - 7
Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, Inc.
50 % PROGRESS SET March 28.2008
boosz
member with at least I inch concrete cover, Space ftlc€ways laterally to prevent
voids in concrete.
Raceways Above Suspended Ceilings:
a. Raceways shall not be supported from ceiling support wires. hovide independent
support ofraceways.b. Install conduit 1 foot minimum above top of ceiling.
Special occupancies as defined and classified in Chapter 5 ofthe National Electrical
Code. Installation ofraceway systems to include seal-offg explosion-proof boxes and
fittings, etc. shall be in accordance with applicable provisions of the NEC. Provide
conduit seal-offs where portions of an interior raceway system pass through walls, ceiling
or floors which separate adjacent rooms having substantially different maintained
temperatures.
Rigid metallic steel conduit shall be installed in the following above-grade areas:
a. Where exposed to mechanical injury.
b. Where specifically required by the National Electrical Code.
Electrical MeAllic Tubing (EMT): May be installed in dry areas only in:
a. Concealed locations in furred or masonry walls or ceilings.b. Embedded in poured insulating fills.
c. Exposed areas at least 8 feet (2.5 rn)above floor.
Flexible metal conduit shall be provided in sufficient lcngths for makeup of motor,
transformer or equipment, and/or raceway connections where isolation of sound and
vibration transmission is required. Provide liquid-tight flexible conduit in exterior, wet or
damp locations and for connections to wet-pipe mechanical systems. Flexible metal
conduit shall contain a separate equipment grounding conductor, sized per NEC
requirements.
Flexible metallic 3/8-inch fixture whip connections to recessed lighting fxtures shall not
exceed 6 feet in length.
Surface raceways, where indicated on drawings, shall be metal and ofa size approved for
number and size of wires to be installed and shall be installe.d in a neat, workmanlike
manner, with runs parallel or perpendicular to walls and partitions. Raceways, elbows,
fiuings, outlets and devices shall be of same manufacturer, and designed for use together.
Wireways, where indicated, shall be complete with elbows, tees, connectors, adaptors,
etc., with all parts factory fabricated and of same manufacturer. Install wireways above
suspended ceilings such that cover will hinge upward from side. Provide 12 inches clear
from wireway cover when in open position.
Conduit Supports and Fasteners:
a. Supports: Provide supports for horizontal steel conduits and EMT not more than
8 feet apart with one support near each elbow or bend, including runs above
suspended ceilings.
t
7.
8.
9.
10.
ll.
14.
15.
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
12.
13.T
t
I
I
I
T
IRACEWAYS & BOXES 16130 - 8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
060E2
b. Straps: Install one-hole pipe straps on conduits l-l/2 meh or smaller. Install
individual pipo hangers for conduits larger than l-ll2 inch. Spring steel fasteners
with hanger rods may be used in dry locations in lieu of pipe straps.c. Trapezes: Install multiple (trapeze) pipe hangers where two or more horizontal
conduits run parallel and at the same elevation. Secure each conduit to the
horizontal hanger member by a U-bolt, one-hole strap or other specially designed
and approved fastener.d. Hanger Rods: Install 3/16-inch diameter or larger steel rods for trapezes, spring
steel fasteners, clips and clamps. Wire or perforated strapping shall not be used
for the support of any conduit,e. Fastening: Fasten pipe shaps and hanger rods to concrete by means of inserts or
expansion bolts, to brickwork by means ofexpansion bolts, and to hollow
masonry by means of toggle bolts. Wooden plugs and shields shall not be us€d.
Power-driven fasteners may be used to attach pipe straps and hanger rods to
concrete where approved by ArchiteA. Install raceway on steel construction with
approved clamps which do not depend on friction or set-screw pressure alone.f. All conduits not embedded in consete shall be firmly secured by means of pipe
clamps, hangers, etc., equal to Caddy Fasteners of ENCO Products, Inc. Wire
wrapped around conduits and suppofting mombers will not be acceptable.
16. Fittings: Use approved type couplings and connectors in all conduit runs, and make all
joints tight. Provide insulated bushings or rain-tight connections with insulated throak
for all terminations in pipe sizes l-l/4" (32 mm) and larger, Provide waterproof fittings
for all runs in wet locations, such as exposed to weather, buried in slabs, etc. Provide
raceway expansionjoints with necessary bonding conductor at building expansion joints,
between structures, and where required to compensate for raceway or building thermal
expansion and contraction,17. Firestops and seals shall be provided for penetrations through fre-rated walls and floon.
Firestops and seals shall be Dow Corning's Firestop Series #2000, 3M's fire barrier
composite sheets #CSl95, or equal, and shall be applied in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations. Products which are affected by water are not
acceptable.
Below Grade: Defined as area below finished grade for a building exterior and below bottom
floor slab for a building interior. Installation of and materials for below-grade raceways shall
conform with the following:
I . Below-grade raceways shall project 4 inch minimum above floor or equipment
foundation.
2. Install exterior underground conduits 30 inch minimum below finished grade unless
shown otherwise on th€ drawings.3. Do not penetrate waterproof membranes unless proper seals are provided.4. Conduits below building slab shall be 12 inch minimum below bottom of concrete.5. Make all penehations through concrete with rigid plastic-coated conduit.6. Non-encased Raceways: Unless specifically noted on drawings for concrete encasement,
provide either ofthe following raceway systems for installation below slabs on grade or
in earth or sravel.
RACEWAYS & BOXES r6130 - 9
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
I
a. Rigid, heavy-wall, Schedule 40 or 80, polyvinyl chloride PVC plastic condui!
suitable for direct burial. All offsets and 9O-degree ells shall be rigid plastic-
coated conduit. Provide continuous ground wire for all non-metallic conduits.b. Rigid steel conduit that is not completely encased in concrete but is in contact
with ground or on a vapor banier shall be wrapped with Scotchrap 5l half-lapped,
or shall have an additional outside factory coating ofpolyvinyl chloride with a
minimum coat thickness of 30 mils. Other PVC or Phenolic-resin-epoxy coating
material which is equally flexible and chemically resistant may be used providing
approval by the Engineer is obtained prior to installation. Provide pre-jacketed
couplings to provide a substantially watertight jacketing system.c. Cut rigid steel conduit ends square, thread and ream to remove burrs and sharp
edges. Make joints with standard couplings - no running threads permitted. Paint
threads with "LPS Zinc Rich" where installed below grade or where threads are
not galvanized.
d. All underground conduits and ducts 2 inches and larger shalt be proven clear by
pulling through a ball mandrel (diameter approximately 85% of conduit inside
diameter) followed by close fitting wire brush and wad of felt or similar material.
Clear raceway of all obstructions and dirt prior to pulling in wires or cables.
Clean empty raceways similarly. Clear or replace any raceway which rejects batl
mandrel.
e. Provide seal-off fittings where conduits enter or leave hazardous wiring area or
areas of widely different temperature and/or humidity.
N. Non-Metallic Raceway Installations:
I . Joints shall be made using the material recommended by the raceway manufacturer.
Components shall be cleaned prior to assembly.
Raceway cutoffs shall be square and shall not deform conduit. Ream rough surfaces.
Provide male box adapters to terminate raceways.
where separable terminations are required, provide PVC threaded adapters with locknuts
or bushings. Provide "O" rings for watertight installations.
Bends shall be made by methods that do not deform or damage the conduit.
Provide expansion fittings where required.
Raceway supports shall be installed to allow the non-metallic conduit to slide through the
supports.8. Non-metallic rurceway is not permitted within the building.
O. UndergroundDuctBanks:
I . Provide underground duct banks as indicated. Provide concrete encasement of power
systems duct banks except where duct banks run beneath building slab on grade. Provide
concrete encasement of duct bank elbows for all systems. Provide steel reinforcing bars
for concrete encased duct banks. Provide spacers to permit concrete to completely
surround and encase each conduit. Concrete strength shall be 3,000 lbs. per sq. in.
minimum. Provide red dye inhibiting agent in concrete mix.2. Pitch conduit down and away where duct bank enters the building or equipment.3. Suppon raceways installed in duct banks every 5 feet to assure correct alignment prior to
placing concrete.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
T
RACEWAYS & BOXES 16130 - l0
I Y#")"',tr3i$:'r't",Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28, 2008
06082I
I
4. Terminate raceways in manholes and handholes with flared end bells. Clear raceway
terminations of buns and rough edges,
3.04 OUTLET, JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES
I A. Provide galvanized or zinc-coated, pressed steel outlet boxes for all locations except where
otherwise indicated or where cast metal boxes are required by the NEC. Boxes are to be
I minimum 4-inch square or octagonal, and of deptlr as required. Provide plaster or tile rings for
f all flush outlets installed where wood, drywall, tile, plaster, etc. types of finishes are applied, All
outlets for exterior application shall be cast, weatherprooftype, with gasket and cast coverplate.
I Tile boxes of extra depth may be used for interior, dry applications where masonry block or
I brick walls constitute the finished wall surface. In any event, provide outlet boxes of proper type
and design for the particular fixfure or device to be installed. Exact location ofoutlets and
I equipment shall be governed by structural conditions and obstructions or other equipment items.
I When necessary, relocate outlets so that when fixtures or equipment arc installed, they will be
symmetrically located according to room layout and will not interfere with other work or
equipmenl Verif final location of all outlets, panels, equipment, etc. with Architect and/or
I Engineer.
I
B. Equip light fixture outlet boxes with 3/8-inch no-bolt fixture studs. Provide a minimum 4-inch
I octagon box. W}ere fixtures aro mounted on or in an accessible type ceiling provide a junction
f box and extend flexible conduit to each fixture. Outlet boxes in finished ceilings or walls shall
be f,tffed with appropriate covers, set to come flush with the finished surface. Where more than
I one switch or device is located at one point, use gang boxes and covers unless otherwise
I indicated. Sectional switch boxes or utility boxes will not be permitted. Provide tile box or a 4-
inch square box with tile ring in masonry walls which will not be plastered or furred, or where
I "drywall" type materials are applied.
- C. Except as otherwise noted, locate outlet boxes as follows: Dimensions given are from finished
I floor to center line of outlets. Adjust heights of outlets in masonry walls to correspond with
I consistent brick or block course. Outlets in block walls shall be installed in core of block.
L Wall switch outlets 44 inches
I 2. Convenience outlets, long axis horizontalI with grounding pole on right side l8 inches3. Fire alarm horn/shobes outlets 80 inches
f] 4. Fire alarm pull station outlets 44 inches
I D. Over counters, benches, special equipment, baseboards, frn fube radiators, wainscoting etc.,
I outlets shall be at a h€ight (6 inches) above the interfering item, or as noted on drawings.
I E. Junction and Pull Boxes: Use outlet boxes as junction boxes wherever possible. l,argerjunction
I and pull boxes over 12 inches in any dimension shall be fabricated from sheet steel, sized
I according to code, and have screw-on covers. All junction boxes shall be accessible.
I F. Back-to-back outlets in the same wall, or through-wall type boxes are not permitted. Provide 8-
t inch (minimum) long nipple to offset all outlets shown on opposite sides of a common wall to
- minimize sound transmission.
I
T
RACEWAYS & BOXES 16130 - | l
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
G. Surface-mounted devices are to be mounted in cast-type boxes with gasketed covers.
H. Removable covers must be accessible at all times. Mount per uOutletsu Section.
L Provide a standard access panel having a hinged metal door neatly fitted into a flush metal trim,
where ajunction box or equipment is located above non-accessible ceilings or behind finished
walls. Coordinate location and type with Architect.
J. All pull boxes shall be set rigidly in place with fronts shaight and plumb.
K. For ease of identification during maintenance and remodeling, junction box covers shall be color
coded according to the following schedule:
l. Fire Alarm and Fire Pump boxes - Red
2. Emergency Circuity - Yellow
3. 27714E0V Systems-Orange
L. Install device plates in full contact with wall surface. Plates shall not project out fiom the wall.
M. Mark junction box covers in ceiling spaces or unfmished areas with permanent stencil
identification of panelboard and circuit numbers of wiring contained within.
END OF SECTION
RACEWAYS & BOXES r6130- 12
I Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, Ino.r 50 % PROGRESS SET March 28.2008
boosz
I SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICES
T PARTI _ GENERAL
I l.0l RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
t Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this section.
I 1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
r l. Convenience Recepacles2. Wiring Connectors
I 3. Wall ioggte Switchesl| 4. Device Watl Finish Plates
I B. Related Sections:
I
General Requirements of Work Division I
I Special Construction Division 13
f Mechanical Division 15
Basic Elecbical Materials and Methods Section 16050GroundingandBonding Section t6060
I
1.03 RXFERENCES
a,r A. IEC 309-1, Part l: General Requirements: Plugs, Socket-Outlets and Couplers for Industrial
Purposes.I
I B. NEMAWDI-83: GeneralRequirementsforWiringDevices.
I C. NEMA WD 6-88: Wiring Device - Dimensional Requirements.
I D. LJL 486,{-91: Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors.
I
I E. UL4868-91: WireConnectorsforUsewithAluminumConductors.
r F. UL 20: General-Use Snap Switches.
I
' C. UL 498: Electrical Attachment Plugs and Receptacles.
I H. UL943: Ground-Fault Circuit Intemrpters.I
II
WIRING DEVICES 16140 - I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
I. UL 1449: Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors.
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. GFCI: Ground-Fauh Circuit Interrupter
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
I.O5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each product specified.
B. Samples:
l. Submit physical device and device finish plate product samples to illustrate materials,
equipment or workmanship, for color selection coordination and compliance with
technical specifi cations.
2. After review, samples may be used in conjunction with the Work.
1.06 QUALTTY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications:
l. Provide products specified in this Section that are "listed and labeled"(as defined by the
National Electrical Code, Anicle 100).
2. ComplywithNEMA WD l.
3. Comply with NFPA 70.
I,O7 COORDINATION
A. Receptacles for Owner-Fumished Equipment: Match plug configurations,
B. Cord and Plug Sets: Match equipment requirements.
I.O8 DELTVERY,STORAGE ANDHANDLING
A. Packing, Shipping tlandling, and Unloading: Deliver all materials to the Work site in original,
new, and unopened containers bearing the manufacfurer's name and label.
PART2 _ PRODUCTS
2.OI MANUFACTURERS
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
IW]RING DEVICES 16140 -2
I Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, Inc.r 50 % PROGRESS SET March 28.2008
oaosz
r A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Items of material furnished forthe Work, subject to compliance with
requirementg items listed or equal approved from manufacturers offering products that may be
I incorporated into the Work inciude, dut are not limited to, the following:- '
I l. Wiring Devices:
fl a. Bryant Electric, Inc.b. Eagle Electric Manufacturing Co., Inc,
I c. GE Company; GE Wiring Devices.t i ll,,f#';ffiI;lx,?ili,,x1,?J:
I f. Leviton Lighting Control Division
I g. Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices Div.
h. fole-National, Inc.; an Amphenol Co.
f 2. Wiring Devices for Hazardous (Classified) Locations:I
a. Crouse-Hinds Electrical Co.; Distribution Equipment Div.
I b. Killark Electric Manufacturing Co.
I c. Sle-National, Inc.; anAmphenol Co.
I 3. Multjoutlet Assemblies:
ll a. Airey-Thompson Co.
I b. Wiremold
-l'r't 4. Dimming Switches:
l.r i iil'jll"Yffiif*?"Jl;1,3*"'"'
c. Lutron Electronics Company, Inc.
I
2.02 COMPONENTSa
I A. Wiring Devices for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with NEMA FBl l.
I B. Straight-BladeandLockingReceptacles: Heavy-Dutygrade: ComplywithNEMAWD6.r C. Straigbt-Blade Receptacles: Hospital grade: Comply with NEMA WD 6.
I D. GFCI Receptacles: Feed-throueh type, with integral NEMA V/D 6 Configuration 5-20R duplex
receptacle ananged to protect connected downstream receptacles on same circuit. Design units
t for installation in a2-314-inch deep outlet box without an adapter.
t E. IndustrialHeavy-DutyReceptacle: ComplywithIEC309-1.
I F. PendantCord/ConnectorDevices: Matching lockingtype, plugand receptacle bod5rconnector,I NEMA WD 6, Configurations L5-20P and L5-20& Heavy-Duty grade. Nylon body with screw-
I
I
WIRINCDEVICES 16140 -3
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
J.
H.
D.
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
2.03
A.
open cable-grippingjaws and provision for attaching external cable grip. Extemal cable grip
woven wire-mesh 6rye made of high-strength galvanized-steel wire stand, matched to cable
diameter, and with attachment provision designed for conesponding connector.
G. Cord and Plug Sets: Match voltage and current ratings and number of conductors to
requirements of equipment being connected. Rubber-insulated cord, stranded-copper
conductors, with type SOW-A jacket. Green-insulated grounding conductor, and equipment-
rating ampacity plus a minimum of 30 percent. Nylon plug body and integral cable-clamping
jaws. Match cord and receptacle type for connection.
Snap Switches: Heavy{uty, quiet type. Switch shall be rated at20 A, l20lZ77-VAC.
Wall Plates: Single and combination types match corresponding wiring devices. Metal plate-
securing screw with head color to match plate finish. Material for Finished Spaces: Steel with
wrinkled finish, white baked enamel, suitable for field painting. Material for Finished Spaces:
0.04-inch thick, Type 302, satin-finished stainless steel. Material for Finished Spaces: 0.04-inch
thick brushed brass with factory polymer finish. Material for Finished Spaces: 0.04-inch thick
brass, satin chrome-plated. Material for Finished Spaces: 0.05-inch thick anodized aluminum.
Material for Unfinished Spaces: Galvanized steel. Material for Unfinished Spaces: Ribbod
plastic. Material for Unfinished Spaces: Smooth plastic.
FINISHES
Color: Manufacturers standard, as selected by Architect.
3.01
A.
B.
c.
PART3 _ EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Secure all devices and assemblies plumb and secure.
Arrange devices and assemblies, unless otherwise noted, mounted flush with long dimension
vertical, and grounding terminal ofreceptacles on top.
Install wall dimming switches to achieve indicated ratings as noted on Drawings, after derating
for ganging as instucted by manufacturer. Connect wiring to dimmer in accordance with
manufacturer's installation instructions, do not share neutral conductor connected to load side of
dimmers,
Provide adequate protection for devices and assemblies prior to commencement of painting.
Install device wall plates and assembly cover plates upon completion of painting.
Connect wiring device and assembly grounding terminal to outlet box with bonding jumper.
Connect wiring device and assembly grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding
conductor.
WIRINGDEVICES 16r40 - 4
I Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, Inc.
50 % PROGRESS SET March 28.2008- boorz
!r F. Tighten all electrical connectors and electrical terminals according to manufacfurers published
r torque-tightening values. Iftorque values are not published, use torque values as specified in UL
I 486Aand UL486B.
I 3.02 rDENTrFrcATroN
I
A. Comply with Division 16 Section "Basic Electical Materials and Methods".
I I . Clearly label all devices and assemblies with Brother #M231 adhesive identification tape
or approved equal, giving panel identification and branch circuit number and durable
I wire rnarkers or tags within outlet boxes. Exterior device and assembly locations shall
t utilize non-adhesive Dymo aluminum tape labels or approved equal, fastened to device.
11 2. Where three or mone switches are ganged, and elsewhere as indicated, identifu each
I switch with approved legend engraved on wall plate.
I 3.03 FrELD euAr-rry coNTRoLr
A. Site Tests, Inspections:
I l. Test wiring devices for proper polarity and ground continuity. Operate each device and
assembly at least six times.
l 2' I"J,?1ffr*T"I'*TyJ:#ff:f,'"" faurt simurations in accordance with
I,
I 3. Check TVSS receptacle indication lights for normal operational status.
I 3.04 ADJUSTTNcI
A. Replace damaged and/or defective components.JI
3.05 CLEANING
I A. Keep all items protected before, during and after installation. Clean area and remove all debris.
Remove all paint overspray and/or spattering from devices and assemblies.
r 3.06 DEMONSTRATION
I
I A. The Contractor shall provide for demonstration and complete instruction to the Owners'
operating personnel as to the operation, maintenance, and repair procedures of all installed
devices and assemblies.
I
!
I
WIRING DEVICES 16140 - 5
I
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROCRESS SET
ENDOF SECTION
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
WIRINGDEVICES 16140 - 6
t Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, lnc.
- 50 % PROCRESS SET March 28.2008
06082
I SECTION 16145 - LIGHTING CONTROL
I PARTI - GENERAL
I
I l.0l SUMMARY
r A. This Section includes time switches, photoelechic relays, and multipole lighting relays and
I contactors.
r B. Related Documents: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
I Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
C. Related Sections include the following:
I 1. Division 13 Section "Lighting Controls" for low-voltage, manual, and programmable
lighting control systems.
I 2. Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices" for wall-box dimmers, manual light switches,
I photoelectric relamp, and lighting contactors.
I r.02 SUBMTTTALS
I A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions ofthe Contract and
I Division 1 specification sections. Any submitted device that differs in any manner from that
specified must be marked "exception." Clearly indicate exact differences and include all
I manufacturers data as indicated.
t B. Product data including device operation, wananty period, wiring diagram(s), dimensions,
materials, and finishes.
I C. Samples: Where specifically required in the specifications, submit samples for devices and
device plates for color selection and evaluation oftechnical feafures.It D. Maintenance data for all lighting control devices shall be included in maintenance manuals
specified in Division t.t
I
1,03 QUALITYASSURANCE
I A. Source Limitations: Obtain lighting control devices from a single source with total
responsibility for compatibility of lighting control systern components specified in this Section
and in Division 16 Section
I B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,I Article 100, foi their indicated use and installation conditions by a testing agency acceptable to
authorjties having jurisdiction.It C. Comply with 47 CFR 15, Subparts A and B, for Class A digital devices.
I
LIGHTING CONTROL 16145 - 1
r
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
D. Comply with NFPA 70.
Hadji & Associates, lnc.
March 28,2008
06082
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I.O4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate features of devices specified in this Section with systems and components specified
in other Sections to form an integrated system of compatible components. Match components
and interconnections for optimum performance of specified functions. Include coordination with
the following:
1. Division 16 Section "Panelboards"2. Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices"
PART2 - PRODUCTS
2.OI MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Manufacturers indicated are used to establish a minimum acceptable standard of quality. Similar
products by comparable manufacturers will be considered.
B. Revise or delete paragraphs below to suit Project.
1 Contaclors and Relavs:
a. Cutler-Hammer Products; Eaton Corporation
b. Leviton Lighting Control Division
c. Hubbell Lighting Inc.
d. Siemens Energy and Automation, [nc.
e. Square D Co.; Power Management Organizationf. or approved equal
2. Time Switches:
a. Paragon Elecfic Co., Inc.
b. Tork. Inc.
c. or approved equal
3. Photoelectric Relays:
a. Paragon Electric Co., Inc.
b. Tork, Inc.
c. or approved equal
C. Colors: Device and coverplate colors shall be selected by Architect unless otherwise noted.
LIGHTING CONTROL 16145 -Z
I Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, Inc.' 50 % PROGRESS SET March 28.2008
boosz
T 2.02 GENERALLIGHTINGCONTROLDEVICEREQUIREMENTS
I A. Line-voltage Surge Protection: lnclude in all 120- and277-voltsolid-state equipment. Comply
I with UL 1449 and with ANSI C62.41 for Category A locations.
I
I 2.03 TrME SWTTCHES
I A. Description: Digital or electronic conbol type complying with UL 917.
'! l. Astronomic dial
r 2, Two-channel
t 3. Seven-day.programming, 365-day microprocessor to provide special or holiday
programmrng
4. Daylight savings
I 5. Banery back-upr 6. Manual override
I 2.04 PHOTOELECTRIC RELAYS
I A. ' Description: Solid state, with single-pole, single-throw dry contacts rated to operate connected
I relay or contactor coils or microprocessor input, and complying with UL 773A.
I B. LightJevel Monitoring Range: 0 to 3500 fc (0 to 37 673 lx), with an adustment for turn-
t on/tum-off levels.
r C. Time Delay: Minimum lS-second adjustable time delay to prevent false switching.
I D. Indoor Ceiling- or Wall-mounting Units: Adjustable forturn-or/turn-off levels, semiflush,
calibrated to detect adequacy ofdaylighting in perimeter locations, and arranged to turn artificial
I illumination on and off io ruit uurying inteisities of available daylighting.I
E. Outdoor Sealed Units: Weathertight housing, resistant to high temperatures and equipped with
I sun-glare shield and ice preventer.
I
t 2.0s MULTIPOLECONTACTORSANDRELAYS
I A. Description: Electrically operated and mechanically held, and complying with IIL 508 and
I NEMA tCS 2.
I l. Current Rating for Switching: UL listing or rating consistent with type of load served,
I $l'J$.TJltff:,11T:*h,':fl?'#fll*l'.n;lHl?,t'ast(ba'astswith
15 percent
t 2. Control Coil Voltage: Match conhol power sourc€.
T PART3 _ EXECUTION
T
I
LIGHTING CONTROL 16145 - 3
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
I
I
I3.OI INSTALLATION
A. Install equipment level and plumb and according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to locate and aim sensory in the correct location
required for complete and proper volumetric coverage within the range ofcoverage(s) of
controlled areas per the manufacture/s recommendations. Rooms shall have 90 to 100 percent
coverage to completely cover the controlled area to accommodate all occupancy habits ofsingle
or multiple occupants at any location within the room(s). The locations and quanfities of sensors
shown on the drawings are diagrammatic and indicate only the rooms which are to be provided
with sensors.
C. It is the contractols responsibility to arrange a pre-installation meeting with the manufacturer's
factory-authorized representative, at the owne/s facility, to veri! placement ofsensors and
instal lation criteria.
D. Mount lighting control devices according to manufacturer's written instructions and requirements
in Division l6 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."
E. Mounting heights indicated are to bottom ofunit for suspended devices and to center ofunit for
wall-mounting devices.
3.02 CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION
A. Install wiring between sensing and control devices according to manufacture/s written
instructions and as specified in Division 16 Section "Conduclors and Cables" for low-voltage
connections.
B. Wiring Method: Install all wiring in raceway as specified in Division 16 Section "Raceways and
Boxes," unless run in accessible ceiling space and gypsum board partitions.
Bundle, train, and support wiring in onclosures.
Ground equipment.
Connections: Tighten electrical conn@tors and terminals according to manufacturer's published
torque-tightening values. lf manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL 486A.
3.03 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identi! components and power and control wiring according to Division l6 Section "Electrical
Identification."
3.04 FrELD QUALITY CONTROL
c.
D,
E.
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ILIGHTING CONTROL 16145 - 4
t Vail Cascade Resort Ha ji & Associates, Inc.
50 % PROCRESS SET March 28.2008
06082
' A. Schedule visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests with at l€ast seven days'advance
notice.
I B. Inspect control components for defects and physical damage, testing laboratory labeling, and
nameplate compliance with the Contract Documents.
I
I C. Check tightness of electrical connections with torque wrench calibrated within previous six
months. Use manufacturels recommended torque values.
I
t D. Verif, settings of photoelectric devices with photometer calibrated within previous six months.
) E. Electrical Tests: Use palticular caution when testing devices containing solid-state components.
I Perform the following according to manufacturer's written instructions:
- l. Continuity tests of circuits
I 2. Operational Tests: Set and operate devices to demonstrate their functions and capabilities
in a methodical sequence that cues and reproduces acfual operating functions.
I a. Include testing of devices under conditions that simulate actual operationalt conditions. Record control settings, operations, cues, and functional observations.
I F. Correct deficiencies, make necessary adjustments, and retest. Verifr that specified requirements
I are met.
I G. Test Labeling: After satisfactory completion of tests and inspections, appty a label to tested
I components indicating test results, date, and responsible agency and representative.
r H. Reports: Written reports of tests and observations. Record defective materials and workmanship
t and unsatisfactory test results. Record repairs and adjustments.
I 3.os cLEANTNcI
A. Cleaning: Clean equipment and devices intemally and externally using methods and materials
I recommended by manufacturers, and repair damaged finishes.
I
I 3.06 DEMONSTRATTON
I A. Coordinate with training for low-voltage, programmable lighting control system specified in
I Division 13 Section "Lighting Controls."
It B. Engage a factory authorized service representative to bain Owner's maintenance personnel as
- specified below:
t t. Train Owner's maintanance personnel on troubleshooting, servicing, adjusting and
I z ffi;il:lf i,'ffr::JfJ:i"rif,'l"Ti#:l*ffi,llil:"THliisasatrainingaidI 3. Schedule training with Owner, through Architec! with at least two weeks advance notice.
I
I
LIGHTING CONTROL 16145 - 5
Vail Cascede Resort
50%PROGRESS SET
3.07
A.
lhdji & Associ*eg Inc.
March 28,2fi)8
060E2
ON.SITE ASSISTA}ICE
Occupancy Adjustm€nts: Within one yon of date of Substantial Complertion, providc rp b lfucc
Project site visits, wheo reqrcsted, to adjust light lwelg make prognem changes, and adjust
sensors aod contnols to suit acAral conditions.
ENDOF SECTION
LIGI{TING CONTROL 16145 - 6
I Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, Inc.
50 % PROGRESS SET March 28. 2008
boosz
. SECTION 16160-PANELBOARDS
. PARTI _ GENERAL
I
I I.O1 RELATEDDOCUMENTS:
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
t Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
I 1.02 SUMMARY:
r A. This Section includes lighting and power panelboards, distribution panels, and associated
t auxiliary equipment rated 600 V and less.
B. Related Sections include the.following:
! Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Section 16050
Grounding and Bonding Section 16060
I C. Related Documents;
I l. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
I Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this section.
t r.03 SUBMTTTALS:
r A. All exceptions to the specification shall be in written, detailed format with paragraphs referenced
I and presented with the shop drawing submittal. Refer to Division I . Provide a written list with
- sections referenced ofall the excepions taken on this specification.
I B. Product Data: For each type ofpanelboard, accessory item, and component specified.I
C. Shop Drawings: For panelboards. Include dimensioned plans, sections, and elevations. Show
I tabulations of installed devices, available spaces, major features, and voltage rating. Include the
I following:
I L Enclosure type with details for types other than NEMA 250, Type l.
I 2 Bus configuration and curent ratings.3. Short-circuitcurrentratingofpanelboard.
- 4. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings ofindividual protective devices and
I 5. ilitilffi##::ilttaits orscnematic diagram inctuding control wiring and
I 6. ['ff#f::Trr?ffi;"1?i;facturer-instared
and nerd-instared wiring'
- Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article.
!
I
PANELBOARDS 15160 - I
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, [nc.
March 28,2008
06082
7 . Field Test Reports: lndicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance
requirements.
D. Panelboard Schedules: For installation in panelboards. Submit final versions after load
balancing.
E. Maintenance Data: For panelboard components to include in the maintenance manuals specified
in Division l. Include rnanufacturer's written instructions for testing circuit breakers.
1.04 QUALITYASSURANCE:
A. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled.
L The Tenns "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electical Code, Article
100.
2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A 'Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory" as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
B. Comply with NFPA 70.
C. Panelboards:
I. NEMA PB-I
2. Federal Specification W-P-l l5A Type II, Class I
3. UL 50 and 67
D. Circuit Breakers:
I. NEMAAB-I
2. Federal Specification W-C-375a and W-C-375b
3. UL 489
E. Fusible Switches:
l. Federal Specification W-S-865c
2. UL98
1.05 MAINTENANCE:
A. Extra Materials:
l. Keys: 6 spares for each type ofpanelboard cabinet lock.
PART2 - PRODUCTS
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IPANELBOARDS16160 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
T
t
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
PANELBOARD FABRICATION :
Enclosures: Flush- or surface-mounted cabinets as indicated. NEMA PB I, Type l, unless
otherwise indicated to meet environmental conditions at installed location. Enclosures shall be
corrosion resistant galvanized (zinc finished) sheet steel. Fronts shall be cold rolled steel, finish
coated with ANSI 6l gray enamel over a rust inhibitor. Panel locks shall all be keyed alike.
Recessed flush-mounted panels shall have overlapping front. All sections of multi-section
panelboards shall be the same size.
1. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R.2. Kitchen Areas: NEMA 250 Type 4X, stainless steel.
3. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: NEMA 250,T1pe 4.
4. Hazardous Areas Indicated on Drawings: NEMA 250,Type 7C.
Front [A]: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps, unless otherwise indicated. Front for
surface-mounted panelboards shall be same dimensions as box. Fronts for flush panelboards
shall overlap box, unless otherwise indicated.
Directory Frame: Metal, mounted inside each panelboard door with a clear plastic cover.
Bus system:
l. Bus bars shall be sequence phased, rigidly supported by high impact resistant, insulated
supporting bus assemblies to prevent vibration and resulting damage whon subjected to
stress, vibration or short circuits. Solderless terminations shalt be suilable for either
copper or aluminum wire or cable.2, Bus bars shall be copper. Bus bars shall be of the ampere rating shown on the Drawings.
Neutral bus shall be firll size and ofthe same material as the phases buses. Neutral bus
shall be 200o/o rcted when supplied from a double neufral feeder. Provide copper
equipment ground bus in each panelboard. In addition to the equipment ground bus,
provide an isolated ground bus whe4 supplied from a feeder which includes an isolated
grounding conductor. Neutral and ground buses shall be capable ofterminating one
conductor per pole position minimum.
Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type
Where a main breaker is indicated, it shall b€ factory mounted to the bus and shall be located in
panel as indicated. Panels shall be flush or surface-mounted, as indicated. Provide panels with
main lugs only or with main breakers as indicated.
2.01 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:
l. Eaton Corp.; Westinghouse & Cutler-Hammer Products.
2.02
A.
B.
c,
D.
E.
F.
PANELBOARDS r6160 - 3
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
Panelboards rated 240 VAC or less shall have short-circuit ratings as shown on the drawings, but
not less than 10,000 amperes RMS symmekical.
Panelboards rated 480 VAC shall have short<ircuit ratings as shown on the drawings, but not
less than 14,000 amperes RMS symmetrical.
Panelboards shall be labeled with a UL short-circuit rating. Provide *FULLY" rated panelboard
unless noted otherwise. When series ratings are applied with integral or remote upstream
devices, a label shall be provided. Series ratings shall cover all trip ratings of installed frames.
It shall state the conditions ofthe UL series ratings, including:
l. Size and type ofupstream device2. Branch devices that can be used
3. UL series short-circuit rating.
Molded-case or combination molded-case with cunentlimiting fuses as scheduled or required.
Provide quick-make and quick-break toggle mechanism, inverse-time characteristics, and trip-
free operation on overload or short-circuit. Automatic tripping shall be indicated by a handle
position between the manual OFF and ON position. hovide a trip element for each pole, a
common-trip bar for all poles and a single molded insulating material handle. Handle ties will
not be accepted. Adjustable magnetic trip devices shall be set at the factory to the low trip
setting unless otherwise noted, Provide breaker frame sizes as required to meet the continuous
ampere rating and tbe intemrpting capacity. Provide G.F.I. or shunt-trip type breakers where
indicated on drawings. Shunt-trip breakers shall be supplied with 120 VAC coils, U.O.N.
Fusible Switch Units:
l. Quick-make, quick-break, dead-front gpe. Each switch shall be a self-contained unit,
externally operated from the front,
2. Defeatable interlock to prevent opening the door when the switch is in the ON position.
3. Switches shall be equipped with rejection type clips suitable for UL Class R fuses up to
600A', suitable for UL Class L fuses above 600A.
4. Handle shall be capable ofbeing padlocked in the OFF position.
Service Equipment Approval: Listed for use as service equipment for panelboards with main
service disconnect.
Future Devices: Equip with mounling brackets, bus connection, and necessary appurtenances, for
the overcurrent protective device ampere ratings indicated for firture installation ofdevices.
Special Features: Include the following features for panelboards as indicated:
I . Isolated Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for branch-circuit equipment ground
conductors; insulated from box.
2. Door-in-Door Cover: Standard hinged door within a door over the panel wiring gutters.
The door over the wiring gutters shall be attached by a continuous hinge on one side to
the panel cover, and shall be sized to allow a minimum of 2-314-inch access to the wiring
gutter on all four sides. In order to insure the rigidity of the outside door, a steel angle
I
I.
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
J.
M,
N.I
I
I
I
IPANELBOARDS16160 - 4
I Y;i"".?61"-HTt",
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
I frame shall be welded to the interior ofthe door. Tbe cover shall be attached on all four
sides by machine serews into threaded holes in the panel box. Both doors shall be
I secured bymatcbing latch and lockunits.
O. Extra Gutter Space: Dimensions and anangem€nt as indicated.
t l. Subfeed: Overcurrent protective device or lug provision as indicated.
f P- Feed-through Lugs: Sized to accommodate feeders indicated.
t
I 2.03 DISTRIBUTIONPANELBOARDS:
A. Doors: In panelboard front, except omit in fusible-switch panelboard, unless otherwise indicated.
I Secure door with vault-type latch with tumbler lock, all keyed alike.
I B. Branch-Circuit Breakers: Where overcurrent protective devices are indicated to be circuit
breakers, use bolt-on circuit breakers, exc€pt circuit breakers 225-A frarne size and greater may
I be plug-in type where individual positiveJocking device requires mechanical release forI removal.
r 2,04 OVERCURRENT PROTECTTVE DEVICES:
I A- Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt-on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing
t adjacentunits.
r B. Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 1, handle lockable.
r l. Characteristics: Frame size, triprating, nurnber ofpoles, and auxiliary devices asI 2 1ffil:*#i.'ffiTilXlTffiH"lffi'$il1T;:'Jl#fri:"'lffih.swi,chingI fluorescent lighting toaO's and Type IIAbR for heating, aii-conOitioning and refrigeiating
I 3. lllililill"r^, 200 A and Larger: Trip units interchangeable within frame size.ll 4. Circuit Breakers, 400 A and Larger: Field-adjustable short-time and continuous current
settings.
I 5. Current-Limiting Trips: Where indicated, let-through ratings less than NEMA FUl, ClassI RK-s.
6. Current Limiters: Where indicated, iniegral fuse listed for circuit breaker.
;; 7. Lugs: Mechanical lugs and power-distribution connectors for number, size, and material
t ofconductors indicated.
E. Shunt Trip: Where indicated.
t C. Fusible Switch: NEMA KS l, Type HD, clips to accommodate specified fuses, handle lockable.
I 2.as AccESSoRy coMpoNENTS AND FEATURESI
I
I
PANELBOARDS 16160 - 5
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28, 2008
06082
A. Accessory Set: Includes tools and miscellaneous items as required for overcurrent protective
device test, inspection, maintenance, and operation.
B. Fungus Proofing: Permanent fungicidal treatment for panelboard interior, including overcurrent
protective devices and other components.
PART 3 _ EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install panelboards and accessory items according to NEMA PB I .l .
B. Mounting Heights: Top of trim 74 inches (1880 mm) above finished floor, unless otherwise
indicated.
C. Mounting: Plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount flush panelboards uniformly flush
with wall finish.
D. Circuit Directory: Type directory to indicate installed circuit loads after balancing panelboard
loads. Obtain approval before installing.
E. Install filler plates in unused spaces.
F. Install plugs on open knockouts.
G. Wiring in Panelboard Gutters: Arrange conductors into groups, and bundle and wrap with wire
ties after completing load balancing.
3.02 IDENTIFICATION:
A. Identifo field-installed wiring and components and provide warning signs as specified in other
sections of these specifications.
B. Panelboard Nameplates: Nameplates for identifring the panelboards shall be engraved
laminated plastic strips (white with black letters), attached by screws, or phenolic buttons or
small window-frame type. Adhesive stick-on labels alone will not be acceptable unless
specifically approved. Panelboard nameplates shall include name ofpanel and voltage.
3.03 GROI.]NDING:
A. Make equipment grounding connections for panelboards as indicated.
B. Provide ground continuity to main electrical ground bus as indicated.
t
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
IPANELBOARDS16160 - 6
I Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, lnc.
50 % PROGRESS SET March 28, 2008
I
06082
. 3.04 CONNECTIONS:
I A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, according tor manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torquo values are not
indicated, use those specified in UL 4864' and UL 4868.
I
3.05 FrELD QUALTTY CONTROL:
I A. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows:
I 1. Make insulation-resistance tests of each panelboard bus, componeng and connecting
I supply, feeder, and control circuits.2. Make continuity tests of each circuit.
I B. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform specifiedr testing.
I C. Testing Agency: Provide services ofa qualified independent testing agency to perform specifieda testing.
I D. Testing: After installing panelboards and after electrical circuitry has been energized,
I demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements.
I l. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and elecfiical test stated in
t NETA ATS, Section 7,5 for switches and Section 7.6 for molded-case circuit breakers.
Certifu compliance with test parameters.
1; 2. Conect malfrrnctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonsfrate
t compliance; otherwise, remov€ and replace with new units, and retest.
r E. Balancing Loads: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 2 months after Final
I Acceptance, conduct load-balancing measurements and make circuit changes as follows:
l. Perform measurements during period of normal working load as advised by Owner.
I 2. Perform load-balancing circuitihanges outside normal6ccupancy/working schedule ofI the facility, Make special arrangements with Owner to avoid disrupting critical 24-hour
seryices such as fan machines and on-line data processing, computing ransmitting, and
I receiving equipment.
l| 3- Recheck loads after circuit changes during normal load period. Record all load readings
before and after changes and submit test records.
I 4.. Tolerance: Difference exceeding 20 percent between phase loads, wihin a panelboard, is
I not accepable. Rebalance and recheck as required to meet this minimum requirement.
I 3.06 ADJUSTTNG:
A. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker hip ranges as indicated.
t
T
I
PANELBOARDS 16160 - 7
Vail Cascade Resort
sO%PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2fr)8
060E2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
II
I
I
3.07 CI,EA}.TING:
A. On completion of installation, inspect interior md exterior of panelboards. Rernove paint
spldters and other spots, di( and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match
original finish,
B. Backboxes shall be clean, dry and fiee ofconstntction debris and fneproofing overspray prior to
installation of panelboard interior.
C. Vacuum backboxes clean ofdebris after installation and wiring ofbranch circuits.
ENDOF SECTION
PANELBOARDS 16160 - I
I Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, Inc.
- 50 % PROGRESS SET March 28.2008
06082
- SECTION 16170 - WIRING FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
I PARTI_ GENERAL
I I.O1 RELATEDDOCUMENTS:
;; A. Drawings and general provisions of the Conbact, including General and Supplementary
I Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I t.oz SUMMARY:
I A. This Section includes enclosed material, magnet, and solid-state motor controllers rated 600V
I and less that are supplied as enclosed units as shown on the contract drawings and specifiedr herein.
I B. Related Sections:r
l General and Supplementary Conditions
I 2. Coordination Section 01040
I 3. MechanicallElectrical Coordination Section 15010
4. Basic Electrical Requirements Section 16010
I 5. Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Section 16050
I 6. Grounding and Bonding Section 16060
t 1.03 REFERENCES:
r A. The motor controllers shall be designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with the latest
I applicable standards.
l. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
I 2. Institute of Electical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
t 3. National Electrioal Manufacturer's Association (NEMA)
4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
t 5. NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code (NEC)
l| 6. Underwriters l,aboratories, Inc. (UL)
7. State, city, and local authorities.
I.
r l.o4 DEFIN|TIoNS:
I A. FM{R: Full voltage non-reversingI
B. FVR: Full voltage reversing
r C. SSC: Solid-state controller
I
I
WIRING FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SECTION t6170 - I
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
SUBMITTALS:
Product Data: Product data for disconnect switches, circuit breakers, motor controllers, and
accessories specified in this section as follows:
L Descriptive data and ratings for voltage, continuous cunent, maximum horsepower,
short-circuit rating, NEMA starter size and type, and overload heater size and type,
2. Dimensional plans, elevations, sections, and details.
3. NEMA enclosure type and size.
4. Cable terminal size, number, and material.
5. Unit wiring diagrams depicting local and remote control devices. Differentiate between
manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.
6. Accessories device descriptive bulletins and product data sheets (i.e. control power
transformer, control switches, pilot lights, auxiliary contacts, key interlocks, etc.)
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Source Limitations: Obtain enclosed controllers of a single type from a single manufacturer.
The use of lEC-rated controllers shall not be furnished and/or installed unless the contoller is
engineered to coordinate precisely with the characteristics ofa specific motor, load, and
operating conditions. Type IEC controllers may only be used with factory-packaged equipment
where the conholler is desigred and engineered for the motor they control.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Anicle 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities havingjurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
Comply with NFPA 70, the National Elecnical Code.
All equipment and materials will be new and unused and shall conform with the current
applicable industry standards. Workmanship and neat appearance shall be as important as
electrical and mechanical operation. Defective or damaged materials shall be replaced or
repaired prior to final acceptance in a manner meeting approval of Architect and/or Engineer and
at no additional cost to Owner.
I
1.05
A.
L06
A.
B.T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
c.
D.
E.
I.O7 DELryERY, STORAGE, AND FIANDLING:
A. Store enclosed controllers indoors in clean, dry space with uniform temperature to prevent
condensation. Protect enclosed controllers from exposure to dirl fumes, water, corrosive
substances, and physical damage.
B. lf stored in areas subjected to weather, cover enclosed controllers to protect from weather, dirt,
dust, corrosive substances, and physical damage. Remove loose packaging and flammable
materials from inside controllers.
WIRING FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT sEcrIoN r6t70-2
I y;i."fr#iti','t",
t
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28, 2008
06082
I r.o8 cooRDrNATroN:t
A. Coordinate layout and installation of enclosed controllers with other construction including
I conduit, piping, equipmen! and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and
I required clearances for equipment access doors and panels.
I B. Coordinate features ofenclosed conbollers and accessory devices with pilot devices and control
I circuits to which they connect.
I C. Coordinate features, accessories, and functions of each enclosed controller with ratings and
I characteristics of supply circuit, motor, required control sequence, and duty cycle of motor and
. PART2_ PRODUCTS
I 2.OI MANUFACTURERS:
I A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, all controllers shall be of the same
I manufacturer.
I I . Manual, Magnetig and Solid-state Enclosed Controllers:
I a, Eaton Corp.; Cutler-Hammer products
- z.o2 MANUALENcLoSEDCoNTRoLLERS:
I A. Description: NEMA ICS 2, Class A, with "ON/OFF" toggle action and overload element forr fraction horsepower single-phase application. Enclosure type shall be as required by location.
When a motor includes an integral overload devicg provide a motor-rated switch without an
I overload element.I
I 2.03 MAGNETIC ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS:
I A. Description: NEMA ICS 2, Class A, full voltagg non-reversing across the line, size I and larger
r unless otherwise indicated.
I B. Control Circuit 120-volt; obtained from integral control power transformer with a control power
r transfonner ofsufficient capacity to operate connected pilot, indicating and control devices, plus
I 100 percent spare capacity.
C. Combination Controller: Factory-assembled combination controller and disconnect means.
I
I
I WIRINGFORMECIIANICALEQUIPMENT SECTION 16l'10-3
I
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
l. Fusible Disconnecting Means: NEMA KS l, heavy-duty, fusible switch with rejection-
fr?e fuse clips rated for fuses.
2. Nonfusibe Disconnecting Means: NEMA KS l, heavy-duty, nonfusible switch.3. Circuit-Breaker Disconnecting Means: NEMA AB l, motor-circuit protector with
magnetic only trip field-adjustable, short-circuit trip coordinated with motor locked-rotor
amp€res.
Fuses: Fuses shall be Class K-l and K-5 of rejection type for 600 amperes and below and Class
L for over 600 amperes. Fuse voltage class shall be either 250-volt or 600-volt and shall be
applied according to circuit voltage. Coordinate the low-voltage fuses required for the project to
provide basic selective protection and properly coordinate with the other associated protective
equipment.
Overload Relay: Ambient-compensaled type with invene-time-current characteristic and NEMA
ICS 2, Class 20 tripping characteristic. Provide with heaters or sensors in each phase matched to
nameplate full-load current of specific motor to which they connect and with appropriate
adjustment for duty cycle.
AdjusAble Overload Relay: Dip switch selectable for motor running overload protection with
NEMA ICS 2, Class 20 tripping characteristic, and selected to protect motor against voltage and
current unbalance and single phasing. Provide relays with Class II ground-fault protection, wilh
start and run delays to prevent nuisance trip on starting,
Two'speed Magnetic Enclosed Controller: Match controller to motor type, application, and
number of speeds; include the following accessories:
I . Compelling relay to ensure motor with start only at low speed.2. Accelerating relay to ensure properly timed acceleration through speeds lower than that
selected.
3. Decelerating relay to ensure automatically timed deceleration through each speed.
Star-Delta Controller: NEMA ICS 2, closed transition with adjustable time delay.
Part-winding Contollen NEMA ICS 2, closed transition with separate overload relays for
starting and running sequences.
Autotansformer Reduced-Voltage Controller: NEMA ICS 2, closed transition.
Solid-state, Reduced-voltage Controller: NEMA ICS 2, suitable for use with NEMA MG I,
Design B, polyphase, medium-induction motors.
l. Adjustable acceleration rate control utilizing voltage or curent ramp, and adjustable
starting torque conhol with up to 500 percent current limitation for 20 seconds.2. Surge suppressor in solid-state power circuits providing three-phase protection against
damage from supply voltage surges l0 percent or more above nominal line voltage.3. LED indicators showing motor and control status, including the following conditions:
a. Control power available
b. Conholler on
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
D.
F.
G.
H.
I.
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
J.
K.
WIRING FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SECTION t6170-4
I Yfi."fir3"-};Tt,,Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082I
t
I
t
c. Overload tripd. Loss ofphase
e. Shortedsilicon-controlledrectifier
4. Automatic voltage-reduction conhols to reduce voltage when motor is running at light
load.
5. Motor running NEMA ICS 2, full voltage non-reversing controller operating
automatically when full voltage is applied to motor. Provide motor overload protection
under both modes ofoperation and "Stop" control logic.
I 2.04 ENCLOSURES:
I A. Description: Flush- or surface-mounted cabinets as indicated. NEMA 250, Type l, unless
I otherwise indicated to comply with environmental conditions at installed location.
I l. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R.2. Other Wet or Damp Indoor locations: Nema 250, Type 4.
I 3. Hazardous Areas Indicated on Drawings: NEMA 250, Type 7 for Class I Croup A, B, C,I or D and Type 9 for Class II Group E, F, and G.4. Indoor use, for protection against dust, falling did, and dripping non-corrosive liquids:
NBMA 250,Type 12.
I
I 2.05 ACCESSONES:
I A. Devices shall be factory installed in controller enclosure, unless otherwise indicated.
I B. Pushbutton Stations, Pilot Lights, and Selector Switches: NEMA ICS 2, heavyduty type.
r C. Stop and Lockout Pushbutton Station: Momentary-break, push-button station with a factory-
I :llll;fjt;:ffi:il::. so padlock can be used to lock push button in depressod position with
I D. Control Relays: Auxiliary and adjustable time-delay relays.I
E. Phase-Failure and Undervoltage Relays: Solid-state sensing circuit with isolated output contacts
I for hard-wired connection. Provide adjustable undervoltage setting.
I F. Current-Sensing Phase-Failure Relays: Solid-state sensing circuit with isolated output contacts
I for hard-wired connection; arranged to operate on phase failure, phase reversal, current
I unbalance of from 30 to 40 percent, or loss of supply voltage; with adjustable response delay.
t 2.06 FACTORY FTNTSFTES:
A. Manufacturer's standard prime-coat finish ready for field painting.
r
I
WIRING FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SECTTON 16170 - s
I
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
B. Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled and - tested enclosed
contollers before shipping.
PART3 _ EXECUTION
3.OI EXAMINATION:
A. Examine areas and surfaces to receive enclosed controllers for compliance with space
requirements, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting perfonnance.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 APPLICATIONS:
A. Select featurcs of each enclosed controller to coordinate with ratings and characteristics of
supply circuit and moton required control sequence; duty cycle ofmotor, drive, and load; and
configuration of pilot device and confol circuit affecting controller functions.
B. Select rating of controllers to suit motor horsepower controlled (NEMA Size I minimum).
3.03 INSTALLATION:
A. See Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" for general installation
requirements,
B. For control equipment at walls, bolt units to wall or mount on light'weight structural-steel
channels bolted to wall. For controllers not at walls, provide fieestanding racks complying with
Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."
C. Install freestanding equipment on concrete bases complying with Division 3 Section "Cast-in-
Place Concrete."
D. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Dvision 15 Section "Seismic
Controls for Electrical Work."
E. Enclosed Fused Controller: Install firses in each fusible switch in accordance with requirements
of this section.
3.04 IDENTIFICATION:
A. Identif enclosed confoller components and control wiring according to Division 16 Section
"Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."
t
II
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
WIRING FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SECTION 16170 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28.2008
06082
MC
III
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
3.05 WIRTNG FOR MECHANTCAL EQUIPMENT
A. Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Equipment:
l. Provide branch circuits, feeders, junction boxes and disconnect switches, and make all
final connections to motors and controls for heating, ventilating and air conditioning
equipment in accordance with the following schedule unless otherwise specifically noted
on the drawings.
Furnishe Set Power Control
d by* by* Wiring * Wiring*
Equipment Motors MC MC EC WC
Motor Starters & Overload Heaters MC EC EC MC
(See Note l)
Fused & Unfirsed Dsconnect EC EC EC
Switches
Manual Operating & Speed Switches MC EC
(carrying load currents) See Notes 3
&4)
Control Relays & Transformer (See MC MC
Note 2)
Thermostats (Line Voltage) MC
Temperature Control Panels MC
Fire and Smoke Detectors for Fan EC
Shutdown
Motor & Solenoid Valves, Damper MC
Motors, PE and EP Switches, Control
Valves, Fan interlocking Wiring Iow
Voltage Thermostats
Pushbutton Stations & Pilot Lights MC
(Manually Operated Switches not
Carrying Load Currents) (See Note 3)
Temporary Heating Conditions MC
*MC = Mechanical Contractor Under *EC = Electrical Contractor Under
Division 15 of the work. Division 16 of the work.
B. Notes:
I . All starters, other than those in Motor Control Centers shall be fumished under Division
I 5. All starters fumished under Division I 56 shall be complete with three O.L. heaters
and shall conform to NEC and NEMA requirements.2. Control relays and conbol transformers shall be furnished under Division 15 except here
furnishing such items is specifically required under Division 16 specifications and/or
drawings,
3. Pushbutton stations carrying full load current are to be wired under Division l6 of the
work.
4. Exhaust Fansl the Electrical Contractor under Division l6 of the work will furnish and
install circuits, feeders and disconnect switches, and make all connections to motors and
EC
MC
EC
MC
EC
MC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
EC
MC
EC
MC
MC
WIRING FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SECTION 16170 -7
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
3.06
A.
3.07
A.
3.08
A.
Hadji & Associates, lnc.
March 28,2008
06082
controls unless interlocked with other mechanical equipment or exhaust fans in locations
indicated. Where exhaust fans are switched with lights, a two-pole toggle switch will be
provided by the Electrical Contractor under Division 15. Where exhaust fans are
interlocked with other mechanical equipment, the interlock wiring will be furnished by
the Mechanical Confactor under Division 16.
CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION
Install wiring between enclosed controllers according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and
Cables."
Bundle, train, and support wiring in enclosures.
Connect hand-off-automatic switch and other automatic-control devices where applicable.
l. Connect selector switches to bypass only manual- and automatic-control devices that
have no safety functions when switch is in hand position.
2. Connect selector switches with enclosed controller circuit in both hand and automatic
positions for safety-type control devices such as low- and high-pressure cutouts, high-
temperature cutouts, and motor overload protectors.
CONNECTIONS:
Conduit installation requirements are specified in other Division 16 Sections. Drawings indicate
general arrangement of conduit, fittings, and specialties.
Ground equipment.
Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL
486A and UL 4868.
Provide all final power connections for mechanical equipment. All equipment items will be
fumished and set by others. Confirm with suppliers all rough-in data, e.g., electrical
characteristics, dimensions, locations, type ofconnection, etc., prior to installation.
ADJUSTINC:
Set field-adjustable devices and circuit-breaker trip ranges in accordance with the manufacturer's
data.
CLEANING:
B.
C.
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
III
I
I
I
B.
c.
D.
I
I
I
I
t
3.09
WIRING FOR MECFIANICAL EQUIPMENT SECTION 16170 - 8
I Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, Inc.
50 % PROGRESS SET March 28.2008
boosz
- A. Clean enclosed controllers internally, on completion of installation, according to manufacturer's
r written instructions. Vacutnn dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning.
I Repair exposed sufaces to match original finish.
I 3.IO STARTUP SERVICE:
I
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.
I B. Verifu that enclosed controllers are installed and connected according to the Contract
Documents.
t C. Verifl that elecbical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's submittal and installation
requirements in Division 16 Sections.
I D. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions.
I 3.lr DEMoNSTRATToN:I
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to
I adjust, oircratg and maintain enclosed controllers.I
I. Train Ovmer's maintenance personnel on proc€dures and schedules for starting and
I stopping troubleshooting servicing and maintaining equipment and schedules.
t 2. Review data in maintenance manuals. Refer to Division I Section 'Closeout
r 3. i:#*".{* maintenance manuals. Refer to Division I Section "operation and
rt 4. ltitffiffiffif,with owner, through Arcbitect, with at reast seven days' advance
notice.
t
END OF SECTION 16170
!
I
!
I
r
I WTRTNGFORMECITANTCALEQUIPMENT SECTION 16r',t0-9
I
I y#").".?r3iliTt',Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
I 06082
= SECTION1646I-DRY-TYPETRANSFORMERS
-,
I PART1 _ CENERAL
I I.OI RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions ofthe Contact, including General and Supplementary
I Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this section.
f, t.az SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes dry-fype distribution and specialty tansformers rated 600-vott and less.
I B. Related Documents: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I C. Related Sections:
Administrative Requirements Division I
I Commissioning Division 1
I Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Section 16050
GroundingandBonding Section 16060
I I.O3 REFERENCES
2
t A. Equipment, methods, materials and procedures applicabte to low voltage transformers shall be
governed by the latest edition ofthe following standarrds or publications:
I l. NFPA 70: National Electric Code, National Fire Protection Associationr| 2. NEMA ST 20: Dry-Type Transformers for General Applications, National Electrical
Manufacturers Association
ll 3. UL 1561: Dry-Type General Purpose and Power Transformers, UnderwritersI Laboratorv. lnc.
I I.O4 SUBMITTALS
I A. Shop Drawings: Provide shop drawings for each different model hansformer in accordance with
I Division l. Shop drawings shall consist of the following:
I L Dimensional plan and elevation views. Show dimensions of base with anchoring
I recommendations.
2. Conduit entrance locations and dimensions
r 3. Incoming and outgoing conductor terminator positions
I 4. y,ilH];il:*l lug locations, and all other terminal lug locations, number and size of
I'
DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS 1646I - I
I
r
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28, 2008
06082
5. Neutral, ground bus connections
6. Weight of equipment7. Minimum clearances
8' Wiring Diagrams: Detail wiring and identi$ terminals for tap changing and connecting
fi eld-installed wiring.
B. Product Data: Provide data sheets for each different model transformer in accordance with
Division l. Product data shall include the following:
l. Complete nameplate data including:
^. kVA
b. Primary and secondary voltagec. Primary and secondary ampere rating at all tap connections,d. Insulation class and winding temperature rise.e. Impedance percent.
f. Connection diagram showing tap configuration.g. Manufacturers Model Number
2. Model performance data including losses and efficiency at 25, 50,75, and 100 percent
rated load; sound level; and aluminum or copper winding material.3. Certification of UL listing and compliance with NEMA standards.
C. Product Certificates: Siped by manufacturers of transformers certi$ing that the products
furnished comply with requirements.
D. Qualification Data: For firms and penions specified in "Quality Assurance" Article.
E. Factory Test Reports: Certified copies of manufachre/s design and routine factory tests
required by referenced standards.
F. Sound-Level Test Reports: Ceitified copies of manufacturer's soundJevel tests applicable to
equipment for this Project.
G. Field Test Reportsr Indicate and interpret test results for tests specified in Part 3.
H. Maintenance Data: For transformers to include in the maintenance manuals specified in
Division 1 .
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Listing and Labeling: Provide transformers specified in this Section that are listed and labeled.
I.06 DRY-ryPETRANSFORMERS
A. Description: Factory-assembled and -test€d, air+ooled quiet-type units of types specified,
designed for 60-Hz service. Transformers shall be ofthe size, rating, and mounting
I
I
T
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,l
IDRY-ryPE TRANSFORMERS 16461 -2
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
l
I
I
I
T
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28, 2008
06082
configurations as shown on the drawings. Unless otherwise specified, the design, manufacture,
and testing ofdry-type transformers and the methods ofconducting tests and preparing reports
shall be in accordance with ANSI, IEEE, and NEMA Standards. Required performance shall be
obtained without exceeding the above indicated temperature rise in a 40"C maximum ambient,
with a 30"C average over 24 hours. The terminal compartment temperature shall not exceed
75oC when tle transformer is operating continuously at rated load with an ambient temperature
of 40oC. Transformers shall be provided with factory installed ground lug. Provide lifting eyes
on brackets. Lift and label as compllng with uL 1561.
Cores: Grain-oriented, non-aging silicon steel with high magnetic permeability and low
hysteresis and eddy current losses, one leg per phase.
Coils: Continuous copper windings without splices, except for taps. One coil per phase in
primary and secondary.
Intemal Coil Connections: Brazed or pressure type.
Enclosure:
l. Class complies with NEMA 250 for the environment in which installed.
a. Indoor ventilated, NEMA 250,Type2.
b. Outdoor ventilated, raintight, NEMA 250, Type 3R
2. The eoclosure shall be made ofheavy gauge steel and shall be finished utilizing a
continuous process ofdegreasing, cleaning, and phosphatizing, followed by electrostatic
deposition of a polymer polyester powder coating and baking. The coating color shall be
ANSI 61. The enclosure shall have lifting holes. All ventilation openings shall be
protected against falling dirt.
Low-Sound-Level Units: Minimum of 3 dBA less than NEMA ST 20 standard sound levels
when factory tested according to IEEE C57 .12.91.
G. Enolosure: Indoor, ventilated.
Taps: For transformers 3 kVA and larger, full-capacity taps in high-voltage windings are as
follows:
l. Taps, 3 to 15 kVA: Two 5-percent taps below rated higb voltage, firll capacify taps on
primary windings.
2. Taps, l5 to 500 kVA: Six 2.5-percent taps, 2 above and 4 below rated high voltage, full
capacity taps on primary windings.
Factory Test: The following factory tests shall be made on all transformersl
L Ratio tests at the rated voltage connection and at all tap connections.
2. Polarity and phase-relation tests on the rat€d voltage connection.3. Applied potential tests.
4. lnduced potential tests.
B.
D.
E.
F.
DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS r646t -3
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
5. No-load and excitation current at rated voltage on the rated voltage connection.
I.O7 FINISHES
A. Indoor Units: Manufacturer's standard paint over corrosion-resistant pretreatrnent and primer.
B. Outdoor Units: Comply with ANSI C57.12.28.
I.O8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Factory Tests: Design and routine tests comply with referenced standards.
B. Factory Sound-Level Tests: Conduct sound-level tests on equipment for this Project if specified
sound levels are below standard ratings.
PART2 - EXECUTION
2.OI INSTALLATION
A. Comply with safety requirements of IEEE C2.
B. Arrange equipment to provide adequate spacing for access and for circulation ofcooling air.
Clearance from walls or other equipment shall be per manufacturer's recommendations, but not
less than 6 inches.
C. Identi! transformers and install waming sigrrs according to Division 16 Section "Electrical
Identification."
D. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturet's published torque-
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL
486A and UL 4868.
E. Transformers smaller than 15 kVA shall be wall-mounted. Transformers I 5 kVA and larger
shall be floor-mounted unless otherwise shown on the drawings. Provide Korfund elasti-rib
vibration isolations pads for all transformers, along with rubber washers for all mounting bolts.
Where wall-mounted, provide factory mounting brackets. Where floor-mounted, install on 4-
inch thick concrete pdd.
F. Conduit connections to transformers shall be made with flexible metal conduil not less than l8
inches or more than 36 inches in length.
2.02 GROI]NDING
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
1
T
I
I
t
T
DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS 1646t - 4
t Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, lnc.
- 50 % PROGRESS SET MArCh 28,2008
06082
!! A. Separately Derived Systems: Make grounding connections to grounding elecfodes and bonding
connections to metallic piping as indicated and to comply with NFPA 70.
t B. Comply with Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding" for materials and installation
requtrements.
I 2.03 FrELD QUALTry CONTROLt
t A. Test Labeling: On satisfactory completion oftests for each transformer, attach a dated and
signed "Satisfactory Test" label to tested component.
L B. Tests: Include the following minimum inspections and tests according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Comply with IEEE C57.12.91for test methods and data correction factors.
I\I l. Inspect accessible components for cleanliness, mechanical and electrical integrity, andt damage or deterioration. Verify that temporary shipping bracing has been removed.
t 2 iilil1i;:f:l':,1:1,:'ii""lill?1,ffi:::i$il*xl:ffii'jio,"*uru.t*,.spub,ishedt torque values or, ifnot available, those specified in UL 486A and UL 4868.
I
I 2.04 CLEANTNG
I A. On completion of installation, inspect components. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt,
I and debris. Repair scratches and mars on finish to match original finish. Clean components
intemally using methods and materials recommended by manufacturer.
I,
tr 2.os ADTsrING
t A. On completion of installation, inspect components. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dir!I and debris. Repair scratches and mars on finish to match original finish. Clean components
internally using methods and materials recommended by manufacturer.II1
r B. Adjust tansformer taps to provide optirnum voltage conditions at utilization equipment
throughout normal operating cycle of facility. Record primary and secondary voltages and tap
t settings and submit with test results.t C. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within l2 mont}s of date of Substantial Completion,
t provide on-site assistance in readjusting transformer tap settings to suit actual occupied
I conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project site for this purpose without additional cost.
I l. VoltageRecordings: Contractorperformed. Provideupto4Shoursofrecordingonthe
I low-voltage system of oach medium-voltage transformer.7 2. Point of Measurement: Make voltage recordings at load outlets selected by Owner.
. ENDOF SECTION
I
t
DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS 1646r - 5
I Vail Cascade Resort Hadji & Associates, Inc.I 50 % PROGRESS SET MArCh 28,2008
06082
. SECTION 165II -INTERIORLIGHTING
1 PARTI - GENERAL
TI 1.OI RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
I Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
l) r.02 SUMMARY
r. A. This Section includes interior lighting fixtures, lamps, ballasts, emergency lighting units, and
I accessories.
B. Related Sections include the following:I
I l. Division 16 Section "Wiring Devicesn for wall box dimmers and manual light switches.
I C. Related Documents:
I 1, Drawings and general provisions ofthe Contract, including General and Supplementary
l, Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I 2. lf infonnation provided in the Luminaire Schedule conflicts with information provided in
the specifications, then the more stringent or high quality requirements shall apply.
I
-.'' l.o3 SUBMITTALS
I A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and
- Division I Specification Sections. Any submitted fixture that differs in any manner from that
scheduled or specified must be marked "exception". Clearly indicate €xact differences and
I include all manufacturers data as indicated. Show associated cost credit to owner. Completef working fixture samples shall be provided equipped with a 120-volt cord and plug for any
proposed substitution upon request ofthe Architect and/or Engineer.
I B. Product Data describing fixtures, lamps, ballasts, and emergency lighting units. Arrange Product
Data for fixtures in order offixture designation. Include data on features and accessories and the
I following:
I
I . Outline drawings indicating dimensions and principal features of fixtures.
I 2. Battery and charger data for emergency lighting units.
I 3. Certified results of laboratory tests for fixtures and lamps for photometric performance,
4. Fluorescentandhigh-intensity-dischargeballasts.
5. Types of lamps.
a
I
I
INTERIORLIGHTING 16511 - I
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
1.04
A.
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
C.
D.
E.
F.
Shop Drawings: Show details of nonstandard or custom fixtures. Indicate dimensions, weights,
method of field assembly, components, features, and accessories.
L Wiring Diagrams: Detail wiring for fixtures and differentiate between manufacturer-
installed and field-installed wiring.
Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans and sections drawn to scale and coordinating
fixture installation with ceiling grid, ceiling-mounted items, and other components in the
vicinity. Include work of all trades that is to be installed near lighting equipment.
Samples for Verification: For lighting fixtures designated for sample submission in the Interior
Lighting Fixture Schedule.
l. Lamps: Specified units installed.
2. Ballast I 2O-volt model of specified ballast fype.
3. Accessories: Cord and plug.
Maintenance Data for all liglting fixtures shall be included in maintenance manuals specified in
Division I .
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Fixtures, Emergency Lighting Units, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA
70, Article 100 by a testing agency acceptable to authorities havingjurisdiction.
Comply with NFPA 70.
FM Compliance: Fixtures for hazardous locations shall be listed and labeled for indicated class
and division of hazzrd by FM.
NFPA 101 Compliance: Comply with visibility and luminance requirements for exit signs.
B.
C.
D.
I.O5 WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other
rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in
addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of
the Contract Documents.
B. Special Warranty for Batteries: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer agreeing to replace
rechargeable batteries that fail in materials or workmanship within spe,cified warranty period,
1 special Warranty Period for Batteries: Manufacturer's standand, but not less than 10
years fiom date of Substantial Completion. Full wananty shall apply for first year, and
prorated warranty for last nine years.
]NTERIOR LIGHTING t65lt -2
I Vail Cascade Resort Ha ji & Associates, Inc.r 50 % PROGRESS SET March 28, 2008
06082Ir C. Special Wananties for Fluorescent Ballasts: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer
ageeing to replace fluorescent ballasts that fail in materials or workmanship within specified
I *-ut anryperrori.I
l. Special Warranty Period for Electronic Ballasts: Five years from date of manufacture,
but not less than four years from date ofSubstantial Completion.
!
I 1.06 MAINTENANCE
I A. Extra Materials:
r ' il:ffi*.sfrffi:f":"::ff:-$::H*l#:1ffii#::ilff"ff#:*J1ffi,
contents.
I a. Lamps: l0foreveryl00ofeachtypeandratinginstalled. Furnishatleastoneof
I b. ii*otJl,i'r"""en, Downlighl Cones, Plastic and/or Glass Diffirsers and Lenses:
I I for every 100 ofeach type and rating installed. Furnish at least one ofeach
type.
t c. Ballasts: I for every 100 ofeach type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of
I eachtype.
I
d. fl::i:tn1*T$r"l foreverl2oof eachtypeandratinginstalled. Fumishat
I 1.07 COORDTNATTON
Irt A. Fixtures, Mounting tlardware, and Trim: Coordinate layout and installation of lighting fixtures
with ceiling system and other constuction.II
I
PART2 _ PRODUCTS
I
2.OI MANUFACTURERS
I A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one ofthe products indicated for
each desigration in the Luminaire Schedule shown on the electrical drawings.
Ir 2.02 FIxruREs AND FIXTURE coMpoNENTS, cENERAL
I A. Metal Parts: Free from burrs, sharp corners, and edges.r
B. Sheet Metal Components: Steel, unless otherwise indicated. Form and support to prevent
I warpingand ogging.t
I
I
INTERIOR LIGHTING l65ll - 3
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
I
I
t
T
t
T
I
Doors, Frames, and Other Intemal Access: Smooth operating, free from light leakage under
operating conditions, and arranged to permit relamping without use of tools. Arrange doors,
frames, lenses, diffusers, and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during relamping and
when secured in operating position.
Reflecting Surfaces: Minimum reflectance as follows, unless otherwise indicated:
White Surfaces: 85%
Specular Surfaces: 83%
Diffirsing Specular Surfaces: 75%
Laminated Silver Metallized Film: 9fflo
2.03 FLUORESCENT LAMP BALLASTS
A. General Requirements: Unless otherwise indicated, features include the following:
Designed for type and quantity of lamps indicated at firll light output.
Total Harmonic Distortion Rating: Less than l0% with less than 6%Third Harmonic
Distortion.
Sound Rating: A.
B. Electronic Ballasts for Linear Lamps: Unless otherwise indicated, features include the
following, besides those in "General Requirements" Paragraph above:
Certified Ballast Manufacturer Certification: Indicaled by label.
Encapsulation: Without voids in potting compound.
Parallel Lamp Circuits: Multiple lamp ballasts connected to maintain full light ouput on
surviving lamps if one or more lamps fail.
2.04 EMERGENCYLIGHTINGI.JNITS
A. General Requirements: Self-contained units. Comply with UL 924. Units include the following
features:
L Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, lead-acid type with minimum l0-year nominal life
and special warrantY.
2. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state type witb sealed transfer relay.
3. Operation: Relay automatically turns lamp on when supply circuit voltage drops to 80%
of nominal voltage or below. Lamp automatieally disconnects from battery when voltage
approaches deepdischarge level. When normal voltage is restored, relay disconnects
lamps, and battery is automatically recharged and floated on charger.
4. Self-exercising with Automatic Diagnostics of all Electrical Functions: Complete
diagnostic cycles which includes routine battery discharge cycling shall be carried out
monthly. Any malfunction of the unit's battery, charger, ftansfer circuit or lamps shall be
indicated by separate LEDs mounted in the emergency unit.
5. Wire Guard: Where indicated, heavy-chrome-plated wire guard arranged to protect lamp
heads or fixfures.
c.
D.
I.
2.
J.
4.
t.
2.
II.
2.
J.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
T
IINTERIORLIGHTING165lr -4
t yft"'ffs'-tr:'t".,Hadji & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
6. Integral Time-Delay Relay: Ananged to hold unit on for fixed interval after restoring
power after an outage. Provides adequate time delay to permit high-intensity-discharge
lamps to restrike and develop adequat€ output.
T 2.05 LAMPS
A. Provide "low-dose mercury" lamps, such as Philips "Alto" series for all lamp types that are
I available in a "low-dose" mercury version. "Low-dose mercury" shall be defined as any lamp
t that passes the Environmental Protection Agency TCLP (Toxic Characteristic l,eaching
Procedure) test for lamps.
I B. Fluorescent Color Temperature and Minimum Color-Rendering Index: 3500 K and 85 CRI,
-unless otherwise indicated,
I C. Noncompact Fluorescent lamp Life: Rated average is 20,000 hours at tluee hours per start! when used on rapid-start circuits.
t
I 2.06 FIXTURE SUPPORTCOMPONENTS
t A. Comply with Division l6 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods," for channel- and
I angle-iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports, Fixture type catalogue numbers
do not necessarily denote required mounting hardware and/or accessories. Provide all
I appropriate mounting hardware for all mounting conditions.
I- B. Single-Stem Hangers: ll2-inch steel tubing with 45-degree swivel ball fitting and ceiling
t canopy. Finish same as fixture.
.|' C. Chain Hangen: Provide wire hangers and chains. Coordinate hanger type/size with fixture
- manufacturer.r! D. Rod Hangers: 3/lGinch minimum diameter, cadmium-plated, threaded steel rod.
t
r 2.07 FINISI{ES
I A, Fixtures: Manufacturer's standand, unless otlerwise indicated.
t t. Paint Finish: Applied over corrosion-resistant heatment or primer, free of defects.
I 2. Metallic Finish: Corrosion resistant.
I
.l PART3 - EXECUTTON
a
3.01 VERIFICATION
I
a
INTERIOR LIGHTING 165I I . 5
!
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
50 % PROGRESS SET
Hadj i & Associates, Inc.
March 28,2008
06082
A. Prior to ordering fixtures and installing any electrical conduit, wiring, and/orjunction boxes,
confirm all above ceiling depths to insure that recessed fixtures can be installed. Coordinate any
above ceiling conflicts with ArchitecVEngineer.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. All lighting fixtures shall be installed as indicated on architectural and electrical drawings.
B. Fixtures: Set level, plumb, and square with ceiling and walls, and secure according to
manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittal materials, Install lamps in each
fixture.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components.
B. Advance Notice: Give Owner representative a minimum two w€eks advance notice to schedule
dates and times for field tests.
C. Tests: As follows:
L Verifu normal operation of each fixture after installation.
2. Emergency Lighting: Intem:pt electrical supply to demonstrate proper operation.
3. Verif, normal transfer to battery source and retansfer to normal.
4. Report results in writing.
D. Malfunctioning Fixtures and Components: Replace or repair, then ret€st. Repeat procedure until
units operate properly.
3.04 CLEANINGANDADruSTING
A. Clean fixtures internally and externally after installation. Use methods and materials
recommended by man ufacturer.
ENDOF SECTION
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
T
I
t
I
T
t
t
IINTERIORLIGHTING165r I - 6
I Vail cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SETI
March 28- 2008
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE SPECIFICATIONS
I CONSTRUCTIONDOCUMENTS
!
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I SPECIFICATIONS
I Section Title Issue Dater
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
I Not Used at This Time JG Johnson Architects
-
DIVISION 2 -EXISTING CONDITIONS
I 024116 Structure Demolition Mar. 28,2008a
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
I 033000 Cast-in-Place Concrete Monroe & NewellI
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
I 044300 Stone Masonry JG Johnson Architects
" 044300.10 Landscape Boulders Mar.28,2008
t DrvrsroNs-METALS'- 055000 Metal Fabrications JG Johnson Architects
r 055213 Pipe and Tube Railings JG Johnson Architects
I 057300 Decorative Metal Railings Mar.28,20OB
I DtvISroN 6 - WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES
I Not Used at This Time
j DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOTSTURE PROTECTION
t 071I 13 Bituminous Dampproofing Monroe & Newell
- DMSIONS-OPENINGS
I Not Used at this Time
I DIVISION9-FINISHES
I 099600 High-Performance Coatings JG Johnson Architects
I DIVISION l0 - SPECIALTIES
I Not Used at this Time
I DIVISION ll - EQUIPMENT
I Not Used at this Time
I
!
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
Section Title
DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS
129300 Site Furnishings
DMSIONS 13 thru 25
130010 Swimming Pools and Water Features
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
Not Used at this Time
DIVISIONS 27 thru 30
Not Used at this Time
DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK
3l 1000 Site Clearing
312000 Earth Movins
DIVISION 32 _ EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
321100 Unbound Base Course
321316 Decorative Concrete Paving
321373 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants
323119 Decorative Metal Fences and Gates
323223.10 Dry-Stack Stone Walls
328400 Planting lrrigation
329200 Turfand Grasses
329300 Plants
DIVISION 33 _ UTILITIES
334100 Storm Utility Drainage Piping
334600 Subdrainase
March 28,2008
lssue Date
Mar. 28,2008
Mar. 28, 2008
Mar.28,2008
Mar. 28,2008
Mar. 28,2008
Mar. 28,2008
Mar.28,2008
Mar. 28, 2008
Mar. 28, 2008
Mar. 28,2008
Mar.28,2008
Mar. 28,2008
Mar. 28, 2008
Mar. 28,2008
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
ITABLE OF CONTENTS
t Vail Cascade Resort March 28,2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I SECTTON 024116 - STRUCTURE DEMOLTTTON
I PART I GENERAL
r l.0l DESCR|PTIoN
A. Work Included: Removal and satisfactory disposal of buildings, foundations, fences,
l lffi'":1H"ffi:#;:?r',:#ffc
conffol devices, utilities, and other obstructions not
a
B. Related Work:
! l. Site Clearing: Section 311000
t
2. Earth Moving: Section 312000
3. Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Section 015000
t r.02 PERMTTS
;' A. Fugitive Dust
r B. Road Cut
f C. Stormwater Discbarge Permit (CDPHE)!
D. ConstructionDewatering(CDPHE)I
I E. 404 Permit
I l.o3 JoB coNDrrroNs
I
Protection: Protect all vegetation, utilities, slructures, and other facilities to remain, from damage
I in manner acceptable to Engineer. Maintain designated temporary roadways, walkways, and
I detours.
r PART2 PRODUCTS
None
a PART 3 EXECUTTON
I 3.01 PAVEMENTS, CURBS, GUTTER' FLATWORK
t A. Remove all pavements, curbs, gutter, and flatwork not designated to remain. Where
ill;rf,frTHH:tion"is
to be partially removed, saw edges to remain in place on straight
I
I
I
STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 024116-l
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28,2008 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
B. Break up concrete to be broken and left in place so largest fragment does not exceed one (l)
square yard surface area.
3.02 BRIDGES, SEWERS, CULVERTS, DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
A. Do not remove structures in use until arranqements have been made to accommodate
traffic.
B. For structures removed down to natural stream bottom, remove those parts outside stream
to I'below ground. Remove all portions within limits of new construction as necessary
to accommodate new work.
C. Maintain satisfactory traffic bypass at all times.
3.03 STRUCTURES
Remove structures within project limits or as shown on drawings. Protect portions to remain
from damage. Damage to be repaired at Contractor's expense.
3.04 UTILITIES
Remove designated utility lines within project limits, properly capping or plugging existing lines
to remain.
3.05 DISPOSAL
Deposit all removed material in designated waste areas. Grade and shape disposal site. Complete
topsoil and reseeding of site if required. Where disposal sites are not designated, remove and
dispose of all waste materials offsite.
3.06 RESTORATION
After removal of obstruction, fill and compact to finish grade in accordance with these
snecifications.
ENDOF SECTION 024116
STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 024t16-2
March 28, 2008
SECTION O444OO.IO - LANDSCAPE BOULDERS
I
PART I - GENERAL
l.
I I.I RELATED DOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
! Conditions and Division 0l Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
tI r.2 SUMMARY
I A. Section Includes:
r l Landscape Boulders.
I B. Related sections:t
l. Division 31 Section "Site Clearing" for salvaging existing landscape boulders.
t 2. Division 3l Section "Earth Moving" for excavation for installation.
I 3.
il:f:ff"rfftion
"Dry-Stack Stone Walls" for incorporation in and termination of dry-
I
I- 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved for installation of units
'' required for this Project.
I B. Source Limitations: Salvage and stockpile landscape boulders from on-site during siteI demolition. Ensure stockpiling does not damage, scar or break boulders.
I C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.r l. Review methods and procedures related to landscape boulders including, but not limited- to, the following:
fl a. Landscape boulder salvaging.
b. Landscapeboulderinstallation.
I c. Landscape boulder termination of and incorporation in dry-stack slone walls.
I 1.4 DELIVERY, SToRAGE, ANDHANDLING
I
A. Store and handle landscape boulders to prevent deterioration or damage due to conlaminants,
I breaking, chipping, scarring or other causes.
I
I vail cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SETI
I
I
LANDSCAPEBOULDERS 044400.10 - I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28,2008 I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
2.1
t.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
Do not install landscape boulders that are damaged, scarred or broken.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MATERIALS
Landscape Boulders: Provide sound, durable natural stone river-rock boulders salvaged from
the site. Minimum size to be l8 inch diameter.
l. Final selection and location of landscape boulders shall be determined in the field under
the direction ofthe Landscape Architect.
a. Refer to Drawings for approximate quantity, size and locations.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance wilh requirements for
excavation tolerances, condition of subgrades, and other conditions affecting performance of
landscape boulders.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
LANDSCAPE BOULDER INSTALLATION
Leveling Base: Place and compact base material to thickness indicated and with not less tban
95 percent maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698.
Install boulders in locations as directed by Landscape Architect in the field. Bury boulders to a
depth equal to li3 ofthe boulder's height.
PROTECTION
Remove and replace landscape boulders that are damaged, scarred or broken during or afler
installation.
END OF SECTION O444OO.IO
3.1
B.
5-Z
B.
3.3
LANDSCAPE BOULDERS 0/,4400.t0 -2
I Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28, 2008
t
T
SECTION O573OO - DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
I
I' I.I RELATED DOCUMENTS
t A. Drawings and general provisions of the Conhact, including General and Supplementary
I Conditions and Division 0l Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
r 1.2 SUMMARY
r A. Section Includes:r
I l. Glass-panel fence.
I B. Related Sections:I
l. Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for glass panel frames and supports.It 1.3 DEFINITIONStI A. Railings: Guards, handrails, and similar devices used for protection of occupants at open-sided
floor areas, pedestrian guidance and support, visual separation, or wall protection.
rt 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
I A. Structural Performance: Railings shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following
I loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated:
I l. Top Rails of Guards:
I a. Uniform load of50 lbf/ft. applied in any direction.
I b. Concentrated load of200 lbfapplied in any direction.
I c. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concunently-
2. Infill of Guards:
I a. Concentrated load of 50 lbfapplied horizontally on an area ofl sq. ft..
b. Infill load and other loads need not be assumed to act concurentlv.
I B. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature
changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints,
I overstressing of components, failure ofconnections, and other detrimental effects.
I l. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.
I
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS O573OO - I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
Marcb 28, 2008
Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals
and otber materials from direct contact with incompatible materials.
SUBMITTALS
Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
Samples for Verification: For each type ofexposed finish required.
l. Assembled Samples of railing and fence systems, made from full-size components,
including top rail, post, and infill. Show method of finishing members at intersections.
Samples shall be full height and length.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Source Limitations: Obtain each type of railing from single source from single manufacturer.
Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for
system's aesthetic effects and performance characteristics. Aesthetic effects are indicated by
dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate
to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction. Performance characteristics are
indicated by criteria subject lo verification by one or more methods including structural
analysis, preconstruction testing, field testing, and in-service performance.
l. Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Landscape Architect,
except with Landscape Architect's approval. lf modifications are proposed, submit
comprehensive explanatory data to Landscape Architect for review.
Safety Glazing Labeling: Permanently mark glass with certification label of manufacturer.
Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glass, tbickness, and safety glazing standard
with which glass complies.
Mockups: Build mockups to verifu selections made under sample submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for fabrication and installation.
l. Build mockups for each form and finish of railing consisting of two posts, top rail, infill
area, and anchorage system components that are full height and are not less than 24
inches in length.
2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of
Substantial Completion.
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Proiect site.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with
railings by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measuremenls on Shop
Drawinss.
C.
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.5
A.
B.
1.6
B.
c.
D.
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS 057300 - 2
t Vail Cascade Resort March 28,2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I I.8 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING
I A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for railings. Fumish setting drawings, templates, and
I directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items
with integral ancbors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masoffy. Deliver such items to
I Project site in time for installation.
-' B. Schedule installation so wall attachments are made only to completed walls. Do not support
railings temporarily by any means that do not suit structural performance requirements.
I
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
-IIa 2.1 GLASS FENCE
I A. Salvaged existing tempered glass panels. Do notuse damaged, broken or scarred panels.
- l. Provide glass panels in the type, sizes and locations as indicated on the Drawings.t 2
i::J,'f:,iH:i:::iH:: iil:['"n,THTi1l1,ff1i?";:::i::Til:,?,iH,?:1l"T::fJ.1
thickness and strength. Dimensions sball be as indicated on the Drawings.
!
2,2 GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALSt
I A. Tempered Glass: ASTM C 1048, KindFT (fully tempered), ConditionA (uncoated), Type I
(transparent flat glass), Quality-Q3. Provide products that have been tested for surface and edge
I compression according to ASTM C 1048 and for impact strength according to 16 CFR l20l for
I Categorv II materials.
r l. Glass Color for New Glass Panels: To match existing.
I 2. Thickness for New Glass Panels: To match existing.
B. Glazing Gaskets for Glass lnfill Panels: Glazing gaskels and related accessories recommended
I or supplied by railing manufacturer for installinggiass infill panels.I
I 2.3 FASTENERS
t A. Fastener Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following:
I l. Stainless-Steel Components: Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners.
B. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting railing components and for attaching railings to
I other work unless otherwise indicated.I
I
I
I
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS 057300 - 3
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28. 2008 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1A MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Anchoring Cement: Factory-packaged, nonshrink, nonstaining, hydraulic-controlled expansion
cement formulation for mixing with water at Project site to create pourable anchoring, patching,
and grouting compound.
l. Water-Resislant Product: At exterior locations provide formulation that is resistant to
erosion from water exposure without needing protection by a sealer or waterproof coating
and that is recommended bv manufacfurer for exterior use.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate new glass fence panels to comply with requirements indicated for design,
dimensions, member sizes and spacing, details, finish, and anchorage, but not less than that
required to support structural loads.
2.6 GLAZING PANEL FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate to sizes and shapes required; provide for proper edge clearance and bite on
glazing panels.
1 Grind smooth exposed edges, including those at open joints, to produce square edges
with slight chamfers at junctions of edges and faces.
B. Infill Panels: Re-use salvaged existing glass fence panels. Provide new glass panels as required
to match existing.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
Adjust railings and posts before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints.
Fastening to In-Place Construction: Use anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for
securing glass panels and for properly transferring loads to in-place construction.
INSTALLING GLASS PANELS
Install assembly to comply with requirements in other Part 3 articles. Erect posts
metal railing components, then set factory-cut glass panels. Do not cut, drill, or
panels in field. Protect edges from damage.
3.1 I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
and other
alter glass
A.
B.
3.2
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS 057300 - 4
t Vail Cascade Resort March 28, 2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
T 3.3 FIELD QUALIry CONTROL
I A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspecling agency to perform field
I tests and inspections and prepare test reports. Payment for these services will be made from the
testing and inspecting allowance, as authorized by Change Orders.
I
t B. Remove and replace railings where test results indicate that they do not comply with specified
requirements unless they can be repaired in a manner satisfactory to Landscape Architect and
I will comply with specified requirements.
t C. Additionat testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine
compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.Irit 3.4 CLEANINGIt A. Clean and polish glass as recommended in writing by manufacturer. Wash both exposed
surfaces in each area of Project not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections
r that establish date of Substantial Completion.
I
3.5 PROTECTION
t A. Protect finishes of glass panels from damage during construction period with temporary
protective coverings. Remove protective coverings at time of Substantial Completion.I
I B. Replace finishes damaged during installation and construction period so no evidence remains of
correction work. Provide new units as required.
I ENDoFSEcrroNo5T3oo
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
T
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS 057300 - 5
I vail cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SETI
March 28, 2008
SECTION I293OO - SITE FURNISHINGSI
PART I - GENERAL
I I.1 RELATED DoCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
t Conditions and Division 0l Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
lr r.2 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
r L Trash and ash receptacles.
I 2- Planters.
t B. Related Sections include the following:
I l. Division 32 Section "Plants" for excavation for planting soil requirements for planters.
T
I 1.3 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For each type ofproduct indicated.
I B. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes.t
C. Samples for Verification: For each type ofexposed finish required, prepared on Samples ofsize
I indicated below.!
L Size: Not less than 6-inch- long linear components and 4-inch- square sheet components.
t
I 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of site fumishing(s) through one source from a single
manufacturer.
) PART2-PRODUCTS
a 2.1 MATERIATS
I A. Fiberglass: Multiple laminations of glass-fiber-reinforced polyester resin with UV-light stable,
I colorfast, nonfading, weather- and stain-resistant, colored polyester gel coat, and manufacturer's
standard finish.
I
I
SITE FURNISHINGS 129300 - l
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
!
A.
A.
B.
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
March 28, 2008
TRASH AND ASH RECEPTACLES
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following or
an approved equal:
l. Trash Receptacle shall be Tulip Litter Receptacles, 27"x 36" 30 gallon, color - to be
selected by Landscape Architect from manufacturer's full range, smooth gloss, with drain
holes and polyethylene liner as manufactured by Landscape Forms, Kalamazoo, MI, 800-
521-2546.
2. Ash Receptacle shall be Tulip Ash Urn, 18"x 24", color - to be selected by Landscape
Architect from manufacturer's full range, smooth gloss, with drain holes and
polyethylene liner as manufactured by Landscape Forms, Kalamazoo, MI, 800-521-2546.
PLANTERS
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following or
an approved equal:
l. Planters shall be Tulip Planters, color - to be selected by Landscape Architect from
manufacturer's full range, smooth gloss, with drain holes and polyethylene liner as
manufactured by Landscape Forms, Kalamazoo, MI, 800-521-2546.
a. PlanterType l: 24"x 17".
b. Planter Type 2:30"x21".
c. Planter Type 3:36"x27".
FABRICATION
Exposed Surfaces: Polished, sanded, or otherwise finished; all surfaces smooth, free of burrs,
barbs, splinters, and sharpness; all edges and ends rolled, rounded, or capped.
Factory Assembly: Assemble components in the factory to greatest extent possible to minimize
field assembly. Clearly mark units for assembly in the field.
FINISHES, GENERAL
Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are
acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations
in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are
acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to
minimize contrast.
SITE FURNISHINGS 129300 - 2
t Vail Cascade Resort March 28,2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I PART3-EXECUTION
il
t 3.1 EXAMTNATTON
r A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
I correct and level finished grade, mounting surfaces, installation tolerances, and other conditionsr affecting perlormance.
I l. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.r
I 3.2 TNSTALLATTON, GENERALrA. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions unless more stringent requirements
I
are indicated. Complete field assembly of site fumishings where required.
- B. Unless otherwise indicated, install site fumishings after landscaping and paving have been
I completed.
I C. Insrall site fumishings level, plumb, true, and securely anchored at locations indicated on
Drawinss.
I 3.3 CLEANING
f A. After completing site fumishing installation, inspect components. Remove spots, dirt, and
debris. Repair damaged finishes to match original finish or replace component.
I END oF sECrroN l2e3oo
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
SITE FURNISHINGS 129300 - 3
I Vait cascade Resorr
Town of Vail PERMIT SETI
March 28. 2008
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
SECTION 13OO1O - SPECI,AL CONSTRUCTION €WIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES
PARTl - GENERALREQUIREMENTS:
1.01
1.02
't.03
1.04
1.05
RELATED SECTIONS AND DOCUMENTS:
The General provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section.
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTMCT and DIVISION 1, as indexed, apply to this section. Comply
with the provisions ol the codes, specifications and standards of the Department of Health for the
public swimming pools and other applicable codes and regulations and as shown on the drawings
and/or hereinafler specified. The pool contractor is responsible to submit plans to the Healih
Department for approval. Plans shall be reviewed, approved and slamped by the Health Officer
and Building Department before the contractor may begin construclion. See Division 1 for
additional information.
SCOPE:
"Swimming Pool" or "Pool" means any Lap Pool, Competilion Pool, Leisure Pool, Wading Pool,
Spa Pool, Splash Pad etc. shown as part of this project. The Pool Contractor shall furnish and
install the Swimming Pools, including but not limited to the pool structures, finishes, piping, fittings,
circulation and filtration equipment, sanitizing systems, pool tile, coping, grating, waterproofing,
sealants & caulking, moveable bulkheads, water play features, etc. shown on the Swimming Pool
drawings and as specified herein.
POOL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY:
The Pool Contractor shall provide the following services:
Provide and pay all cosls relative to start up and or training of owner's designated operator in the
correct use of eguipment required for swimming pool function and operalion as recommended by
the Manufacturers. Pool Contractor shall supply a qualified field technician for this purpose.
Provide chemicals for pool operation at time of start-up. Provide chlorine, muriatic acid, and
cyanuric acid as aids in maintaining chemical balance. The pool contractor is responsible to
maintain proper pool water chemistry and keep the pools swept and vacuumed clean until the
project substantial completion and the pools are lurned over to the owner.
MEASUREMENTS:
During bidding, the contractor shall examine the site and compare il with the drawings and
specifications. Verify all dimensions shown on Drawings by taking field measurements; proper fit
and atlachment of all parts is required. Before commencing work, check all lines and levels
indicated and such other work as has been completed. Should there be any discrepancies,
immediately report in writing to the Archilect.
COORDINATION:
Coordinate work with other trades (Electrical, Mechanical, Plumbing, General, etc-). Coordinate
with the soils engineer, soils testing contractor and General Contractor lo assure proper grading,
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-1
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
soil properties, compaction requirements, membranes, and sub
before commencing work.
March 28, 2008
drain locations and installation
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
T
1.06
1.07
DELIVERY AND STORAGE:
Deliver malerials undamaged to the job site in each manufacturer's unopened containers. Inspect
for damage and remove damaged items from job site. Store and adequately protect undamaged
materials against damage while temporarily stored at the site. Slore materials ofi the ground
under prolective covers.
SUBMITTALS:
Submit five (5) copies of manufacturer's performance data, specifications and inslallation
inslructions for each accessory and/or equipment specified. Submittal shall be, as a minimum,
bound in a three ring binder with labels and labs for each submittal category. Also see
requirements of Division 1. Submittal shall be made to the Architect for approval prior to beginning
any work on the pool. Submit for the following:
1. Pipe & Pipe Fittings 18. Waterproofing Materials
2. Valves, each lype 19. Tiles
3. Pool Fittings and Grates 20. Coping Stones4. Pipe Penetration Seals 21. Hand Rails and Anchors5. Filters 22. Escutcheon Plates6. Pumps, each type 23. Grab Rails and Anchors
7. Pump strainers 24. Handicap Lifts and Anchors
8. Heaters & Heater controls 25. Miscellaneous req'd Deck Anchors
9. Chemical Controller w/ sensors 26. Undenrvater Lights & Niches
10. Chemical Feeders & storage 27. Wall Anchors
tanks 28. Safety Rope and Floats
11. Chemicals (MSDS Sheets)
12. Flow Meters and Sensors
'13. Gauges, Meters and
lnstrumentation
14- Water Level Controls
15. Sealants & Caulking
16. Expansion Joint Materials
17. Waterstops
29. Swim Lane Floating Lines and Storage Reels
30. Waier Play Fealures
31. Safety Equipment
32. Signs
33. Cleaning Equipment
34. Portable Vacuum
35. Gunite / Shotcrele Experience Dala
36. Quality Assuran@ lnformation
Submit five (5) samples of products for each accessory and/or equipment ilem specified. Samples
shall be minimum 2" x2". A manufacturer's tile sample board will be deemed acceptable in lieu of a
2" x 2" sample of each tile submitted. Manufacturer's catalogs or pictures are not acceptable as a
substilute for sample submission. Submittal of samples shall be made to the Archilect for approval
prior to beginning any work on the pools. Submit samples for the following:
1 . Waterproofing Materials
2. Tile (all tile used in pools)3. Pool Finishes4. Coping Stone size, style, and finishes
1,08 SUBSTITUTIONS:
lf any contractor wishes to submit an alternate swimming pool structure, recirculation system,
and/or filter, the contractor shall submil plans and specifications to the Architect for approval at
least ten (10) days prior to the bid date. Said plans and specifications shall be for this specific
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-2
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
Vail Cascade Resort
Town ofVail PERMIT SET
1.09
1.10
1.11
1.12
March 28, 2008
project, and show the installation of the proposed substitute equipment. All changes required in
the pool structure and in the building construction shall be listed in order to determine the extra
costs or savings thereof.
Whenever the words "or equal," "or approved equal" appear in the specification or plans, they
shall be interpreted to mean malerial or an item of equipment equal in quality to that named. The
burden of proof of quality or service shall be on the supplying conlactor. Proof of inequality is not
implied by the specifications and is not a burden of the owner or his representatives. The
Architect shall be sole judge as to whether or not an item submitted as an equal is acceptable. lf
the Pool Contractor submits a substitution on an "equal" basis, he shall assume all risks involved
should the architect find it not acceplable. The Pool Conlractor shall assume all costs for charges
in drawings and specifications affected by the substitution, and the cost increase, if any, on
adjoining work.
PATENTED MATERIALS:
The Pool Supplier/Contraclor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Pool Contractor shall
defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the Owner, the
General Contractor, the Pool Engineer, and the Architect harmless from the loss on account
thereof, except that lhe Pool Contractor shall not be responsible for all such loss when a
particular manufaclurer or manufacturers is specified. But, if the Pool Contractor has reason to
believe that the design, process, or product specilied is an infringement of a patent, he shall be
responsible for such loss unless he promptly gives such information to the General Contractor,
Pool Engineer, Owner, and Architect. Also see General Conditions and Division 1.
GUARANTEE:
Per GENERAL CONDITIONS, and per each individual piece of equipment and/or accessory as
listed by manufacturer.
INSPECTION:
Examine all sub surfaces to receive work and report in writing to the Architect any condilions
detrimental to work. Failure to observe this injunction constitutes a waiver to any subsequent
claims to the contrary and will make this Contraclor responsible for any corrections the Architect
may require. Continuation of work will be construed as acceptance of all sub surfaces.
QUALIFICATION OF POOL CONTRACTOR:
The apparent low bidder shall deliver to the Architect, Owner, & Pool Engineer for approval the
following experience data in writing within 24 hours after the bid opening, for verification of
experience of the Pool Contractor:
1. The pool contractor shall be a slateJicensed commercial swimming pool contraclor.
2. That the prospective bidder has demonstrated suitable technical experience by having
successfully installed at leasl two (2) swimming pools of the construction type and minimum
size specified within the past five years. List the principals to contact regarding said pools so
that proper inquiries can be made as to their completion, operation, etc., relative to such
conslruction.
3. Only pools constructed by the firm submitting the bid will be considered. Pools by another
company or individual in the employ of another concern, shall nol be considered.
4. A list of the major public pool jobs he currently has under contraot, the amount of the
contracts and the current percentage of completion.
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-3
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28. 2008
The pool contractor shall be able to provide a qualified project manager throughout the contract
period. The project manager shall be on site as required to assure proper coordination,
scheduling, and performance of work.
The pool contraclor shall be bondable and shall furnish a letter of inlent to fumish 100%
Performance and Payment Bond from their bonding agency. The pool contractor shall furnish
proof of all liability insurance, etc. and also that of any subcontractor. Also see General
Conditions and Division 1.
1.13 CODESANDSTANDARDS:
Comply with the provision of the codes, specificalions, and standards of the ANSI/NSPI standard,
the cunent Intemational Building Code standards, International Fire Code Standards, Local
Building Department standards, and Department of Health standards for public swimming pools,
and olher applicable codes and regulalions and as shown on the drawings and/or hereinafter
specified.
In addition to those slandards referenced above, work in this section shall conform to
requiremenls of the following reference slandards, as applicable, unless otheruise required
herein or on the drawings. Unless othenvise indicated on the drawings, or specified, furnish the
highest or best grade of malerial specified in referenced slandards.
1. American National Standards lnstitute (ANSI):
a. 413.1-81 Scheme for the identification of Piping Systems
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
a. A36-81A Structural Steel
b. A120-83 Pipe, Steel, Black and HotDipped Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless,
for Ordinary Usesc. A123-78 Zinc (Hot Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from Rolled,
Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes
d. A153-82 Zinc Coating (HotDip) on lron and Sleel Hardware
e. A386-78 Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Assembled Steel Productsf. D1785-81 Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Polyvinyl
Chloride (CPVC) Compounds
S. D1785-83 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120
h. D2464-76 Threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80i. D2467-76A Socket-Type Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule
80j. D2564-80 Solvent Cements for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings3. Manufacturers Standardization Society of Valves and Fittings Industry (MSS):
a SP-58-1983 Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials and Design
b. SP-69-1983 Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
a. National Electric Code (NEC) (applicable adopted year of publication)
5. Other Codes:
a. Colorado Health Code 5CCR1003-5: Swimming Pools and Mineral Baths (Current
Revision)
b. NSF - Standard 50 & Standard 61
c. U.S. EPA - Clean WaterAct
d. UFC - Article 80
e. American Public Health Association Public Swimming Pools: Recommended
Regulations for Design and Construction, Operation and Maintenance".f. \ A /A - Construction for Operating Safely
S. IAPMO - Uniform Swimming Pool, Spa and Hot Tub Code.
h. OSHA 29 CRF - Hazard Communication Standardi. National Spa and Pool Institute (NSPI) Standards: ANSI/NSPI-1 2003: American National
Standard for Public Swimming Pools.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010"4
p.
q.
f.
c
t.
U.
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
t
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28,2008
j. US EPA - SARA Title lllk. UFC - Standard No. 79-3l. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) - Standard No. 704
m. National Sanitalion Foundation - Standard Number 50: Circulation System
Components for Swimming Pools, Spas, or Hol Tubs: NSF Listings: Swimming Pools,
Spas, and Hol tubsn. FIFRA - Worker Safety Regulationso. National Electrical Code (NEC) (applicable adopted year of publication)
Article 680: Swimming Pools, Fountains, and Similar Installations
US EPA - 40 CFR 122.26
osHA - cFR 1910-146
APHA - Model Swimming Pool Code
CDC - Proper Swimming Pool Design
CDC - Water Slide Flumes
CDC - Public Spas and Hot lubsv. UL - Green Book
w. UL - Yellow Bookx The Chlorine lnstitute - Safety at Nonresidential Poolsy. lnternational Building Code (lBC) applicable adopted year of publication
z. International Fire Code (lFC) applicable adopted year of publication
1. Chapters on Hazardous Materials, Corrosive Materials, Oxidizers and any other
applicable chapters
aa. ANSI - Standard 14.3 tor Ladders and Safety Equipment
bb. ASME - Standard A13.1 for pipe labeling and marking code
1.14 RELATED WORK AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR:
General responsibilities of the General Contraclor shall be as follows:
Harmful Chemicals: No contractor or his workmen shall place any acid or alkaline chemicals or oil
in contact with pool which will be injurious to the pool or materials or prevent the pool finish from
bonding to the pool structure.
Contact with Other Systems: General Contractor shall not hang or connect pipe, electrical
conduit, or any other materials to the pool system.
The General Contractor shall furnish labor, material, services, equipment, and appliances
necessary to perform the following work in connection with installation of the swimming pool, as
required by the approved drawings and specified herein:
Locations: General Contractor shall be responsible for horizontal dimensions and grade
elevations accurately from established lines and bench marks, as required by the drawings, and
be responsible for those grades.
Safeguards: Provide, erect and maintain all necessary barricades, signs, lights and flares to
protect workmen and the public.
The general contractor is responsible for implementing and enforcing a confined-space entry
safety plan per OSHA prior to performing any work in the surge/balancing tank.
Provide temporary light, heat, water, and power service to installation area, as may be needed for
construction. Provide water to fill pool.
Precaulion: Do not bring in or operate compaction equipment, trucks or other heavy equipment
within five feet of any pool wall or other pool components.
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-5
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28.2008
Responsibility for Damage: The General Conlraclor shall protecl lhe pool from damage during
back-filling and deck installation and shall be responsible for the cost of repairs for damage to lhe
pool caused by his construction equipment and/or workmen.
Sub-Drain: General Contraclor shall provide and install permanenl sub-drain system
underneath pool in areas where there is a potential for groundwater.
Site Preparation: The General Contractor shall provide all site preparation per lhe
recommendations of the soils report lo ready the site for the pool excavation and pool installation
requiremenls. Also see Section 2300 -Earthwork.
Site Preparation Structural Backfill: Also see Section 2300 -Earthwork. General Contractor shall
thoroughly compact any backfill lhat is around or supports any pool piping equipment or
components to 95% Modified Proctor. ll shall be compacted in 8' loose layers to 95% of
maximum dry density based on ASTM D1557. All fill shall be tested. Contractor will be
responsible for any damage to the work as a result of that compaction.
Engineered backfill that will surround gunite/shotcrete pool walls shall be capable of being
excavated such that vertical pool walls may have gunite applied direclly against soil with no back
forming. This soil should be a well graded granular material with no more than 'l2o/o of material
passing a #200 sieve- The maximum aggregate size shall be +/- 1'and shall be capable of being
excavated to form a vertical wall. Back forming is approved for the first 1'-6" of pool wall as
measured from lhe top of the pool deck elevation. Written approval from the architecVpool
engineer is required prior to performing any back forming of pool walls unless backforming is
explicitly allowed for on the plans.
Any necessary backfill around pool walls shall be a granular backfill. Granular backfill shall be a
'pea' gravel or /," lo 172" minus gap-graded gravel, as specified by the Soils Engineer. Any back
filling around pool walls is the responsibility of the General Contractor unless othenarise noted
(UON) on the plans or in this specification.
Disposal: Remove excess and unsuitable soil and materials. Dispose of said malerials on or off
the site as direcled by the Architecl or Owner. This includes excess soil as a result of the pool
excavation. Pool contractor is responsible to stockpile excess soil on site at General Contractor's
direction.
Concrete Work: General Conlraclor shall construct pump pit(s), backwash sump(s), and
surge/balancing tank of reinforced concrete as per Architeclural drawing, pool drawings and
structural drawings. Coordinale between all drawings and notify architect immediately if a
discrepancy is found.
Surge/Balancing Tank, Backwash Sump Pit General Contractor shall provide and install
continuous Ribbed Center-bulb water stops at all joints of ihe surge/balancing tank and
backwash sump pit. The waterstops shall be compatible with the concrete system, the liquids
and/or chemicals to be contained or controlled, and be able to be subjected to the hydrostatic
pressures created within the tank. The General Conlractor shall fill any holes created by form ties
with neat cement. Concrete finish of Surge Tank shall be as smooth as possible as to receive two
coals of "Thoroseal" waterproofing in accordance with manutacturer's directions (Thoroseal
waterproofing by Pool Contractor). The General Contractor shall coordinate with the pool
contractor for method of finishing tank.
The General Contractor shall provide the aluminum access hatch (or galvanized manhole cover
and frames) for the surge/balancing tank. See Architectural drawings and specifications for type
of access halch specified. Also provide non-corrosive plastic ladder rungs for the surge tank.
Provide floor drains in the backwash sump pits and the pump pits. Provide galvanized guardrails
around all pits and elevaled slabs (typical all equipment rooms).
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
T
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-6
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town ofVail PERMIT SET
1.15
March 28, 2008
Chemical Storage Rooms: Chemical storage rooms and hardware shall be constructed of
corrosive-resistant materials. Walls shall be Concrete or CMU. Venlilation provided by the
Mechanical Contraclor.
Sleeves: The General Contractor is responsible for the installation of all pipe sleeves, couplings,
and O-rings that require instrallation prior lo placement of concrete tanks, pits, and foundalion
walls. The pool contractor shall provide to lhe general contractor all sleeves and PVC couplings
with O-rings to be installed in the foundation walls, and other locations shown on drawings. The
pool contractor shall provide to the general contractor all mechanical seals to be installed in the
surge tank.
lf the Pool Contractor fails to coordinate this work wilh the General Conlractor and provide the
required sleeves, couplings, and O-rings and the required sleeves are not installed, the Pool
Conlractor is responsible for concrete removal and installation of the sleeves or for any core-
drilling required (only if allowed by struclural engineer).
lf the General Contractor fails to install the sleeves, couplings, and O-rings as coordinated by the
Pool Conlractor, the General Contraclor is responsible for concrete removal and installation of
the sleeves or for any core-drilling required (only if allowed by slructural engineer).
Equipotential Bonding Grid: The General Contractor shall provide the equipotential bonding grid
around the pool perimeter per the requirements of the National Electric Code, Article 680.
Deck Slab: Deck Contractor shall place pool deck slab. Pool deck slab shall be placed after pool
instiallation has been completed and shall include the deck expansion joints with polysulfide
sealant, as detailed on the pool plan and details (including expansion joints with polysulfide
sealanl resislant to the effects of chemically treated water between the back of coping and pool
deck).
Deck Sleeves/ Anchors: General Contractor shall install all deck sleeves and anchors for deck
mounted pool equipment. General Contractor shall coordinate with Pool Drawings and Pool
Conlractor for exact location and installation requirements. General Contractor shall provide
footings or thicken deck slabs as required by manufacturer's installation instructions lo
accommodale deck embeds and anchors. The Pool Conlractor shall provide all sleeves and
anchors to the General Conlractor as required.
Protecting Pool: General Contractor shall take every practical precaution to prevent concrete
from spattering on the tile and coping, including covering same with protective materials. lf splash
occurs, wash off while still wet, any concrete which appears on these elements. Any damaged or
broken tile or material shall be immediately repaired.
Clean-up: Keep the pool excavation and pool shell free of construction residue and waste
materials of his workmen or subcontractors, removing said material from the pool should it
collect.
Site Storage: Protect materials and equipment stored on job site.
Coordination at Slart-up: Provide representative at time of pool start-up to coordinate work
related to pool system.
RELATED WORK AND RESPONSIBILITY UNDER MECHANICAL DIVISION:
General responsibilities of the Mechanical/Plumbing contractor shall be as follows:
Harmful Chemicals: MechanicaliPlumbing Contractor shall not place any acid, alkaline chemicals
or oil in contact with pool which will be injurious to pool or malerials or prevent the pool finish
from bonding to the gunite pool slructure-
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-7
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28,2008
Contact with Other Systems: Mechanical/Plumbing Contractor shall not hang or connect pipe,
eleclrical conduit, or any other materials to the pool syslem unless specifically approved in
writing.
The MechanicaliPlumbing Contractor under Mechanical Division shall perform the following
related work in accordance with plans and specifications:
Provide drains and connect waste piping from equipmenl room floor drains, backwash pit drains
and pump pit drains to sanitary sewer lines.
Provide drains and drain lines from outdoor pool deck drains to storm sewer line.
Supply and install heat exchangers (if applicable) and/or interconnecting gas piping, gas vent,
gas pressure relief vent, ventilation and combustion air louvers, steam, hot water, and other
necessary mechanical items required for the pool heaters or heat exchangers.
Provide ventilation of the chemical slorage rooms to the outside.
Furnish and run the culinary water supply lines to the point or points shown on the drawings.
Provide a hose bib(s) per code requirements.
Provide a recessed deck mounted hose bib(s) tvith the minimum and maximum required psi for
hydraulic handicap lift(s) in the locations shown on the plans.
Supply and install emergency shower/eyewash with tepid water and drain line at the locations
shown on the pool drawings.
Coordination at Start-up: Provide representative at the time of pool start-up lo coordinate work
related to the pool system.
1.16 RELATED WORK AND RESPONSIBILIW UNDER ELECTRICAL DIVISION:
General responsibilities of the Electrical Contractor under Electrical Division shall be as follows:
Provide electrical service (of adequate type and capacily required for the projecl) to equipment
and underwaler lights. Furnish all panels, start-stop stations, motor starters, conduit, disconnects,
junction boxes, and wiring. Make all electrical connections to pool equipment and underwater
lights including line voltage control wiring at the direction of lhe pool contractor. The pool
conlraclor is responsible for low voltage (non-line voltage) control wiring, connections and any
reouired conduil.
Be responsible for proper calibration, adjustment, and arrangement of terminal connections of
wires to control equipment.
Perform all required grounding and bonding for pumps, filters, heaters / heat exchangers, lights,
and other pool equipment in accordance wilh the National Electric Code Article 680 as well as
state and local codes.
Furnish and install a Ground Fault lnterrupter (G.F.l.) for all pool lights and other required
equipment together with any and all other outlets and equipment in or around the pool as per
N.E.C. Article 680.
Furnish and run all power to the chemical conlrol system, chemical feed pumps, and control
circuits to the support equipment.
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010€
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
1.17
1.18
1.19
1.20
March 28, 2008
for the pool boiler(s) at the entrance to theFurnish and install an emergency shufoff switch
equipment room per code requirements.
lnterlock the heating syslem controls, filter control syslem, and chemical control systems to the
main pool pump as described on the pool plans and as directed by the pool contractor.
Interlock the chemical control system wilh the chemical feed system as described on the pool
plans and as directed by the pool contractor.
Furnish any lemporary power needed by the General or Pool Contractor for de-watering, tools,
etc., if required.
The well poinl or de-watering equipment (if required) musl be continuously operated during pool
construction. Therefore electrical service for such equipment must be sufficient to provide
conlinuous service exclusive of temporary electrical service requiremenls of others.
Coordination at Start-Up: Provide representatives at the time of pool start-up to coordinate work
related to pool system.
RELATED WORK AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF OWNER:
General responsibilities of the Owner shall be as follows:
Harmful Chemicals: No one shall place any acid or alkaline chemicals or oil in contact with pool
which will be injurious to the pool materials or prevent the pool finish from boriding to the gunite
structure.
Contact with Other Systems: No one shall hang or connecl pipe, electrical conduit, or any other
materials to the pool system unless specifically approved in writing by Pool Contractor.
Provide the following personal safety ilems: goggles, rubber aprons and rubber gloves.
Acknowledge receipt of operating Instructions at lime of start-up.
The Owner shall provide the following repeated services:
Provide the designated pool operator(s) to the pool conlractor for instruction and training at the
time of initial filling. Make lhem available continuously (8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through
Friday) unlil acceptance of project-
Maintain the watertight integrity of all pool deck joints around pool for the life of the pool to
minimize differential seltlement and to protect against the effects of water in the soils below.
LAYOUTWORK:
Before any pool excavation or construction is commenced, the Pool Contractor shall place batter
boards permanently locating the perimeler of the swimming pool. Pool area shall be excavated to
an even grade with forms denoting the exterior line of pool shell.
DIMENSION AND DESIGN:
The pneumatically applied concrete walls along with lhe gunite or poured in place concrete floor
shall be in accordance wilh the drawings and specificalions. All pneumatically applied concrete
shall be placed as far as possible in one continuous operation.
EXCAVATION AND GRADING:
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-9
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
1.22
't.23
March 28. 2008
The Pool Contractor shall provide all labor and necessary equipment for rough machine
excavation of pool areas (including over-excavation iflas required on plans or in soils report). The
Pool Contractor shall also fumish all necessary labor and equipmenl required for hand trimming
of pool excavation and sutsgrade preparalion of the pool excavation. The Pool Contractor shall
be fully responsible for directing all excavation operations in order to obtain proper depths and
contours for the swimming pool. The pool contractor is responsible for all subgrade preparalion,
scarification, moisture conditioning of soil, recompaction of 8 to 10" of subgrade soil at bottom of
excavation, installalion and compaction of engineered fill (iflas required on plans), and installation
and compaction of '12" of free draining gravel. See pool plans and soils report for additional
requirements. The pool contractor shall have the project Geotechnical Engineer review
excavations for unsuitable soils prior to subgrade preparations.
The pool contractor is responsible for removal of excess soil to a location on site as directed by
the General Contractor. Removal of excess soil and materials from the site is the responsibility of
the General Contractor and shall be done as directed by the ArchitecUOwner.
Excavation for pool shall be done in the following manner:
The rough excavation and hand trim shall be carried on as one operation to aid in eliminating
over-excavation (when nol required). In order to obtain an even wall line, the excavation shall be
cut lo exact shape of vertical and curved portion of wall and shall be checked in vertical position
with a carpenter's level. Floor area shall be fine graded by placing of screeds at intervals.
Any voids which may occurdue to over-excavation or from removal of boulders shall be filled wilh
a lean mixture of concrele or earth compacted to 95% Proctor.
A tolerance of plus one inch shall be allowed in the excavation sub grade.
All surplus excavaled material shall be disposed of by the General Conlractor legally or as
directed by the Architect. After completion of pool excavation, to prevent movement during
shooting of pneumatically applied concrete, one inch thick strips shall be nailed to top of forms,
the ends of which denote interior face of pool shell. A laut ground wire shall be anchored to the
end of these strips. Purpose of this wire is to act as a cutting line for interior face of pool shell.
PLACE FITTINGS:
The Pool Contractor shall place, before commencing the concrete work, all piping, all fittings, all
special pool and deck equipment anchors, receptacles, or mounting shells for under water lights
that are to be embedded in concrele and shall be responsible for their positioning in accordance
with the drawings.
GROUNDING AND BONDING:
After placing pool reinforcing and fittings, but before shooting, or placing concrete surfaces, the
Pool Contractor shall install all the bonding and grounding circuits required for steel
reinforcement, grab rails, handrails, handicap lifi, deck anchors, and all other metal items in or
around the pool per NEC article 680. The contractor shall extend the bonding and grounding
systems to the equipment room in accordance with lhe requirements of the National Electrical
Code, Article 680, No concrete shall be applied to pool surfaces unlil this requirement is complied
with and the proper electrical inspection has been made and approval received.
BACKFILL:
Any necessary backfill around pool walls shall be a granular backfill. Granular backfill shall be a
"pea" gravel ot y," lo 1/2" minus gap-graded gravel, as specified by the Soils Engineer. Any back
lilling around pool walls is the responsibility of the General Contractor (per Section 1 .12
RELATED WORK AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR).
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
1.21
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-10
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
1-24
't.25
March 28, 2008
I
I 2.o2
2.03
2.04
I
T
I
I
I
I
T
DEWATERING:
lf the pool is conslrucled in a hydro-static area, the Pool Contraclor shall install lhe necessary
gravel pack well point or points and permanent piping for his use during construction. A readily
accessible connection to this system for the future use of the Owner shall be provided. The
method of this de-watering system shall be approved by the Architect and Pool Engineer prior to
excavation. Also see Civil Drawings and/or Mechanical Drawings for sub-drain designs.
DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES:
Pools shall have pool wall to pool wall dimension tolerances of within +l-/2" of those specified on
the plans. Tolerances shall be consistent for each dimension of the pool for the entire length or
width of the pool.
PART 2 - MATERIALS AND METHODS OF INSTALLATION:
2.01 STEEL REINFORCEMENT:
All reinforcing steel shall be standard sizes of deformed bars equal to the requirements of the
"Standard Specilications for Billet Steel, Concrete Reinforcemenl", intermediate grade, serial
designation A615 with required grade designation per plans (for each pool) as adopted by the
American Society for Testing Materials.
All reinforcing steel shall be in place before concrete placing is commenced, shall be new, free
from dirt, oil, paint, and mill scale, shall be positioned and of the size indicated on the drawings,
and secured by not less than 16 gauge annealed tie wire. Concrele blocks shall be used to insure
proper spacing.
Wall and slab steel shall be securely wired togelher al as many points as necessary where bars
cross to insure their maintaining their position. Splices shall be slaggered a minimum of 4 -0", and
laps shall be not less than 40 diameters.
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:
After placing pool reinforcing, bul before shooting concrete surfaces, lhe Pool Contractor shall
insure proper bonding and grounding circuils have been provided and tesled for continuity by the
Eleclrical Contractor to steel reinforcement, slab, rails, ladders, slide slructures, and all other
metal items in or around the pool., as required by the National Electrical Code, Adicle 680. No
concrele shall be applied to pool surfaces until requirement is complied wilh. See Electrical
Division.
CEMENT:
All cement for concrete work shall conform to the requirements of the "Standard Specifications for
the Portland Cement", serial designation C-150 of the ASTM and shall be Type 1, and, except
where transit-mixed concrete is to be employed, shall be delivered to the job site in original
packages adequately prolected from the weather during storage.
SAND AND GUNITE:
Concrete sand shall consist of clean, hard, sharp particles. The moisture content shall not exceed
5%. The sand shall be well graded in size within the following limits:
Percenl by weight
Passing through 3/8" screen 100
SWIMM]NG POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 13001 0-11
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28. 2008
Passing through #4 mesh sieve 98 to 100
Passing through #8 mesh sieve 70 to 95
Passing through #16 mesh sieve 60 to 85
Passing through #30 mesh sieve 45 to 65
Passing through #50 mesh sieve 15 to 35
Passing through #100 mesh sieve 0 to 5
Proportions shall be one part cemenl to four and one half parts concrete sand by volume, mixed
dry in an adequate mixing machine for a period of not less lhan one minule after materials have
been added. Hydrations shall occur at the nozzle of the cemenl gun, using just enough water so
that no slump shall occur. Air pressure at lhe cement gun shall not be less than 45 pounds nor
more than 70 pounds when the material hose is 200 feet in length or less. Air pressure shall be
increased 5 pounds for each additional 50 feet of material hose used, but not more lhan 300 feet
of material hose shall be used unless approved by the Architect. Water pressure at the gun
nozzle shall be maintained at nol less than 15 pounds greater than the air pressure at the gun-
Concrete shall attain a minimum 28 day strength of 3000 psi.
The structural concrete shall be applied against undisturbed soil or thoroughly compacted earth
that will not yield during application of the concrete. Pool floors shall be placed on top of a 12'
layer of gravel. This gravel layer shall, if required, tie into a sub-drain system (Verify with Civil
and/or Mechanical Drawings). The gravel under lhe pool shall be placed on top of compacted
natural soils or engineered fill as shown on drawings and outlined in soils report. The entire pool
area shall be over-excavated and prepared in accordance wilh the soils report and this
specification. A permanent sub-drain system underneath pool shall be inslalled in areas where
there is a potential for groundwater or as required in the soils report (sub-drain system designed
by civil and/or mechanical engineer). Also see civil and/or mechanical drawings. Any
engineered fill soil under the pool floor slab shall be compacted to 95% Modified Proctor prior to
placement of gravel. Back forming is approved for the top 1 -6" of pool wall as measured from the
top of the pool deck elevation. Written approval from the ArchitecVPool Engineer for any
additional back forming that may be required must be obtained prior to bidding unless explicitly
allowed for on the drawings. Failure of the pool contractor to obtain permission prior to the bid
releases lhe owner of any potential future claim or change orders related to additional forming
that is performed. Where concrete is applied against existing concrete, or forms, the initial coat
shall be proportioned of one part of cement lo three parts of sand to reduce rebound. The
concrete surface or forms shall be thoroughly cleaned and drenched with water at least twice on
the day before placing the concrete. Surfaces upon which concrete is to be applied shall be
sufficiently damp to prevent excessive absorption of water content in lhe concrete mix, bul nol so
wet as to overcome suction.
Concrete deposited on the vertical surfaces shall be shot at a right angle to the surface, starting
at the bottom and continuing upward. lt shall be built-up layers of a thickness that will not slump,
allowing sufficient time between the placing of layers for inilial set to take place. All loose, fine
aggregate or rebound shall be removed from the surface before placing the succeeding layers,
and whenever possible the first layer shall entirely cover the reinforcing sleel in order to secure it
in its proper position.
An acceptable alternate is pneumalically placed concrete ulilizing a ready-mixed pre-wetted
shotcrete designed for a minimum of 3,000 psi and delivered to the job with the minimum amount
of water required for hydration and placing so as to minimize shrinkage, and not to exceed a
slump of 3%". Contractors electing to utilize this method shall provide adequate qualification data
together with the mix design to the Architect and Pool Engineer for his approval prior to starting
the work.
Only experienced foremen, gunmen, and nozzlemen shall be employed, and satisfactory written
evidence of such experience shall be presented to the Architect or Pool Engineer upon demand.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SWIMM]NG POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-12
I
t
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28,2008
I 2.05
2.06
2.07
2.08
2.09
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
No concrete shall be applied during rain or excessive wind or heat if the pool area is open to the
weather, and any such material that has been newly placed shall, if necessary, be protecled from
rain by means of polyethylene, PVC sheet or other covering until the surface is set-
Concrete pool floors that are cast-in-place shall be allowed to dry for one week before the gunite
walls are placed, to allow for floor contraclion/shrinkage.
Prior to applying pool finish any cracks appearing in the gunile (concrete) shall be routed and
filled with an epoxy sealant.
All gunite and concrete shall have at least 28 days of cure time before the pool finish may be
applied.
POOL FLOOR:
The sub grade shall be thoroughly wetted before concrete is placed. The pool floor may be
constructed of gunite in accordance with the specifications above lo achieve a minimum 28 day
strength of 3,000 p.s.i.
As an alternate, the pool floor may be cast in place, with no more than a 3%" slump, and a
minimum 28 day slrength of 3,000 p.s.i. The concrete shall have a water reducing retarder
added, Plastiment or equal, al a minimum rate of two fluid ounces per bag of cement, per
manufacturers recommendations according to the day time temperatures. Exact proportions of
four to eight fluid ounces shall be determined by test at the job site. The concrete mix shall
contain an average of 3% air entrainmenl.
The joint between the wall and the floor shall have a 1-112" verlical surface and a tapered feather
joint tapered at 45 degrees from the face of the pool wall- Jusl prior to guniting, clean lhe joinl in
accordance with the ACI specifications for shotcrete to assure a proper bond between concrete
surfaces (apply a slurry of neat cement or other approved bonding agent to insure adequate bond
as recommended by ACI).
After finishing, lhe floor shall be covered with plastic sheeting for a period of five days. No curing
comoound will be allowed.
Prior to applying pool finish any cracks appearing in lhe gunite (concrete) shall be routed and
filled with an epoxy sealant.
All gunite and/or concrete shall have at least 28 days of cure time before the pool finish may be
applied.
NOT USED:
INITIAL CURING:
All structural concrete shall be kept conlinuously wet for a minimum period of seven days, or as
necessary to insure proper initial cure or adequate coverings with plastic sheeting through the
curing period- No curing compound will be allowed.
POOL SHELL DIMENSIONAL TEST:
Check size and dimensions of pool shell for deviations from design drawings as directed by
Architect. Corrections shall be made if directed.
POOL SHELL APPEARANCE:
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-13
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
2.10
2.11
March 28,2008
Pool shell shall be free from cracks, honeycombing, spills, voids, and other defects. Any cracks
appearing in the gunite (concrete) shall be routed and filled with an epoxy sealant prior to
application of pool finish. Surfaces shall have adequate roughness and levelness in order to
provide a proper surface for ceramic tile and/or plaster. Pool Contractor to roughen with a bush
hammer or other approved method if directed by the Pool Engineer or Architect.
COPING STONES:
Coping stones are to be instralled with a 1/8" tolerance in elevation around lhe entire perimeter of
the swimming pool using a laser type level or approved equivalenl. Coping stones shall have low
water absorption and be suitable for swimming pool construction in a freezelthaw climate.
TILE:
Depth marker tiles for the swimming pool walls shall be glazed ceramic 6" x 6" white tile, with 4"
black block numerals, frost-proof. Horizontal depth markers on pool deck shall be 6" x 6" white
non-skid, with 4" black block numerals, frost-proof. Contrasting tiles near the pool step nosing,
near the bench nosing, break line, lap lanes, and targets shall be 2" x 2" unglazed ceramic tile
(color by architect). Acceptable lile manufactures for depth and deck markings are In-lays, Inc. or
approved equal. All ceramic tile shall be Dal Tile, American Olean, KlinkerSire, or approved
equal. All tiles shall be resistant to chemical attack, shall have a water absorption of 0.5% or less,
resist fading, and be designed for use in a swimming pool or spa environment-
All other tile shall be frost proof glazed ceramic tile on vertical surfaces and frost proof unglazed
ceramic tile on horizontal surfaces (unless otheuise noted on the plans or as selected by the
Architect), in the size, style, and lrim selection specified on drawings. Tile shall be Dal Tile, or
approved equal, color selection by architect.
Samples of all tiles lo be used in the pool shall be submitted to the Architect for color selection.
Submit to Architect samples of all available finishes and colors, including premium colors for
seleclion.
All setting and laying of tile, and all materials and labor required for completion of the tile work
shall be in accordance with lhe latest basic specifications issued by the Tile Manufacture/s
Association, except as otherwise noted herein or shown on the drawings. All work shall be
performed by mechanics skilled in the trade. Tile shall remain whole and firmly in place. Tile
shall be placed flush and even with each other, parallel to the deck surface or coping stones, and
shall have clean culs. Grout lines of tile shall line up unless otherwise approved by the Architect.
Tile shall be placed flush and even with each other within a tolerance of plus or minus one-eighth
inch. All tile shall be frost-proof in regions with freezing wealher.
Provide walerproofing compound to provide walertight finish. All waterproofing, adhesives, tiles,
and grouts used in the pool shall provide a water tight finish and shall be suitable for use in
freezelthaw climates.
Setting materials:
Flexible acrylic Latex Portland Cemenl Mortar: Mapei - KERABOND/KERALASTIC, white color,
two component flexible mortar syslem conforming to ANSI 41 18.10 standards or approved equal.
Flexible Fast Setting Latex Hydraulic Mortar: Mapei - KER 318 GRANURAPID, white color, two.
componenl, flexible latex hydraulic thin-set mortar conforming to ANSI A1 18.10 standards or
approved equal.
Grouting malerials:
Sanded Tile Grout: Mapei - KER200 polymer-modified sanded Portland cement grout conforming
to ANSI A-1 18.6 slandards or approved equal.
Fasl Curing Sanded Tile Grout: Mapei - KER 700 Ultra/Color polymer-modified hydraulic sanded
tile grout conforming to ANSI 118.6 standards or approved equal.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-14
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
2.12
2.'t3
March 28. 2008
PLASTER POOL FINISHES:
The interior surface of the pool shall receive a finish coat of cement plaster. The plaster shall
produce an even surface, very hard and impervious to moisture. Prior lo plastering the enlire
shell, the pool shall be thoroughly cleaned with a 20% solution of muriatic acid. A scratch coat
shall be applied wilh a stiff broom, followed immediately with a finish coat which shall be 3/8" to
1/2' in thickness and shall be troweled into the scratch coat on the rough gunite. ll shall be
floated to a uniform plane and troweled to a smooth, dense, impervious surface, exercising
extreme care to avoid stains.
All plasler shall be installed in accordance with the specificalions of the National Plaster's
Council. No plaster coat shall be applied during rain, and any such material that has been newly
placed shall, if necessary, be protected from the rain by means of polyethylene or PVC sheet until
the surface has set. No plasler shall be applied during wind. Any plaster coat newly applied shall,
if necessary, be protected from the dirt that might be blown on the fresh surfaces using
polyethylene or PVC sheet to protect the surfaces until they have set. All plaster surfaces shall be
applied by mechanics skilled in the lrade. Plaster finish shall be vacuumed clean before the pool
is filled with water. The pool shall be filled with water as soon as practical after plaster has been
applied. The plaster finish shall be monitored and wetted for a period not less than 30 days or
until the finish has cured. Areas of the finish that are not conslantly submerged in water, shall be
maintained wet until finish cures such that dry checking (cracking) does not occur.
Before the end of the one year warranty period, but afler a complete season of use (including
winterizing when applicable), the pool surface shall be inspected for cracks and if any are found,
they shall be repaired by the plastering contractor.
EXPOSED AGGREGATE (PEBBLE) POOL FINISHES.
The interior surface ofthe pool shall receive an exposed aggregate (pebbled) finish as shown on
the drawings. The finish shall be an aggregate manufactured from a calcareous base and is used
in combination with cement to produce an even surface, very hard and impervious to moisture.
Exposed aggregate finishes shall use only polished aggregate, rough cut aggregate is not
acceptable- Prior to applying the finish to the entire shell, the pool shall be thoroughly cleaned
with a 20% solution of muriatic acid. A scratch coat shall be applied wilh a stiff broom, followed
immediately with a finish coat which shall be 318" to 112" in thickness and shall be troweled inlo
the scratch coat on the rough gunite. lt shall be installed to a uniform plane, smooth, dense,
impervious surface, exercising extreme care to avoid stains. Samples shall be submitted to the
Architect for pebble color, pebble color percentages and plaster color selection. Submit samples
of all available colors, including premium colors. Pool Finish colors shall be light or white in color
in accordance with local codes.
All exposed aggregate finishes shall be installed in accordance with the specifications of lhe
National Plasler's Council. No plaster or pebble finish coat shall be applied during rain, and any
such material that has been newly placed shall, if necessary, be protected from the rain by
means of polyethylene or PVC sheet until the surface has set. No plaster or pebble linish coat
shall be applied during wind. Any finish newly applied shall, if necessary, be protected from the
dirt that might be blown on the fresh surfaces using polyethylene or PVC sheet to protect the
surfaces until they have sel. All ptaster and pebble surfaces shall be applied by mechanics skilled
in the trade. Plaster and Pebble finishes shall be vacuumed clean before the pool is filled with
water. The plaster and pebble finish shall be monitored and welted for a period not less than 30
days or until the finish has cured. Areas of the pebble finishes that will not remain submerged in
water, shall be maintained wet until finish cures such that dry checking (cracking) does not occur.
Before the end of the one year warranty period, but after a complete season of use (including
winterizing when applicable), the pool surface shall be inspected for cracks and if any are found,
they shall be repaired by the plastering contractor.
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-15
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28.2008
PART 3. POOL PIPING:
3-01 EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, PIPE TESTING AND LINE FLUSHING:
Make required pipe trench excavations and backfill. No backfilling of pipe trenches shall be made
until the piping has met the proper pressure test. Backfilling of trenches shall be done in
accordance with lhe requirements specified in Section 2. All pool, filter and water lines shall be
given pressure tests. All piping leading to the pool shall be flushed clean of oil, pipe cuttings, and
other foreign matter before interior finish is placed in lhe pool. Any stains on the pool finish due to
foreign material from the piping are nol acceptable and any stained surfaces shall be deaned at
the Pool Contractor's expense.
FRESH WATER LINES:
Fresh water lines and valves shall be installed from the juncture point with lhe culinary lines as
shown on the mechanical drawings to proper locations in the swimming pool filter equipment
room as shown on the drawings- See Mechanical Division for material types to be used, point of
connections, additional requirements.
The fresh water lines and manual shut ofi-valve shall be installed to the point of connection
shown on the mechanical drawings by the Mechanical Contractor. Pool contractor shall extend
piping from this point of connection to locations noted on the pool drawings. All fresh water piping
shall be completed in accordance with Mechanical Division- Pool contractor is responsible for
coordination with the Mechanical contractor to assure installations are provided and properly
located-
POOL PIPING:
3.02
3.03
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
Furnish and install all piping, pipe fittings, and valves from the pool fittings to the junctures
indicated on the drawings. Make necessary pipe trenching and do necessary back-filling,
including sand bedding at 95% compaction, as required for piping and other work as hereunder
specified to complete lhe pool plumbing installation as shown on the drawings and in the
specifications. Piping is shown on drawings in diagrammalic form (U.O.N.) to indicate work to be
done rather than show exact routing and locations. Make use of all data in contract documents,
verify against developed field conditions, and install work in an orderly anangement in a manner
to overcome structural and mechanical interference. Piping and necessary valves should be
placed such that the pool can be winterized (including all piping and components). All piping and
components shall be installed in a manner lo avoid freezing. Also see olher divisions for
additional pipe trenching requiremenls.
3.04 OUTLETS, SKIMMER, AND RETURN PIPING:
All pool piping and fittings shall be Schedule 40 or Schedule 80 NSF approved PVC as shown on
the drawings. All piping shall be as manufactured by R & G Sloane, Spears, or approved equal.
All piping under or in pool shall be fully encased in concrete unless otherwise noted on the
drawings.
All piping lo and from the pool shall be hydrostatically tested at 50 p.s.i. before any pipe is
concealed. Pipe shall be maintained tight at this pressure for a minimum of 24 hours. All piping
shall be maintained tight with 5 p.s.i. of pressure until it is the appropriate time for plastering.
Pressure Tests: Hydrostatically test all water piping systems. Do not pneumatically pressure
test. Conducl tesls in accordance with ANSI 831.1 and as follows: Test piping systems afier the
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-16
t
I
t
I
I
T
t
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28,2008
I
I
3.05
t
I 3.06
I
| 3.07
lines have been cleaned as herein before specified. Test the piping system at a pressure of 50
p.s.i. with water not exceeding 100 deg. F. Before tests, remove or isolate gages, traps, and
other apparatus subject to damage by lest pressure. lnstall calibrated test gage in system to
observe any loss of pressure. Close off system and retain required pressure for one hour
minimum and then inspect all joints and connections for leakage. Maintain specified pressure in
all lines for a minimum of 24 hours. Maintain the above specified pressure in all lines throughout
the remaining construction period. Each trade should verify the pressure maintenance before
and after completion of work to insure piping integrity- All failures shall be satisfactorily repaired
and the complete test performed again. Contractor shall log and maintain records of pressure test
on site and maintained in contractors job file. Such logs shall be presented to engineer upon
request.
Test Gages: Pressure test gages shall be currently certified as being accurate to within 1 percenl
of their full scale. Use gages with maximum scale belween 'l-112 and 2 times the test pressure.
Factory Tests: Factory test prefabricated piping sections and fittings to ensure compliance with
this specification and to prove integrily of joints.
General: The Pool Contractor shall furnish all equipment and apparatus required for performing
the inspections and tests, except water supplied by Owner, and shall correct all defects and
repeat respeclive inspections and tests, as required for final approval.
FILTER ROOM PIPING AND F]TTINGS:
The fiher room piping shall be Schedule 40 PVC, Schedule 80 PVC, or CPVC with flanged PVC
or CPVC fittings with the exception of pool heater/heat exchanger headers (and piping wilhin 10'
of heat heaters) which shall be Type L hard drawn copper tubing with seamless wrought copper
fittings or CPVC fittings. All metal bolts, connectors, and other fasteners shall be stainless sleel
Filter room piping shall be identified by tagging and/or color coding. Piping flow shall be indicated
by directional arows on the piping.
CHEMICAL SOLUTION PIPING:
Chlorine and hydrochloric acid piping shall be Schedule 80 PVC pipe and fittings (solvent weld).
Chorine and hydrochloric acid tubing and fittings shall be polyproplyne. Carbon dioxide piping
shall be polyethylene tubing.
Atl Chemical piping that runs underground (or in inaccessible locations) shall be double
containment piping. Underground or inaccessible double-containment piping shall be oversized
and use sweep elbows to allow chemical tubing to be pulled through the piping in the future.
Chemical solution piping and tubing contents shall be identified by color coding and/or tagging.
Flow direction of chemical solulion piping and tubing shall be provided. The piping and tubing
identifications shall be in compliance with all applicable requirements of local codes, health
department, the IFC and ASME A13.1.
Chemical solution piping shall be installed with clip supports or hangers al 4'-0" c.c. max spacing.
Chemical solulion tubing shall be anchored to wall or ceiling @ 3'-0" c.c. max.
VALVES:
All valves for pool piping 3" and smaller shall be PVC ball valves, ASAHI American "Omni" or
approved equal.
All valves for chemical piping 3" and smaller shall be PVC ball valves, ASAHI American "Omni" or
approved equal.
I
I
I
T
I
I
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES t 30010-17
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
3.08
3.09
3.10
March 28.2008
All valves 4' and larger shall be butterfly valves ASAHI American "Pool Pro" or approved equal.
Butterfly valves are to be manufactured of PVC with reinforced disks with stainless steel shafts.
Valves shall be capable to handle hydrostatic pressures up to 100 p.s.i. without leaking. Valve
stems and extensions shall be of stainless steel with adequate support.
Valves 4" and 6" shall be lever operated. Valves 8" and above shall be gear operated (except as
noted on the plans)- Valves 8" and above which are located in surge tanks shall be gear operated
with handle extensions and the gear located above the concrete lid of the surge tank.
All check valves shall be Cooper Cameron Techno Thermoplastic Check Valves, 5001 PVC
flanged type check valves, size as required.
Pressure sustaining valve shall be hydraulically operated, single diaphragm-actuated. The valve
shall consist of three major components: the body with seat installed, lhe cover with bearings,
installed and the diaphragm assembly. The diaphragm assembly shall be the only moving part
and shall form a sealed chamber in the upper portion of the valve, separating operating pressure
from line pressure.
All flange bolts and nuts shall be 304 stainless steel. All components in the surge tank shall be
PVC, stainless steel as indicated on the drawings or in the specifications.
ldentify valves by tagging and/or color coding.
MAKING UP PIPE:
All pipe shall be cleaned of scale, sand, did, and rust before installation. The ends of threaded
pipe shall be reamed out full size, threads cut with new dies, and not more than two full threads
shall be left exposed when the joint is made up.
Offsets shall be made with fittings. Pipe shall not be bent at any lime except where copper water
tubing, Type L is used. Offsels may be bent, but the radius of the bend must be such that no
deformalion of the tubing shall occur.
Joints for PVC Pipe: PVC pipe shall be cut square with a pipe cutter or a sharp saw. Free the
joint of the feathered edged and ream to full size as necessary. Apply a cleaner and a liberal coat
of solvenl to the oulside of the pipe and in the fitting making sure that the coated area is equal to
the depth of the fitting socket. Insert the pipe quickly into the fitting and turn the pipe
approximately 15 degrees so that the fitling does no push off the pipe. Do not intemlpt the
solvent welding of the joint once the solvent is applied. Wipe off all excess solvent to prevent
weakening of the joints. Be sure that in going to the next joint that the pipe is not twisted,
disturbing the lasl completed joint.
Joints in copper waler tubing shall be thoroughly cleaned and made tight with a good grade of
tin-lead solder making sure that the enlire joint is properly sealed throughout its full area.
Joints in screw piping shall be made of lhe Grinneli Stainless Pipe Joint Cement.
PITCH OF PIPES:
Horizontal drainage lines shall be supported to a uniform slope. All piping shall be installed so as
lo avoid unnecessary turns in order that friction loss may be kept at a minimum. Piping shall be
installed in order to prevent air traps. The minimum slope for all suction and return piping shall
be a minimum 0.25% pitch.
PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
T
t
I
I
rIt
I
I
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-18
I
t
t
I
I
T
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28.2008
The pipe hangers shall be adjustable BJine Figure 83105 stainless steel or equal. Pipe supporls
shall be adjustable BJine Figure 83092 stainless steel saddle support with Figure 830887
stainless sleel stand or approved equal. Pipe hangers and supports shall be constructed of
stainless steel and shalt be located as needed to adequately support all piping and components.
Pool contractor may fabricate special hangers or supports subject to approval of the Architect.
PVC piping shall not be unsupported for lengths in excess of four (4) feet. Provide adequate
supports and spacing as to avoid pipe sagging between supports and to support against the
effecls of water hammer. All pool piping larger than 3" must be supported for seismic loads in
accordance with the Internalional Building Code. The Pool contractor is responsible for the
design and installation of all seismic bracing.
3.11 ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION - EQUIPMENT:
Fumish, assemble, and install a complete operational piping, filter, heating, chemical feed and
sanitizing system and other mechanical equipment for pool as shown on drawings, and in
accordance with the instruction furnished by the manufacturer supplying such equipment.
Drawings indicate in diagram form the desired arrangement of the principal apparatus, piping,
and equipment, and shall be followed as closely as practicable, exercising care in the work to
secure proper head room and space conditions and a neat and workmanlike arrangemenl of
piping and valves.
Furnish suitable tags for marking all valves. Provide identification and signs as required for the
valves for the chemical solution piping per requirements of the International Fire Code, Section
27.
Obtain complete instructions for installing and operating all mechanical equipment. No
equipment shall be put into operation without the assistance of a qualified operalor familiar with
the operalion of such equipment.
POOL FITTINGS:
OUTLET FRAME AND GRATES (FITTINGS):
The outlets frame and grate(s) shall be white cycolac unless otherwise noted on drawings. All
outlet fittings shall meet the requirements and be listed to the ASME/ANSI A112.19.8M-1987
standards for Suction Fittings for Use in Swimming Pools, Wading Pools, Spas, Hot Tubs, and
Whirlpool Bathtub Appliances. Secure all grales/covers to the frame with 304 stainless steel
screws a minimum of 1 3/16" in depth. These screws shall be tamper proof. The grate shall have
sufficient vertical ribs to assure adequate strenglh against failure or bending.
INLET FITTINGS:
WALL TYPE INLET FITTINGS:
Wall type inlet fittings shall be the adjustable type, consisting of a cycolac body as shown on
plans with a removable eyeball. The inlet fitting shall produce a directional flow. An orifice shall be
sized as specified on the plans.
FLOOR TYPE INLET FITTINGS:
Floor inlet fittings shall have a Cycolac body and a Cycolac adjusting top plate with a positive
locking device. A spanner wrench shall be provided to facilitate flow adjustment. The Inlet body
shalf be provided with 1/z" solvent weld connection and internal l.P.S. threads to facilitate line
pressure testing. The flow adjustment top plate shall permil a full range of flow from closed to full
open with a vandal proof locking device at quarter turn increments.
HYDROSTATIC RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY:
PART 4 -
4.01
4.02
4.03
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-19
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
4.04
4.05
4.06
March 28- 2008 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
The hydrostatic relief valve assembly shall consist of a white "O" ring sealed frame and grate, set
over a 2" perforated PVC pipe or a fiberglass cone set in rock drainage under the lowest portion
of the pool floor. Hydroslatic relief valve assemblies shall be installed in the main drain sumps
unless othenvise noted on the drawings.
SURFACE SKIMMERS:
The surface skimmer shall be NSF approved and consisl of cycolac housing with a square or
round deck plate (submit to Architect for selection), adjustable sleeve to accommodate variations
in height, an 8" wide inlegral weir, a removable debris basket, a conlrol plate, a removable float
valve and an integral check valve in the equalizer line connection. The color of the skimmer body
shall match the pool finish. The color and shape of the skimmer lid shall match the deck finish.
Submit color choices and shaoe choices to Architect for selection.
The base of the skimmer shall incorporate two (2) 2' diameter apertures for external pipe
connections to the pump and an equalizer line. The equalizer line shall have an end fitting and a
no leak flange embedded in lhe concrele. An anli-vortex cover shall be installed on lhe equalizer
line.
ANTI-VORTEX FRAME AND COVER:
The anti-vortex frame and grate shall be cycolac colored to match pool finish (Color Selection by
Architect). All outlel fittings shall meet the requirements and be listed to the ASMUANSI
A112.19.8M-1987 standards for Suclion Fittings for Use in Swimming Pools, Wading Pools,
Spas, Hot Tubs, and Whirlpool Bathtub Appliances. Secure the grate to lhe frame with 304
slainfess steel screws a minimum oI 1 3116" in depth. Screws shall be tamper proof. Submit color
choices to Architecl for selection.
THEMPY JET INLET FITTINGS:
Therapy jet fittings shall be gunite wall type consisling of the cycolac body with an integral venturi
and mnnections for an air line. Jet fittings shall be rated for proper operation at 1B GPM of flow.
Jet fittings shall be installed at right angles to the pool wall unless othenrise specified on plans.
Therapy jet fittings shall be wall type stacked jet cycolac body complete with gasket and wall
Iitting assembly and conneclions for an air line. Jet fittings shall be rated for proper operation at
13 GPM of flow. Jet fittings shall be installed at right angles to the pool wall unless othenrvise
specified on plans.
PART 5. POOL CIRCULATION EQUIPMENT:
5.01 ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION:
Furnish, assemble, and install a complele operational pumping, piping, filter, heating, chemical
feed and chlorination system and other mechanical equipment for the pool as shown on lhe
drawings, in accordance with the inslructions furnished by the manufacturer supplying such
equipment. Install seismic anchorage for piping, filters, heaters, chlorine storage tanks, acid
storage tanks, and any other items indicated on drawings. Filter and Chemical System
Equipment shall be NSF listed. All metal connectors, bolts, washers, and other fasleners or
anchors shall be stainless steel.
Drawings indicate in diagram form the desired anangement of the principal apparatus, piping,
equipment, and shall be followed as closely as practicable, exercising care in the work to secure
proper head room and space conditions and a neat and workmanlike anangement of piping and
valves. The filtration system shall be complelely ready for operation including all piping as shown
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-20
T
t
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
I
T
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town ofVail PERMIT SET
5.O2
5.03
March 28. 2008
on the drawings. Mark all lines with flow direction indicators. Furnish suitable tags for marking all
valves.
Obtain complete inslructions for installing and operating all mechanical equipment ftom the
manufacturer. No equipment shall be put into operation without the assistance of a qualified
operating technician familiar with the operation of such equipment.
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS:
Furnish and install all pool equipment, electrical motors, underwaler lights, low voltage control
wiring, etc., as required and specified, except as specifically noled othenvise for equipment
described in this section of the specifications. Furnish underwater light wiring and conduit from
the pool to the junction boxes unless otherwise noted on drawings. Coordinate with electrical
drawings and contractor for exact locations and scope of work to make sure there are no
deficiencies. Sufficient wire is required to allow reJamping of lights on the deck and for the
Electrical Contractor to make the connections to the Junction box.
The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install all panels, starters, start-stop slations,
disconnects, junction boxes, line voltage interlocks and the running of conduit and wiring to such
motors, etc., and their connections, and furnishing such electrical equipment as specified and
shown on the drawings. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for proper calibration,
adjustment, and arrangement of terminal connections of wires to the control equipment.
All circulation pumps shall be electrically interlocked with their associaled filter control systems,
heater control systems, and chemical feed systems. Coordinate with electrical drawings and
electrical contractor to assure that this work is included in the electrical contraclor's scope of
work. Any deficiencies should be communicated to the Architect and Engineers prior to bids
being submitted.
The Pool Contractor shall coordinate with the electrical drawings and the Electrical Conlraclor to
insure that all required components of lhe work are included and fully understood so that there
are no deficiencies. No additional cost shall accrue to the Owner as a result of lack of
coordination. The Pool Contractor and the Electrical Contractor shall complete the work so as to
provide a complete operating system with no additional cost to the Owner for field wiring required
related to the equipment.
PUMP PITS, AND BACKWASH SUMP:
The concrete construction of the concrete pump pit, and backwash sumps are not part of lhis
specification seclion. See responsibilities of General Contractor listed elsewhere in this section.
The Pool Contractor, however, is responsible to coordinale with General Contractor to assure
proper installalion of plastic waterstops (if necessary) in the pump pit and backwash sump.
The pool contractor shall also line the interior of the backwash sump with two coats of
"Thoroseal". Prior to the application of "Thoroseal", the Pool Contractor shall notch any
shrinkage qacks yq" X %" and seal with W.R. Meadows "Deck-o-seal" two-part gun grade. Pool
contractor is responsible to coordinate with lhe General contractor to assure that the concrele
flnish of the surge tank and sump pits are adequate for installing "Thoroseal" in accordance wilh
manufacturer's instructions.
The pool contractor shall provide the required sleeves, couplings, and O-rings and shall
coordinate wilh the General Contractor as to their required locations and elevations. The Pool
Contraclor is responsible for the installation of all mechanical seals around pipes and for assuring
a watertight seal around all penelrations where mechanical seals are not required on the
drawings.
SWIMM]NG POOLS ANDWATER FEATURES 13001 0-21
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
5.04
5.05 - A
March 28, 2008 I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
The General Contractor is responsible for the installation of all pipe sleeves, couplings, and O-
rings that require installation prior to placement of concrete. The pool contractor shall provide to
the general contractor all sleeves, PVC couplings with O-rings, and seals to be installed in the
pump pit, and other locations shown on drawings.
lf the Pool Conlraclor fails to coordinate this work with the General Contractor and provide the
required sleeves, couplings, and O-rings and the required sleeves are not installed, the Pool
Contractor is responsible for concrete removal and installation of lhe sleeves or for any core-
drilling required (only if allowed by structural engineer).
lf the General Contractor fails to install lhe sleeves, couplings, and O-rings as coordinated by the
Pool Contractor, the General Contractor is responsible for concrete removal and installation of
the sleeves or for any core-drilling required (only if allowed by structural engineer).
CIRCULATION AND FEATURE PUMPS:
All filter circulation pumps shall be eleclrically interlocked with their associated equipment per
part 5.02 of this specification. Coordinate with electrical drawings and electrical contractor to
assure that this work is included in lhe electrical contractor's scope of work. Any deficiencies
should be communicated to the Architecl and Engineers prior to bids being submitted.
Pumps-7.5+H.P.:
All pumps shall be close-coupled, end suction, centrifugal, 1750 RPM (unless otherwise noled on
the drawings), epory coated, and bronze fitted. The pump casing shall be cast iron with a bronze
impeller, and fitted with a bronze wear ring. The impeller shall be dynamically balanced. lt shall
be fitted to the shaft with a key and locked in place. The pump shall have a mechanical shaft
seal, of extra-hard carbon and ceramic type.
Motor shaft shall be steel with bronze with bronze sleeve or stainless steel with no sleeve. Pump
shall be so constructed thal the motor and rotating parts can be removed without disturbing the
volute case or piping. Pump shall be coupled to a ball-bearing, totally enclosed, fan cooled
(TEFC) domestic make electric molor with a service factor of 1.15. Motor ball bearings shall be of
ample size to withstiand all axial and radial thrust.
Pumps - 5 H.P.:
Provide pumps with sealed ball bearings, continuous duty-rated, 3450 RPM, open drip-proof
design, with an automatic reset for thermal overload protection. Provide self-priming pumps when
required. Nuts and bolls shall be stainless steel. The pump shall consist of a one piece brass
volute and strainer pot, coated cast iron foot, flanged connections with a 6' diameter hair and lint
strainer. The diffuser shall have a built in red brass wear-ring.
Pumps -.1/2 to 3 H.P.:
Provide pump with sealed ball bearings, conlinuous duty-rated, 3450 RPM, open drip-proof
design, with an automatic reset for thermal overload protection. Pump shall be self priming with a
threaded shaft. Nuts and bolts shall be stainless steel. The pump shall be of single piece
thermal plastic strainer pot and volule construclion with a 6" diameter hair and lint strainer. The
diffuser shall have a built in red brass wear-ring.
HAIR AND LINT STRAINERS (WHEN NOT PROVIDED INTEGML WITH PUMP):
The hair and lint strainer shall be heavy duty fiberglass wilh eccentric reducing flanged
connections and drainage plug. The strainer basket shall be stainless steel with 1/8" perforations.
The strainer lid shall be clear so as lo easily monitor cleanliness.
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-22
I March 28.2008Vail Cascade Resort
Town ofVail PERMIT SETI
5.05 - B
I
5.06
5.07
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
Y STRAINERS:
Plastic Y strainers shall be manufactured by Hayward. Y strainer construction shall be PVC.
Provide complele with optional Type 316 stainless sleel screens with a minimum opening of
0.060".
FILTERS - SAND:
The filter system shall be a pressure high-rate, permanent media filter equipped with a manual
high-flow multi-port valve for backwashing filter.
The filter system shall be lhe standard cataloged product of a company regularly engaged in the
manufacturer of water filtration equipment with a minimum of five years experience in
manufacturing high-rate filters for public and institutional applications.
The filter system shall be of the type suitable for a single grade of media, and shall be listed by
the National Sanitalion Foundation for a maximum flow of 20 gpm per square foot of filter area
with a maximum 3 p.s.i. pressure loss across any filter tank at a flow rale of 20 gpm per square
foot.
The filter system shall consist of a filter tank with internal distribution and collection systems,
operating valves, high-flow multi-port backwash control valve, pressure gauge, and air relief
system.
The filter media shall be of a single grade and consist of uniformly graded, angular shaped,
crushed silica sand which shall be free of limestone or clay. Filter media shall be Grade #20,
effective size .45 millimeter with a uniformity coefficient of 1.5 maximum.
Once instatled, the system shall be capable of withstanding, without damage or leakage, a
24-hour hydrostatic pressure test al a static load of at least 50 pounds per square inch.
FILTERS - CARTRIDGE:
The filter system shall be a polyesler cartridge type.
The filter system shall be lhe standard cataloged product of a company regularly engaged in the
manufacturer of water filtration equipment with a minimum of five years experience in
manufacturing high-rate fillers for public and instilutional applications.
The filter system shall consist of a filter tank that is fiberglass reinforced polypropylene with clamp
ring for access to cartridge. Filter shall be complete with pressure gauge, air relief system and
drain port for winterization.
The filter cartridge shall be of a type with the ability to filter particles as small as 30 microns.
Once installed, the system shall be capable of withstanding, without damage or leakage, a
24-hour hydrostatic pressure test at a static load of at least 50 pounds per square inch
FLOW METERS:
lmpact Tube tvpe
Flow meter shall be one piece machined acrylic meter body, with conosion resislant internal pars
and a permanenl screen printed scale. lt shall have a calibrated pitot tube for accuracy.
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-23
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
5.08
5.09
March 28. 2008 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
Flow meter sensors shall be installed downstream from the lilter and upslream from the chemical
injection point. Flow meter sensors shall be installed with the manufacturer recommended
straight dislances of pipe both upstream and downslream from the flow meter.
HEATING SYSTEMS:
When a Heat Exchanoer is Specified on Plans:
The heat exchanger, boiler water conneclions, temperature controls, and control valves shall be
provided by Mechanical Contraclor. Pool Conlractor shall provide connection of pool piping to
heat exchanger. Pool Contractor shall also provide temperalure monitoring, temperature control
sensors, and connection to pool piping. All piping and valves within ten feet (10') to/from the heat
exchanger (on the poot side) shall be copper piping or/as specified in Mechanical Division.
Interlock the heating system controls with the circulation pump. Interlocking shall be coordinaled
by pool contraclor and provided by electrical/mechanical @ntraclors. Any low voltage (< 115 V)
interlocking shall be performed by the Pool Contractor.
The pool side bypass valve shall be adjusted at the time of start up to achieve the manufacturer's
recommended temperature rise across the heat exchanger. A maximum 20 degree temperature
rise is allowed across the heat exchanger. Mechanical contractor to provide a high temperature
limit switch to protect against high water temperalures. The limil switch shall be set at max 130
degree F.
When a Natural Gas Fired Boiler is Soecified on Plans:
The heater shall be equipped with an automatic flow control valve. Water flow through tubes shall
be maintained at high velocity by recirculation to eliminate scaling.
Tubes shall be solid copper with inlegral extended fins terminaling in bronze headers.
Burners shall be stainless steel.
The combustion chamber shall be lined with porcelain refraclory for temperatures of 2000
degrees guaranteed by the boiler manufacturer.
Interlock the heating system controls with the circulation pump.
An inspection and initial start up of the pool heater shall be by a technician in the direct employ of
the pool heater manufacturer. The inspection shall be performed prior to aclual slart-up for the
purpose of verifying proper installation. There will be no exceptions to lhese requiremenls for
inspection and start-up of pool heater.
The heater shall be ASME Code stamped and registered by the National Board of lnspectors.
The heater shall be CSD-1 compliant and meet the requirements of the Colorado State Boiler
and Pressure Vessel Code as adopted here by reference. An emergency boiler shut-off swilch
shall be installed near the enlrance to the pool equipment room by ihe electrical contractor in
accordance with all local codes.
The heater by pass valve shall be adjusted at the time of start-up to achieve the manufacture/s
recommended temperature rise across the coils. A maximum 20 degree temperature rise across
the coils as indicated on the thermometer furnished by the boiler manufacturer or in accordance
with the startup instructions is allowed. The heater shall be installed and balanced in accordance
with manufacturer's instructions.
THERMOMETERS:
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-24
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28. 2008
Fixed thermometers shall be installed downstream frorn the pool heating system, a minimum 8'-
0" after the by pass valve. The thermometer shall have a range of 30 to 130 degrees F-
Thermometers shall also be provided on the influent and effluent piping of the pool heating unit.
5.10 AUTOMATIC SWIMMING POOL WATER TREATMENT CONTROL SYSTEMS:
An integrated micro processor based electronic system shall be furnished to continuously
monilor, control, log and report via digital data the pH, ORP, chlorine residual, temperature, and
alarm status of swimming pool water. The system shall be manufactured by Siemens Strantrol.
Exception to the specification will not be considered unless equal to the specified system in every
respect in the opinion of the specifoing agent and must be submitted for approval not less than 10
calendar days prior to bid date. Submittals for proposed exception must include a sample unit,
complete specifications, product bulletins, operating manual. In addition, submittals for proposed
exceptions must include the supplie/s indication regarding compliance with each specified
feature.
The system shall provide both qualitative and quantitative sensing of chlorine. The system shall
use four individual probes, pH, ORP, free chlorine, and temperature Systems using an ORP
conversion shall not be accepted.
lf operating personnel are dissatisfied with the system performance for any reason, the system
may be returned to vendor during the first 30 days of operation for a full refund of purchase price.
The system shall carry a 24 month wananly against defects in material and workmanship, all
components in the system, including electronic, flow cell assembly, probes, and cabinels.
pH level shall be conlinuously monilored and displayed digitally on the unit face panel.
Face panel pH set level controls shall be programmable to limit operator selection of pH set
points within local health code limitation.
pH level must be controlled 1 1% of set point.
ORP level shall be continuously monitored and digitally displayed on the unit face panel.
Face panel ORP set level controls shall be programmable to limit operator selection of ORP set
points within local health code limitation.
ORP level must be controlled + 1 % of set point.
Chlorine residual must be continuously monitored and displayed digitally on the unit face panel.
Derived Chlorine level musl be continuously displayed in parts per million (ppm).
Face panel chlorine set level controls shall be programmable to limit operator selection of set
poinls within local health code limitations.
Chlorine residual must be controlled + 1% of set point.
The chlorine sensing eleclrode shall incorporate at least 1 square centimeter of pure 24 ca'at
gold.
The ORP sensing electrode shall incorporate at least one square centimeter of 99.9% pure
platinum in order to ensure highest accuracy.
I swrMMrNG pools AND *ATER FEAT,RE'
t
130010-25
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28.2008
sensing electrodes shall be capable of operating and being slored in
zero degrees F and 12O degrees F to allow for safe storage and to
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
t
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ORP, pH and chlorine
temperatures between
prolong electrode life.
Each electrode shall contain not less than 50 milliliters of electrolyte gel to lengthen electrode life.
The gel used in each electrode shall be inorganic so as to prevent degradation by chlorine.
Each electrode shall use a porous Teflon liquid junction lo minimize the chance of liquid junction
clogging and prolong electrode life. Electrodes utilizing organic gels or wood or ceramic liquid
junctions are considered lo provide insufficient electrode reliability and will not be considered
equal to these specifications.
Controller output shall be capable of handling standard line voltage of not less lhan 5 amps each
for pH, ORP, and chlorine for control of pumps and/or solenoid operated valves. Controller shall
be capable of operating 24 hours per day.
Controller shall host a five year lithium battery to prevent lhe loss of memory during power shut
downs or spikes.
Aulomatic outputs shall be capable of being manually overridden with face panel mode switches.
Internal feed override switches for pH, ORP, and chlorine shall be provided to allow for direct and
complete manual ovenide in the evenl of malfunction of the controller of any kind.
The closing of eilher of these switches will switch incoming line voltage directly to the feeder
output circuit bypassing any electronics, circuit boards, relays, elc.
System cabinet shall be nonmelal to eliminale the possibility of corrosion and shall include a
key-lockable windowed door to allow observation of pH, ORP, chlorine displays and alarm lights,
power indicator, and function indicators, but prevent unaulhorized access to controls.
The controller shall be capable of being programmed for either standard on/off control or
proportional control mode. The controller shall achieve proportional feed by automatically varying,
within a time base of not more lhan one minute, the percent of chemical feeder "on time" (time
that the leed equipmenl is actually dispensing chemical).
Minimum feeder "on time,'shall be not less than five seconds to avoid chatter. The controller
shall operate in such a manner as to make unnecessary, under ordinary or extraordinary
conditions, any manual increase or decrease of feeder output seltings by operating personnel in
order lo maintain set point. Units allowing only on/off control of chemical feeders or requiring use
of special proportional-ban feed devices to achieve proportional control shall not be considered
equal.
Controller shall be equipped with an internal solid-state "feed duration alarm" circuit lhat shall
disable the appropriate chemical feeder(s) and energize an alarm circuil in the event of: a)
electrode failures, b) chemical feeder malfunclions, c) depletion of chemical supply.
The time base of the feed duration alarm circuit shall be programmable from 0lhrough 24 hours.
Controller shall be provided with visual pH, ORP, and chlorine feed indicator lighls which are
activated when respective chemicals are being fed.
Controller shall be equipped with low flow indicator light to show operator when a low or no flow
situation exisls.
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-26
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28,2008
Conlroller shall be provided with a visual power indicator light that shall show operalor when
power to the controller is on.
Controller shall be provided with visual high and low pH, ORP, and chlorine alarms.
High pH alarm shall prevent hypochlorite feed.
Low pH alarms shall prevent acid feed and gas chlorine feed.
High chlorine alarm shall disable chlorine and ORP feed.
High ORP alarm shall disable ORP and chlorine feed.
Controller shall be capable of accepting a low voltage on-off flow indication switch via hard wire
connection on internal circuitry.
Should a low or no flow condition exist the controller shall disable all chemical feeding functions.
Any of these alarms shall activate a remote able master alarm signal provided as a dry contact
closure enabling the use of 12V DC or 120 V AC alarm enunciators.
Chemical feed event indicator lights, power indicator light, low flow, and all alarm light shall be
light emitting diodes.
The controller shall be provided with a digital programmable electronic timer which may serve a
probe rinse function or other chemical feeding functions activated on a time basis.
The timer shall be capable of being programmed for three separate limed evenls each having
independent daily on and off settings.
The timer shall energize a 115 volt accessory outpul using a relay and shall be protected by a re-
settable 3 amp circuit breaker instead of fuses.
Programming of all controller functions shall be possible through computer link locally, computer
link via modem, and using face panel LCD screen and switched.
Controller shall continually display the current pH, ORP, chlorine, and temperature.
Controller shall have on board memory capable of capturing a minimum or 30 days of controller
history. Units without on board memory shall not be considered equal.
Controller shall include a remote mounted flow cell assemble. The flow cell shall be enclosed in a
NEMA rated locking, non-corrosive enclosure (WSE5-RAK).
Flow cell assembly shall incorporate a flow switch which shall indicate the loss of llow through the
' recirculation system. Pressure or proximity switches shall not be considered equal.
Flow cell assembly shall be designed to facilitate the installation of assembly remote from
controller.
Flow cell assembly shall include visual indicators for flow ol waler, rate of flow, and pressure in
flow cell.
Flow cell assembly shall incorporate valves for isolating all assembly components, valve for water
test sample, clear face to view probes, and be constructed enlirely of non-corosive materials.
SWMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-2t
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
months following the date of slart-up.
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES
Controller shall have six different programmable operator level access codes, two different
programmable manager level access codes and a master representalive access code.
pH, HRR and chlorine ppm sel level controls shall be programmable lo limil operator selection of
set points within local health code limitations.
There shall be an altemate HRR set point for nighttime chlorine savings, dechlorination set
points, and superclorination set point.
pH feed-up or feed-down shall be programmable through menu tree for either simultaneous or
independent feed. The Strantrol System shall be capable of being programmed for either
standard on/off control or timed base proportional control.
All controller relays shall be fully programmable and assignable.
Controller shall be upgradeable to provide that programming of all controller functions is possible
through facepanel LCD screen and swilches and through computer link locally (direct connect).
Remote Data Access System: The System shall be installed so a computer could be connected
in the future to communicate via direct connection and via a telephone line in order to download
the System pH, HRR, Cl2 ppm and temperature logs, events logs and status report into the
computer. Controller shall allow manual input for TDS, Ca hardness and Alkalinity for calculation
of LSI and Rysnar Stability lndex. Computer and associated wiring nol part of this contract.
Controller shall allow input of gallonage of pool for automatic determination of dosage of Ca
Carbonate, Muriatic acid and calcium chloride to balance water chemistry.
The Strantrol System shall be equipped with an intemal microprocessor based 'Teed duration
alarm" circuit that shall disable the apprcpriate chemical feeders and energize an alarm in the
event of sensor failures, chemical feeder malfunctions, or depletion of chemical supply.
The fail safe alarm mode shall be programmable form 0 through 1 8 hours with 1-minute
resolution.
Programmable warning bands for pH, and chlorine feed shall be supplied.
Any alarm condition shall activate a master alarm signal provided as a dry contact relay enabling
the use ot 11O-22O VAC alarms. Alarms shall be provided by Chemical contractor.
The controller shall include a communications syslem. This system shall be capable of
communicating with a computer in order to download the System ph, HRR, ppm chlorine and
temperature data logs, event logs, and slalus reports into the computer.
Other Options :
The system shall include an additional 10 amp mechanical relay box. This box provides 4 dry-
contact relays, rated over 5 amps, for pumps and external alarms.
The system shall include two, four, or six 4-20 mA output, for use of recording of pH, HRR, ppm,
and temperature.
System shall include installation assistance, on-site start-Up, on-site operator training, and
on-site service of equipment.
Service contract shall be provided. The system shall receive not less than four quarterly follow-up
service call visils by authorized and trained representative of the manufacturer over the twelve
March 28" 2008 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
130010-28
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
5.11
5.12
5.13
March 28,2008
I
t
I
I
I
I
5.14
5.15
5.16
5.17
CHLORINE FEED AND ACID FEED SYSTEMS (Liquid Chlorine & Hydrochloric Acid):
The chlorine feed system shall consist of peristaltic feed pump(s) as specified on drawings.
The feed pumps shall be intedocked with the chemical conlroller. This work shall be done by the
electrical conlractor (except low voltage control wiring shall be installed by Pool Contractor).
Signs and/or identification markings shatl be provided indicating the presence of chlorine and
acid al the injection points, storage containers, doors / entry to the chemical storage rooms, and
valves as required by all local and national codes.
Provide readily accessible manual valves or automatic remotely activated fail-safe emergency
shutoff valves installed on the supply piping and tubing at the point of use and at the tank,
cylinder or bulk source. The manual emergency shuloff valves shall be identified and lhe location
shall be clearly visible, accessible and indicated by means of a sign.
LIQUID CHLORINE STORAGE TANK:
The liquid chlorine storage tanks shall be for sodium hypochlorite, '12% strength with a specific
gravity of 1.20. lt shatl be one piece with an extra thick shell, molded of rugged cross linked
polyethylene.
The chlorine storage tank shall be marked with the appropriate hazard identification signs per
requirements of the NFPA 704. The hydrochloric acid storage drums shall also have the required
identification signs. Provide identification placards on the entry doors to the storage area as
required by the NFPA 704.
CHEMTCAL (CHLOR|NE & PH CONTROL)FEED PUMPS:
Chemical injector pumps shall be peristaltic type pumps unless otherwise noted on drawings.
Output volume shall be adjustable from zero lo a capacity in accordance with the size and
chemical requirements of the swimming pool. The pump shall be totally enclosed with no
exposed moving parts. Electronics shall be enclosed in a chemical resistant enclosure at rear
end of pump. Pumps shall be equipped with an acrylic pump head and 115V/60H2 molor.
Sufficient tubing is to be provided wilh connections to install properly. Pump shall be mounted on
the wall in a localion close lo the chemical storage containers. Pumps shall be complete with
check valve / backflow prevention.
NOT USED:
NOT USED:
NOT USED:
POOL HEATER TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER:
Heat Exchanger: The temperature controller shall be provided by Mechanical Contractor.
Gas Heater with System: The temperalure controller shall be provided as part of the Stranco
System chemical controller and shall be supplied with a Microset LED interface and immersion
well mounted sensors in the entering and leaving water. The Slrantrol System shall be
connected to control the pool heating unit and water temperature. lt shall be mounted in a NEMA
1 12x12 enclosure with a hinged, locking cover, wall mounted in an accessible location near the
heater. Sensors shall be mounled in immersion wells in the entering and leaving water. All wiring
shall be in conduit and shall comply with applicable codes. The temperalure control option of the
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-29
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28. 2008
chemical controller will be furnished and installed by the pool contractor. Provide a 4-20 mA
board as required to control pool heating unit, mixing valves and/or controls.
5.18 AUTOMATIC WATER LEVEL CONTROLLER:
Provide a fully automatic electronic level control system designed to maintain precise water levels
for swimming pool applications. The controller shall use a proximity switch which detects the
level of the waler in the pool to within a fraction of an inch accurately. This is to avoid potential for
introduction of an electrical current into the water- The controller shall include a time delay
sequence lo avoid water fill cycling. lt shall also include an adjustable feed alarm timer to
interrupt water flow in the event of a problem. Provide a PVC sensing chamber for convenienl
water inspection and adjustments. The valve configuration shall be such to allow for the sensing
chamber cleanout. Provide a one year warranty. The controller shall activale a low-voltage supply
(24 VAC) connected to a solenoid valve lhat controls flow into lhe pool. The solenoid valve shall
be supplied and installed by the Pool Contractor. Install as per Manufacturer's lnstructions.
Level sensors shall be installed with water tight sealed eleclrical enclosures within a stilling pipe
mounted to the wall of the surge tank (when a Surge Tank is provided). Level sensors shall be
installed in a 2" water-level sensing line in the equipment room for pools that do not have a surge
tank.
PART 6 - POOL AND DECK EQUIPMENT:
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
6.01
6.02
6.03
6.04
6.05
6.06
6.07
NOT USED:
NOT USED:
GRABRAILS:
Commercial grab rails shall be fabricated of 1 5/8" O.D. x .065 wall, 304 stainless steel lubing
with an electro-polished satin finish. Grab rails shall be supplied with bronze anchor sockets,
bronze wedge anchors, stainless steel fasteners and stainless steel escutcheon plates.
RECESSED STEPS:
Steps shall consist of a single molding of cycolac with an integral non-slip lread surface. All
recessed portions of the back side of the step shall be completely filled with mortar which will be
allowed to set and then installed as shown on the details.
HAND RAILS:
Hand rails shall be fabricated of 1.90" O.D. x.065 walls, type 304 stainless steel tubing with an
electro polished satin finish or as shown on plans. Hand rails shall be secured to the deck and in
the pool floor/steps as required in cast bronze wedge anchors covered with a stainless steel
escutcheon plate.
ANCHOR SOCKET:
Anchor sockets shall be cast bronze. lt shall be made to receive 1.90" O.D. tubing. The locking
wedge shall be bronze with stainless steel adjustment bolt.
ESCUTCHEON PLATE:
The escutcheon plate shall be stainless steel, same grade of stainless steel as rails.
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-30
a Vail Cascade Resort March 28,2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I 6.08 NOT USED
6.09 NOT USED
I 6.10 Nor usED:
I 6.11 NOT USED:
I 612 VACUUM CLEANING EQUIPMENT
I Supply 24" polymer vacuum head for 2' hose, 2" dia. heavy duty Spiral Lock vacuum hose andI 1 .5" dia. anodized aluminum 12' handle sections with screwed connection.
I 6.13 LEAF SKIMMER AND WALL BRUSH:
I
Leaf skimmers shall have a head of stainless steel with removable screen, handle of Alocite,
- sixteen feet in length. Wall brushes shall be 24'long, bristles to be 1/"" long of nylon, with handle
I of Alocite, sixteen feet in length.
6.14 RING BUOY:
I Ring. Buoys shall be U.S. Coast Guard approved with an aftached rope equal in length to the
maximum length of the pool plus 10 feet. Rescue tube shall be American Red Cross Approved.
I 6.1s RESCUETUBE:I
Rescue tube shall be American Red Cross Approved.
I 6.16 LIFE HooK:I
Life hooks shatl be aluminum hooks with blunted ends and minimum length 12-foot Alocite
I handles.I 6.17 NOT USED:
Test kit shall have chlorine scales 0.4 to 3.0 ppm and pH range from 6.8 to 8.0. lt shall have
I reagents for determining total alkatinity-acid demand and alkalinity demand. Test kit shall include
I testing abilities for cyanuric acid.
- 6.19 FIRST AID KIT:r'r One 27 unit heavy duty first aid kit conforming to the State Health Code shall be provided as part
of the Operational Equipment turned over to the Owner at slart up. Any additional first aid kils
I thal the owner may wish to purchase shall be provided by the Owner.r 6.20 SAFETY SIGNS:
f Safety signs shall be displayed in applicable areas. All letters shall be red, 4" high, on a whiter background or as indicated on the drawings and in the code. See Architectural specification
section for signage to determine custom sign construction, color, and material requirements.
I Submil all signs for ArchitecVOwner review. The owner shall approve all swimming pool signs
I prior to installation. Pool contractor shall provide and install signs. Pool contractor shall
coordinate with the owner for exact sign placement.
I 6.21 SWTMMTNG POOL HANDTCAP LIFT:
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010.31
I
I 6.18 rESr Krr:
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
6.22
6.23
6.24
PART 7 -
7.01
March 28, 2008
Hydraulic Lift (if specified on plans):
The Lifler shall be a self operated, water powered lift capable of lifting 400 Lbs. with minimum 55
psi to maximum 65 psi of water pressure. Unil shall have a double acting 5' water cylinder wilh
dual supporting legs, wheel assembly for transport, 20" wide seat, seat belt. Unit shall be solid
stainless steel conslruction which has an electro-polished finish. System shall be capable of
withstanding a 900 Lb. Static load with less lhan a 2o/o deflection- Seat to lravel a total of 42"
vertically, rolate a full 180 degrees and have controls located within easy reach of both on the
deck and in the pool. System shall include a flip up outer arm and an adjustable footrest. All
structural components shall carry a 5 year wananty. Pool lift and sleeve are lo be furnished and
located in the deck by the Pool Conlractor. General contractor is responsible for installing
sleeve(s) in concrele deck. A deck mounted hose bib at the location shown on the plans is
required to be provided and installed by the mechanical contractor.
Manual Lift (if specified on plans):
The Lifter shall be a manually operated lift capable of lifting 300 Lbs. Unit shall be solid stainless
steel construction which has an eleclro-polished finish. System shall be capable of withstanding
a 900 Lb. Static load with less lhan a 2o/o deflection. Seat to rotate a full 180 degrees. All
slructural components shall carry a 5 year warranty. Pool lift and sleeve are to be furnished and
located in the deck by the Pool Contractor. General conlractor is responsible for installing
sleeve(s) in concrete deck.
NOT USED:
NOT USED:
UNDERWATER LIGHT (Electrical Contractor to run conduit):
Furnish and install 100 watt LED pool lights (U.O.N.) with stainless steel light niches and
undemrater clear lens in locations as shown on the drawings. Fixtures shall have adequate cord
to reach the junction boxes and allow for re-lamping by placing fixtures on the pool deck.
Installation of the forming niche shall be by the Pool Contractor. lnstallalion from the forming
niche to the junction boxes shall be in accordance with the N.E.C. Article 680 including 3/4" PVC
conduit with #8 AWG grounding wire inside from the forming shell to the junclion box. Lights shall
be equipped with low waler cut offs. Running of wire is not part of the pool contract and is by the
Electrical Contractor- Electrical contractor is responsible for installing conduit to j-boxes (UON).
Pool contractor shall coordinate with Electrical contractor to assure conduit is installed in correcl
locations and in accordance with NEC 680 and in a watertight manner.
The J-boxes furnished by the Electrical Conlractor shall be located ne)d to a fence, wall or post
as indicated on the electrical drawings. They shall be raised a minimum of 8' above lhe level of
the deck and maximum water level.
The wiring and electrical connection, protection, ground fault intenupters, grounding and
switching from the J-boxes to panel is by the Electrical Contractor.
FINAL PROVISIONS:
RECORD DRAWINGS, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS, AND
INSTRUCTIONS:
Upon final acceplance of swimming pool and related equipment, the following shall be fumished
to the Owner:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
SWIMM]NG POOLS AND WATER FEATURES 130010-32
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
7.O2
7.03
March 28, 2008
One set of complete, as built drawings, showing exacl location of all piping and of all equipment
actually furnished and placed noting any deviations from the contract drawings and
specifications, so that the original drawings may be revised.
Five complete sets of printed, indexed instructions, bound in a durable cover, for operation and
maintenance of all equipment specified herein and shown on the drawings. These instructions
shall also include precise direclions for operalion of the filters, heater, chemical conlrol system,
including complete chemical treatment, water balance as well as circulation rate and filtralion rate
of filters and relaled equipment. They should include precise directions for draining and/or
winterizing of all equipment and swimming pool componenls (including water features and
slides).
The Owners lnslruction Manual shall contain wamings to the user and operator of this facility as
to the dangerous nature of a pool. Safety ropes and floats when specified should be in place
during recrealional swimming. Life guards should be in attendance as required by code.
GUARANTEES AND WARRANTI ES:
Gunite Pool Construction: The successful bidder shall guarantee the swimming pool gunite
structure and plaster/exposed aggregate finishes against leaking, cracking, failures, and overall
water-tightness to the Owner for lhe period of one ('l) year from the date of final completion. The
successful bidder shall guarantee the, frttings, deck equipment, as well as all swimming pool
equipment to lhe Owner for the period of one year, or per the equipment manufaclurer's
warranty, whichever is greater.
A 24 hour response time is required for servicing warranty items. In the event that the pool
contractor fails to provide lhe required service within 24 hours, the pool contractor is liable for any
cost the owner incurs if the owner chooses to provide lhe service (assuming the pool contraclor's
24 hour response time has lapsed). lf parts are needed from out of state, they shall be air freight
delivered. Failure to respond within 24 hours may result in owner providing service from another
sour@ and the pool contractor back charged.
TRAINING PERIOD:
The successful swimming pool contractor shall provide the Owner a training period not to exceed
30 days to acguaint the operators in the use of the various systems. Training session days shall
be on a day(s) that falls Monday through Friday from 8:00 A.M. 5:00 P.M.
END OF SECTTON 130010
SWIMMING POOLS AND WATER FEATURES | 30010-33
I VAIL.ASCADERES.RT
PERMIT SET
MARCH 28,2008
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
t
l
I
I
I
FIXTURE
TYPE
DESCRIPTION LOCATION
MANUFACTURER: IRIS - #P3MR-E3MR-B
DIMENSIONS: 3-l/4" DIA Aperture; 15-314" L x l0"W x 9"D Housing
LAMP: GE Precise Q50MRI6/C/, SPREAD TBD
FINISH: White trim, Matte black baffle
REFLECTOR: Clear specular Alzak finish
MOUNTING: Recessed
NOTES: Trimmed fixture. Refer to installation instructions.
Contraclor to paint trim to match ceiling color.
Exterior
EXTI MANUFACTURER: OWNER SUPPLIED Landscape
DIMENSIONS: TBD
LAMP: TBD
MOUNTING: Bollard
EXT2 MANUFACTURER: TEKA ILLUMINATION - #CSM-80** Building Facade
DIMENSIONS: 12" DIA x 3l"H
LAMP: l00W Al9
FINISH: TBD
MOUNTING: Pendant
EXT4 MANUFACTURER: . TEKKA ILLUMINATION - #CWM-80** Building Facade
DIMENSIONS: I2"DIA x I7.75"PROJ
LAMP: 100W Al9
FINISH: TBD
MOUNTING: Wall
EXTS MANUFACTURER: IRONWARE INTERNATIONAL - #8040 CYRNARA Port Cochere
DIMENSIONS: 38" DIA x 8" H
LAMP: (12) 60 Watts
MOUNTING: Pendant
EXT6 MANUFACTURER: HUBBARDTONFORGE-#20-6730 PortCochere
DIMENSIONS: 23.25"Hx7.25"Wx4"PROJLAMP: (2) 75 Watts
MOUNTING: Sconce
FO MANUFACTURER: SUPERVISION-#150T-120-6^w#25.l0llCONTROL Pool/Spa
BOARD
DIMENSIONS: 20" HIGH (ABOVE GRADE) x 9.5" x 9-5"
LAMP: 150W MH 4200K
FINISH: Grey
MOUNTING: Surface or Partial Burial
NOTES: Fiber optic illuminator to be used with FO2.
ROBERT SINGER & ASSOCIATES INC
ASPEN : 970-963-5692 ARIZONA: 623-55'l-7667
-l-
MARCH 28.2008 IVAIL CASCADE RESORT
PERMIT SET
FIXTURE IDESCRIPTION LOCATION
TYPE
I
T
T
FOI MANUFACTURER:
DIMENSIONS:
FINISH:
MOUNTING:
NOTES:
SUPER VISION . #SAVISI2-L AV ACCESSORIES:
10.06t0, 17.6000, l 7.6100
6" x 4.5" x 2.8" Controller, + kepad
Black
Conlroller: Surface, Keypad: Recessed
(l) Savi DMX controller to be used lo conlrol all type
'FO'
PooVSpa
I
I
I
FO2 MANUFACTURER:
LAMP:
MOUNTING:
NOTES:
SUPER VISION - #SV84 ilV SVTRK
To be illuminated with fixture type 'FO'
Surface
Side-light fiber optic cable to be illuminated with fixture
type'FO'. Contractor to verifo U-channel size before
cuttins concr€te.
PooVSpa
FO3 MANUFACTURER:
DIMENSIONS:
LAMP:
FINISH:
MOUNTING:
SUPER VISION - #SV* I /W 150 STRAND FIBER PER PooVSpa
FIXTURE
3.5" DIA,2" DEEP
llluminaled with fixture type 'FO'
White
Recessed
T
T
I
SL MANUFACTURER:
DIMENSIONS:
LAMP:
FINISH:
MOUNTING:
BEGA - #3I I6P
7.5"x7.5"x4"
I3W PLC 3OOOK CCT
Aluminum
Recessed
Stone Wall
Veneer
I
I
I
SLI MANUFACTURER:
DIMENSIONS:
LAMP:
FINISH:
MOUNTING:
NOTES:
BEGA - #2002 Stairs
3-1i8"x3-l/8"x3-1i8"
low G4, l2v
Aluminum
Recessed
Remote lransformer location by EC. Recommend Semper
Fl Transformer.
Timer MANUFACTURER: TORK-#73002
FINISH:
MOUNTING:
Metal
Surface
There shall be no substitution of specification without RSA approval.
ROBERT SINGER & ASSOCIATES INC
ASPEN : 970-963-5692 ARIZONA: 623-551-7667
I
I
I
I
I
I-2-
I
I
I
r\a
PROJECT:VAILCASCADE RESORT TYPE : B
DATE: MARCH 28,2008
CATALOG #: P3MR-E3MR-B
LAMP : GE PRECISE Q50MR15/C, SPREAD TBD
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
tffi GAttr.oot:
gtaati.{br gada l0 eit f4Fl l ft.inr .ard
fo. d.Eronlrdrth lirlbrt - nr 6t crrt-
!6 ic |rr.rt |||d ltnp !!r|| proddr a ola.ttta, f,t|ootr rfialtrrlb. ol llgl[- Fd r- d r
rlh.bed ilt bnf. ln lli.. opon o(
lov|, ebar vrddr ltdoCl| Lnf. Alvtl.rrqll!|t eole.. lft nb, f,d loi rrdlli frc|tO!d.d.hr.rl !r lr ahrrt|d.A.r hi.lb.
{an r r.||l,|r rl|ftCttltrlbc q.
5t! rr Llr...aL
arrcrrErrlox rrl?urrt Lrlll rboadtNaTf
l-'latlacicr
.U0 diC dr'|hrti .tri pa.*oto r{bctcr
ndtst I rrl&{a h knaerl tr lbdc O.acGcl.Fr| tbnr Hr.&rP, c.palrnd tta.
w'rib fft! tDd.l cstr Gobn lbad brlo|r,
t-.tt].rlr
8.I lhrnr 'ri.Or g. dbcxt furf. r'lrt| altlr..
'|dta
*hl!a cr cltar 0a1 tlrfn, rn?ct faier
rrt aaalt 'rrrE{d lo. iald Flnrhg, eb'|inlr
!i! ltad loa propat hr4b^
3- 1..!
Sott 6oq,. lr! a|'tldard
'..
lnocth b.hr
Fftrl. Up to t*o fliar ftaatll c' ba urd
vrl rn |'a rdahad dt|rhg Dhrplng.
t-.Atlaclaal|
Po.ldy.lsolo. Fn ter prlll thrEo nettl tq
drhe, Lfi*terhal tlehr rr.9 .onrhmr .pl| ngm
|| -!l ot tlrtf or.rftto(
I -l.rt l
Cr$J b!.a tor Bldn rnll lrra Flrod rddor
h.Fh ana.n Gqrd||rt |rnt p!.ldoo rytd ba.t
Idi|| .nldd ,qe, hrdc/ ot thr|rr d. rl
Tr\ryolf lo.olbl tr.|b.rn|' t rd| drlqrbri ntr
fo. p.!p6r t2.l,v opa.'tL.r ,|d qrthl F..rdon*lian arlrvna{L Dlnna, !.p c.lr.|qtaa fot
hllrara roJber lor trsr drnnrrl turd|re bltlli ,norr lrrnt'r
'|xr
trdabnd h'rrrdad
fr&tdcrnrrt Toroidd dtbn,rldr lgtl 9r gr!|!t
altcL.iar.lt|!r!| | rdfa{ qr}tltrc aot!0aso.t
col| ol,r3,raCr frkr q f|nd dhcn afrt cc.n-
trf wl|li t'| lrtac||l
'|}nn.l
to Drdat ltaLr!
aart..lhg. For dltrntE, !.. dlrrnara aild tc.
rLao.t'tartatc |nn$o.nltr* Trt,ta0.riaa h {F,
|rrLil lb. t trrr ||a b rdllbL ftldr Ll*6lh.t
Lora r dlnrnir{ .yifri a Satand h..dt
*rE{ct tfilita h X, 'fir'rf tno'd., ta. byt .}
n9 ira dliriaa rnodsba. lor rn ftrdld prrlod
!a tna, fdrr- rttr |l|a du.[|'p toroldd ttr]
tdm!. irqn|d br ota,rrad on fta StlEtd
Fb(v|tr otlfgt |,n||l lht dlnfiart.ti lr |,}
OraDfr[ lhrri ort tta ltDtt||d Fhutt' qqr!
rt$ . lt { lZO. r|!$n ior.r .rl! d.d p.dodeil
*a.d,ivr$a l-i, ..a c.{ta dro.o,tad bmp f.h^
O-.ll.3ltlarl
feltC q|rhr ga.rtaef fo.lorr rotrgt agftlt l.lda.
$d dtsD.d lltv'rlrd t0 nauar nd fr.tn.
riln bctlr h l/Z hCr 9h.r!r ng Crrtaletta rllorr
!0. Gmbanl alhrlnati, Alrlln ,! .@ nrkt
Irorrahe aloit |o. tall dhalrdfto aod taarrcll
!N !m M|6a bhrf ho|,rk! Itutlo.-
tl ort c Lc|er. lldrd for 4tI I AWq o, ttta A\.G
SF C adtfttood art tr.!r,!h cnrdudota haa &
lA Hr pryqr!..
,lo Fba b.. hlrllF r *ior ,..lttv. lodba, iot u..
flh i!od, itgb-.rd tlood trd aod t|lma
iolia ?...d ut ro 2|| o.c. .nir i,itir thto.nt.
fc. raa lr T-btr c.Ilttgr o.aat €a.c?y Itilclt
Cra. ilrllr brrb rd lqorbr liC p.o*b co b-
trnt l||l|lubo hrbrtr.
G.d.t
Tl|.,rn.lt protr.'|4 P bb.Ld, fr. u- ln dltt :t
c{ rd Ir|l| tr.qublt. HrG tYlalrhglDo Slr|'
alrttlr r.quktr ri., tt i calo tlod.l En.rct
Orrr.
ht.lr
ul rd cut Lbit, ratd..d d..n9 t-.4
ItrW urloo md*
p!ilR
ESTR
ton xit or-r-
r. Dosxtroltt
gx;rcr p^t^
lrrD bra OF.tnillh b Ctr.r
lt tt .tftrat.|
'la:.t(lal.ll
6At.a
thltard-..'-.'',,1Filnl;::r-
I ntrnslathr}c
J t ltoer
I l|or.he
I ?rri.
I n8rrorE, f
l lrb lc
I lrllrr
I lbira|. t
Orilr!ltrlarr.tl Fltl.h ..
ttrn!!A!aarrtrlta
€*Tmtapc|'||lnl
id|rlot
.FIH!ah.t
C{Lt
orrHd
l|l|HawlL
Gs|rL{ll|r
|o|.Cct- tr-!
CO.€t\d.t
CCl|SEroa.a,
LLlb.t
ee4h|rAfi.'od'r.
rulrli.lh.
al.Gtr
6ll|.8l(y lb
|ICIP- rOara! Oit t Ctr |l!. r!UI
Ft.Et - li.-r lb
Tt{clCdlr9
Ant
18X!- at al"rr!
Urn. Lh.t
Ct ., br
U,Nlr - Ualt lhr
UAn rv - [r!Dl
Lm - frofirin dcflU.
IDAY-Sll| lrn
$tq{r -ar,,td.
t.UU-hh
u*X- t C.t
C-!b
abaaal
st€dt
fPt{$.
8.ll
urrk
GOO?tt ttaftL
I ROBERT SINGER
ASPEN :970-963-5692
ASSOCIATES INC
ARIZONA: 623-551-7667
&
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
PROJECT: VAIL CASCADE RESORT TYPE : EXT1
DATE: MARCH 28,2008
CATALOG #: OWNER SUPPLIED
I.AMP: TBD
ROBERT SINGER
ASPEN :970-963-5692
& ASSOCIATES INC
ARIZONA:623 551 7667
r( a
)
PRoJECT: VAIL cascADE RESORT TYPE : EXT!, P1
DATE: MARCH 28,2008
CATALOG #r TEKA ILLUMINATION #CSM-80**
LAMP r I(X)WA 19
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
Priduct Nuobcr tdnp kog 9ondcd fn*h
cs'Yt8046 loq/VA l9 Sr Sl|
CS 48016 16^,/ A 19 C"*.
CSav+8066 l0O&A 19 st. Sl Nrckldotc
nroCkxsrt Slam ,rlors e.nddn luroore nothes tha rvolloarled wrgo
oi Poss ?o Fultoftk6d b sndo'd A hmlc'rpb luc"rv.Ille.op
lsl"r rllu.rrue, te dnde o! goider drect'crd llLr"'a*or CLor bmpr
reccrnnendcd h"'Fodcls slo.s P'oviJ6d w $ 28" wred E^9.l'oshr
-th Leory wd copper coropy. ,derded b rno,rtrrg oa a' c( rog;trlol
wr,6 ha narred o lnaulol 'JpFb h/ dhs.i Sbfl is 7.' P l'zt O D ;
Oditr !rcilou. dt ct,6.or. .
A. Add {rtr 8F Lr bot|n Fofrlo
B to.Be rt'r l€ngh !p b I O i oailoHe- sprt;iy
ROBERT SINGER
ASPEN r 970-963_5692
& ASSOCIATES INC
ARIZONA: 623-551-7667
I
I
t
t
r\a
PROJECT: VAIL CASCADE RESORT TypE z F'frZTPZ
DATE: MARCH 28,2008
CATALOG #: TEKA ILLUMINATION #CSM-80**
I-AMP: l00WA 19
TEKA
I L L U
'I
I NA T I O N
t- s'r.+
l- -"---r!!!!:!!!
t
D
B
E
Cloisic StBm i\^lt'nl
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
D.!a irliJ|
&bio.od I'bi'o, lbb rbobd lumioie
.lr iol! ond C':.*'dicn
D llovT *ld epper dode
C.!bnle!. *olororpr or *ble ], irr loSr
D. Mocbxd o[J lrcu ryce o
E $old ol per sb s eblrer *itl ctro r sb 'od,!cI Cleorsb*cybdcr
G.SobJ co r;cr lmpl*l&rowr
H.Al rbi'I!ost l 6*'or!PDYir.J
L l0' viol{or3 to1glloropy
wrh rlJ op;ercorogy ola
J. SolJ [o:q lxrywdVc']5 !b.n |tltaO.D.)
boe *d 4'rcb3orol lor
Fro*Ld Hrarber l""p Rhqs At Fi*h OCisr
clrl+0146 / N.bdl l4{ i,, A-10 5r lrL lS' lsr lobo
Cli/r0ll6,/ Nobol l@a+A-10 Coppr l5' !B' iol'.
Csl|/}e t|6./ Ndor IaOVVA-I0 St Stt 1.5' llo,e
C!\4tO46,r Notual llfltiv A-10 Sl.slt l2' lrov Poh.
ClVrt0l I / Notol l0OVVtl0 Coller l2' 0oro hho
IEI{A IL LUMINATION. INC
16 A*r' Bood, f! Teopbbr. Con6r'p O1466 EC6) 4l4t5l I br tl$)d34151?
Sir! o!'oihu. d dddlbEl ood
'1. .{ll *ft< }l br towr pbo
?. lorf
'
rbrn L'r,rr ? b lOi eoihllc. pafi
Hofr
514'O.D. @Ep; odt o',r5>f coreed [*
Nd€
U.I Ol lDbJ,
",iibUe
bru,o]hdl'o.!
C!$t066,/ ru'.neF lC0\/ r-10 Sr Si l?' N"r
ROBERT
ASPEN :970_963
SINGER
_5692
& ASSOCIATES INC
ARIZONA: 623 551 7667 I
t
r\a
PRoJECTT VAIL cAscADE RESORT TYPE : EXT4, Pl
DATE: MARCH 28,2008
CATALOG #: TEKA ILLUMINATION #CWM-80**
LAMP:100VA19
::-::i****:?-*. "--9:iil*"--:}fS-*-*:,t{iA$t)J{ :itt,J a 19 } :;i rJnru,,.'
ir'r.iAi!:i ;i*!'i.l :t :.t e,
ir't { i}tr* :41(f/ a:+ } Sii hltilelr,blt
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
::? ain}. Y,'aii Aiau:: i) t&'r,:*'4rr + d*r* i:,l,rrrrn e!? do*gr':. Prerid*:
I+ t ii. i;\,.;:*!.n6 :i4 iiai" :r-+e'a, d!ie, fb$ d'li*sr r'ltr er":lc*d tur
r*.d,ld r, ,r*.:r:iar:r-t iaipl .p r, ii!-nv alaor ionp; {ao{'n6tdod. tcr
e+.rsJ d.r.r ,1' {,.!€!.,rl n:'i$ }cr ilt c!l';i'i'i }t!l bl.':lla pltrj"d {j&
;.. :a: |{&1 g
'lJ
-:< ait" (eeer. lo, eoa*4t r u*+,ro! tFse+r
cb{sr cr4s ct sd&li6.l co'!..
A .aJJ 1'i:i *t lc' iqnrtn s'.$e
ROBERT SINGER
ASPEN :970_963_5692
& ASSOCIATES INC
ARIZONA: 623-551-7667
r\a
PRoJECT: VAIL cAscADE RESORT Tl.pE : EXT4, p2
DATE: MARCH 28,2008
CATALOG #: TEKA ILLUMINATION #CWM-80**
LAMP:100WA19
I
I
I
TEKA
ILLUI.IINATION
r.22
Clasric Woll Mount
o oDly|lln cl ral
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
6'
D.*.arion
& le'ror epll mo{rbd LriroiD
'tlds d: oal Ccrdnrlion
.4. €o:l I orpc or
l. Htoq, j',4 o19er JE6
C. Strir lo* *e I or cor pr o, !b.5!.*.1tus rbcl
D. Sotd lo:a acctr
t . Co*o bh]r d ,,infl lbb vri|r po opjer oler
t. l&osr pp or rrr $m .'l'O . D.
G. Ar col;er 9l:o eb rer \rib cba gbrd'Jr
ll. Clorgh:+qrtdor
l. &o oe eer bmplo Bercow
M(|rthg
Deo*d 4'rSoro lwitug tc
trodr'.'Nrrnb.' ldrp RiE AA ts ta*hOplkn
O/drrr{01l / lbrlol l00tltl f C.orpr l7'.1'll' lna biro
clnt\rllo4l / iLrEl loowalf $r sL ltl' ll lmr foiro
o4*e0lr/}|cbr loowtlt SlSa. Itl'l1- Nor.
Clt^/fltll l,r Hoircl l00WAll Coner 10' 15' ler loiro
OrtArre24l,r lhr,ol l0oWAll $t il. 10' 15' ls,l lbiro
Oar/frle 2ll / rbr lDOWAle $t ll. 10' 15- Nore
.M4I€IPEE
Surl os ldlc ot oddrirrrl <d
I- tdd dk lf 6r tra;r poiro
Ndc
U.t. ord Ol l*d.:rittl brrrrloabrl
TEKA ILLUTI INA'ION. INC
elGrtrl loJ.fl lenpbb,. ColSrdn fl4[5 105]4141511 Fd (s05) 4!&151t vr*,;r.blol[miroior.om
ROBERT SINGER
ASPEN :970_963_5692
& ASSOCIATES INC
ARIZONA:623 551 7667 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
r'\ ir
PROJECT: VAIL CASCADE RESORT TYPE : EXT5
DATE: MARCH 28,2008
CATALOG #: IRONWARE INTERNATIONAL - 8040 CYNARA
I-AMP: (72'160 WATT
Pag* | of I
t
I
IRONWARf, INTERNATIONAL
8040 . c Yr{;lR.{
l? t,loltT tt'SrDAlir
39Dr.rx8l | . OAII38"
I}TTTI PF,S"TER }IICA IANELS'*sE PA\tL PAOIi rOR llOP! r)ltlClris
(3 lronwfic lntcm.lional, Inc-
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
htlp : J.rxrlw.ironrvareilte mal i o al,cor|} prodtcL{:5 73?print-lrue
ROBERT SINGER
ASPEN :970_963_5692
& ASSOCIATES INC
ARIZONA: 623 551 7667
r\,,
PROJECT: VAIL CASCADE RESORT TYPE : EXT6
DATE: MARCH 28,2N8
CATALOG #: HUBBARDTON FORGE -#20-6730
LAMP:. (2)75 WATT
ROBERT SINGER &
ASPEN :970-963-5692
ASSOCIATES IN C
ARIZONA: 623_551_7667
I
I
t
,"\a
PRoJECT: VAIL CASCADE RESORT TYPE : FO, Pl
DATE: MARCH 28,2008
CATALOG #:150T-120-6
IAMP : 150W MH 4200K
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
sv150T'f Ii)Hhll
Tf-=:+
1r- | )-'-_-.-i*11
|tiitlJrlk
fn.;-lJl', ,"rl"\: I I "-,'
,.ln '\:'il,,. xrd,
eJ' et
ff
i-.)i..Xli? qll{)t.J
941141 - foet &.n,tur 1:O iaE r!dd,!]J*! Lft!
'l,Cari
lra, r.rr Se:.9j d!r: tln, asAtilr ina irix, aa &tnb.lJ g,rt31r"rtd t,, !v3l *ln
lta nt*4. rtl!f|}l r.il C*rtl4i edr$s oc,.A4l,{, u.Jer ltB tti$}
*i'+j{,rJ ()AI 1(}.1 ::LAi tJ-$:li
I,rl. l,lldd rr].'dtr LrrntrB
LrL ldo r're. €lle:€r
. U0 Vif,., gr) I f ,t a r.Brft is4r{ ,ti
' lir) \,4C. 60 tt I 13 A4tre NisYt'rd
' a),)?.o it<:. :& l.l: / :! O ,!n!. iddr !S
. ::'}:!!: YnC. €0 t]; , t I Ampa fwdrEqi
r l:Q {l$'r h<.! I'nln! . .1,!11a.,
. 1{1,.,r}) f4!,13 €ri|rge se
. ff31 tlb3! rB ,rlttrt *,';T!flF l&af9. laarir4rr I'16 F!4€ioA.D lart
' lSfi &\6ra iarJiLirr ip,)lsrrel .€ rr
. ,e35 |t4 ,i.me . lrl'. S.a{tdr?1r
Cja?aitjc ll.l.QFlMAil-{}N
*ri V6f1n i4aff^ttrht. #rid FJ|a$rasa.!*n . {.Ur-:s n.ri,Ie,l'.dr{ . ai?&'r7 A,il . tri *$; .it:rtl . we'.Jr1\rr:.ln
' 3ad{ F6e8l *r{ cC.tr*icr.l :xa.n
I t$rtrd edft&irn :13{f}.1 r+r*: al
'*tl!' g:,.{iar t ! ia D- cir|.ff i
n :!lrJ br*.!i.g rf,',:E
? ca.)lc.as laan a{., F*an *rra."!6i.
. : \r F!cb--s ilrpq
irp,l+lnt
. a41rte i*}l a.i $ i.r1a
. 35: . 7.,.{, I&+. r&}n
' Flf
'ctr{rDrrd *ta 9!,* !*,its.*
rP qirre: ?l
' 95'reg )t:C1'
. :,llmm r:{1D$ i ',{lk *
.05 r.€.
. LwCtt$;.:d ioltiftdlc
. Wr6,, .{r$sirr ,i,rl .,r"rr:il i.tl$rt
ir.{].'!r{ i tBtd|lc.j
. slrlrae or $,!tlr .reJ.( !p 10 ,t$ir
r::c' rt$vAt.6fir:
??d . :40 vrt, a,i fi?
l, _,_ . " i
. -.*.-....."...)
: c.-,NrFr:1 i'a$;r,i
i N Nrr4
I C . srrc -, h*sr .3.,
I
: ' i6 rD.aiil !q ri;:!tt /r'
j *uo*cc
I ROBERT SINGER &
ASPEN :970_963_5692
ASSOCIATES INC
ARIZONA: 623-551-7667
I
r\a DATE: MARCH 28,2008
CATALOG #:25.7011
D=SCal:TON
The Sync'2 Mest€r Congd System |'$l 13 d€dgned lo syncjrortae
')e
atlq wheel roEdo.l
botween two s mde illuminator8 Tho Sync-2 is ar intsmd (hslde lluqlralor) contd b€rd
lc. applb€dons rrirolvfrg uo to 32 lllLrnlnators. The unltg 8re oeby chahod wllh Dlvg daia
cables ard d\qn co.]tdled by ore pargnl Lnil.
Faait,ao:
. Can be sgl es Psreal or Chlld. 120 VAC o. 2m vAC
. RBqdreB oah c€ble'
'Nole aq c$te rhd oorples with he EA-{ag le Er|d ulth ss d lrD€ shl€lcLd I,|e hdcted pafs I
chs.Ete.htb lope.br. n r1zodrn|! dEy b ebgtul|ed.
SFECIFCA:NCN trEATURES
ROBERT SINGER & ASSOCIATES INC
ASPEN : 970-963-5692 ARIZONA: 623-551-7667
Elsc tr| cd RaDog
r 120VAC, 60 Hz
. 24O vAC, 50 H.
Maxift uri Number lllumrmtors
.32
Valid Lrght Soufcqgl
. SVltOo, FlborPro, Edipso ll
Slarde.cts:
. Ul- cuL
SNDEP NG NrcRN/ATION
Suoer Vtston l ernatioiat . 82iO Presdente Drlve . Orhndc Flo(lda 32809 . 407857 SCO . Fax 4o7.a57co5o . www'sl,lslonco.n El1
PROJECT: VAIL CASCADE RESORT TYPE : FO, P2 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
HNICAL SPECIFICAT
25.l0tl - S2 Synciror'ous conlrol q/slem
17.th9g - CMX OaE Cablo
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
r\a
PROJECT: VAIL CASCADE RESORT TYPE : FOl
DATE: MARCH 28,2008
CATALOG #: SAYI512-L ACCESSORIES: 10.0610' 17.6000' 17.6100
SaVl X6y Pad and
512 Controllrr Syrtem
0oey pad t-lOT sob seperabl)4 SaVi-
;rrilrite{.tir;rl Lf [) iigirtiriat
I
t
t
MODEL
SaVlKeyPad-L ' 12O vdt (fElr.l&s SaV 5.12-EL - Srtard Ahne
Cofitroler / SofMa€ arts Co rolle. Cabla) - USA
SavlKayPad- EI- - EtherrPt \€rsion
savKel,Pad-h , 24o vol {lrErules sal'i 512-EH ' slard Aore
Contrdler / Software Co.troler Cad€)
SaVXalPad-EH - Etf€rrEt \,grsbn
OtrDERi\G iNTHMATICN f--_--_-
t
I
I
n,smm
l l5mm
4.5"
SaVi Sland Alon6 Conlroll
I
I
I
I
OFDEq!\G |NFORMTATICN" ----t
I- - ---'' -- T'- ----'"---.
l-,"dil -
I SaVi-612-L Slard Alon€ DMX Conkolle. 120 vdt: USts tort
I SaVl.512-H Slar|d Alone Dl\iX Conbollsri 240 vdt: USB port
I SaM-512 -EL 9land Alone DMX Controller: 120 voltr themet
SaM-512-EH Slafid Alon6 DMX Contrdler: 240 voltr Etterr'e'l
ROBERT SINGER
ASPEN :970_963_5692
JACCESSORIES
; 10 0610: SaVl l€y pad-]O bdtor'
; 176000r S€\4 Pey pd coffd cabls .12 cond(Etor- 20' lerEith
: 16 6000: tpin mab & 3-prn l-.mab adaFer
l6 6C0l: Spin mab & s'pin female rcl€der
t7 010c'r usB nB S cabb
{@r)06 supd vir6 Lhlemoli(,ot Al etols Rereto.d
& ASSOCIATES INC
ARIZONA: 623-551-7667
I
r\a
PROJECT: VAIL CASCADE RESORT
DATE: MARCH 28,m08
CATALOG #: SV84 /w SVTRK
FOR USE WITH FIXTURE TYPE 'FO2'
TYPE: FO2 I
I
I
i [cr-i i..:'cAi- sF]!ci;rcATrcl".,is
SUPgFVTSIOII $ldeGlovrP
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
cEn
tivta
;:,FD
"*'i@avll
*srl>roN
,.,tri@
ala
-*iffi
lcadilr*e a!a& s a tnte:lo.ntl! li' n4.3 { ca' $,F.tP ccrl.!, l€ rJ!:atr !.r:r!d(:tl€ lnC r! {r!sE/ €rf,te.r SiJitl}& &. i.ltra. x\a 9rlsrt:t
i!$r:.:,.:r:.i. 4 6 i-J+rrdi-'1nd rr1|,"* 9'] a!l*l},' ?1j rnr4c&t44t4trt :at$ ts '.Btrr,r* drr*d!-r a9J.9 $rdrn*.!t sdlcroro at a
rr 5!{.q {ad'dh !y tr"si<n}.9 !€ri,d4,t r,larq .+d a! lta a Lt:js}#3 3i!}iniar€ yltr .i lre, ar doaSni, !} lha aat*a t/grd ld*1,
4es:n .e:1rd|f'5 a.,e d.ri.nbd se*.C; !{ai{oj g *69^ c$tar'
I C.t)6 .r ta.i( t at|i| *a'€'t-/r aat*r'i: y€.33rit ?.4 .li'riiia:r n trr.€r.l
9'!(). ca!o.^{ i LAl[JHE$
$4 9a.6ic ib <sta ir e.tslil<led r, o3$c t5.re €arrg Fni,q scrac aatrd barr .11 tyrrrkd rlou.rt€ r*it.., 6d2. .€4, rt1r6 drli
&!!ts a l4r{rd q{a l'ct.r tr* nbs* i.e r$r:,o, dcfd n ||i'li/ !tlha?,a P,{:.4*rd cola tr), rttr} t*{r9 slsDny }./ih ms6,rian !0h4 drgri
I lre rat') cren*ler ,r {4.qr!$rd * r,o}i :,rrfrrilr
1{ t:!€,1 | ti'
:2 rlrJ 3t:'.: !r(r,i 3:f: I S r.t'1
tn l,:rrt 9r :3 t *!.:
1!t: !i.>:i! a{5' .l: } t.!-..
l*t! itt& dn*. ,f a, I titL ?r, l J.?r\rntif:!;
'-t.r 3e :nt . ri. !v31ir.11
$l!,.i:i \t] l\{'O+lt.t4' 0\
i"" -- -- - -'- --l
" -'' --r-.. -'-.''- ---
; s :,i:qr.ftr'$ c^l1 i::i
; i+n{ $r*rrrY,
ii.r:ril:i. !!tt#r,
ji:r: ,l:.: 'i4(.
i ;:'4, ;?
'lrir.I t!.4{ }r tanta
i;.!.jtr r:' r(?!:
!i.,l\t, !,!, r,!rd.rt** . rl:lii tc!$r!!* i{:,*. 3r!{. l!.i!r; ii:rr'{Ir. 4liillil't) . lji! {+?*:.:!;)r'ilj+ r rlr!'$ e1?iL:\r rrfl1
ROBERT SINGER
ASPEN :970-963-5692
& ASSOC IATES I N C
ARIZONA: 623_551_7667 I
I
I
I
I
I
r\a
PRoJECT: VAIL cAscADE RESORT TYPE I FO}rP}
DATE: MARCH 28,2008
CATALOG #: SV84 /W SWRK
FOR USE WITH FIXTURE TYPE 'FO2'
ldtcr.{' voarr,. 1 ri
TECHNtcAL sPECtFtcArtoNs lil
Mounting
U-Channel
12.22 tflir
.4tr
$/TBL-cors84'-ItI I \ '- lill.nt *
igTl I swRK Il er
It tlIt tli \-lt
---i5:6:trnT*
.05.
SVTRX
svTRt(4ovEBt26
SVTBL€-OVEFs.
sP.'ch;cAi o\ r-tAl uHLs
T
i6.34 mm I'64'
II
l-- - ---t8.61 mm
swBx-wHnE
SWRL.c0ta4z
-,Ttrd;i
.sl"
itd
I t.16 $l'r
.4'l'
8Y4zULTBA
swBX.42
svTRK€OVEFI2
Cin!*ructbi
$rhdi c. das Ac
WAFFAN j-v
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
Tna t€ar wa:ardy o{' a,l oari! anJ $rc(trl1.sishrp
#lc.-i.\. li.FoBrvlhl :ct l
MAUNNNG U-CII,ANNEL
l€.{de. e€par$$i9)
SWB( W{*L646'i!S9.oir,) 16,}gf*6'il8d3&nor}
Fc.: wt!6. 3V8{ 91/84 lJ\€
"oil
SVd2 Uf,t4,rabbs
$'fiBK-asverE{ Celrr lci $VlliK
t1s lhl 0 5?' ll4 Snnt)
$VfRX-r? i^Jc3\, 3-;!.' l:) -{rnmj Ls.ldi € llt$.3 Amn} 3eclb.e l-J€Uh: dA3' (rC i15!nrnr
Fa.. SVil ailllt6
Svl ilti ca.q'.lj f.or,6'r^t sv'ef. 4?
SvrRi(-|yndg ltrana 625'{l5i$n1) lJ}n:Jh e {lB288rrm) seotr}ng H€rthl or.t" {14',!.m)
fcr SVt?6,
''r'&1.
S\i€ liijrs and t!84 l,lE't.,asigs
Nola CaNei diil be $l€a. r0l
'rJhire
,!|1rd s,,&q-*!{r nj.4"!ri.j d. i! f,gnt t r4rqd
ROBERT SINGER & ASSOCIATES INC
ASPEN : 970-963-5692 ARIZONA: 623-551-7667
r\',
PROJECT: VAIL CASCADE RESORT TYPE : FO3
DATE: MARCH 28,2008
CATALOG #: SV*l /W 150 STRAND FIBER PER FIXTURE
FOR USE WITH FIXTURE TYPE'FOl'
I
I
t
'I :r. i:..rt:i!,,-['r:r a.]i. a 1f Y:, r:f.*l
i0)
,'i ,x.
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
ipr
,i_r-".-i a=#
':i(:1Fan A !'iir:taril i. i: vi.r'i': t:-, L i ! j :,1
iQ)
,i-r|.':i,i* t
lr!.r::,r,.]i
_itr- i .;: i:! 1i,. i:: i itri.l
DFSCllF"]i)rr
iii-.grit r ti t ti tri{. !::rtrt tt+ atria/lil7t RJa*:..€ rr;i.+ f t rY.j:iaJa ,-r.;stt- irr6!. i?ri26 ed t& d}'s
Slq):(]/,::(]|\ FFATUF€s
ini |' a€l\:i{ ,r:! 1 .1-,.! .r r.-r-\, .f i!:i{t*, uiir,4 $jh e .,4,t ,4!4 t{,!.: ,ai tnr.r}:j i{€ ja.,!6 \r3J lt}xr!'}. ,rtn sll rl f}t* iaq t{i tv!'! r,1
:1:.; a:-':,.-:r':,.. :'J\i :,i. ir 1,:3rrn.: } !'it)r, ilrf,rr,'s$ \+:1 *i!an :r!}J,t rJ.t !: i ri* c!J:€ i;rn i'!s, r1 tj.JlkJ !r iJ,r 4.,a;4i,n
CrDlin0j; 3 n_.r i{r,.. .3 ? 1)'
! .i:l r$,|::.:tr:rr!{,
TOOiS
9VU€Y2 r.r..'1irr.. *r5 'at
uNoenw rEa tExs€s
SV66pOt,r,:r'nrrr:!r,::,rra
5/G,!POTIIK -.ii.. i'irlt t r ,;-.i i!*.'
9vt23POT \|4! iq*,:r t{"\. i l+i!d;\
SWZePOTatX,.r6:iir::i!ii:.1 i,:n'i.3r.'ii('
sw:r9rtT r.inr.iii:i,::.:.inn.rl
SVGI ; :r ii l"rrii;r. til:. i',:,:.t :t\':
S\rtl j. i.ai .i,r*:4tr, i|:;. iilr_r!r\:i
art l ,:.;rf!' .:,q,err *rre. r,;fi:
roTti 6l.d rrdlt &dsr. rtdd r1tt'BUc to Dfin rbr
0.r. 6|er-4l}.
j:,ti:].:.".!:+.i1:ijl.i:.:t.*,.j.-j:':i)..ro.':..iHi,.j:]":]j.,i.\i,|.l!]':l:ii!.*.i]ii,i1:|.;:]i!
ROBERT SINGER
ASPEN : 970-963-5692
ASSOCIATES INC
ARIZONA: 623_551_7667 I&
t
I
t
I
I
r\i,
PROJECT:VAILCASCADE RESORT TYPE : SL
DATE: MARCH 28,2008
CATALOG #: BEGA3116P
I-AMP : 13W PLC, 3000K
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
Die casl ali,.n!nu.n 'ilcepialc
Fbgh |]laaix'rEd cre;! tt)rnpcred
glass 'vriii l.ansjlict.: whte
ce.acr( ccalrnt nsrte
alrsi stirrr€sli s!e€: ai5(eae15.
Coior g:.rak c, ir;hi€
. Lamf L!,'*r A I C..
ry. Ri:e,$-.. fqp... l. .]0!Y91,17Y l3c 3rt:la ljl.
3-rt6P fflceBs€d (EE. 1 r3wPlc 8c'5 7r1 :,';.a...
30arP ficeess$ qED 1 ;*i$r PLC; r$tX! 9i. $i' 5!+.
3o4tllx_ R4L e$e,l SE :tglr Gre,,i t,r'r r']J0 9 9 . 5.
5A . C.P C - Con.lele Pdectcn !ny{ ld,3-1161
si* C I C . Co.r.{.!e Porcctrfi crrc. ir' :i!!l1F -Ila I i,lr I
ROBERT
ASPEN :970-963
SINGER
_5692
& ASSOC IATES I N C
ARIZONA: 623 551 7667
,'\ f,
PROJECT: VAIL CASCADE RESORT TYPE : SL1
DATE: MARCH 28,2008
CATALOG #:BEGA2002
I-AMP:10W G4, 12V
D,€ eas! alrfi:i.,J.il laceplale
Firral^r r.aahr^ed cleaf iei.,pared
giags.,vrli !ra.s!ijaeil *f r!€
ctranrc aoa!:rE iis{jt
Frush siariless slegl f?slea€fs
aoro' 8€cl a{ '!.hr:e
L it.np
304'tMH
522
524
t F C . Corlcrelc i'.olealraY| co;€l rcr 3: irjP
c P.c . ccncrere t'ole.r,9r ccr6r icl 39itiP 3o.lti-lfi
ROBERT SINGER
ASPEN : 970-963-5692
& ASSOCIATES INC
ARIZONA: 623 551 7667
I
I
t
I
r\i,
PROJECT: VAIL CASCADE RESORT
DATE: MARCH 28,2008
CATALOG #:73002
TYPE : Timet
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
tsTnffiofutF TtuE auntcHEa
lflhtt SthArB*y Owicr
neeu,rte Fcnr Optlond
APpUCtr|oitS
Auiornalia ON rt dutk OFF at derr contrd of ouldoorlghtng . Parl(ho Lols . V!,/bi(fiys. o|rt3 d. Srgns . Sl$pwndo\Ns. c.nogy Liqhlt,rg .l"gltdscap6 LbHing
SPECTF|CATOI$
Corlrct R{&|9ii
,O Aip T!r!cs.n- 120 VAC
:(),{re. R.6tCt.. t2ct7, VIC Si8|gb Ph.r.
a0
^rna.
Gqbrrl Arrp.a.. t2B27f VAC Sirgb Ffirt
20 turt. Indi.{S. 120 VAC, ?|t VAC lihgb Fn.|.
l(xp VA PiLt Ol'|y 12(}?7f VAC
2 HP (?t Fr$ 1A vAC: 9l{P (?t FLA) 240 VAC
tinhc lbbi lbary drny sy.rch.Flous, lalf-6tadr,R h8h
lorque. Pot,||er Cont!ftptioor 3 watts. Oplolal a6!6r!e
po,lrr 3priig rwttlrnten le!p6 dsl o.r timr up !o I I bourg
durtng porior outago. Poi /or ConsonDtonj 5 nrtts. Add
sutit L !o .rbd.l numbar
Altoardc OP|l'dotr Otl al sunrat - csn b6 ist 20 o. 40
rninobi betga€ or atlor nor'rtal sunsst, io r.rapt lo bcal
ar€a
oFF al sunrila or cr|l b€ sd t|D{It 8:30 P. . fo 2]30 A.M..
in half-lro{rr incrsmenls. No resattinO toa loason6l
chrn06, ai bippeJE rulonutcaly follo{N ire r€soni
onrrfl', Devlcrr 7.apok! w'rael lnrrkad rrah d.ys of
rr!€|( - a gm;ftlro rcrsst6 (P-1 4) ru'p{lod.
?tl$o|'y lh ||{ Ovtdd.r A,,/ailsblc
Ot.rdrr' l!rFar.tt'! ntn!., -40o !o +165'F. l-40" io
aTalC.i
Eocloctt|tr La |'il ot ad*ra{3 ractto! ttrr itu.|t3kar,
lndoodolldoof Noryl sncbarrq (NE[4tr 3$ b 6tindard
on all [e(c€C 3PST |nodols wh$h 8ro p(ovded whi mot ,
}}doo.rqrktos arcbture (NElrA 3) I Opto..l fte|al enclc.
rura E avaitabl€ on oli.nodoli
Olhr. Mo|Jnlhgr:
nrt'\ t'rh lo.i ltd r.' (rtlrr FLi| - i,td.r lsr'
tlnl! *nbct rar.t. alEll Itdf F|. (.i'l Fl2l - [|dg
t002.
tdd nbur{ng - *a.ay fra.imln! qry slt lrl.tct
1ra nodal rrtlrf|trhoaddtt r i *xtorr!.ra9ara*.
sP&rftcArx3 llnrER'BouluE
Fu|ltr -td arlad rn n *!$r. ToRl fur.s1d,|*ilrJtj!ru|1i.€
$a d.'rr|r'ltiE a.trc. ,a|r|n6 at . .tllt.tlnt rt dr.!.|d,l |t'dd.
r,.'r. s.a.h ir{.dr .hal h ct*L oa rr9d*!9 ro rrF,' ,r 0.r.dnl|Etr t z,7 r!a! rd
'ta
b. tlps't. lPSr o. 6mD a r.qrltd
cr,r 4.rrl.. r.t oes r|,ad.dt .i r,rd !n .ar oa !r.l ofF oc.i-{.d aal b. rdrrbda 'tEG 3 l) F l, lo LI i.H. h 6.rrdi hqt !1t}
mr*or r rjmie ldi otr !$ Cf,F ini nr,.. r.[...r*rdt d
2o4odn ..Lb.r*r,n.a,{urlr. bucur*tat Dlsf6 Stgl I NEU lA hd.'o.tolats - f&41 - 3psl anei 3 t.tldrdrdrdd l. ft$.rrd !. ol t). trlrrr lt . c.f.tll olt €..tiai ru,c rf.. th. g^a.n tua !. t6,( r..d.l r_ - 'z tio t 'qd{idiloi i€sEil€ iON,Ei ( ad grih L): S.hl ili|dr r.r\. td L lttvi.d r,torrt to odl. !r td. 9.6 curndr a L..l t! hr,r .L.
Dorr' btra On ia*yaqr ., oor|r, n6. 9dhn tht t ||.tt to rfctclot ,tlob. {hr ri .tbrd'* ||i&{ r..r/..
Modol 72002
?ooo! aEn|rS
g$
oio€Rf{{t r{FoR$Aro
ln tOX:
TOIIK r r** rn . ntl $rirrr. r.rl ll!i!r-r . l.l lilntjld:*.a1. , I Er'rl!a!,l'4 !i(:i. . ,trirrr{ td{'. //xir*!t t{ri 1{xs
r:A- €a-\ FIF+ +s-s-L--,-r t?os ig]+ |r.rtriJl I)Psr. t20oz .l-----J I .ll/\rr--6\- . rYYeY
psr,70e
sPoT - 7r:E
I ROBERT SINGER &
ASPEN :970_963_5692
ASSOCIATES INC
ARIZONA: 623-551-7667
t
l.
2.
3.
i.t.
5.
6.
B.
l.l
1.2
1.3
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
T
I
t
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
SECTION 3I IOOO . SITE CLEARING
PART I - GENERAL
March 28. 2008
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
ST]MMARY
This Section includes the followine:
l.
2.
J-
A
5.
6.
Protecting existing trees and plants to remain.
Removing existing trees and plants.
Clearing and grubbing.
Stripping and stockpiling topsoil.
Removing above- and below-grade site improvements.
Disconnecting, capping or sealing, and removing site utilities.
B.Related Sections include the followins:
Division 0l Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary utilities,
temporary construction and support facilities, temporary security and protection
facilities, and temporary erosion and sedimentation confiol procedures.
Division 0l Section "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection" for protecting trees
remaining on-site that are affected by site operations.
Division 0l Section "Execution" for verifuing utility locations and for recording field
measurements.
Division 02 Section "Structure Demolition" for demolition of buildings, structures, and
site improvements.
Division 3l Section "Earth Moving" for soil materials, excavating, backfilling, and site
grading.
Division 23 Section "Turfand Grasses and Plants" for finish grading including preparing
and placing planting soil mixes and testing of topsoil material.
DEFINITIONS
Topsoil: Natural or cultivated surface-soil layer containing organic matter and sand, silt, and
clay particles; friabte, pervious, and black or a darker shade of brown, gray, or red than
underlying subsoil; reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, gravel, and other objects more than 2
inches in diameter; and free of subsoil and weeds, roots, toxic materials, or other nonsoil
materials.
Tree Protection Zone'. Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to be protected
during construction, and defined by the drip line of individual trees or the perimeter drip line of
groups oftrees, unless otherwise indicated.
SITE CLEARING 3l1000 - l
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
1.4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 . EXECUTION
March 28.2008 I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
1.5
1.6
1.7
MATERIAL OWNERSHIP
Except for stripped topsoil or other materials indicated to remain Owner's property, cleared
materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site.
SUBMITTALS
Photographs, sufliciently detailed, of existing conditions of trees and plantings, adjoining
construction, and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by site
clearing.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply witb requirements in
Division I Section "Project Management and Coordination."
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied
or used facilities during site-clearing operations.
l. Do not close or obslruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities
without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Provide altemate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities
having jurisdiction.
Salvable Improvements: Carefully remove items indicated to be salvaged and store on Owner's
premises where indicated.
Utility Locator Service: Notifr utility locator service for area where Project is located before
site clearing.
Do not commence site clearing operations until temporary erosion and sedimentation control
measures are in place.
B.
C.
D.
3.1 PREPARATION
Protect and maintain benchmarks and survey control points from disturbance during
construction.
Locate and clearly flag trees and vegetation to remain or to be relocated.B,
SITE CLEARING 3l 1000 - 2
r Vail Cascade Resort March 28. 2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SETI
I C. Protect existing site improvements to remain from damage during construction.
t l Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner.
t
7 2 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLI
t A. Refer to Division 0l Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for requirements.
tr 3.3 TREE PROTECTION
I A. Refer to Division 0l Section "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection" for requirements.
I
3.4 UTILITIES
I
t A. Locate, identifu, disconnect, and seal or cap off utilities indicated to be removed.
l. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated utilities when requested by Contractor.I
I B. Existing Utilities: Do not intemtpt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others
unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide
I temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:Ift L Notifo Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility intemrptions.
f, 2. Do not proceed with utility intemrptions without Owner's written permission.
r C. Excavate for and remove underground utilities indicated to be removed.
II 3.5 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
I A. Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, grass, and other vegetation to permit installation of new
I construction.
I l. Do not remove trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or to be relocated.
t 2. Cut minor roots and branches of trees indicated to remain in a clean and careful manner
where such roots and branches obstruct installation ofnew construction.
N 3. Grind stumps and remove roots, obstructions, and debris extending to a deptb of l8
t inches below exposed subgrade.
4. Use only hand methods for grubbing within tree protection zone.
I 5. Chip removed tree branches and dispose ofoff-site.
t B. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with salisfactory soil material
rr unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated.
I l. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding a loose depth of 6 inches, and
compact each layer to a density equal to adjacent original ground.
I
I
T
SITE CLEARING 3l1000 - 3
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
3.6
March 28,2008 I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
l
I
r
I
I
I
I
I
TOPSOIL STRIPPING
Remove sod and grass before stripping topsoil.
Strip topsoil to whatever depths are encountered in a manner to prevent intermingling with
underlying subsoil or other waste materials.
l. Remove subsoil and nonsoil materials from topsoil, including trash, debris, weeds, roots,
and other waste materials.
SITE IMPROVEMENTS
Remove existing above- and below-grade improvements as indicated and as necessary lo
facilitate new construction.
Remove slabs, paving, walls, footings, lighting, site structures and aggregate base as indicated.
L Unless existing full-depth joints coincide with line of demolition, neatly saw-cut lenglh
of existing pavement to remain before removing existing pavement. Saw-cut faces
vertically.
2. Paint cut ends of steel reinforcement in concrete to remain to prevent corrosion.
DISPOSAL
Disposal: Remove surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolistred materials,
and waste materials including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's
property.
l. Separate recyclable materials produced during site clearing from other nonrecyclable
materials. Store or stockpile without intermixing with other materials and transport them
to recycling facilities.
END OF SECTION 3I IOOO
A.
B.
)-l
B.
3.8
SITE CLEARING 311000-4
2.
J.
2.
J.
c.
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
t
I
t
t
T
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
SECNON 3I2OOO - EARTH MOVING
March 28,2008
PART I GENERAL
I.OI DESCRIPTION
A. Work Included: Excavation and borrow pits, removing and satisfactorily disposing of all
materials taken from within work limits, including excavation for ditches and channels, inlet
and outlet ditches for culverts and structures, all necessary shaping and sloping for the
construction, preparalion, and completion of all backfill, embankments, subgrade shoulders,
slopes, gutters, intersections, approaches, and driveways, to required alignment, grade, and
typical cross section shown on drawings.
B. Related Work:
t.Structure Demolition: Section 0241 16
Site Clearing: Section 3 I 1000
Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Section 015000
4. Planting Soil: Sections 015639,329200, and 329300
Definitions:
l.Suitable Material: Earth fill material consisting of on-site or similar non-organic
sands, gravels, clays, silts and mixtures thereof with maximum size of 6". Bedrock
that breaks down to specified soil types and sizes during excavation, hauling, and
placement may be considered as suitable material. Rock fill material which consists
predominantly of cobbles or boulder-sized pieces ofblasted or broken rock with
maximum size of 2' .
Unsuitable Material: Any material containing vegetable or organic matter, muck,
peat, organic silt, topsoil, frozen materials, trees, stumps, certain manmade deposits,
or industrial waste, sludge or landfill, or other undesirable materials.
Unclassi{ied Excavation: Any and all materials, including surface boulders,
encountered during construction- Rock formations that can be removed by ripping
with D-9 tractor in good repair with single tooth hydraulic ripper are considered as
unclassifi ed excavation.
Rock Excavation: Rock formations which cannot be excavated without blastine.
Includes removal and disposal of all rock.
Backfill and Embankment: Embankments, including preparation of area upon
which they are to be placed, dikes within or outside right-of-way. Placing and
compacting approved material within areas where unsuitable materials have been
removed. Placing and compacting of material in holes, pits and other depressions to
lines and grades shown on drawings. Use only suitable materials in construction of
T
T
4.
5.
J
I
I EARTH MOVING 3 12000- I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
7.
I.O2 PERMITS
PART 2
t.
3. Stormwaler Discharge Permit (CDPHE)
4. Construction Dewatering (CDPHE)
5. 404 Permit
PRODUCTS
T
I
I
t
T
I
il
I
6.
March 28, 2008
embankments and backfi lls.
Borrow: Backfill or embankment material which must be acquired from designated
borrow areas to make up deficiencies whicb cannot be completed from excavation
within work limits. Bonow material must be approved by the Engineer and Soils
Engineer.
Proof Rolling: Applying test loads over subgrade surface by means of heavy
pneumatic-tired roller of specified design, to locate weak areas in subgrade.
Fugitive Dust
Road Cut
I
I2.OI FILL AND EMBANKMENT MATERIAL
Any suitable material or borrow as defined above. Free-running water shall be drained from
materials before placement.
2.02 CONSTRUCTIONWATER
Acceptable water shall be provided at Contractor's expense.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.OI EXCAVATION
Unclassified Excavation: All excess or unsuitable excavated materials, including rock and boulders,
that cannot be used in backfill and embankments, shall be placed in designated disposal areas or
disposed of off site. Where shown on drawings or considered necessary, conslrucl intercepting
ditches above top ofcut slopes and carry to oullets near ends ofcuts. To blend intersection ofcut
slopes with slope ofadjacent natural ground surfaces in uniform manner, shape tops ofall cut slopes,
except those in solid rock, for flattening and rounding in accordance with details shown on drawings.
Treat earth overburden above solid rock cuts in same manner as earth cut. Engineer reserves the
right to change cut slopes during progress of excavation. Scale all exposed rippable rock cuts of
loose, potentially falling rock at Contractor's expense.
3,02 PROOF ROLLING
Proof rolling may be required to determine whether certain areas of subgrade meet compaction
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
IEARTH MOVING 312000-2
rI Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28, 2008
A.
B.
C.
D.
F.
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
t
I
I
T
I
l
I
t
I
t
I
requirements. Proofroll designated areas with healy rubber-tired roller approved by Engineer. Areas
found to be weak or fail the test shall be repaired in accordance with recommendations by the
Engineer.
3.03 SUBGRADEPREPARATION
Adjust completed subgrade from slope or grade stakes to assure surface width conforms to typical
section, dimensions, lines, and grades on drawings. Compact subgrade in accordance with
compaction requiremenls.
3.04 EMBANKMENT AND FILL CONSTRUCTION
Place earthfill materials for backfill or embankment in thin horizontal layers and compact as
specified before next layer is placed. Use effective spreading equipment on each lift to
obtain uniform thickness prior to compacting. As compaction of each layer progresses,
continuously level and manipulate to assure uniform density. Add or remove water as
necessary to obtain maximum densiry. When directed by Engineer, remove excess moisture
in bridging across streams, ponds, and swampy ground. Place embankment in layers not
greater than 18" which have been demonstrated to meet compaction standards. Occasional
cobble and boulder-sized pieces ofexcavated rocks with sizes from 6" to 2', may be placed in
earth fill as agreed to by Engineer. Space large rocks so compaction of earth fill will meet
compaction requirements.
When embankment is to be placed and compacted on hillsides, or when new embankment is
to be compacted against existing embankments, or when embankment is built one-half width
at a time, slopes which are steeper than 4:l measured longitudinally or at right angles to
roadway shall be continuously benched over as work is brought up in layers. Benching shall
be well keyed into existing slopes a minimum of 8'wide. Begin each horizontal bench at
intersection of original ground and sides of previous benches. Material benched shall be
excavated and recompacted along with new embankment material at Contractor's expense.
Rock fill embankment material consists predominantly of rock 6" to 2' in diameter placed in
loose lifts up to average rock dimension. Placing of occasional boulders of sizes larger than
maximum layer thickness may be agreed to by Engineer provided material is carefully
placed, large stones well distributed, and voids completely filled with smaller stones, earth,
sand, or gravel. Level and smoolh each layer with suitable equipment, distributing soils and
finer fragments of earth. Wet each loose layer as necessary to facilitate compaction prior to
placing additional lifts. Embankments consisting predominantly of rock larger than 8" in
greatest dimension, shall nol be constructed above an elevation 2'below finished subgrade.
Balance of embankment shall be composed of suitable material smoothed and placed in
layers not exceeding 8" in loose thickness and compacted as specified.
Remove all sod and vegetable matter from surface upon which embankment is to be placed.
Completely break up cleared surface by plowing, scarifoing, or stepping a minimum of6" to
insure a bond between embankment and original ground. Recompact to specifications.
Frozen materials shall not be used in construction of embankments-
During construction maintain area in such condition that il will be well drained at all times.
EARTH MOVING 312000-3
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28. 2008
G. At the end of every construction day all fill areas musl be flat rolled to provide proper
drainage.
3.05 BORROW
Provide test pit ifrequired by Engineer to evaluate acceptability and limits of source at Contractor's
expense.
If more borrow is placed than required, amount of overrun will be deducted from borrow volume.
Contractor sball notify Engineer at least l0 working days in advance ofneed before opening borrow
area.
Strip all bonow pits ofsod, topsoil, and unsuitable materials. Restore bonow area, grade and shape
to provide proper drainage before placement oftopsoil, to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
3-06 DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS
Deposit all surplus materials or unsuitable materials in such places as designated on drawings or
approved by Engineer. Deposit all waste material in designated waste areas. Grade and shape
disposal site. Complete topsoil and reseeding of site if required. Where disposal sites are not
designated, remove and dispose of all waste material off site.
3.07 COMPACTIONREQUIREMENTS
A. Thoroughly scariS surface upon which embankment is to be placed to deptb of 6".
B. Compact scarified materials and embankments to following % AASHTO T99. Moisture
content shall be within 2% of optimum.
l. Landscaped area 95Yo
2. Roadway 95%
a. 0-5'Fill Depth95%o
b. Over 5' Fill Deoth 100%*
3. Interior Slab on Grade
a. 0-5'Fill Depth 95%
b. Over S'Fill Depth 100%*
4. Beneath Footines 100%
5. Hardscape (sidewalk, paver, flatwork)
a. 0-5'Fill Depth 95%
b. Over 5' Fill Depth 100%*
*To include l;I Zone oflnfluence
Soils that classifu as GP, GW, GM, GC, SP, SW, SM, or SC in accordance with the
USCS classification system (granular materials) should be compacted to 95 or more
percent of the maximum modified Proctor dry density at moisture contents within 2
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
t
T
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
t
T
EARTH MOVING 3t2000-4
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28. 2008
percent of optimum moisture content as delerrnined by ASTM DI557, the "modified
Proctor." Soils that classify as ML, MH, CL or CH should be compacted to 95 percent of
the maximum standard Proclor density at moisture contents from I percent to3 percent
above the optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D698, the "standard
Proctor,"
There should be compaction requirements for both a standard (AASHTO T99) and
modified (AASHTO T180) proctor. Provide a minimum of 95% compaction within 2%
of optimum moisture content where a modified proctor is used even below footings. The
compaction requirements that are listed in the spec look good for a standard proctor
however moisture contents should reflecl that listed above.
C. Where Engineer agrees to rock fill material embankments constructed without moisture and
density control, place in loose lifts up to average rock dimension not exceeding 2'. Apply
water as necessary to facilitate compaction. Route construction equipment, compactors, or
both, uniformly over each lift prior to placing additional lifts. Apply sufficient compactive
effort to each lift to achieve uniform, well-compacted rock fill. Distribute rocks throughout
layer, spaced far enough apart to allow compaction equipment lo pass between and permit
cross rolling. Place, move and compact embankment malerials, and apply water to facilitate
compaction and prevent voids in embankment. Number of passes required will depend on
available compaction equipment to achieve compactive effort agreed to by Engineer.
END OF SECTION 3I2OOO
EARTH MOVING 312000-5
March 28- 2008
I
I PART I GENERAL
I 1.01 DESCRIPTION
t A. Work included: Preparing surface of subgrade after utility contractors have completed
r installation of all utilities and furnishing and placing one or more courses of aggregate in
I conformance with lines, grades, and typical sections shown on drawings.
B. Related Work:
t l Earth Moving: Section 312000
I t.o2 suBMrrrALSI
A. Test Reports: If requested, fumish proposed source of materials and copies of tests from
I certified and acceptable testing laboratory:
I L Sieve analysis - ASTM Cl36
T1 2. Wear Abrasion - ASTM Cl3l
3. Liquid Limit - AASHTO T89, T90
I 4. Moisture Densitv Curves - AASHTO T99
I PART2 PRoDUCTSI
2.OI AGGREGATE
I A. Aggregate shall conform to following gradation:
I Sieve Percentage by Weight Passing square Mesh Sieves
r Size
class 2 class 4 class 5 class 6
I 4" 100
I 3" e5-100
2" - 100
r-112 - 90-100r l,o" - ,o-no ]oo ioo
I No.4 - 30-50 30-70 30-65I N3:!* ,-r, ,-r, ,-,,
"1;]t
r Liquid limit not greater than 35 for Class 2; 30 for Class 4, 5, or 6.I Plasticity Index not exceeding 6.
It Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SETI
I SECTION 3I I IOO - UNBOUND BASE COURSE
t
T
UNBOUNDBASECOURSE 321100-l
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
B. Requirements for this Project:
March 28,2008
Fumish Class 6 aggregate for this Project.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.OI PREPARATION
A. Staking: Contractor will provide at his expense all additional staking necessary to ensure
work conforms with drawings.
B. Subgrade Preparation: Shape and compact to crown, line, grades, and typical cross section
shown on drawings before placing base material. Compact to 95% AASHTO T99.
3.02 MIXING
The Contractor shall mix the aggregate by methods that insure a thorough and homogeneous mixfure.
3.03 PLACEMENT
Ifrequired compacted depth ofaggregate base course exceeds 6", construct in two or more layers of
approximately equal thickness. Maximum compacted thickness ofany one layer shall not exceed 6",'
When vibratory or other approved types ofspecial compacting equipment are used, compacted deptb
of single layer may be increased to 8" upon approval of Engineer.
3.04 SHAPING AND COMPACTION
Compact each layer to 95% AASHTO T180. Maintain surface of each layer during compaction so
that uniform texture is produced and aggregates are firmly keyed. Apply water uniformly during
compaction so moisture content is within 2% of optimum.
END OF SECTION 32I IOO
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IUNBOUND BASE COURSE 32ttoo-z
March 28. 2008
SECTION 321316 - DECORATIVE CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
TI! PART r -GENERAL
.) l.l RELATED DOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
t Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I r.2 SUMMARY
j A. This Section includes the following:
Ir I . Colored cement concrete pavement.
,, 2. Seeded cement concrete pavement.
I B. Related Sections include the following:
I I. Division 3l Section "Earth Moving" for subgrade preparation, grading, and subbase
a course.
2. Division 32 Section "Concrete Paving Joint Sealants" for joint sealants within decorative
I cement concrete pavement and at isolation joints ofdecorative cement concrete pavement
t with adjacent construction.
I r.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of blended
I hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, and ground granulated blast-fumace slag.I
I 1.4 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For each type ofproduct indicated.
I B. Design Mixtures: For each decorative cement concrete pavement mixture. Submit one (l) copyrrt of Statement of Mix Design prepared by batch plant servicing the project for each load
,r delivered to the project. Statement of Mix Design to contain the following information:
It l. Name, address and telephone number of batch plant preparing statement of mix design.
f| 2. Date of mix design.
I 3. Project location.
I
t 4. Contractor requesting load delivery.
I 5. Mix design number.
I
I vail cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I
T
DECORATIVE CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 32t3r6 - |
Vail Cascade Resort March 28.2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
6. Integral color used.
7. Gradations for sand and aggregate.
8. Material weights, specific gravity, and absolute volumes.
9. Basis of testing, i.e. UBC 2605 D4 and Title 24 2604 D4.
10. Water/Cementratio.
I l. PSI rating.
12. Signature of testing laboratory manager.
13. Signed stamp from registered Project Structural Engineer or Architect.
C. Qualification Data: For Installer and ready-mix concrete producer.
D. Material Certificates: For the following materials, signed by manufacturers:
l. Cementitiousmaterials.
2. Sleel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories.
3. Fiberreinforcement.
4. Admixtures.
5. Curing compounds.
6. Applied finish materials.
7. Bonding agent or epoxy adhesive.
8. Joint fillers.
1.5 QUALTTY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer of
decorative cement concrete pavement systems.
B. Ready-Mix-Concrete Producer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-
mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTMC941C94M requirements for
production facilities and equipment.
I . Producer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete
Production Facilities."
C. Source Limitations: Obtain decorative cement concrete pavement products and each type or
class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacfurer's olant and each
aggregate through one source.
D. ACI Publications: Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," unless
modified by requirements in the Contract Documents.
E- Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material
evaluation tests and to desisn concrete mixtures.
I
I
I
t
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
T
I
I
t
IDECORATIVE CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 321316 - 2
It Vail Cascade Resort March 28,2008
_ Town ofVail PERMIT SET
I F. Mockups: Cast mockups of sections approximately 96 by 96 inches of decorative cemenl
concrete pavement to demonstrate typical pattem, texture, surface finish, color, joints, and
t standard of workmanship.
I 1. Build mockups in the location and ofthe size indicated or, ifnot indicated, as directed by
I Landscape Architect.
I 2. In presence of Landscape Architect, damage part of the exposed surface of decorative
cement concrele pavement for each finish, color, and texfure required, and demonstrate
materials and techniques proposed for repair to match adjacent undamaged surfaces.
I 3. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of
' Substantial Compietion.
I G. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site 1o comply with requirements in
f Division I Section "Project Management and Coordination."
a l. Before submitting design mixtures, review decorative cement concrete pavement mixhtre
I design and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials and decorative
cement concrete pavement construction practices. Require representatives ofeach entity
directly concemed with decorative cement concrete pavement to attend, including the
I following:
a. Contractor'ssuperintendent.
I b. Decorative cement concrete pavement Installer.
I I.6 DELIVERY, SToRAGE, AND HANDLINGI
A. Store materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry and protected location. Do not
I use materials that have become damp.
I B. Protect reinforcing steel and dowels from rusting, deformation, staining and moisture damage.
I C. Keep seeded aggregates dry at all times prior to installation.t
I r.i PRoJECT coNDrrroNsI
A. Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other
I construction activities.
I B. Keep work area clean and in a safe and workmanlike condition so that rubbish, waste and debris
I do not interfere with work of other trades.
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
I
2.1 CONCRETE PRODUCTS
I A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
I
I
DECORATIVE CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 321316 - 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
A.
2.2
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
C.
C.
March 28, 2008
requirements, provide one of thel. Available Products: Subject to compliance with
products specified or an approved equal.
a. Integrally Colored Concrete: Sandscape Texture as manufactured by Colorado
Hardscapes, Inc., Denver, Colorado, 303-750-8200 or approved equal.
b. Seeded Aggregate Concrete: Lithocrete Architectural Concrete Paving as
manufactured by Colorado Hardscapes, Inc., Denver, Colorado, 303-750-8200 or
approved equal.
c. Integrally Colored and Stamped Concrete: Standard natural stone stamp pattem as
manufactured by Colorado Hardscapes, Inc., Denver, Colorado, 303-750-8200 or
approved equal.
FORMS
Form Materials: Plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood, or other approved panel-type
materials to provide full-depth, continuous, straight, and smooth exposed surfaces.
l. Use flexible or curved forms for curves of a radius 100 feet or less.
Forms for Textured Finish Concrete: Units of face design, size, arrangement, and configuration
indicated. Provide solid backing and form supports to ensure stability of textured form liners.
Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with,
stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of
concrete surfaces.
STEEL REINFORCEMENT
Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire
into flat sheets.
Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60; deformed, clean and free of rust, dirt,
grease or oils.
Plain Steel Wire: l6-gauge plain cold{rawn steel conforming to ASTM A 82, as drawn, clean
and free ofrust, dirt, grease or oils.
Joint Dowel Bars: Plain steel bars, ASTM A 615/,{ 615M, Grade 60. Cut bars true to lenglh
with ends square and free ofburrs.
Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening
reinforcing bars, welded wire reinforcement, and dowels in place. Manufacture bar supports
according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete
or fiber-reinforced concrete ofgreater compressive strength than concrete, and as follows:
l. Equip wire bar supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will
not support chair legs.
B.
2.3
I
I
I
I
I
B.
I
I
I
I
I
t
D.
E.
DECORATIVE CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 32t316 - 4
! Vail Cascade Resort March 28,2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SETa
T 2.4 CONCRETEMATERIALS
t A. Cementitious Material: Use one ofthe following cementitious materials, of the same type,
f brand, and source, throughoutProject:
1, L Gray Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II.
I! B. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, Class 45, uniformly graded. Provide aggregates
- from a single source.
II l. Maximum Aggregate Size: I inch nominal.
2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with delelerious reactivity to alkali in cement.
I
I 3. Sand: Clean, hard and durable washed concrete sand.
I C. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94lC 94M. Free from deleterious materials such
I as soils, acids and organic mafler.
I D. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.
I E. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible wirh
other admixtures and to contain not more than 0.1 percent water-soluble chloride ions by mass
I of cementitious material.I
l. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 4941C 494M, Type A.
fl 2. Shrinkage-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 157.
t
I 2.s FIBER REINFORCEMENT
I A. Synthetic Fiber: 100% virgin multifilament polypropylene fibers engineered and designed for
use in decorative cement concrete pavement, complying with ASTM C 1116, Type III, l/4 inch
I long.I
l. Available Products:
a. Fibermesh;FibermixStealth. 423-892-8080.
b. Grace Construction Products, W. R. Grace & Co.; Grace MicroFiber. 800433-
0020.
I 2.6 COLOR MATERTALS
t A. Color Pigment: ASTM C 979, synthetic mineral-oxide pigments or colored water-reducing
admixtures; color stable, free of carbon black, nonfading, and resistant to lime and other alkalis.r
I I . Manufacturers:
I a. Davis Colors. 323-269-7311.
t b. QC Construction Products. 800-453-8213.
c. Scofield, L. M. Company. 800-800-9900.
I
t
t
T
DECORATIVE CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3213t6 - 5
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28, 2008 I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
B. Pigmented Mineral Dry-Shake Hardener: Factory-packaged dry combination of portland
C.
cement, graded quartz aggregate, coloring pigments, and plasticizing admixture. Use coloring
pigments that are finely ground, nonfading mineral oxides interground with cement.
Pigmented-Powder Release Agent: Factory-packaged dry combination of surface-conditioning
and dispersing agents interground with coloring pigments that facilitates release of stamp mats.
Use coloring pigments tbat are finely ground, nonfading mineral oxides interground with
cement.
Liquid Release Agent: Manufacturer's standard clear, evaporating formulation that facilitates
release of stamp mats and texture rollers.
IMPRINTING TOOLS
Stamp Tools: Open-grid, aluminum or rigid plastic stamp tool capable of imprinting joint
pattems on plastic concrete.
STAIN MATERIALS
Reactive Stain: Acidic-based stain with wetting agents and high-grade, UV-stable metallic salts
that react with calcium hydroxide in cured concrete to produce permanent, variegated or
translucent color effects.
Penetrating Stain: Water-based, acrylic latex, penetrating stain with colorfast pigments.
CURING AND SEALING MATERIALS
Curing Paper: Nonstaining, waterproof paper, consisting of two layers of kraft paper cemented
together and reinforced with fiber, complying with ASTM C 171.
Evaporation Retarder: Waterbome, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application
to fresh concrete.
Waterbome, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type l, Class B,
specifically manufactured for colored concrete.
l. For integrally colored concrete, curing compound shall be pigmented type approved by
coloring admixture manufacfurer.
2. For concrete indicated to be sealed, curing compound shall be compatible with sealer.
Clear, Solvent-Borne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315,
Type l, Class A.
Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 13 I 5,
Type l, Class A, specifically manufactured for use with colored concrete.
c.
D.
2.7
2.8
2.9
B.
B.
D.
E.
DECORAT]VE CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 32t316 - 6
I,
r Vail Cascade Resort March 28,2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I F. Clear Acrylic Sealer: Manufacturer's standard waterbome, membrane-forming, medium-gloss,
acrylic copolymer emulsion solution, specifically manufactured for colored concrete, containing
t not less than 15 percent solids by volume, non-yellowing, and UV resistant.
-r!G. Slip-Resistant Additive: Manufacturer's standard finely graded aggregate or polymer additive,
I designed to be added to clear acrylic sealer, to result in a slip-resistant surface.
I
2.IO RELATED MATERIALSI! A. Expansion- and Isolation-JoinrFiller Strips: ASTM D 175 I , asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber.
I B. Bonding Agent: ASTMC 1059, TypeII, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene
a butadiene.
;; C. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing
I and bonding to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to
requirements, and as follows:
I l. Types [I and II, non-load bearing] [IV and V, load bearing], for bonding hardened or
- freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete.
I D. Polyethylene Film: ASTM D 439':,1 mil thick, clear.!
I 2.rr coNcRETE MTXTURES
t A. Prepare design mixtures, proportioned according to ACI 301, for each type and strength of
I normal-weight concrele determined by either laboratory trial mixes or field experience.
I L Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed concrete
mixture designs for the trial batch method.
lr B. Proportion mixtures to provide normal-weight concrele with the following propenies:
I l. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 4500 psi.
f 2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio at Point of Placement: 0.50.
- 3. Slump Limit: 5 inches, plus or minus l/2 inch.
I C. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in normal-weight
concrete at point of placement having an air content as follows:
I l. Air Content: 5-l/2 percenl plus or minus 1.5 percent for l-ll2-inch nominal maximum
aggregate size.
2. Air Content: 6 percent plus or minus 1.5 percent for l-inch nominal maximum aggregate
f slze.I 3. Air Content: 6 percent plus or minus I .5 percent for 3/4-inch nominal maximum
aggregate size.
I D. Chemical Admixtures: Use admixtures accordins to manufacturer's written instructions.
t
I
DECORATIVE CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 321316 - 7
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28, 2008
concrele, as required, for placement and
t
I
!
3.1
I . Use evaporalion retardants admixture in
workability.
E. Synthetic Fiber: Uniformly disperse in concrete mix at manufacturer's recommended rate, but
not less than 1.0 lb/cu. yd.
F. Color Pigment: Add color pigment to concrete mixture according to manufacturer's written
instruclions and to result in hardened concrete color consistent with approved mockup.
2.12 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to
ASTM C 94/C 94M. Fumish batch certificates for each batch discharged and used in the Work.
l When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time
from l-ll2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing
and deliverv time to 60 minutes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine exposed subgrades and subbase surfaces for compliance with tolerances for
dimensional, grading, and elevation tolerances.
Proof-roll prepared subbase surface with heavy pneumatic-tired equipment to identif soft
pockets and areas of excess yielding.
l. Completely proof-roll subbase in one direction[ and repeat in perpendicular direction].
Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph.
2. Subbase with soft spots and areas of pumping or rutting exceeding depth of [f/2 inch]
require correction according to requirements in Division 3l Section "Earth Moving."
Proceed with decorative cement concrete pavement operations only after nonconforming
conditions have been corrected and subgrade is ready to receive pavement.
PREPARATION
Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before placing concrete.
Protect adjacent construction from discoloration and spillage during application of color
hardeners, release agents, stains, curing compounds, and sealers.
I
t
l
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
IA.
B.
A-
B.
C.
J.L
T
T
I
I
IDECORATIVE CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 321316 - 8
B.
J.J
I
t
I
t
t
T
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28.2008
EDGEFORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION
Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides for pavement to
required lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and
so forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement.
Clean forms after each use and coat with form-release agent to ensure separation from concrete
without damage.
3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and
supporting reinforcement.
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, or other bond-reducing materials.
C. Arange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during
concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement.
D. Install welded wire reinforcement in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at
least one full mesh, and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent
continuous laps in either direction.
E. Install fabricated bar mats in lengths as long as practicable. Handle units to keep them flat and
free ofdistortions. Straighten bends, kinks, and other inegularities, or replace units as required
before placement. Set mats for a 2-inch overlap to adjacent mats.
3.5 JOINTS
A. General: Construct construction, expansion, control and score joints and edgings true to line
with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles
to centerline, unless otherwise indicated.
l. When joining existing pavement, place transverse joints to align with previously placed
joints, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of pavement and at
locations where pavement operations are stopped for more tban one-half hour, unless pavement
terminales at expansion joints.
l. Continue steel reinforcement across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do
not continue reinforcement through sides of pavement strips, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Provide tie bars at sides of pavement strips where indicated.
3. Speed Dowel Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated.
Lubricate or asphalt coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one
side ofjoint.
C. Expansion Joints: Form expansion joints of preformed joint-filler strips abutting concrete
curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks, other fixed objects, and where indicated.
I
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I DECORATIVE CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 32t316 - 9
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
T
t
t
I
D.
E.
F.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
3.6
March 28. 2008
l Locate expansion joints at intervals of 50 feet, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Extend joint fillers full width and depth ofjoint.
3. Terminate joint filler less than ll2 inch or more than I inch below finished surface ifjoint
sealant is indicated.
4. Pface top ofjoint filler ll4 inch below finished concrete surface.
5. Fumish joint fillers in one-piece lengths. Where more than one length is required, lace or
clip joint-fi ller sections together.
6. Protect top edge of joint filler during concrete placement with metal, plastic, or other
temporary preformed cap. Remove protective cap after concrete has been placed on both
sides ofjoint.
Control Joints: Form weakened-plane control joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated.
Construct control joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of the concrete thickness, as
follows:
l. Sawed Joints: Form control joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive
or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut l/8-inch- wide joints into concrete when cutting action
will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before developing random
contraction cracks.
Score Joints: Form aesthetic score joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct
score joints for a depth equal to 3/8 inch thickness, as follows:
I . Sawed Joints: Form score joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or
diamond-rimmed blades. Cut l/8-inch- wide joints into concrete when cutting action will
not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before developing random contractjon
cracks-
Edging: Tool edges of pavemenl, gutters, curbs, and joints in concrete after initial floating with
an edging tool to a I l2-inch radius. Repeat tooling of edges after applying surface finishes.
Eliminate tool marks on concrete surfaces.
CONCRETE PLACEMENT
Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcement
steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notifu other trades to permit installation of their
work.
Remove snow, ice, or frost from subbase surface and reinforcement before placing concrete.
Do not place concrete on frozen surfaces.
Moisten subbase to provide a uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed. Do not
place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at required finish elevation and
alignment.
Comply with ACI 30[ requiremenls for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete.
Do not add water to concrete during delivery or at Project site.
Do not add waler to fresh concrete after testins.
DECORATIVE CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 32r3t6 - l0
A.
B,
3.7
I
I
I
l
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
T
T
I
I
I
t
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28, 2008
G. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do not push
or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place.
H. Consolidate concrete according to ACI 301 by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented
by hand spading, rodding, or tamping.
l. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with an
intemal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side
forms. Use only square-faced shovels for hand spreading and consolidation. Consolidate
with care to prevent dislocating reinforcement, dowels, and joint devices.
I. Screed pavement surfaces with a straightedge and strike off.
J. Commence initial floating using bull floats or darbies to impart an open textured and uniform
surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further
disturb concrete surfaces before beginning finishing operations or spreading surface treatments.
K. When adjoining pavement lanes are placed in separate pours, do not operate equipment on
concrete until pavement has attained 85 percent of its 28-day compressive strength.
L. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from
physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low
temperafures.
I . When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F, uniformly heat
water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less
than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F at point ofplacement.
2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow.
3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or
chemical accelerators, unless otherwise specified and approved in mix designs.
M. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows when hot-weather conditions
exist:
l. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placemenl
below 90 deg F. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control
temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing
water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option.
2. Cover reinforcement steel with water-soaked burlap so steel temperature will not exceed
ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete.
3. Fog spray forms, reinforcement steel, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep
subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.
FLOAT FINISHING
General: Do not add water to concrete surfaces during finishing operations.
Float Finish: Begin the second floating operation when bleed-water sheen has disappeared and
concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surlace with power-driven
floats, or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to true
DECORATIVE CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 321316 - n
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
3.10
A.
3.1I
I
I
T
!
I
I
I
I
I
t
3.8
3.9
I
IT
T
t
T
I
I
I
5-
March 28. 2008
planes. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Refloat surface immediately to uniform
granular texture.
INTEGRALLY COLORED CONCRETE FINI SH
Integrally Colored Concrete Finish: After final floating, apply a hand-trowel finish followed by
the following finish to concrete.
l. Sandscape Texture Finish. Install per manufacturer's specifications.
SEEDED AGGREGATE CONCRETE FINISH
Seeded Aggregate Concrete Finish: After final floating, apply the following finish to concrete.
l. Lithocrete. Installpermanufacturer'sspecifications.
STAMPED CONCRETE FINISH
Tool Stamping: While initially finished concrete is plastic, cover surface with polyethylene
film, stretch taut lo remove wrinkles, lap sides and ends 3 inches, and secure to edge forms.
Lightly broom surface lo remove air bubbles. Accurately align and place stamp tools in
sequence and tamp into concrete to produce required imprint pattern and depth of imprint on
concrete surface. Remove stamp tools immediately. Hand stamp edges and surfaces unable to
be imprinted by stamp tools. Unroll and remove polyethylene film immediately after tool
stamping.tL Stamping pattern to be determined by Landscape Architect from manufacrurer's full I
ranse.
2. Antiquing Agent: Apply over liquid release agent according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
PIGMENTED MINERAL DRY-SHAKE HARDENER
Pigmented Mineral Dry-Shake Hardener Finish: After initial floating, apply pigmented mineral
dry-shake materials to pavement surfaces according to manufacturer's written instruclions and
as follows:
Uniformly apply pigmented mineral dry-shake hardener at a rate of [00 lb/100 sq. ft.]
<Insert rate of application>, unless greater amount is recommended by manufacturer to
match pavement color required.
Uniformly distribute approximately two-thirds of pigmented mineral dry-shake hardener
over the concrete surface with handcast, allow to absorb moisture. Follow power floating
with a second pigmented mineral dry-shake hardener application, uniformly distributing
remainder of material at right angles to first application to ensure uniform color.
After final floating, apply a hand{rowel finish followed by a broom finish to concrete.
DECORATIVE CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 321316 - t2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28,2008
a. Burlap Finish: Drag a seamless strip of damp burlap across float-finished
concrete, perpendicular to line oftraffic, to provide a uniform, gritty texture.
b. Medium-to-Fine-Textured Broom Finish: Draw a soft bristle broom across float-
finished concrete surface, perpendicular to line of traffic, to provide a uniform,
fineJine texture.
c. Medium-to-Coarse-Textured Broom Finish: Provide a coarse finish by striating
float-finished concrete surface l/16 to li8 inch deep with a stiff-bristled broom,
perpendicular to line of traffic.
B. Pigmented-Powder Release Agent: Uniformly distribute onto pigmented mineral dry-shake
hardened and still-plastic concrete at a rate of3 to 4 lb/100 sq. ft..
C. Liquid Release Agent: Uniformly mist surface of pigmented mineral dry-shake hardened and
still-plastic concrete al a rate of 5 gaVl000 sq. ft..
3.12
A.
CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING
General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperanrres.
Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection.
Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hol, dry, or windy
conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing
operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and
bull floating or darbying concrete but before float finishing.
Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete
surface.
Curing Compound: Apply curing compound immediately after final finishing. Apply
uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Recoat areas that have been subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after
application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.
L Cure integrally colored concrete with a[ pigmented] curing compound.
2. Cure concrete finished with pigmented mineral dry-shake hardener with a[ pigmented]
curing compound.
Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or
roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall
within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second
coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.
Curing Paper: Cure with unwrinkled curing paper in pieces large enough to cover the entire
width and edges of slab. Do not lap sheets. Fold curing paper down over pavement edges and
secure with continuous banks of earth to prevent displacement or billowing due to wind.
Immediately repair holes or tears in paper.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
DECORATIVE CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3213t6 - t3
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
I
I
C.
D.
E.
F.
March 28, 2008
3. l3
A.
B.
STAINING
Newly placed concrete shall be at least 14 days old.
Prepare surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions and as follows:
l. Clean concrete thoroughly by scraping, applying solvents or stripping agents, sweeping
and pressure washing, or scrubbing with a rotary floor machine and detergents acceptable
to stain manufacturer. Rinse until water is clear.
a. Do not use acidic solutions to clean surfaces.
2. Test surfaces to receive stain with droplets of water. If water beads and does not
penetrate surface, or only penetrates in some areas, profile surfaces by [acid etching,]
[grinding, sanding, or abrasive blasting]. Retest and continue profiling surface until
water droplets immediately darken and uniformly penetrate concrete surfaces.
3. Apply acidic solution to dampened concrete surfaces, scrubbing witb uncolored, acid-
resistant nylon bristle brushes until bubbling stops and concrete surface has texture of
12O-grit sandpaper- Do not allow solution to dry on concrete surfaces. Rinse until water
is clear. Control, collect, and legally dispose of runoff.
4. Neutralize concrete surfaces and rinse until water is clear. Test surface for residue with
clean white cloth. Test surface with pH pencil to ensure reading between 7 and 8.
Scoring: Score decorative jointing in concrete surfaces 3/8 inch deep with diamond blades to
match pattem indicated. Rinse until water is clear. Score before staining.
l. Joint Width: l/8 inch.
Allow pavement surface to dry before applying stain. Test surfaces to receive stain by tightly
taping l8 by l8 inches,4-mil- thick polyethylene sheet to concrete surface. Apply stain only if
no moisture has accumulated under sheet after 16 hours.
Reactive Stain: Apply reactive stain to pavement surfaces according to manufacturer's written
instructions and as follows:
l. Apply stain by uncolored bristle brush, roller, or high-volume, low-pressure sprayer and
immediately scrub into concrete surface with uncolored, acid-resistant nylon bristle
brushes in continuous, circular motion. Do not spread stain after fizzing stops. Allow to
dry four hours and repeat application of stain in sufficient quantity to obtain color
consislent with approved mockup panel.
2. Remove stain residue after four hours by wet scrubbing with commercial-grade delergenl
acceptable to stain manufacturer. Rinse until watdr is clear. Control, collect, and legally
dispose of runoff.
Penetrating Stain: Apply penetrating stain to pavement surfaces according to manufacturer's
written instructions and as follows:
I . Apply first coat of stain to dry, clean surfaces by airless sprayer, or high-volume low-
pressufe sprayer.
2. Allow to dry four hours and repeat application of stain in sufficient quantity to obtain
color consistent with approved mockup panel.
DECORATIVE CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3213t6 - t4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28. 2008
3.14
A.
3.15
A.
3.16
A.
B.
3. Rinse until water is clear. Control, collect, and legally dispose of runoff.
SEALER
Clear Acrylic Sealer: Apply uniformly in two coats in continuous operations according to
manufacturer's written instructions. Allow first coat to dry before applying second coat, at 90-
degrees to the direction of the first coat using same application methods and rates.
l. Begin sealing dry surface no sooner than 14 days after concrete placement.
2. Allow stained concrete surfaces to dry before applying sealer.
3. Mix slip-resistant additive thoroughly in sealer before application according to
manufacturer's written instructions. Stir sealer occasionally during application to
maintain even distribution of additive.
PAVEMENT TOLERANCES
Comply with tolerances of ACI I 17 and as follows:
l.
2.
J.
4.
5.
6.
Elevation: Il4 inch.
Thickness: Plus 3/8 inch, minus l/4 inch.
Surface: Gap below l0-foot- long, unleveled straightedge not to exceed I /4 inch.
Lateral Alignment and Spacing of Dowels: I inch.
Vertical Alignment of Dowels: 114 rnch.
Alignment of Dowel-Bar End Relative to Line Perpendicular to Pavement Edge: Length
of dowel ll4 inch per 12 inches.
Joint Spacing: 3 inches.
Control Joint Depth: Plus l/4 inch, no minus.
Joint Width: Plus l/8 inch, no minus.
8.
9.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field
tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
Testing Services: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to
ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements:
l. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least I composite sample for each 100 cu. yd. or fraction
thereofof each concrete mix placed each day.
a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive-strength tests
for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly
selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used.
2. Slump: ASTM C 143/C l43M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample,
but not less than one lest for each day's pour of each concrete mix. Perform additional
tests when concrete consistency appears to change.
DECORATIVE CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3213t6 - l5
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
3.17
A.
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
G.
H.
B,
March 28. 2008
3. Air Content: ASTM C 23 l, pressure method; one test for each composite sample, but not
less than one test for each day's pour ofeach concrete mix.
4. Concrete Temperafure: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; I test hourly when air temperature is
40 deg F and below and when 80 deg F and above, and I test for each composite sample.
5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 3llC 31M; cast and laboratory cure one set of
three standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample.
6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test I specimen at 7 days for
information and 2 specimens at 28 days.
a. A compressive-strength lest shall be the average compressive strength from 2
specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at 28 days.
C. Strength of each concrete mix will be satisfactory if every average of any 3 consecutive
compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no
compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500
osi.
Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufactureq and Contractor
within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project
identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and
inspecting agency, location of concrele batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days,
concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break
for both 7- and 28-day tests.
Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be
permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection ofconcrete.
F. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when
test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements
have not been met, as directed by Architect.
Remove and replace decorative cement concrete pavement where test results indicate that it
does not comply with specified requirements.
Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractofs expense, will be performed to determine
compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
Remove and replace decorative cement concrete pavement that is broken, damaged, or does not
comply with requirements in this Scction in complete sections from joint lo joint, unless
otherwise approved by Landscape Architect.
Detailing: Grind concrete "squeeze" lell from tool placement. Color ground areas with slurry
of color hardener mixed with water and bonding agent. Remove excess release agent with high-
velocity blower.
C. Protect concrete from damage. Exclude traffic from pavement for at least 14 days after
placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain pavement as clean as possible by
removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur.
DECORATIVE CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 321316 - 16
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28,2008
D. Maintain decorative cement concrete pavement free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other
foreign material. Sweep decorative cement concrete pavement not more than two days before
date scheduled for Substantial Completion inspections.
3.I8 DECORATIVE CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT SCHEDULE
A. Concrete Paving Type l:
l. Porte-Cochere:
a. Method: Integrally colored with snowmeh system, Lithocrete surface-seeded
aggregate field and band inset and stained Lithocrete surface-seeded aggregate
accent band.
l) Color: Colorado Hardscapes color #0208-01-537.
2) Thickness: 6 inches wilh snowmelt system.
3) Field:
a) Textures: Seeded aggregate, maximum l/4 inch in size.
b) Pattern: 24 inch x 24 inch jointing pattem at 45 degree angle to
match Hotel lobby.
4) Bands:
a) Textures: Seeded aggregate, maximum l/4 inch in size.
b) Pattem: 4 inch x 24 inchjointing bands at 45 degree angle to match
Hotel lobby.
c) Stain: Penetrating stain, color- Colorado Hardscapes color - black.
5) Band Inset:a) Textures: Seeded aggregate, maximum l/4 incb in size.
b) Pattem: 4 inch x 4 inch band inserts at 45 degree angle to match
Hotel lobby.
B. Concrete Paving Type 2:
l. Courtyard Comer Landscape Islands:
a. Method: Integrally colored with snowmelt system and Lithocrete surface-seeded
aggregate.
1) Color: Colorado Hardscapes custom color, to be determined by Landscape
Architect.
2) Thickness: 5 inches with snowmelt system.
3) Field:
a) Textures: Seeded aggregate, maximum l/4 inch in size.
C. Concrete Paving Type 3:
l. Dining Terrace under Portico:
a. Method: Integrally colored with Sandscape Texture.
l) Color: ColoradoHardscapescolor#0208-01-537.
DECORATIVE CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I 3213t6 - 17
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28,2008 T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
t
2) Thickness: 5 inches.
3) Field:
a) Textures; Colorado Hardscapes Sandscape Texture, CHI 027 surface
treatment.
b) Pattem: 24 inch x 24 inch jointing pattern.
D. Concrete Paving Type 4:
L Dining Terrace:
a. Method: Integrally colored with Sandscape Texture.
1) Color: Colorado Hardscapes color - Yellowstone.
2) Thickness: 5 inches.
3) Field:
a) Textures: Colorado Hardscapes Sandscape Texture, CHI 027 surface
treatment.
b) Pattern: 48 inch x 48 inch jointing pattem.
E. Concrete Paving Type 5:
I . Dining Terrace:
a. Method: Integrally colored with snowmelt system and Sandscape Texture.
I ) Color: Colorado Hardscapes color - Yellowstone.
2) Thickness: 5 inches with snowmeh system.
3) Field:
a) Textures: Colorado Hardscapes Sandscape Texture, CHI 027 surface
treatment.
b) Pattem: 48 inch x 48 inch jointing pattem.
F. Concrete Paving Type 6:
L Pool and Spa Decks:
a. Method: Integrally colored with snowmelt system and Lithocrete surface-seeded
ag$egate.
l) Color: Colorado Hardscapes custom color, to be determined by Landscape
Architect.
2) Thickness: 5 inches with snowmelt system.
3) Field:
a) Textures: Seeded aggregate, maximum l/4 inch in size.
G. Concrete Coping:
l. Pool and Spa Coping:
a. Method: Integrally colored with stamped texture.I
I
IDECORATIVE CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 321316 - l8
r Vail Cascade Resort March 28,2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
r ;l ff'ffi:lT*:#s'fftT;:i:1#0208-0r-537
I 3) Field:
I a) Textures: Colorado Hardscapes Sandscape Texture, CHI 027 surface
treatrnent.
b) Pattern: 12 inch x 24 inch jointing pattern.
t
END OF SECTION 321316
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
DECORATIVE CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 32t3r6 - t9
March 28,2008
SECTION 321373 _ CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
PART I - GENERAL
I I.I RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
I Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
It t.2 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
r L Expansion and control joints within cement concrete pavement.
I B. Related Sections include the following:t
l. Division 32 Section "Decorative Cement Concrete Pavement" for constructing joints in
decorative concrete pavement.
!
- 1.3 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product indicated.
I B. Sarnples for Verification: For each type and color ofjoint sealanl required. Install joint-sealantr samples in l/2-inch- wide joints formed between two 6-inch- long strips of material matching
the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants.
t C. Product Certificates: For each type of joint sealant and accessory, signed by product
manufacfurer.
t D. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer, indicating the following:
I l. Materials forming joint substrates and joint-sealant backings have been tested for
I compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants.- 2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrale
f preparation needed.for adhesion.
r E. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified
testing agency, for sealants.
r 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer.
I vail cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SETI
I
I
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 321373 - |
IVail Cascade Resort March 28.2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single
manufacturer.
C. Product Testing: Obtain test results for "Product Test Reports" Paragraph in "Submittals"
Article from a qualified testing agency based on testing of current sealani products within a 36-
month period preceding the commencement of the Work.
L Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to
ASTM C l02l for testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548.
I.5 DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels
indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration date, pot life, curing
time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials.
B. Store and handle materials to comply with manufacturer's written instructions to prevent their
deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other
causes.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Do not proceed with installation ofjoint sealants under the following conditions:
l. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint-
sealant manufacfurer.
2. When joint substrates are wet or covered with frost.
3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for
applications indicated.
4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed
from joint substrates.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in other
Part 2 articles or an approved equal.
2.2 MATERIALS. GENERAL
A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backing materials, and other related materials that are
compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and
application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer based on testing and field
experience.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
ICONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 321373 - 2
r Vail Cascade Resort March 28,2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Landscape Architect from manufacturer's full
range.
r 2.3 COLD.APPLIED JOINT SEALANTS
I A. Type NS Silicone Sealant for Concrete: Single-component, low-modulus, neutral-curing,
- nonsag silicone sealant complying with ASTM D 5893 for Type NS.
I l. Products:I
a. Crafco Inc.; RoadSaver Silicone.
b. Dow Corning Corporation; 888.
I
r 2.4 HOT-APPLIED JOINT SEALANTS
r A. Elastomeric Sealant for Concrete: Single-component formulation complying with
ASTM D 3406.
I l. Products:
a. Crafco Inc.; Superseal 444/777.! b. Meadows. W. R.. Inc.: Polv-Jet 3406.
I 2.5 JOINT-SEALANT BACKER MATERIALS
I A. General: Provide joint-sealant backer materials that are non-staining; are compatible with joint
I substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated
by joint-sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.
I B. Round Backer Rods for Cold- and Hot-Applied Sealants: ASTM D 5249,Type l, of diameterr and density required to control sealant depth and prevent bottom-side adhesion of sealant.
I C. Backer Strips for Cold- and Hot-Applied Sealants: ASTM D 5249; Type 2; of thickness and
I width required to control sealant depth, prevent bottom-side adhesion of sealant, and fill
remainder ofjoint opening under sealant.
I D. Round Backer Rods for Cold-Applied Sealants: ASTMD 5249, Type 3, of diameter and
density required to control sealant depth and prevent bottom-side adhesion of sealant.
t 2.6 PRTMERS
I A. Primers: Product recommended by joinrsealant manufacturer where required for adhesion ofI sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate
tests and field tests.
T
I
I
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 321373 - 3
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
PART 3 - EXECUTION
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
A,
B.
A.
B.
c.
3.1
3.2
J.J
March 28,2008
EXAMINATION
Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements forjoint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint-
sealant performance.
l. Proceed with installation only afler unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to
comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions.
Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended in writing by
joint-sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior
experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealanl manufacturer's written instructions.
Confine primers to areas ofjoint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining
surfaces.
INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products
and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.
Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use ofjoini
sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and condilions indicated.
Install backer materials oftype indicated to support sealants during application and at position
required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint
widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
l. Do not leave gaps between ends ofbacker materials.
2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear backer materials.
3. Remove absorbent backer materials that have become wet before sealant application and
replace them with dry materials.
D. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time I
backings are installed: I
l. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.
2- Completely fill recesses provided for eachjoint configuration.
3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow
optimum sealant movement capability.
E. Tooling of Non-sag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or
curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smootb, uniform
t
I
I
ICONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 321373 - 4
I Vail Cascade Resort March 28, 2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
t beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of
sealant with sides ofjoint.
f l. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint.
2. Use tooling agents tbat are approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer and lhat do
not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces.
r F. Provide joint configuration to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions,
unless otherwise indicated.
It G. Provide recessed joint configuration for silicone sealants of recess depth and at locations
indicated.
I 3.4 CLEANING
I A. Clean off excess sealanls or sealant smears adjacent to joints as tbe Work progresses by
methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealants and of
r products in whichjoints occur.
I
3.5 PROTECTION
I A. Protect joint sealants during and after cuing period from contact with contaminating substances
and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without
I deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage
I or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately
and replace with joint sealant so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from the
I original work.
I
END OF SECTION 321373
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 3213'13 - s
I vail cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SETI
March 28, 2008
SECTION 323119 - DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES
PART 1-GENERAL
I I.I RELATED DOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
I Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I r.2 SUMMARY
r A. Section Includes:
r l. Decorative steel fences.
2. Swing gates.
I B. Related Sections:
I l. Division 03 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for post concrete fill.'
t 2. Division 3l Section "Earth Moving" for site excavation, fill, and backfill where
decorative metal fences and qates are located.
I I.3 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For each type ofproduct indicated.I
B. Shop Drawings: For gates. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other
I work.I
C. Samples: For each fence material and for each color specified.
I L Provide Samples 12 inches in length for linear materials.
2. Provide Samples 12 inches square for bar grating.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conf-erence at Project site.I
I
r
I
DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 323119 - I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
March 28. 2008
Posts: Comply with ASTM A653/A653M, with a
and minimum zinc coating weight of 0.90 ozlsq. fi.,
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
A.
B,
A.
B.
2.1
2.2
L.J
2.4
STEEL
Steel Material for Fence Panels and
minimum yield strength of 50,000 psi
Coating Designation G-90.
COATING MATERIALS
Epoxy Primer for Galvanized Steel: Complying wirh MPI #l0l and compatible with coating
specified to be applied over it.
l. Products: Manufacturer's standard AmeriCoat inline electrodeposition coating process,
with multi-stage pretreatmenVwash with zinc phosphate, followed by duplex cathodic
electrocoat application of epoxy primer and acrylic topcoat.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Concrete: Normal-weight, air-entrained, ready-mix concrete complying with requirements in
Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of
3000 psi, 3-inch slump, and l-inch maximum aggregate size.
Nonshrink Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying
with ASTM C I107 and specifically recommended by manufacturer for exterior applications.
METAL FENCE TYPE I
Decorative Metallic-Coated Steel Tubular Picket Fences: Comply with ASTM F 2408, for
commercial application unless otherwise indicated.
l. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
following or an approved equal:
l. Ameristar Fence Products, Inc., Tulsa, OK, 888-333-3422, Montage Plus ATF
Welded Omamental Steel Majestic design, with flush bottom rail, all+errain weld
treatment, standard picket spacing and 2-rail style.
Interior surface of fubes formed from uncoated steel sheet shall be hot-dio zinc coated same as
extenor.
Posts:
I . End and Comer Posts: Square
galvanized aft er fabrication.
2. Swing Gate Posts: Square tubes
fabrication.
C.
tubes 2-ll2 by 2-ll2 inches, 16 gauge and hot-dip
3 by 3 inches, 12 garge and hot-dip galvanized affer
DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 3231t9 - 2
l-)
T
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
l
t
I
I
t
t
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28, 2008
Post Caps: Standard, formed from steel sheet and hot-dip galvanized after forming.
Rails: Steel channel.
1. Size: 1.5 inches by 1.4375 inches with picket holes in rail spaced 4.334 inches on-center.
2. Metal and Thickness: 14 gauge and hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.
F. Pickets: Square tubes.
l. Size: 3/4 inch by 3/4 inch square.
2. Metal and Thickness: 16 gauge steel tubing and hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.
3. Terminate tops ofpickets at top and bottom rail for flush top and bottom appearance.
4. Picket Spacing: 4 inches clear, maximum.
G. Fasteners: Manufacfurer's standard tamperproof, corrosion-resistant, color-coated fasteners
matching fence componarts.
H. Galvanizing: For components indicated to be galvanized and for which galvanized coating is
not specified in ASTM F 2408, hot-dip galvanize to comply with ASTM Al23lA 123M. For
hardware items, hot-dip galvanize to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M.
I. Finish: Manufacturer's standard acrylic coating, part of AmeriCoat inline electrodeposition
coating process, color - black.
METAL GATE TYPE I
Decorative Metallic-Coated Steel Tubular Picket Gate: Comply with ASTM F 2408, for
commercial application unless otherwise indicated.
l. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
following or an approved equal:
L Ameristar Fence Products, Inc., Tulsa, OK, 888-333-3422, Montage Plus ATF
Welded Omamental Steel Majestic design, with flush bottom rail, rigid weld
treatment, standard picket spacing and 2-rail style.
Gate Configuration: Single leaf.
Gate Frame Height: 58 inches.
Gate Width: 42 inches.
Steel Frames: Fabricate members using welded omamental steel panel material and gate ends
having a l-3/4 by l-3l4 inch square cross-section, 16 gauge and hot-dip galvanized after
fabrication. All rail and upright intersections and picket and rail intersections shall be joined by
welding-
F. Hardware: Latches permitting operation from both sides of gate, hinges, and keepers for each
gate leaf more than 5 feet wide. Provide center gate stops and cane bolts for pairs of
D.
E.
B.
c.
D.
E.
DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 323rr9 - 3
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
t
t
t
I
t
G.
H.
I.
J.
L.
A.
B.
C.
A.
3.1
3-Z
March 28,2008
gates. Fabricate latches with integral eye openings for padlocking; padlock accessible from
both sides ofgate.
Hinges: BHMA Al56.l, Grade I, suitable for exterior use.
l. Function: 39 - Full surface, triple weight, antifriction bearing.
2. Material: Wrought steel, forged steel, cast steel, or malleable iron.
Rim Locks: BHMA A156.5, Grade l, suitable for exterior use.
l. Function: Interlocking deadbolt operated by Vail Cascade Hotel room key from outside
and by turn from inside.
2. Material: Cast, forged, or extruded brass or bronze.
3. Mounting Plate: Configuration necessary for mounting locks. Fabricate from l/8-inch-
thick, steel plate.
Cane Bolts: Provide for inactive leaf of pairs of gates. Fabricated from l/2-inch- diameter,
round steel bars, hot{ip galvanized after fabrication. Finish to match gates. Provide
galvanized-steel pipe strikes to receive cane bolts in both open and closed positions.
Finish exposed welds to comply with NOMMAGuideline l, Finish#2 - completely sanded
joint, some undercutting and pinholes okay.
Galvanizing: For items other than hardware that are indicated to be galvanized, hot-dip
galvanize to comply with ASTM A123lA l23M unless otherwise indicated. For hardware
items, hot-dip galvanize to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M.
Finish: Manufacturer's standard acrylic coating, part of AmeriCoat inline electrodeposition
coating process, color - black.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for site
clearing, earthwork, pavement work, construction layout, and other conditions affecting
performance of the Work.
Do not begin installation before final grading is completed unless otherwise permitted by
Landscape Architect.
Proceed with installation onlv after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
Stake locations of fence lines, gates, and terminal posts. Do not exceed intervals of500 feet or
line of sight between stakes. Indicate locations ofutilities, lawn sprinkler system, underground
structues, benchmarks, and property monuments.
DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 323119 - 4
B.
C.
J.J
3.4
3.5
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28.2008
l. Construction layout and field engineering are specified in Division I Section "Execution
Requirements."
DECORATIVE FENCE INSTALLATION
Install fences according to manufacfurer's written instructions.
Install fences by setting posts as indicated and fastening infill panels to posts.
Post Excavation: Drill or hand-excavate holes for posts in firm, undisturbed soil. Excavate
holes to a diameter of not less than 4 times post size and a depth of not less than 45 inches plus
3 inches for each foot or fraction ofa foot tbat fence height exceeds 4 feet.
Post Setting: Set posts in concrete at indicated spacing into firm, undisturbed soil.
l. Veri$ that posts are set plumb, aligned, and at correct height and spacing, and hold in
position during setting with concrete or mechanical devices.
2. Concrete Fill: Place concrete around posts and vibrate ortamp for consolidation. Protect
aboveground portion ofposts from concrete splatter.
l. Concealed Concrete: Top 4 inches below grade in landscape areas and 5 inches
below grade in hartlscape areas to allow covering with surface material. Slope top
surface of concrete to drain water away from post.
3. Posts Set in Concrete: Extend post to within 6 inches of specified excavation depth, but
not closer than 3 inches to bottom of concrete.
4. Space posts uniformly at 8 feet o.c.
GATE INSTALLATION
Install gates according to manufacturer's written instructions, level, plumb, and secure for full
opening without interference. Attach hardware using tamper-resistant or concealed means.
Install ground-set items in concrete for anchorage. Adjust hardware for smooth operation and
lubricate where necessary.
GROUNDING AND BONDING
Fence Grounding: Install at maximum intervals of 750 feet and as follows:
l. Gates and Other Fence Openings: Ground fence on each side of opening.
a. Bond metal gates to gate posts.
Grounding Method: At each grounding location, drive a grounding rod vertically until the top is
6 inches below finished grade. Connect rod to fence with No. 6 AWG conductor. Connect
conductor to each fence component at the grounding location.
Bonding Method for Gates: Connect bonding jumper between gate post and gate frame.
B.
C.
D.
A.
DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 323tr9 - 5
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
3.6
.t. I
March 28.2008
D. Connections: Make connections so possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis is minimized.
Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct
contact will be galvanically compatible.
l. Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to ensure high conducrivity and to make
contact points closer in order of galvanic series.
2. Make connections wilh clean, bare metal at points of contact.
3. Make aluminum{o-steel connections with stainless-steel separators and mechanical
clamps.
4. Make aluminum-to-galvanized-steel connections with tin-plated copper jumpers and
mechanical clamps.
5. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future
penetration of moisture to contact surfaces.
E. Bonding to Lightning-Protection System: If fence terminates at lightning-protected building or
structure, ground the fence and bond the fence grounding conductor to lightning-protection
down conductor or lightning-protection grounding conductor, complying with NFPA 780.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Grounding-Resistance Testing: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and
inspections.
l. Grounding-Resistance Tests: Subject completed grounding system to a megger test at
each grounding location. Measure grounding resistance not less than two full days after
last trace of precipitation, without soil having been moistened by any means other than
natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of
reducing natural grounding resistance. Perform tests by two-point method according to
IEEE 8I.
2. Excessive Grounding Resistance: If resistance to grounding exceeds specified value,
notifu Landscape Architect promptly. Include recommendations for reducing grounding
resistance and a proposal 1o accomplish recommended work.
3. Report: Prepare test reports certified by a testing agency of grounding resistance at each
test location. Include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test
results.
ADJUSTING
Gates: Adjust gates to operate smoothly, easily, and quietly, free of binding, warp, excessive
deflection, distortion, nonalignment, misplacement, disruption, or malfunction, throughout
entire operational range. Confirm that latches and locks engage accuralely and securely without
forcing or binding.
Lubricate hardware and other moving parts.
END OF SECTION 323119
DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 323119 - 6
I Vail Cascade Resort March 28,2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
II: sECTIoN 323223:0-DRy-srACK sroNE wALLS
I
T PART I -GENERAL
I! I.I RELATED DOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
I Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
II r.2 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes dry-stack stone gravity retaining walls.
t B. Related Sections:
t 1. Division 3l Section "Earth Moving" for excavation for walls.I
I I.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
l A. Structural Performance: Dry-stack stone walls shall be considered a gravity wall system and
I based on its mass and geometry to resist earth pressure forces acting on it. Weight, depth, wall
I batter and inter-mil shear strength shall achieve stability. Comply with the recommendations
set forth in the Geotechnical Report for the compaction of foundation soils and setting
beds/leveling pads.
Ir
1.4 SUBMITTALS
I A. Samples for Verification: For each color and texture of stone required. Submit stone samples
not less than 3 inches square indicating ful1 range.
I.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I A. Mockups: Build mockups to veri$ selections made under sample submittals and tor demonstrate aesthetic effects.
t l. Build mockup of dry-stack stone wall approximately 72 inches long by not less than 36I inches high above finisbed grade at front ofwall.
I a. Include typical soil reinforcement.
t b. Include typical patlem, textwe, color, joints, and standard of workmanship.
c. Include typical cap.
I d. Include backfill to typical finished grades at both sides ofwall.
I e. Include typical end construction at one end of mockup.
f. Include typical boulder integration in mockup.
T
I
DRY-STACK STONE WALLS 323223.10 - |
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28, 2008
2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of
Substantial Completion.
B. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
I . Review methods and procedures related to dry-stack stone walls including, but not
limited to, the following:
a. Structural load limitations.
b. Construction schedule. Verif availability of materials, Installefs personnel,
equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.
c. Fieldquality-controlprocedures.
I.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store and handle stone and accessories to prevent deterioration or damage due to contaminants,
breaking, chipping, or other causes.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
DRY-STACK STONE WALLS
Provide sound natural stone as follows:
L Highlands stone as manufactured by Telluride Stone Company and supplied by The
Callegos Corporation, Gypsum, Colorado, 970-524-4322 or approved equal.
Color: Manufacturer's full range.
Shape and Texture: Provide stone wall units with 4070 natural stain face and 600/o broken face
with a full range of rectangular dimensions, minimum size of 2 inches x 4 inches x 5 inches
thick and a maximum size of 8 inches x 24 inches x 8 inches thick. Jumper (Boulder) stones
shall be a minimum of 12 inches x 24 inches x 12 inches thick, minimum of 2O%. Minimize
small, chinking and plug pieces.
Batter: Provide at minimum a I : l2 batter.
]NSTALLATION MATERIALS
Cap Adhesive: Product supplied or recommended by stone supplier for adhering cap units to
stone wall units below.
Leveling Base: Comply with requirements in Division 3l Section "Earth Moving" for base
material and Djvision 33 Section "Subdrainage" for drainage fill.
Drainage Fill: Comply with requirements in Division 33 Section "Subdrainage."
I
I
I
I
t
I
2,1
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
D.
A.
B.
c.
B.
C.
2.2
DRY-STACK STONE WALLS 323223.10 - 2
f Vail Cascade Resort March 28,2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I D. Reinforced-Soil Fill: Comply with requirements in Division 3l Section "Earth Moving" for
satisfactorv soils.
I E. Non-reinforced-Soil Fill: Comply with requirements in Division 3l Section "Earth Moving" for
satisfactory soils.
I
I F. Filter Fabric: Comply with requirements in Division 33 Section "Subdrainage."
!
I PART3-EXECUTIONr
I 3.I EXAMINATION
I A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
I excavation tolerances, condition of subgrades, and other conditions affecting performance of
I segmental retaining walls.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.rI
3.2 DRY-STACK STONE WALL INSTALLATION
I A. Leveling Base: Place and compact base material to thickness indicated and with not less than
95 percent maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698.
I B. First Course: Place first course of stone units for full length of wall. Place units in firm contact
with each other, properly aligned and level.
I l. Use large, wide, long, flat and stable stones.I
2. Tamp units into leveling base as necessary to bring tops of units into a level plane.
al C. Subsequent Courses: Remove excess fill and debris from tops of stone units in course below.
Place units in firm contact, properly aligned, and directly on course below.I
I l. Stone coursing pattem to be random-range ashlar with random course heights and
random lengths, including intemrpted courses with jumper (boulder) stones. Use small,
.'- chinking or plug pieces with mortar to level and secure courses.
I 2. Landscape boulders to be incorporated into wall and used for termination of wall as
indicated on Drawings. Stone coursing and units to be cut to fit in the field.
r
3.3 FILL PLACEMENTI
I A. Fill voids between and within units with drainage fill. Place fill as each course of units is laid.
I B. Place, spread, and compact drainage fill and soil filI in uniform lifts for full width and length of
f embankment as wall is laid. Place and compact fills without disturbing alignmenl of stone
units. Where both sides of wall are indicated to be filled, place fills on both sides at same time.
I Begin at wall and place and spread fills toward embankment.
I
I
DRY-STACK STONE WALLS 323223.10 - 3
Vail Cascade Resort March 28, 2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
L Use only hand-operated compaction equipment within 48 inches of wall, or one-half of
height above bottom of wall, whichever is greater.
2. Compact reinforced-soil fill to not less than 95 percent maximum dry unit weight
according to ASTM D 698.
a. In areas where only hand-operated compaclion equipment is allowed, compact fills
to not less than 90 percent maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698.
3. Compact nonreinforced-soil fill to comply with Division 3l Seciion "Earth Moving."
Place a layer of drainage fill at least 6 inches wide behind wall to within l2 inches of finished
grade. Place a layer of drainage geotextile between drainage fill and soil fill.
Place impervious fill over top edge ofdrainage fill layer.
Slope grade at top of wall away from wall unless otherwise indicated. Slope grade at base of
wall away from wall. Provide uniform slopes that will prevent ponding.
3.4 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES
A. Variation from Level: For bed-joint lines along walls, do not exceed 3 incbes in l0 feet.
B. Variation from Indicated Batter: For slope of wall face, do not vary from indicated slope by
more than l-ll4 inches in l0 feet.
C. Variation from Indicated Wall Line: For walls indicated as straight, do not vary from straight
line by more than l-l/4 incbes in l0 feet.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Comply with requirements in Division 3l Section "Earth Moving" for field quality control.
3.6 ADJUSTING
A. Remove and replace dry-stack stone wall construction of the following descriptions:
l. Broken, chipped, stained, or otherwise damaged stone units. Stone units may be repaired
if Landscape Architect approves methods and results.
2. Dry-stack stone walls that do not match approved Samples and mockups.
3. Dry-stack stone walls that do not comply with other requirements indicated.
B. Replace stone units so dry-stack stone wall matches approved Samples and mockups, complies
with other requirements, and shows no evidence of replacement.
END OF SECTION 323223.10
c.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
N
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
E.
DRY.STACK STONE WALLS 323223.10 - 4
I Vail cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SETI
March 28.2008
SECTION 328400 - PLANTING IRRIGATION
I
' PART l -GENERAL
. I.I RELATEDDOCUMENTS
t A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
I Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I
I r.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
r l. Piping.
2. Encasement for piping.
I 3. Manual valves.
ll 4. Pressure-reducing valves.
5. Automatic control valves.
ll 6. Automatic drain valves.
l] 7. Transition fittings.
8. Dielectric fittings.
1; 9. Miscellaneous piping specialties.
I 10. Sprinklers.
I l. Quick couplers.
f 12. Drip irrigation specialties.
f 13. Controllers.
14. Boxes for automatic control valves.
I
! I.3 DEFINITIONS
I A. Circuit Piping: Downstream from control valves to sprinklers, specialties, and drain valves.
I Piping is under pressure during flow.
I B. Drain Piping: Downstream from circuit-piping drain valves. Piping is not under pressure.
I C. Main Piping: Downstream from point of connection to water distribution piping to, and
including, control valves. Piping is under water-distribution-system pressure.
II D. Low Voltage: As defined in NFPA 70 for circuits and equipment operating at less than 50 V or
for remote-control, signaling power-limited circuits.I
I
1.4 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS
t A. Irrigation zone control shall be automatic operation with controller and automatic control
valves.
I
I
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
B. Location of Sprinklers and Specialties: Design location is
adjustments necessary to avoid plantings and obstructions such
Maintain 100 percenl irrigation coverage of areas indicated.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
A.
B.
D.
1.5
March 28, 2008
approximate. Make minor
as signs and light standards.
C. Delegated Design: Design 100 percent coverage irrigation system, including comprehensive
engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and
design criteria indicated.
I . Available Iand records indicate the followins soil conditions:
C.
a. Type: [Coarse] [Medium] [Fine] <Insert type>.
b. Texture:
l) Sand: <Insert number> percent.
2) Silt: <Insert number> percent.
3) Clay: <Insert number> percent.
c. Particle Size:
l) Sand: <lnsert number> mm.
2) Silt: <Insert number> mm.
3) CIay: <Insert number> mm.
d. Structure: [Single grained] [Granular] [Platy] [Blocky] <lnsert structure>.
e. Density: <Insert lb/cu. ft. >.
f. Moisture Content: <Insert number> percent.
g. Infiltration Rate: <Insert gph>.
Minimum Working Pressures: The following are minimum pressure requirements for piping,
valves, and specialties unless otherwise indicated:
l. Inigation Main Piping: 200 psig
2. Circuit Piping: 100 psig
SUBM]TTALS
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating
characteristicsand furnished specialties and accessories.
Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.
Delegated-Design Submittal: For irrigation systems indicated to comply with performance
requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified
professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
Coordination Drawings: Irrigation systems, drawn to scale, on which components are sbown
and coordinated with each other, using input from Installers of the items involved. Also include
adjustments necessary to avoid plantings and obstructions such as signs and light standards.
Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 -2
IJ Vail Cascade Resort March 28,2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I F. Zoning Chart: Show each irrigation zone and its control valve.
r G. Controller Timing Schedule: Indicate timing settings for each automatic controller zone.
Ir H. Field quality-conhol reports.
I I. Operation and Maintenance Data: For sprinklers, controllers and automatic control valves to
I include in operation and maintenance manuals.
t r.6 QUALTTY ASSURANCE
I A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers that include a certified irrigation designer
I qualified by The Irrigation Association, Professional Class member of the American Society of
Irrigation Consultants, Professional Technical Class member of the American Society of
r Irrigation Consultants.Ir B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.I
I
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
I A. Deliver piping with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and
handling to prevent pipe-end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture.
I B. Store plastic piping protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending.
f 1.8 PRoJEcr coNDrrroNsI
A. Intem.rption of Existing Water Service: Do not intemrpt water service to facilities occupied by
t Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after ananging
I to provide temporary water service according to requirements indicated:
I | . Notil! [Architect] [Construction Manager] [Owner] no fewer than [two] <Insert
I number> days in advance of proposed intemrption of water service.
2. Do not proceed with intemrption of water service without [Architect's] [Construction
Manager's] [Owner's] written perrnission.
I
1.9 EXTRA MATER]ALS
I A. Fumish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective
covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
I L lmpact Sprinklers: Equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each type and size
indicated, but no fewer than 6 units.
;1 2. Spray Sprinklers: Equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each type and size indicated,
I but no fewer than l0 units.
3. Bubblers: Equal to I percent of amount installed for each type indicated, but no fewer
than 4 units.
I
I
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 3
Vail Cascade Resort March 28. 2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
4. Emitters: Equal to l0 percent of amount installed for each type indicated, but no fewer
than 25 units.
5. Drip-Tube System Tubing: Equal to 5 percent of total length installed for each type and
size indicated, but not less than 100 feet.
6. Soaker Tubes: Equal to 15 percent of total length installed for each type and size
indicated, but not less than 50 feet.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2,1 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS
A. Comply with requirements in the piping schedule for applications of pipe, tube, and fitting
materials, and for joining methods for specific sewices, service locations, and pipe sizes.
B. Galvanized-Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Standard Weight, Type E, Grade B.
l. Galvanized-Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTMA733,, made of ASTM A53|A53M or
ASTM A 106/A 106M, Standard Weight, seamless-steel pipe with threaded ends.
2. Galvanized, Gray-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, standard pattem.
3. Malleable-Iron Unions: ASME 816.39, Class 150, hexagonal-stock body with ball-and-
socket, metal-to-metal, bronze seating surface, and female threaded ends.
4. Cast-Iron Flanges: ASME 816.l, Class 125.
C. Ductile-Iron Pipe with Mechanical Joints: AWWA Cl5l, with mechanical-joint bell and spigot
ends.
l. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: AWWACllO, ductile- or gray-iron standard
pattem or AWWA C153, ductile-iron compact pattem.
a. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA Cl I l, ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber
gaskets, and steel bolts.
D. Ductile-Iron Pipe with Push-on Joint: AWWA Cl5l, with push-on-joint bell and spigot ends.
I . Push-on-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: AWWA C I 10, ductile- or gray-iron standard
pattem or AWWA C153, ductile-iron compacl pattem.
a. Gaskets: AWWA Cl I l, rubber.
E. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM A 88, Type K, water tube, annealed temper-
l. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.l8, cast-copper-alloy or ASME 816.22, wrought-
copper solder-joint fittings. Fumish wrought-copper fittings if indicated.
2. Bronze Flanges: ASME 816.24, Class 150, with solder-joint end-
3. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with ball-and-
socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces and solder-joint or threaded ends.
F. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM A 88, Type K, water tube, drawn temper.
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
IPLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 4
I Vail Cascade Resort March 28, 2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SETI
I l. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME 816.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME 816.22, wrought-
copper solder-joint fittings. Fumish wrought-copper fittings if indicated.
I 2. Bronze Flanges: ASME 816.24, Class 150, with solder-joint end.
! 3. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with ball-and-
socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces and solder-joint or threaded ends.
I G. PE Pipe with Controlled ID: ASTM F 771,PE3408 compound; SIDR I1.5 and SIDR 15.
f
I . Insert Fittings for PE Pipe: ASTM D 2609, nylon or propylene plastic with barbed ends.
Include bands or other fasteners.
I H. PE Pipe with Controlled OD: ASTM F 77l,PE 3408 compound, SDR I l.
I l. PE Butt, Heat-Fusion Fittings: ASTM D 3261.2. PE Socket-Type Fittings: ASTM D 2683.
I I. PVCPipe,PressureRated: ASTMD224I,PVC ll20compound,SDR2l andSDR26.
r I . PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2467 , Schedule 80.
I 2 ;X|,*:i:lH:'ff.;ff:H:?:,1#.:?f.H:s sP-r07' except both headpiece and
I 2,2 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS
I A. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: AWWA Cl10, rubber, flat face, l/8 inch thick unless otherwise
I indicated; full-face or ring type unless otherwise indicated.
r B. Metal, Pipe-Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME 818.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated.r- C. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to
ASTM B 8I3.I
I D. Solvent Cements for Joining PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to
ASTM F 656.II E. Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping
system manufacturer unless otherwise indicated.
I
' 23 MANUALVALVES
I A. Curb valves:I
I . Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
I offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
I the following:
2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product
indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:
' a. Amcast Industrial Corporation; Lee Brass Company.
I
b. Ford Meter Box Company, Inc. (The).
r
I
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 5
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
3. Description:
PLANTING IRRIGATION
Jones, James Company.
McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co.
Mueller Co.; Water Products Division.
Red Hed Manufacturing & Supply.
3. Description:
Standard: AWWA C800.
NPS I and Smaller Pressure Rating: 150 psig.
NPS l-l/4 to NPS 2 Pressure Rating: 150 psig.
Body Material: Brass or bronze with ball or ground-key plug.
End Connections: Matching piping.
Stem: With wide-tee head.
B. Curb-Valve Casing:
l. Standard: Similar to AWWA M44 for cast-iron valve casings.
2. Top Section: Telescoping, of lengrh required for depth of burial ofcurb valve.
3. Barrel: Approximately 3-inch diameter.
4. Plug: With lettering "WATER.'
5. Bottom Section: With base of size to fit over valve.
6. Base Support: Concrete collar
C. Shutoff Rods for Curb-Valve Casings: Fumish two steel, tee-handle shutoff rod(s) with one
pointed end, stem of length to operate deepest buried valve, and slotted end matching curb valve
for Project.
D. Brass Ball Valves:
l. Manufacfurers: Subject to corrrpliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subje<t to compliance with requirements, provide product
indicated on Drawings or companlble product by one of the following:
a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
c. DynaQuip Controls.
d. Flow-Tek, Inc.; a subsidiarl'of Bray Intemational, Inc.
Hammond Valve.
Jamesbury; a subsidiary of Metso Automation.
Jomar International, LTD.
KITZ Corporation.
Legend Valve-
Marwin Valve: a division of Richards Industries.
Milwaukee Valve Companl'.
NIBCOINC.
Red-Whitc Valve Corporation.
RuB Inc.
I
I
I
t
t
t
t
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
d.
e.
f.
b.
d.
e.
f,
March 28. 2008
328400 - 6
a.
b.
c.
d.
I.
J.
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28,2008
Standard: MSS SP-l10.
SWP Rating: 150 psig.
CWP Rating: 600 psig.
Body Design: Two piece.
Body Material: Forged brass.
Ends: Threaded or solder ioint ifindicated.
g. Seats: PTFE orTFE.
h. Stem: Brass.i. Ball: Chrome-plated brass.j. Port: Full.
Bronze Ball Valves:
l.
F.Iron Ball Valves:
l.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product
indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:
a. American Valve, Inc.
b. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves.
c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
d. Hammond Valve.
e. Lance Valves; a division of Advanced Thermal Systerns, Inc.
f. Legend Valve.
g. Milwaukee Valve Company.
h. NIBCO INC.
i. Red-White Valve Corporation.
j. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-l 10.
b. SWP Rating: l50 psig.
c. CWP Rating: 600 psig.
d. Body Design: Two piece.
e. Body Material: Bronze.
f. Ends: Threaded or solderjoint ifindicated.
C. Seats: PTFE orTFE.
h. Stem: Bronze.
i. Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
i. Port: Full.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product
indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 -7
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28.2008 I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
American Valve, Inc.
Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves.
KITZ Corporation.
Sure Flow Equipment Inc.
Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-72.
b. CWP Rating: 200 psig.
c. Body Design: Splitbody.
d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron.
e. Ends: Flanged.
f. Seats: PTFE orTFE.
g. Slem: Stainless steel.
h. Ball: Stainless steel.
i. Port: Full.
G.Plastic Ball Valves:
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include; but are not limited to,
the following:
a. American Valve, Inc.
b. Asahi/America. Inc.
c. Colonial Engineering, Inc.
d. Fischer, George Inc.
e. Hayward Flow Control Systems; Hayward Industrial Products, Inc.
f. IPEX Inc.
g. Jomar Intemational, LTD.
h. KBI (King Bros. Industries).
i. Legend Valve.j. NrBco rNC.
k. Sloane, George Fischer, Inc.
L Spears Manufacturing Company.
m. Thermoplastic Valves Inc.
n. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Walts Water Tecbnologies, Inc.
Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-122.
b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig.
c. Body Material: PVC.
d. Type: Union.
e. End Connections: Socket or threaded.
f. Port: Full.
Bronze Gate Valves:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
3.
l
z.
tPLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 8
I Vail Cascade Resort March 28,2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I
I I . Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufachrers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:I 2
m','"'"i":?i's;J,;:'J::',"il?,T;#:T:Jffi#1,,:"i"1il"ff!ls' nrov ae product
l l. tfiil2T,"Jlli;Tli.,,*c,o,,p, craneVarves.I I 31il! 3i:; 8l:il Y:il: ff:xi; l:::fr:I*il;'""
t e. Hammond Valve,
f. KITZ Corporation.
I g. Milwaukee Valve Company.
I h. NTBCOTNC.i. Powell Valves.
f j. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
t k. Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.
- 3. Description:
I L. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type2.
b. Class: 125.
I c. CW? Rating: 200 psig.! d. Body Material: ASTM B 62bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet.
e. Ends: Threaded or solderjoint.
I f. Stem: Bronze, nonrising.
I g. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze.
h. Packing: Asbestos free.
i. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum.
I I. Iron Gate Valves. Resilient Seated;
t l. Manufachrrers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
I z. ffrf-iffi:S"n Product: subject to compliance with requirements, provide productI indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:
I a. American AVK Company.
I b. American Cast Iron Pipe Company; American Flow Control.
c. Clow Valve Co.; a division of McWane, Inc.
I d. Kennedy Valve; a division of McWane, Inc.
I e. M&H Valve; a division of McWane, Inc.
f. Mueller Co.; Water Products Division.
C. NIBCO INC.
I h. U.S. Pipe.
3. Description:
I
t a. Standard: AWWA C509.
b. Pressure Rating: 200 psig minimum.I
I
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 9
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28.2008 I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
Body Material: Ductile or gray iron with bronze trim.
End Connections: Mechanical joint or push-on joint.
Interior Coating: Comply with AWWA C550.
Body Design: Nonrising stem.
g. Operator: Stem nut.
h. Disc: Solid wedse with resilient coatins.
J. lron Gate Valve Casings:
l. Standard: AWWA M44 for cast-iron valve casings.
2. Top Section: Adjustable extension oflength required for depth ofburial ofvalve.
3. Barrel: Approximately 5-inch diameter.
4. Plug: With lettering "WATER.'
5. Bottom Section: With base of size to fit over valve.
6. Base Support: Concrete collar
K. Operating Wrenches for Iron Gate Valve Casings: Fumish two steel, tee-handle operating
wrench(es) with one pointed end, stem of length lo operate deepest buried valve, and socket
matching valve operating nut for Project.
L. Iron Gate Valves, NRS:
l . Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product
indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Croup; Crane Valves.
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division.
FIo Fab Inc.
Hammond Valve.
KITZ Corporation.
Legend Valve.
Milwaukee Valve Company.
NIBCO INC,
Powell Valves.
Red-White Valve Corporation.
Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
Zv -Tech Global Industries. Inc.
3. Description:
Standard: MSS SP-70, Type I.
CWP Rating: 200 psig.
Body Material: ASTM A 126, gny iron with bolted bonnet.
Ends: Flanged.
Trim: All bronze.
Disc: Solid wedge.
Packins and Gasket: Asbestos free.
c.
d.
f.
a.
b-
d.
I.
t,
PLANTINC IRRIGATION 328400 - l0
2.
2.
3.
A.
2.4
2.5
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28. 2008
PRESSURE.REDUCING VALVES
Water Regulators:
l.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product
indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:
Cash Acme; a division of The Reliance Worldwide Corporation.
Conbraco Industries, lnc.; Apollo Valves.
Honeywell Intemational Inc.
Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
Zum Plumbine Products Group: Wilkins Water Control Products.
B,Water Control Valves:
l.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product
indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:
a. CLA-VAL Automatic Control Valves.
b. FlomaticCorporation.
c. OCV Control Valves
d. Watts ACV; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
e. Zum Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Water Control Products.
Description: Pilot-operation, diaphragm-type, single-seated main water control valve.
Include small pilot control valve, restrictor device, specialty fittings, and sensor piping.
a. Main Valve Body: Cast- or ductile-iron body with AWWA C550 or FDA-
approved, interior epoxy coating; or stainless-steel body.
b. Pattem: Globe-valve design.
c. Trim: Stainless steel.
d. Pressure Rating: Initial pressure of I 50 psig minimum.
e. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-ll2 and
larger.
AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES
Plastic, Automatic Control Valves:
I . Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product
indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:
a.
b.
d.
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - I I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
A.
B.
A.
B.
2.6
2.7
2.8
March 28,2008
a. Buckner; a division of Storm Manufacturing Group Inc.
b. Ceres Products Company.
c. Champion Irrigation Products.
d. Dig Corporation.
e. Greenlawn Sprinkler Company.
f. Hit Products Corporation.
C. Hunterlndustrieslncorporated.
h. Irritrol Systems.
i. Nelson, L. R. Corporation.j. Netafim USA.
k. Olson Inigation Systems.
l. Orbit Irrigation Products, Inc.
m. Rain Bird Corporation.
n. Superior Controls Co., Inc.
o. Toro Company (The); Inigation Division.
p. Weathermatic.
3. Description: Molded-plastic body, normally closed, diaphragm type with manual-flow
adjustment, and operated by 24-Y ac solenoid.
AUTOMATIC DRAIN VALVES
Description: Spring-loaded-ball type of corrosion-resistant consiruction and designed to open
for drainage if line pressure drops below 2-l/2 to 3 psig.
MISCELLANEOUS PIPING SPECIALTIES
Water Hammer Arresters: ASSE l0l0 or PDI WH 201, with bellows or piston-type pressurized
cushioning chamber and in sizes complying with PDI WH 201, Sizes A to F.
Pressure Gages: ASME 840.1. Include 4-ll2-inch- diameter dial, dial range of two times
system operating pressure, and bottom outlet.
SPRINKIERS
General Requirements: Designed for uniform coverage over entire spray area indicated at
available water pressure.
Plastic, Pop-up, Gear-Drive Rotary Sprinklers:
l. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product
indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:
a. Buckner; a division of Storm Manufacturing Group Inc.
b. Champion Irrigation Products.
PLANTING ]RRIGATION 328400 - 12
I Vail Cascade Resort March 28,2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I c. Hunter Industries Incorporated.
d. Irritrol Systems.
l, e. K-RAIN Manufacfuring Corporation.r : il:HT;*A#ffiX1'""
h. Toro Company (The); Irrigation Division.
! i. Weathermatic.
3. Description:
fl a. Body Material: ABS.
b. Nozzle: ABS.
t c. Retraction Spring: Stainless steel.
I d. Intemal Parts: Corrosion resistant.
e. Pattem: Fixed, with flow adiustment.
I C. Plastic, Pop-up Spray Sprinklers:
- L Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
I ilT"il1,:fi:llcts
that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
2. Basis-of-DeJign Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product
indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:
!
a. Buckner; a division of Storm Manufacfuring Group Inc.
I b. Ceres Products Company.
t c. Champion Irrigation Products.
d. Hit Products Corporation.
I e. Hunter lndustries Incorporated.
f f. K-RAIN Manufacturing Corporation.
C. Nelson, L. R. Corporation.
I h. Orbit Inigation Products, Inc.I j. i:ilu.'Jffffo(frillr,,ieationDivision.
k. Weathermatic.
I 3. Description:
a. Body Material: ABS.
I b. Nozzle: ABS.
c. Retraction Spring: Stainless steel.
I d. Intemal Parts: Corrosion resislant.
I e. Pattern: Fixed, with flow adjustment.
r D. Plastic Shrub Sprinklers:
Ir L Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:fl 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product
indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:I
I
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 13
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
2.t0
Buckner; a division of Storm Manufacturing Group Inc.
Ceres Products Company.
Champion Irrigation Products.
Dig Corporation.
Hunter Industries Incorporated.
Orbit Irrigation Products, Inc.
Senninger Irrigation, Inc.
Toro Company (The); Irrigation Division.
Weathermatic.
J.Description:
Body Material: ABS or other plastic.
Pattem: Fixed, with flow adjustrnent.
Capacities and Characteristics:
QUICK COUPLERS
I . Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product
indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:
Buckner; a division of Storm Manufacturing Group Inc.
Ceres Products Company.
Champion Irrigation Products.
Hunter Industries Incorporated.
Nelson, L. R. Corporation.
Rain Bird Corporation.
Toro Company (The); Irrigation Division.
Weathermatic.
Description: Factory-fabricated, bronze or brass, two-piece assembly. Include coupler water-
seal valve; removable upper body with spring-loaded or weighted, rubber-covered cap; hose
swivel with ASME B1.20.7, 3/4-l l.5NH threads for garden hose on outlet; and operating key.
1. Locking-Top Oplion: Vandal-resistant locking feature. Include two matching key(s).
DRIP IRRIGATION SPECIALTIES
a.
b.
d.
f.
I
h.
i.
March 28, 2008 I
I
T
t
t
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
a,
b.
2.9
a.
b.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
B.
l.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
Agrifim.
Aquarius Brands, Inc.
Buckner; a division of Storm Manufacturing Group Inc.
Dig Corporation.
Geoflow. Inc.
z-
3.
4.
5.
6.
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 14
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
t
t
I
t
t
2.tl
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
7. Hendrickson Bros.
8. Hit Products Corporation.
9. Irritrol Systems.
10. Maxijet, Inc.
I l. NDS/Raindrip.
12. NetafimUSA.
I 3. Olson Irrigation Systems.
14. Orbit Irrigation Products, Inc.
15. Rain Bird Corporation.
16. Roberts Irrigation Products, Inc.
17. Salco Products.
March 28.2008
B. Application Pressure Regulators: Plastic housing, NPS 3/4, with corrosion-resistant intemal
parts; capable of controlling outlet pressure to approximately 20 psig.
C. Filter Units: Plastic housing, with corrosion-resistant intemal parts; of size and capacity
required for devices downstream from unit.
D. Air Relief Valves: Brass or plastic housing, with corrosion-resistant intemal parts.
CONTROLLERS
l. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
tbe following:
2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product
indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:
Buckner; a division of Storm Manufacturing Group Inc.
Champion Irrigation Products.
Hit Products Corporation.
Hunter Indushies Incorporated.
Irritrol Systems.
K-RAIN Manufacturing Corporation.
Nelson, L. R. Corporation.
Netafim USA.
Orbit Irrigation Products, Inc.
Rain Bird Corporation.
Superior Controls Co., Inc.
Toro Company (The); Irrigation Division.
Weathermatic.
Description:
l. Controller Stations for Automatic Control Valves: Each station is variable from
approximately 5 to 60 minutes. Include switch for manual or automatic operation of each
station.
2. Exterior Control Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 4, weatherproof; with locking cover and
two matching keys; include provision for grounding.
a. Body Material: Enameled-steel sheet metal.
a.
b.
d.
f.
g.
h.
j
k.
t.
m.
B.
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - l5
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28. 2008
b. Mounting: Freestanding type for concrete base.
Control Transformer: 24-V secondary, with primary fuse.
Timing Device: Adjustable, 24-hour, l4-day clock, with automatic operations to skip
operation any day in timer period, to operate every other day, or to operate two or more
times daily.
a. Manual or Semiautomatic Operation: Allows this mode without disturbing preset
automatic operation.
b. Nickel-Cadmium Battery and Trickle Charger: Aulomatically powers timing
device during power outages.
c. Surge Protection: Metal-oxide-varistor type on each station and primary power.
Moisture Sensor: Adjustable from one to seven days, to shut offwater flow during rain.
Wiring: UL 493, Type UF multiconductor, with solid-copper conductors; insulated
cable; suitable for direct burial.
Feeder-Circuit Cables: No. l2 AWG minimum, between building and controllers.
Low-Voltage, Branch-Circuit Cables: No. l4 AWG minimum, between r
controllers and automatic control valves; color-coded different from feeder-circuit- tcable jacket color; with jackels of different colors for multiple-cable installation in
same trench.
c. Splicing Materials: Manufacturer's packaged kit consisting of insulating, spring-
type connector or crimped joint and epoxy resin moisture seal; suitable for direct
burial.
Concrete Base: Reinforced precast concrete not less than 36 by 24 by 4 inches thick, and
6 inches greater in each direction than overall dimensions of controller. Include opening
for wirins.
BOXES FOR AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES
Plastic Boxes:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Armorcast Products Company.
b. Carson Industries LLC.
c. Nationwide Plastics, Inc.
d. NewBasis.
e. Oldcastle, Inc.
f. Orbit Irrigation Products, Inc.
g. USFilter/PlymouthProducts,Inc.
h. Rain Bird
2. Description: Box and cover, with open bottom and openings for piping; designed for
installing flush with grade.
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
7.
3.
5.
6.
a.
b.
2.12
A.
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 16
t Vail Cascade Resort March 28,2008
Town ofVail PERMIT SET
t a. Size: As required for valves and service.
b. Shape: Round, Square, Rectangular.
c. Sidewall Material: PE, ABS, or FRP.
I d. Cover Material: PE, ABS, or FRP.
B. Drainage Backfill: Cleaned gravel or crushed stone, graded from 314 inch minimum to 3 incbes
I maximum.I
I PART3-EXECUTION
I
t 3.1 EARTHWoRK
t A. Excavating, trenching, and backfrlling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork. "
I B. Install waming tape directly above pressure piping, 12 inches below finished grades, except 6r inches below subgrade under pavement and slabs.
I C. Drain Pockets: Excavate to sizes indicated. Backfill with cleaned gravel or crushed stone,
I graded from 314 to 3 inches to 12 inches below grade. Cover gravel or crushed stone with sheet
of asphalt-saturated felt and backfill remainder with excavated material.
I D. Provide minimum cover over top of underground piping according to the following:
t I . lrrigation Main Piping: Minimum deptb of 24 inches below finished grade, or not less
t than 18 inches below average local frost depth, whichever is deeper.
2. Circuit Piping: 12 inches.3. Drain Piping: 12 inches.
I 4. Sleeves: 24 inches.
I 3.2 PREPARATToN
!A. Set stakes to identiff locations of proposed irrigation system. Obtain Architect's approval
I before excavation.
I
T 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION
I A. Location and Arrangement: Drawings indicate location and arrangement of piping systems.
Install piping as indicated unless deviations are approved on Coordination Drawings.
a B. Install piping at minimum uniform slope of 0.5 percent down toward drain valves.
I C. Install piping free ofsags and bends.
!D. Install groups ofpipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit valve servicing.
t E. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
I
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328r',OO - 17
I
Vail Cascade Resort March 28. 2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
F. Install unions adjacent to valves and to final connections to other components with NPS 2 or
c.
smaller pipe connection.
Install flanges adjacent to valves and to final connections to other components with NPS 2-ll2
or larger pipe connection.
Install underground thermoplastic piping according to ASTM D 2774.
Install expansion loops in control-valve boxes for plastic piping.
Lay piping on solid subbase, uniformly sloped without humps or depressions.
Install duclile-iron piping according to AWWA C600.
Install PVC piping in dry weather when temperature is above 40 deg F. Allow joints to cure at
least 24 hours at temperatures above 40 deg F before testing.
Install water regulators with shutoff valve and strainer on inlet and pressure gage on outlet.
Install shutoff valve on outlet. Install abovesround or in control-valve boxes.
Water Hammer Arresters: Install between connection to buildine main and circuit valves
aboveground or in control-valve boxes.
Install piping in sleeves under parking lots, roadways, and sidewalks.
Install sleeves made of Class 160 PVC pipe and socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.
JOINT CONSTRUCTION
Ream ends ofpipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends ofsteel pipe.
Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before
assembly.
Threaded Joinls: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME 81.20.1. Cut
threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove bun's and restore
full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
I . Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to extemal pipe threads unless dry seal
threading is specified.
2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are conoded or
damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.
Flanged Joinls: Select rubber gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application.
Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads.
Ductile-Iron Piping Gasketed Joints: Comply with AWWA C600 and AWWA M4l.
Copper-Tubing Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook,"
using copper-phosphorus brazing {iller metal.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.
N.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
3.4
o.
P.
A.
B.
I
I
I
D.
E.
F.
PLANTING IRzuGATION 328400 - t8
J.
3.5
3.6
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28,2008
G. Copper-Tubing Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813 water-flushable flux to tube end unless
otherwise indicated. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube
Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy (0.20 percent maximum lead content) complying with
ASTM B 32.
PE Piping Fastener Joints: Join with insert frttings and bands or fasteners according to piping
manufacturer's written instructions.
PE Piping Heat-Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or
paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657.
l. Plain-End PE Pipe and Fittings: Use butt ftsion,
2. Plain-End PE Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion.
PVC Piping Solvent-Cemented Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings
according to the following:
1. Comply with ASTM F402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent
cements.
2. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number, ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC socket
fittings according to ASTMD2672. Join other-than-schedule-number PVC pipe and
socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855.
3. PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855.
VALVE INSTALLATION
Underground Curb Valves: Install in curb-valve casings with tops flush with grade.
Underground Iron Gate Valves, Resilient Seat: Comply with AWWA C600 and AWWA M44.
Install in valve casing with top flush with grade.
l. Install valves and PVC pipe with restrained, gasketed joints.
Aboveground Valves: Install as components of connected piping system.
Pressure-Reducing Valves: Install in boxes for automatic control valves or aboveground
between shutoff valves. Throttling Valves: Install in underground piping in boxes for automatic
control valves.
Drain Valves: Install in underground piping in boxes for automatic control valves.
A.
B.
c.
SPRINKLER INSTALLATION
Install sprinklers after hydrostatic test is completed.
Install sprinklers at manufacturer's recommended heights.
Locate part-circle sprinklers to maintain a minimum distance of 4 inches from walls and 2
inches from other boundaries unless otherwise indicated.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - t9
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28.2008 I
t
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.7 DRIP IRRIGATION SPECIALTY INSTALLATION
Install freestanding emitters on pipe riser to mounting height indicated.
Install manifold emitter systems with tubing to emitters. Plug unused manifold outlets. Install
emitters on off-ground supports at height indicated.
lnstall multiple-outlet emitter systems with tubing to outlets. Plug unused emitter outlets.
lnstall outlets on off-ground supports at height indicated.
Install drip tubes with direcGattached emitters on ground.
Install drip tubes with remote-discharge on ground with outlets on off-ground supports at height
indicated.
Install off-ground supports of length required for indicated mounted height ofdevice.
Install application pressure regulators and filter units in piping near device being protecled, and
in control-valve boxes.
Install air reliefvalves in piping, and in control-valve boxes.
3.8 AUTOMATICIRRIGATION-CONTROLSYSTEMINSTALLATION
A. Equipment Mounting: Install interior controllers on concrete bases.
l. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams,
instructions, and directions fumished with items to be embedded.
2. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.
B. Equipment Mounting: Install exterior freestanding controllers on precast concrete bases.
l. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams,
instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
2. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.
C. Install control cable in same trencb as irrigation piping and at least 2 inches below or beside
piping. Provide conductors of size not smaller than recommended by controller manufacturer.
Install cable in separate sleeve under paved areas.
3.9 CONNECTIONS
A. Comply with requirements for piping specified in Division 02 Section "Water Distribution" for
water supply from exterior water service piping, water meters, protective enclosures, and
backflow preventers. Drawings indicate general arrangement ofpiping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Install piping adjacent to equipment, valves, and devices to allow service and maintenance.
C. Connect wiring between controllers and automatic control valves.
A.
B.
c.
D,
E.
F.
G.
H.
I
t
I
PLANTINC IRRIGATION 328400 -20
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
3.IO IDENTIFICATION
3.1l
A.
B.
3.t2
A.
B.
c.
A. Identiff system components. Comply with requirements for identification specified in
Division l5 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment nameplates and
signs on each automatic controller.
l. Text: In addition to identifing unit, distinguish between multiple units, inform operator
of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and wam of
hazards and improper operations.
Warning Tapes: Arrange for installation of continuous, underground, detectable waming tapes
over underground piping during backfilling of trenches. See Division 2 Section "Earthwork"
for warning tapes.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect,
test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections.
Perform tests and inspections.
I . Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and
to assist in testing.
Tests and Inspections:
1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest
until no leaks exist.
2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, operate controllers and
automatic control valves to confirm proper system operation.
3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
Any irrigation product will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
STARTUP SERVICE
Perform startup service.
l. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions.
2. Verifo that controllers are installed and connected according to the Contract Documents.
3. Veri$ that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's submittal.
March 28, 2008
c.
D.
E.
PLANTING IRNGATION 3284N -21
Vail Cascade Resort March 28, 2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
3.I3 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust settings of controllers.
B. Adjust automatic control valves to provide flow rate at rated operating pressure required for
each sprinkler circuit.
C. Adjust sprinklers and devices, except those intended to be mounted aboveground, so they will
be flush with, or not more than ll2 inch ) above, finish grade.
3.14 CLEANING
A. Flush dirt and debris from piping before installing sprinklers and other devices.
3.I5 DEMONSTRATION
A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain automatic control valves
and controllers.
3.16 PIPING SCHEDULE
A. Install components having pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure.
B. Piping in control-valve boxes and aboveground may bejoined with flanges or unions instead of
joints indicated.
C. Underground inigation main piping, NPS 4 and smaller, shall be one of the following:
L NPS 3 and NPS 4 ductile-iron, mecbanical-joint pipe; ductile-iron, mechanical-joint
fittings, glands, bolts, and nuts; and gasketed joints.
2. NPS 3 and NPS 4 ductile-iron, push-on-joint pipe; ductile-iron, push-on-joint fittings and
gaskets; and gasketed joints.
3. Type L soft copper tube, wrought-copper fittings, and brazed joints.
4. NPS 4 PE pressure pipe; PE butt, heat-fusion or socket-type fittings; and heat-fusion
joints.
5. Schedule 40 PVC pipe and socket fittings, and solvenl-cementedjoints.
6. Schedule 80, PVC pipe; Schedule 80, threaded PVC fittings; and threaded joints.
7. SDR21, PVC, pressure-rated pipe; Schedule80, PVC socket fittings; and solvent-
cemented joints.
D. Underground irrigation main piping, NPS 5 and larger, shall be one of the following:
l. NPS 6 and larger ductile-iron, mechanical-joint pipe; ductile-iron, mechanical-joint
fittings, glands, bolts, and nuts; and gasketed joints.
2. NPS 6 and larger ductile-iron, push-on-joint pipe; ductile-iron, push-on-joint fittings and
gaskets; and gasketed joints.
3. PE pressure pipe; PE butt, heat-fusion fittings; and heat-fusion joints.
4. Schedule 40, PVC pipe and socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
tPLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 -22
! Vail Cascade Resort March 28, 2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SETII 5. SDR2I, PVC, pressure-rated pipe; Schedule80, PVC socket fittings; and solvent-
cemented joints.
I E. Circuit piping, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be one of the following:
l. SIDR 7, SIDR 9, PE, controlled ID pipe; insert fittings for PE pipe; and fastener joints.
I 2. DR9,DRll, PE, controlled OD pipe; PE butt, heat-fusion, orPE socket-type fittings;r and heat-fusion joints.
3. Schedule 40, PVC pipe and socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints.
I 4. SDR 26, PVC, pressure-rated pipe; Schedule 40, PVC socket fittings; and solvent-
t cemented joints.
I F. Underground Branches and Offsets at Sprinklers and Devices: Schedule 80, PVC pipe;
I threaded PVC fiilings; and threadedjoints.
I l. Option: Plastic swing-joint assemblies, with offsets for flexible joints, manufactured for
I this application.
I G. Risers to Aboveground Sprinklers and Specialties: Type K hard copper tube, wrought-copper
I fittings, and soldered_ioints.
H. Risers to Aboveground Sprinklers and Specialties: Schedule 80, PVC pipe and socket fittings;
I and solvent-cemented joints.
I
I 3.17 VALVE SCHEDULE
I A. Underground, Shutoff-Duty Valves: Use the following:
I l. NPS 2 and Smaller: Curb valve, curb-valve casing, and shutoff rod.r 2. NPS 3 and Larger: Iron gate valve, resilient seated; iron gate valve casing; and operating
wrench(es).
I B. Throttling-Duty Valves:
I I . NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze automatic control valve.
t 2. NPS 2 and Smaller: Brass or bronze, Plastic ball valve.
3. NPS 2-ll2 and NPS 3: Bronze automatic control valve.
ll 4. NPS 2-ll2 and NPS 3: Iron ball valve.
C. Drain Valves:
I t. NPS l/2 and NPS 3/4: Automatic drain valve.r 2. NPS li2 and NPS 3/4: Brass, Plastic ball valve.3. NPS l/2 and NPS 3/4: Bronze gate valve.
I 4. NPS I to NPS 2: Brass, Plastic ball valve.I 5. NPS I toNPS 2: Bronze sate valve.
I END OF SECTTON 328400
I
t
PLANTTNG TRRTGATTON 328400 -23
I Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I
March 28.2008
SECTION 329200 - TURF AND GRASSES
- PART l -GENERAL
I I,I RELATED DOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contracl, including General and Supplementary
I Conditions and Division 0l Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I t.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
t l. sodding.
I B. Related Sections:I
I. Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for erosion control
requirements.
f| 2. Division 3l Section "Site Clearing" fortopsoil stripping and stockpiling.
3. Division 3l Section "Earth Moving" for excavation, filling and backfilling, and rough
grading.
t 4. Division 32 Section "Planting Irrigation" forturfirrigation.
5. Division 32 Section "Plants" for border edgings.
r 6. Division 33 Section "Subdrainage" for subsurface drainage.
t
I.3 DEFINITIONS
I A. Duff Layer: The surface layer of native topsoil that is composed of mostly decayed leaves,
twigs, and detritus.
I B. Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil.
I C. Manufactured Topsoil: Soil produced off-site by homogeneously blending mineral soils or sand
I with stabilized organic soil amendmenls to produce topsoil or planting soil.
r D. Pesticide: A substance or mixture intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating a
I pest. This includes insecticides, miiicides, herbicides, fungicides, rodenticides, and! molluscicides. It also includes substances or mixtures intended for use as a plant regulator,
defoliant. or desiccant.
I E. Pests: Living organisms that occur where they are not desired or that cause damage to plants,
animals, or people. These include insects, mites, grubs, mollusks (snails and slugs), rodents
t (gophers, moles, and mice), unwanted plants (weeds), fungi, bacteria, and viruses.
I
I
I
TURFANDGRASSES 329200 - |
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28. 2008 I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I.
Planting Soil: Standardized topsoil; existing, native surface topsoil; existing, in-place surface
soil; imported topsoil; or manufactured topsoil that is modified with soil amendments and
perhaps fertilizers to produce a soil mixture best for plant growth.
Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after excavation is complete, or top surface
of a fill or backfill before planting soil is placed.
Subsoil: AII soil beneath the topsoil layer of the soil profile, and typified by the lack of organic
matter and soil organisms.
Surface Soil: Soil tlat is present at the top layer of the existing soil profile at the Project site.
In undisturbed areas, the surface soil is typically topsoil, but in disturbed areas such as urban
environments, the surface soil can be subsoil.
SUBMITTALS
Qualification Data: For qualified landscape Installer.
Product Certificates: For soil amendments and fertilizers, from manufacturer.
Material Test Reports: For existing native surface topsoil existing in-place surface soil and
imoorted or manufactured tonsoil.
C.
D. Maintenance Instructions: Recommended procedures to be established by Owner for
maintenance of turf during a calendar year. Submit before expiration of required initial
maintenance periods.
I.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape Installer whose work has resulted in successful
turf establishment.
1. Professional Membership: Installer shall be a member in good standing of either the
Professional Landcare Network or the American Nursery and Landscape Association.
Experience: Three years' experience in turf installation in addition to requirements in
Division 0l Section "Quality Requirements."
Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer lo mainlain an experienced full-time
supervisor on Project site when work is in progress.
Personnel Certifications: Installer's field supervisor shall have certification in all of the
following categories from the Professional Landcare Network:
a. Certified Landscape Technician - Exterior, with installation and irrigation specialty
area(s), designated CLT-Exterior.
b. Certified Turfgrass Professional, designated CTP.
c. Certified Turfgrass Professional ofCool Season Lawns, designated CTP-CSL.
Maintenance Proximity: Not more than 5 hours' normal travel time from Installer's place
ofbusiness to Proiect site.
F.
G.
H.
t.4
2.
3.
4.
5.
TURF AND GRASSES 329200 -2
A.
B.
1.6
1.7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28,2008
B. Soil Analysis: For each unamended soil type, fumish soil analysis and a written report by a
qualified soil-testing laboratory stating percentages of organic matter; gradation of sand, silt,
and clay contenl; cation exchange capacity; sodium absorption ratio; deleterious material; pH;
and mineral and plant-nutrient content of the soil.
L Testing methods and written recommendations shall comply with USDA's Handbook
No. 60.
2. The soil{esting laboratory shall oversee soil sampling, with depth, location, and number
of samples to be taken per instructions from Architect. A minimum of 3 representative
samples shall be taken from varied locations for each soil to be used or amended for
planting purposes.
3. Report suitability of rested soil for turf growth.
a. Based on the test results, state recommendations for soil treatments and soil
amendments to be incorporated. State recommendations in weight per 1000 sq. ft.
or volume per cu. yd. for nitrogen, phosphorus, and potash nutrients and soil
amendments to be added to produce satisfactory planting soil suitable for healthy,
viable plants.
b. Report presence of problem salts, minerals, or heavy metals, including aluminum,
arsenic, barium, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, lead, lithium, and vanadium. If such
problem materials are presenl, provide additional recommendations for corrective
action.
C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Proiect site.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Sod: Harvest, deliver, store, and handle sod according to requirements in "Specifications for
Turfgrass Sod Materials" and "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Transplanting and Installation"
in TPI's "Guideline Specifications to Turfgrass Sodding." Deliver sod in time for planting
within 24 hours of harvesting. Protect sod from breakage and drying.
Bulk Materials:
I . Do not dump or store bulk materials near stnrctures, utilities, walkways and pavements,
or on existing turfareas or plants.
2. Provide erosion-control measures to pr€vent erosion or displacement of bulk materials,
discharge of soil-bearing water runoff, and airbome dust reaching adjacent properties,
water conveyance systems, or walkways.
3. Accompany each delivery of bulk fertilizers and soil amendments with appropriate
certificates.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Planting Restrictions: Plant during one of the following periods. Coordinate planting periods
with initial maintenance periods to provide required maintenance from date of Substantial
Completion.
l SpringPlanting: April 15.
TURF AND GRASSES 329200 - 3
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
2. Fall Plantins: October 31.
March 28, 2008
B. Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather
conditions permit planting to be performed when beneficial and optimum results may be
obtained. Apply products during favorable weather conditions according to manufacturer's
written instructions.
MAINTENANCE SERVICE
Initial Turf Maintenance Service: Provide full maintenance by skilled employees of landscape
Installer. Maintain as required in Part 3. Begin maintenance immediately after each area is
planted and continue until acceptable turf is established but for not less than the following
periods:
I . Sodded Turf: 30 days from date of Substantial Completion.
Continuing Maintenance Proposal: From Installer to Owner, in the form of a standard yearly
(or other period) maintenance agreement, starting on date initial maintenance service is
concluded. State services, obligations, conditions, and terms for agreement period and for
future renewal options.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
TURFGRASS SOD
Turfgrass Sod: Certified Approved, complying with "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod
Materials" in TPI's "Guideline Specifications lo Turfgrass Sodding." Fumish viable sod of
uniform density, color, and texture, strongly rooted, and capable of vigorous gowth and
development when planted.
Turfgrass Species: Kentucky Bluegrass.
l. Full Sun: Kentucky bluegrass (Poa pratensis), a minimum of three cultivars.
INORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS
Iron Sulfate: Granulated ferrous sulfate containing a minimum of 20 percent iron and l0
percent sulfur.
Aluminum Sulfate: Commercial grade, unadulterated.
Perlite: Horticultural perlite, soil amendment grade.
Agricultural Gypsum: Minimum 90 percent calcium sulfate, finely ground with 90 percent
passing through No. 50 sieve.
Sand: Clean, washed. nalural or manufactured, and free of toxic materials.
I
I
t
I
1.8
2.1
A.
B.
B.
A.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
2.2 I
I
I
t
I
I
B.
C.
D.
TURF AND GRASSES 329200 - 4
B.
D.
B.
z-J
2.4
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
F. Diatomaceous Earth: Calcined, 90 percent
absorption capacity by weight.
March 28, 2008
silica, with approximately 140 percent water
G. Zeolites: Mineral clinoptilolite with at least 60 percent water absorption by weight.
C.
ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS
Compost: Well-composted, stable, and weed-free organic matter, pH range of 5.5 to 8;
moisture content 35 to 55 percent by weight; 100 percent passing througb sieve; soluble salt
content based upon the recommendations found in the soils report from an approved soils
analysis center decisiemens/m; not exceeding 0.5 percent inert contaminants and free of
substances toxic to plantings; and as follows:
L Organic Matter Content: 50 to 60 percent of dry weight.
2. Feedstock: Agricultural, food, or industrial residuals; biosolids; yard trimmings; or
source-separated or compostable mixed solid waste.
Sphagnum Peat: Partially decomposed sphagnum peat moss, finely divided or of granular
texture, with a pH range of 3.4 to 4.8-
Muck Peat: Partially decomposed moss peat, native peat, or reed-sedge peat, finely divided or
of granular texture, with a pH range of 6 to 7.5, and having a water-absorbing capacity of I 100
to 2000 percent.
Manure: Well-rotted, unleached, stable or cattle manure containing not more than 25 percent by
volume of straw, sawdust, or other bedding materials; free of toxic substances, stones, sticks,
soil, weed seed, and material harmful to plant growth.
FERTILIZERS
Superphosphate: Commercial, phosphate mixture, soluble; a minimum of 20 percent available
phosphoric acid.
Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial-grade complele fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of
fast- and slow-release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea
formaldehyde, phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition:
l. Composition: I lb/1000 sq. ft. of actual nitrogen,4 percent phosphorous, and 2 percent
potassium, by weight.
2, Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil
reports from a qualified soil-testing laboratory.
Slow-Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water-insoluble
nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition:
l. Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, l0 percent phosphorous, and l0 percent potassium, by
weight.
2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil
reports from a qualified soil-testing laboratory.
C.
TURF AND GRASSES 329200 - 5
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
t
B.
A.
B.
2.5
3.1
March 28.2008
PLANTING SOILS
Planting Soil: Existing, native surface topsoil formed under natural conditions with the duff
layer retained during excavation process and stockpiled on-site. Verif,/ suitability of native
surface topsoil to produce viable planting soil. Clean soil of roots, plants, sod, stones, clay
lumps, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth.
l Supplement with another specified planting soil when quantities are insufficient.
2. Mix with the soil amendments and fertilizers according to the recommendations set forth
by the soils-testing laboratory soils analysis to produce planting soil.
Planting Soil: Imported topsoil or manufactured topsoil from off-site sources. Obtain topsoil
displaced from naturally well-drained construction or mining sites where topsoil occurs at least
4 inches deep; do not obtain from agricultural land, bogs or marshes.
l Additional Properties of Imported Topsoil or Manufactured Topsoil: Screened and free
of stones I inch or larger in any dimension; free of roots, plants, sod, clods, clay lumps,
pockets of coarse sand, paint, paint washout, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks,
cement, plasler, building debris, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar,
roofing compound, acid, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth; free of
obnoxious weeds and invasive plants including quackgrass, Johnsongrass, poison ivy,
nutsedge, nimblewill, Canada thistle, bindweed, bentgrass, wild garlic, ground ivy,
perennial sorrel, and bromegrass; not infested with nematodes, grubs, other pests, pest
eggs, or other undesirable organisms and disease-causing plant pathogens; friable and
with sufficient structure to give good tilth and aeration. Continuous, air-filled, pore-
space content on a volume/volume basis shall be at least 15 percent when moisture is
present at field capacity. Soil shall have a field capacity of at least 15 percent on a dry
weight basis.
2. Mix with the soil amendments and fertilizcrs according to the recommendations set forth
by the soils{esting laboratory soils analysis to produce planting soil.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine areas to be planted for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting
performance.
l. Verifu that no foreign or deleterious material or liquid such as paint, paint washout,
concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel,
paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, or acid has been deposited in soil within
a planting area.
2. Do not mix or place soils and soil amendments in frozen, wet, or muddy conditions.
3. Suspend soil spreading, grading, and tilling operations during periods of excessive soil
moisture until the moisture content reaches acceptable levels to attain the required results.
4. Uniformly moisten excessively dry soil that is not workable and which is too dusty.
Proceed with installalion onlv after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
TURF AND GRASSES 329200 - 6
B.
B.
c.
3.2
J.J
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28.2008
C. If contamination by foreign or deleterious material or liquid is present in soil within a planting
area, remove the soil and contamination as directed by Landscape Architect and replace with
new planting soil.
PREPARATION
Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and
plantings from damage caused by planting operations.
other facilities, trees, shrubs, and
I . Protect grade stakes set by others until directed to remove them.
Refer to Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for requirements for erosion-
control measures.
TURF AREA PREPARATION
Limit turf subgrade preparation to areas to be planted.
Newly Graded Subgrades: Loosen subgrade to a minimum depth of 6 inches. Remove stones
larger than I - l/2 inches in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter
and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
l. Apply a pre-plant phosphate with an 18-46-0 fertilizer at a rate of I lb./100 sq. ft. directly
to subgrade before loosening.
2. Spread ropsoil, apply soil amendments and fertilizer on surface, and thoroughly blend
planting soil.
a. Delay mixing fertilizer with planting soil if planting will not proceed within a 48
hour period in the winter or a 24 hour period in the summer.
3. Spread planting soil to a depth of4 inches but not less than required to meet finish grades
after light rolling and natural settlement. Do not spread if planting soil or subgrade is
frozen, muddy, or excessively wet.
a. Spread approximately l/2 the thickness of planting soil over loosened subgrade.
Mix thoroughly into top 6 inches of subgrade. Spread remainder of planting soil.
b. Reduce elevation ofplanting soil to allow for soil thickness ofsod.
Unchanged Subgrades: Ifturfis to be planted in areas unaltered or undisturbed by excavating,
grading, or surface-soil stripping operations, prepare surface soil as follows:
l. Remove existing grass, vegetation, and turf. Do not mix into surface soil.
2. Loosen surface soil to a depth of at least 6 inches. Apply soil amendments and fertilizers
according to planting soil mix proportions and mix thoroughly into top 6 inches of soil.
Till soil to a homogeneous mixture of hne texture.
3. Remove stones larger than l-ll2 inches in any dimension and sticks, roots, trash, and
other extraneous matter.
TURF AND GRASSES 329200 -7
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
E.
F.
A.
B.
C.
A.
J.+
3.5
March 28,2008
4. Legally dispose of waste material, including grass, vegetation, and turf, off Owner's
ProPerty.
Finish Grading: Grade planting areas to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly
fine texture. Grade to within plus or minus li2 inch of finish elevation. Roll and rake, remove
ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. Limit finish grading to areas that can be
planted in the immediate future.
Moisten prepared area before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface to dry
before planting. Do not create muddy soil.
Before planting, obtain Landscape Architect's acceptance of finish grading; restore planting
areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading.
SODDING
Lay sod within 24 hours of harvesting. Do not lay sod if dormant or if ground is frozen or
muddy.
Lay sod to form a solid mass witb tightly fitted joints. Butt ends and sides of sod; do not stretch
or overlap. Stagger sod strips or pads to offset joints in adjacent courses. Avoid damage to
subgrade or sod during installation. Tamp and roll lightly to ensure contact with subgrade,
eliminate air pockets, and form a smooth surface. Work sifted soil or fine sand into minor
cracks between pieces of sod; remove exc€ss to avoid smothering sod and adjacent grass.
l Lay sod across angle of slopes exceeding l:3.
2. Anchor sod on slopes exceeding l:6 with 3 %" biodegradable stakes made by Turf Tacs
spaced as recommended by sod manufacturer but not less than 2 anchors per sod strip to
prevent slippage.
Saturate sod with fine water spray within two hours of planting. During the first two weeks
after planting, water two times daily to maintain moist soil to a minimum depth of l-1l2 inches
below sod.
TURT MAINTENANCE
Maintain and establish turf by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming, replanting, and
performing other operations as required to establish healthy, viable turf. Roll, regrade, and
replant bare or eroded areas and remulch to produce a uniformly smooth rurf. Provide materials
and installation lhe same as those used in the original installation.
l. Fill in as necessary soil subsidence that may occur because of settling or other processes.
Replace materials and turf damaged or lost in areas ofsubsidence.
2. In areas where mulch has been disturbed by wind or maintenance operations, add new
mulch and anchor as required to prevent displacement.
3. Apply treatments as required to keep turf and soil free of pests and pathogens or disease.
Use integrated pest management practices whenever possible to minimize the use of
oesticides and reduce hazards.
TURF AND GRASSES 329200 -8
Ir Vail Cascade Resort March 28, 2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SETI
t B. Watering: Install and maintain temporary piping, hoses, and turf-watering equipment to convey
_ water from sources and to keep turf uniformly moist to a depth of4 inches.
I l Schedule watering to prevent wilting, puddling, erosion, and displacement of seed or
mulch. Lay out temporary watering system to avoid walking over muddy or newly
planted areas.
I.I Water turf with fine spray at a minimum rate of 20 inches per zone every 3'd day unless
rainfall precipitation is adequate.
I C. Mow turf as soon as top growth is tall enough to cut. Repeat mowing to maintain specifiedr height without cutting more than l/3 of grass height. Remove no more than l/3 of grass-leaf
growth in initial or subsequent mowings. Do not delay mowing until grass blades bend over
I ind become matted. Do not mow whei grass is wet. Slhedule initial and subsequent mowingsr to maintain the following grass height:
l. Mow Kentucky bluegass to a height of l-ll2 to 2 inches.
I D. Turf Postfertilization: Apply fertilizer the first fwo months the turf has been in the ground and
when qrass has been mown and is drv.
I ,. ;r" a spring, summer unA rufr fertilizer that will provide a l6-5-gorganic blend to turf
area. In late fall you may apply a substitute for the 16-5-9 organic blend. An Alpha One
I :]#"ir**"
fertilizer is a winterizing mix for colder climates when the turf goes
I
I 3.6 sATTsFACToRY ruREr
A. Turf installations shall meet the following criteria as determined by Landscape Architect:
I l. Satisfactory Sodded Turf: At end of maintenance period, a healthy, well-rooted, even-
colored, viable turf has been established, free of weeds, open joints, bare areas, and
surface inegularities.
I B. Use specified materials to reestablish turf that does not comply with requirements and continue
maintenance until turf is satisfactory.
t
3.7 CLEANUP AND PROTECTIONI
I A. Promptly remove soil and debris created by turf work from paved areas. Clean wheels of' vehicles before leaving site to avoid tracking soil onto roads, walks, or other paved areas.
f B. Erect temporary fencing or barricades and waming signs as required to protect newly planted
areas from traffic. Maintain fencing and barricades throughout initial maintenance period and
I remove after plantings are established.
C. Remove non-degradable erosion-control measures after grass establishment period.
I
I ENDOFSECTION 329200
I
I
TURFANDGRASSES 329200 -9
B,
A.
B.
C.
l.l
1.2
1.3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
SECTION 329300 - PLANTS
PART I -GENERAL
March 28. 2008
l.
2.
3.
A
5.
6.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 0l Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
Section Includes:
l. Plants.
2. Planting soils.
3. Tree stabilization.
4. Landscape edgings.
Related Sections:
Division 0l Section "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection" for protecting, trimming,
pruning, repairing, and replacing existing trees to remain that interfere with, or are
affected by, execution of the Work.
Division l2 Section "Site Fumishings" for exterior unit planters.
Division 3l Section "Site Clearing" for protection of existing trees and plantings, topsoil
stripping and stockpiling, and site clearing.
Division 3 I Section "Earth Moving" for excavation, filling, and rough grading and for
subsurface aggregate drainage and drainage backfill materials.
Division 32 Section "Turf and Grasses" for hrf (lawn) and meadow planting,
hydroseeding, and erosion-control materials.
Division 33 Section "Subdrainage" for below-grade drainage of landscaped areas, paved
areas, and wall perimeters.
DEFINITIONS
Backfill: The earth used to replace or the act ofreplacing earth in an excavation.
Balled and Burlapped Stock: Plants dug with firm, natural balls of earth in which they were
grown, with ball size not less than diameter and depth recommended by ANSI 260.1 for type
and size of plant required; wrapped with burlap, lied, rigidly supported, and drum laced with
twine with the root flare visible at the surface of the ball as recommended by ANSI 260.1 .
Container-Grown Stock: Healthy, vigorous, well-rooted plants grown in a container, with a
well-established root system reaching sides of container and maintaining a firm ball when
removed from container. Container shall be rigid enough to hold ball shape and protect root
mass during shipping and be sized according to ANSI 260.1 for type and size of plant required.
PLANTS 329300 - I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
D.
F.
G.
H.
J.
K.
L,
M.
N.
o.
P.
a.
t.4
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28,2008
Duff Layer: The surface layer of native topsoil that is composed of mostly decayed leaves,
twigs, and detritus.
Fabric Bag-Grown Stock: Healthy, vigorous, well-rooted plants established and grown in-
ground in a porous fabric bag with well-established root system reaching sides of fabric bag.
Fabric bag size is not less than diameter, depth, and volume required by ANSI 260.1 for type
and size ofplant.
Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface ofplanting soil.
Manufactured Topsoil: Soil produced off-site by homogeneously blending mineral soils or sand
with stabilized organic soil amendments to produce topsoil or planting soil.
Pesticide: A substance or mixture intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating a
pest. This includes insecticides, miticides, herbicides, fungicides, rodenticides, and
molluscicides. It also includes substances or mixtures intended for use as a plant regulator,
defoliant, or desiccant.
Pests: Living organisms lhat occur where they are not desired, or that cause damage to plants,
animals, or people. These include insects, mites, grubs, mollusks (snails and slugs), rodents
(gophers, moles, and mice), unwanted planls (weeds), fungi, bacteria, and viruses.
Planting Area: Areas to be planted.
Planting Soil: Standardized topsoil; exisling, native surface topsoil; existing, in-place surface
soil; imported topsoil; or manufactured topsoil that is modified with soil amendments and
perhaps fertilizers to produce a soil mixture best for plant growth.
Plant; Plants; Plant Material: These terms refer to vegelation in general, including trees, sbrubs,
vines, ground covers, ornamental grasses, bulbs, corms, tubers, or herbaceous vegetation.
Root Flare: Also called "trunk flare." The area at the base of the plant's stem or trunk where
the stem or trunk broadens to form roots; the area of transition between the root system and the
stem or trunk.
Stem Girdling Roots: Roots that encircle the stems (trunks) of trees below the soil surface.
Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after excavation is complete, or the top
surface ofa fill or backfill before planting soil is placed.
Subsoil: All soil beneath the topsoil layer ofthe soil profile, and typified by the lack oforganic
matter and soil organisms.
Surface Soil: Soil that is present at the top layer of the existing soil profile at the Project site.
In undisturbed areas, the surface soil is typically topsoil; but in disturbed areas such as urban
environments, the surface soil can be subsoil.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type ofproduct indicated, including soils.
PLANTS 329300 -2
B.
C.
D.
1.5
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28,2008
l. Plant Materials: Include quantities, sizes, quality, and sources for plant materials.
2. Pesticides and Herbicides: Include product label and manufacturer's application
instructions specific to the Project.
3. The Landscape Architect has the authority to tag and hold plant material for review
before it is transported to the site. If plant material is deemed not healthy, the Landscape
Architect has the authority to reject any unhealthy plants.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
lnstaller Qualifications: A qualified landscape Installer whose work has resulted in successful
establishment of plants.
l. Professional Membership: Landscape Installer must list any professional memberships in
the Landscape Industry on the bid form.
2. Experience: The field supervisor should have a minimum of 3 years of experience in the
Landscape Construction Industry.
3. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time
supervisor on Project site when work is in progress.
4. Pesticide Applicator: State licensed, commercial.
Soil-Testing Laboratory Qualifications: An independent or university laboratory, recognized by
the State Department of Agriculture, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing
indicated and that specializes in types oftests to be performed.
Soil Analysis: For each unamended soil type, fumish soil analysis and a written report by a
qualified soil-testing laboratory stating percentages of organic matter; gradation of sand, silt,
and clay content; cation exchange capacity; sodium absorption ratio; deleterious material; pH;
and mineral and plant-nutrient content of the soil.
l. Testing methods and written recommendations shall comply with USDA's Handbook
No.60.
2. The soiltesting laboratory shall oversee soil sampling; with depth, location, and number
of samples to be taken per instructions from Architect. A minimum of three
representative samples shall be taken from varied locations for each soil to be used or
amended for planting purposes.
3. Report suitability of tested soil for plant growth.
a- Based upon the test results, state recommendations for soil treatments and soil
amendments to be incorporated. State recomrnendations in weight per 1000 sq. ft.
or volume per cu. yd. for nitrogen, phosphorus, and potash nutrients and soil
amendments to be added to produce satisfactory planting soil suitable for healthy,
viable plants.
b. Report presence of problem salts, minerals, or heavy metals, including aluminum,
arsenic, barium, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, lead, lithium, and vanadium. If such
problem materials are present, provide additional recommendations for corrective
action.
Provide quality, size, genus, species, and variety of plants indicated, complying with applicable
requirements in ANSI 260.1 .
PLANTS 329300 - 3
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
F.
G.
A.
B.
C.
D.
1.6
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28, 2008
1. Selection of plants purchased under allowances will be made by Architect, who will tag
plants at their place of growth before they are prepared for transplanting.
Measurements: Measure according to ANSI 2,60.1. Do not prune to obtain required sizes.
1. Trees and Shrubs: Measure with branches and trunks or canes in their normal position.
Take height measurements from or near the top of the root flare for field-grown stock and
container grown stock. Measure main body of tree or shrub for height and spread; do not
measure branches or roots tip to tip. Take caliper measurements 6 inches above the root
flare for trees up to 4-inch caliper size, and l2 inches above the root flare for larger sizes.
2. Other Plants: Measure with stems, petioles, and foliage in their normal position.
Plant Material Observation: Landscape Architect may observe plant material either at place of
growth or at site before planting for compliance with requirements for genus, species, variety,
cultivar, size, and quality. Landscape Architecl retains right to observe trees and shrubs further
for size and condition of balls and root systems, pests, disease symptoms, injuries, and latent
defects and to reject unsatisfactory or defective material at any time during progress of work.
Remove rejected trees or shrubs immediately fiom Project site.
l. Please contact the Landscape Architect at least 3 days in advance of material being
shipped to the site.
Construction Conference: Conduct conference at Proiect site.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened containers showing
weight, certified analysis, name and address of manufacturer, and indication of conformance
with state and federal laws if applicable.
Bulk Materials:
l. Do not dump or store bulk materials near structures, utilities, walkways and pavements,
or on existing turf areas or plants.
2. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of bulk materials,
discharge of soil-bearing water runolf, and airbome dust reaching adjacent properties,
water conveyance systems, or walkways.
3. Accompany each delivery of bulk fertilizers, lime, and soil amendments with appropriate
certificates.
Deljver bare-root stock plants freshly dug. Immediately after digging up bare-root stock, pack
root system in wet straw, hay, or other suitable material to keep root system moist until
planting.
Do not prune trees and shrubs before delivery. Protect bark, branches, and root systems from
sun scald, drying, wind burn, sweating, whipping, and other handling and tying damage. Do not
bend or bind-tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as to destroy their natural shape. Provide
protective covering of plants during shipping and delivery. Do not drop plants during delivery
and handlins.
PLANTS 329300 - 4
E.
F.
G.
B.
C.
D.
E.
t.7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28,2008
Handle planting stock by root ball.
Store bulbs, corms, and tubers in a dry place at 60 to 65 deg F until planring.
Deliver plants after preparations for planting have been completed, and install immediately. If
planting is delayed more than six hours after delivery, set plants and trees in their appropriate
aspect (sun, filtered sun, or shade), protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep
roots moist.
l. Heel-in bare-root stock. Soak roots that are in dry condition in water for two hours.
Reject dried-out plants.
2. Set balled stock on ground and cover ball with soil, peat moss, sawdust, or other
acceptable material.
3. Do not remove container-grown stock from containers before time of planting.
4. Water root systems of plants stored on-site deeply and thoroughly with a fine-mist spray.
Water as often as necessary to maintain root systems in a moist, but not overly-wet
condition.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Field Measurements: Verify actual grade elevations, service and utility locations, irrigation
system components, and dimensions of plantings and construction contiguous with new
plantings by field measurements before proceeding with planting work.
Intemrption of Existing Services or Utilities: Do not intemrpt services or utilities to facilities
occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only
after arranging to provide temporary services or utilities according to requirements indicated:
l. Notify Construction Manager and Owner the day of an intemrption of each service or
utility. Please contact the utility company the day of a utility intemtption.
2. Do not proceed with intermption of services or utilities without Construction Manager's
and Owner's written permission. It is the Contractor's soul responsibility to contact the
utility company of any intemrption.
Planting Restrictions: Plant during one of the following periods. Coordinate planting periods
with maintenance periods to provide required maintenance from date of Substantial Completion.
I . Spring Planting: April 15.
2. Fall Planting: October 31.
Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted we ather
conditions permit planting to be performed when beneficial and optimum results may be
obtained. Apply products during favorable weather conditions according to manufacturer's
written instructions and warranty requirements.
Coordination with Turf Areas (Lawns): Plant trees, shrubs, and other plants after finish grades
are established and before planting turf areas unless otherwise indicated.
I . When planting trees, shrubs, and other plants after planting turf areas, protect turf areas,
and promptly repair damage caused by planting operations.
PLANTS 329300 - 5
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28. 2008
WARRANTY
Special Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace plantings and accessories that fail in
materials, workmanship, or growth within specilied warranty period.
l. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
Death and unsatisfactory growth, except for defects resulting from abuse, lack of
adequate maintenance, or neglect by Owner, or incidents that are beyond
Contractor's control.
Structural failures including plantings falling or blowing over.
Faulty performance of tree stabilization, edgings, and boulder placement.
Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal
weathering.
2.Wananty Periods from Date of Substantial Completion:
Trees, Shrubs, Vines, and Omamental Grasses: 12 months.
Ground Covers. Biennials. Perennials. and Other Plants: l2 months.
Include the followins remedial actions as a minimum:
Immediately remove dead plants and replace unless required to plant in the
succeeding planting season.
Replace plants that are more than 25 percent dead or in an unhealthy condition at
end of warranty period.
A limit of one replacement of each plant will be required except for losses or
replacements due to failure to comply with requirements.
Provide extended warranty for period equal to original warranty period, for
replaced plant material.
MAINTENANCE SERVICE
Initial Maintenance Period for Trees and Shrubs: Provide maintenance by skilled employees of
landscape Installer. Maintain as required in Part 3. Begin maintenance immediately after plants
are installed and continue until plantings are acceptably healthy and well established but for not
less than maintenance period below. It is the Landscape Contractors job to keep plants alive
and healthv until the iob is siened off.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PLANT MATERIAL
General: Furnish nursery-grown plants true to genus, species, variety, cultivar, stem form,
shearing, and other features indicated in Plant Schedule or Plant Legend shown on Drawings
and complying with ANSI 2,60.1; and with healthy root systems developed by transplanting or
root pruning. Provide well-shaped, fully branched, healthy, vigorous stock, densely foliated
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
b.
d.
b.
1.8
A.
a.
b.
d.
1.9
2.1
PLANTS 329300 - 6
r
I Vail Cascade Resort March 28,2008
. Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I when in leaf and free of disease, pests, eggs, larvae, and defects such as knots, sun scald,
injuries, abrasions, and disfigurement.
I l Trees with damaged, crooked, or multiple leaders; right vertical branches where bark is
squeezed between two branches or between branch and trunk ("included bark"); crossing
trunks; cut-off limbs more than 314 inch in diameter; or with stem girdling roots will be
I rejected.- 2- Collected Stock: Do not use plants harvested from the wild, from native stands, from an
l established landscape planting, or not grown in a nursery unless otherwise indicared.
r B. Provide plants of sizes, grades, and ball or container sizes complying with ANSI 260.1 for types
and form of plants required. Plants ofa larger size may be used if acceptable to Architect, withII a proportionate increase in size of roots or balls.a
C. Root-Ball Depth: Fumish trees and sbrubs with root balls measured from top of root ball,
I which shall begin at root flare according to ANSIZ60.I. Root flare shall be visible before
I planting.
I D. Labeling: Label each plant of each variety, excluding trees with a securely attached, waterproof
I tag bearing legible designation of common name and full scientific name, including genus and
species. Include nomenclature for hybrid, variety, or cultivar, if applicable for the plant as
I shown on Drawings.rt E. If formal arrangements or consecutive order of plants is shown on Drawings, select stock for
, uniform height and spread, and number the labels to assure symmelry in planting.I
t F. Annuals: Provide healthy, disease-free plants of species and variety shown or listed, with well-
established root systems reaching to sides of the container to maintain a firm ball, but not with
I excessive root growth encircling lhe container. Provide only plants that are acclimated to
I outdoor conditions before delivery.
t 2.2 INORGANTC SO|L AMENDMENTS
- A. Iron Sulfate: Granulated ferrous sulfate containing a minimum of 20 percent iron and l0
I nercent sultur.
B. Aluminum Sulfate: Commercial grade, unadulterated.
I C. Perlite: Horticultural perlite, soil amendment grade.
I D. Agricultural Gypsum: Minimum 90 percent calcium sulfate, finely ground with 90 percent
I passing throughNo. 50 sieve.
r E. Sand: Clean, washed, narural or manufactured, and free of toxic materials.I4 F. Diatomaceous Earth: Calcined, 90 percent silica, with approximately 140 percent water
absorption capacity by weight.t
I G. Zeolites: Mineral clinoptilolite with at least 60 percent water absorption by weight.
I
I
PLANTS 329300 - 7
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
A.
B.
D.
A.
B.
z.J
z-1
2.5
March 28, 2008
c.
C.
ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS
Compost: Well-composted planting soil mix, stable, and weed-free organic matter, pH range of
5.5 to 8; moisture content 35 to 55 percent by weight; 100 percent passing through sieve;
soluble salt content based upon recommendations found in the soils report from an approved
soil analysis center. decisiemens/m; not exceeding 0.5 perceni inert contaminants and free of
substances toxic to plantings; and as follows:
l. Organic Matter Content: 50 to 60 percent of dry weight.
2. Feedstock: Agricultural, food, or industrial residuals; biosolids; yard trimmings; or
source-separated or compostable mixed solid waste.
Sphagnum Peat: Partially decomposed sphagnum peat moss, finely divided or granular texture,
with a pH range of 3.4 to 4.8.
Muck Peat: Partially decomposed moss peat, native peat, or reed-sedge peat, finely divided or
of granular texture, with a pH range of 6 to 7.5, and having a water-absorbing capacity of I 100
to 2000 percent.
Manure: Well-rotted, unleached, stable or cattle manure containing not more than 25 percent by
volume of straw, sawdust, or other bedding materials; free of toxic substances, stones, sticks,
soil, weed seed, debris, and material harmful to plant growth.
FERTILIZERS
Superphosphate: Commercial, phosphate mixture, soluble; a minimum of 20 percent available
phosphoric acid.
Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial-grade complete fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of
fast- and slow-release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea
formaldehyde, phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition:
l. Composition: I lb/1000 sq. ft. of actual nitrogen,4 percent phosphorous, and 2 percent
potassium, by weight.
2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil
reports from a qualified soil-testing laboratory.
Slow-Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water-insoluble
nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition:
| . Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous, and 10 percent potassium, by
weight.
2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil
reports from a qualified soil-testing laboratory.
PLANTING SOILS
Planting Soil: Existing, native surface topsoil formed under natural conditions with the duff
layer retained during excavation process and stockpiled on-site. Veri$, suitability of native
PLANTS 329300 - 8
B.
A.
B.
2.6
2.7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28. 2008
surface topsoil to produce viable planling soil. Clean soil of roots, plants, sod, stones, clay
lumps, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth.
l. Supplement with another specified planting soil when quantities are insufficient.
2. Mix wirh the soil amendments and fertilizers according to the recommendations set forth
by the soils-testing laboratory soils analysis to produce planting soil.
Planting Soil: Imported topsoil or manufactured topsoil from off-site sources. Obtain topsoil
displaced from naturally well-drained construction or mining sites where topsoil occurs at least
4 inches deep; do not obtain from agricultural land, bogs, or marshes.
1. Additional Properties of Imported Topsoil or Manufactured Topsoil: Screened and free
of stones I inch or larger in any dimension; free of roots, plants, sod, clods, clay lumps,
pockets of coarse sand, paint, paint washout, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks,
cement, plaster, building debris, oils, gasoline, diesel firel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar,
roofing compound, acid, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth; free of
obnoxious weeds and invasive plants including quackgrass, Johnsongrass, poison ivy,
nutsedge, nimblewill, Canada thistle, bindweed, bentgrass, wild garlic, ground ivy,
perennial sorrel, and bromegrass; not infested with nematodes; grubs; or other pests, pest
eggs, or other undesirable organisms and disease-causing plant pathogens; friable and
with sufficient structure to give good tilth and aeration. Continuous, air-filled pore space
content on a volume/volume basis shall be at least 15 percent when moisture is present at
field capacity. Soil shall have a field capacity of at least 15 percent on a dry weight basis.
2. Mix with the soil amendments and fertilizers according to the recommendations set forth
by the soils{esting laboratory soils analysis to produce planting soil.
MULCHES
Organic Mulch: Free from deleterious materials and suitable as a top dressing of trees and
shrubs, consisting of one ofthe following:
l. Type: Shredded hardwood, Cedar.
2. Size Range: 3 inches minimum.
3. Color: Natural.
PESTICIDES
General: Pesticide registered and approved by EPA, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, and of type recommended by manufacturer for each specific problem and as
required for Project conditions and application. Do not use restricted pesticides unless
authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction.
Pre-Emergent Herbicide: Effective for controlling the germination or growth of weeds within
planted areas at the soil level directly below the mulch layer. Use Ronstar@ pre-emergent
herbicide. Apply based upon manufacturer's request.
PLANTS 329300 - 9
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
2.10
A.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
2.
l.
.).
4.
5.
A.
A.
B.
C.
A.
2.8
2.9
3.1
March 28,2008
TREE STABILIZATION MATERIALS
Stakes and Guys:
Upright and Guy Stakes: Rough-sawn, sound, new hardwood, free of knots, holes, cross
grain, and other defects, Z-by-2-inch nominal by length indicated, pointed at one end.
Flexible Ties: Wide rubber or elastic bands or shaps of length required to reach stakes or
turnbuckles.
Guys and Tie Wires: ASTM A 64llA64lM, Class l, galvanized-sleel wire, two-strand,
twisted, 0.106 inch in diameter.
Tree-Tie Webbing: UV-resistant polypropylene or nylon webbing with brass grommets.
Guy Cables: Five-strand, 3/16-inch- diameter, galvanized-steel cable, with zinc-coated
tumbuckles, a minimum of 3 inches long, with two 3/8-inch galvanized eyebolts.
LANDSCAPE EDGINGS
Steel Edging: Standard commercial-steel edging, rolled edge, fabricated in sections of standard
lengths, with loops stamped from or welded to face of sections to receive stakes.
I . Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
following or an approved equal:
a. Sure-Loc Edging Corporation.
2. Edging Size: l/8 inch wide by 4 inches deep, rolled-top.
3. Accessories: Standard tapered ends, comers, and splicers.
4. Finish: Standard paint.
5. Paint Color: Black.
MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS
Antidesiccant: Water-insoluble emulsion, permeable moisture retarder, film forming, for trees
and shrubs. Deliver in original, sealed, and fully labeled containers and mix according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
Burlap: Non-synthetic, biodegradable.
Planter Filter Fabric: [Woven] [Nonwoven] geotextile manufactured for separation
applications and made of polypropylene, polyolefin, or polyester fibers or combination of them.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine areas to receive plants for compliance with requirements and conditions affecting
installation and performance. Plants will be staked on site by Landscape Architect prior to
installation.
PLANTS 329300 - l0
r Vail Cascade Resort March 28, 2008
_ Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I l. Veri! that no foreign or deleterious material or liquid such as paint, paint washout,r ;:1"",ffi;ruffinllTffi:1,Hffi11"h''JnTil*"i:"''lTi""1i"'1fr:l
I a planting area.
2. Do not mix or place soils and soil amendmenls in frozen, wet, or muddy conditions.
I 3. Suspend soil spreading, grading, and tilling operations during periods of excessive soil
t moisture until the moisture content reaches acceptable levels to attain the required results.
4. Uniformly moisten excessively dry soil that is not workable and which is too dusty.
- 5. Verif all plant locations are concurrent with the latest drawings prior to inslallation.I'
r B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
I C. If contamination by foreign or deleterious material or liquid is present in soil within a plantingf area, remove the soil and contamination as directed by Landscape Architect and replace with
new planting soil.
I 3.2 PREPARATION
I A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities and turf areas and existing
plants from damage caused by planting operations.
I B. Install erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of
- soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways.
I C. Apply antidesiccant to trees and shrubs using power spray to provide an adequate film over
I trunks (before wrapping), branches, stems, twigs, and foliage to protect during digging,
handling, and transportation.
t l. If deciduous trees or shrubs are moved in full leaf, spray with antidesiccant at nursery
before moving and again two weeks after planting.
f D. Wrap trees and shrubs with burlap fabric over trunks, branches, stems, twigs, and foliage to'' protect from wind and other damage during digging, handling, and transportation.
I 3.3 PLANTING AREA ESTABLISHMENT
I A. Loosen subgrade of planting areas to a minimum depth of 12 inches. Remove stones larger than
I l-l/2 inches in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and
legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
I l. Refer to the soils report for any amendments to the planting soil.
2. Spread topsoil, apply soil amendments and fe(ilizer on surface, and thoroughly blend
planting soil.
t a. Delay mixing fertilizer with planting soil if planting will nor proceed within a few
days.
b. Mix lime with dry soil before mixing fertilizer.
I
I
T
PLANTS 329300 - r I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
B.
c.
B,
C.
D.
J.+
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28. 2008
3. Spread planting soil to a deptb of6 inches but not less than required to meet finish grades
after natural settlement. Do not spread if planting soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or
excessively wet.
a. Spread approximately one-half the thickness of planting soil over loosened
subgrade. Mix thoroughly into top 2 inches of subgrade. Spread remainder of
planting soil.
Finish Grading: Grade planting areas to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly
fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades.
Before planting, obtain Landscape Architect's acceptance of finish grading; restore planting
areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish srading.
EXCAVATION FOR TREES AND SHRUBS
Planting Pits and Trenches: Excavate circular planting pits with sides sloping inward at a 45-
degree angle. Excavations with vertical sides are not acceptable. Trim perimeter of bottom
leaving center area of bottom raised slightly to support root ball and assist in drainage away
from center. Do not further disturb base. Ensure that root ball will sit on undisturbed base soil
to prevent settling. Scarify sides of planting pit smeared or smoothed during excavation.
l. Excavate approximately 12"-18" wider than the diameter of the balled and burlapped
stock and 6"-12" of the container-grown stock.
2. Do not excavate deeper than depth of the root ball, measured from the root flare to the
bottom of the root ball.
3. If area under the plant was initially dug too deep, add soil to raise it to the correct level
and thoroughly tamp the added soil to prevent settling.
4. Maintain required angles of repose of adjacent materials as shown on the Drawings. Do
not excavate subgrades of adjacent paving, structures, hardscapes, or other new or
existing improvements.
5. Scarify the sides of the planting pit before installing plant material.
6. Maintain supervision of excavations during working hours.
7. Keep excavations covered or otherwise protecled when unatlended by Installer's
personnel.
8. If drain tile is shown on Drawings or required under planting areas, excavate to top of
porous backfill over tile.
Subsoil and topsoil removed from excavations maybe used as planting soil.
Obstructions: Notifr Landscape Architect if unexpected rock or obstructions detrimental to
trees or shrubs are encountered in excavations.
l. Hardpan Layer: Drill 6-inch- diameter holes, 24 inches apart, into free-draining strata or
to a depth of l0 feet, whichever is less, and backfill with free-draining material.
Drainage: Notifo Landscape Architect if subsoil conditions evidence unexpected water seepage
or retention in tree or shrub planting pits.
PLANTS 329300 - 12
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
B.
A.
3.5
3.6
J.I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
I
!
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28. 2008
E. Fill excavations with water and allow to percolate away before positioning trees and shrubs.
TREE, SHRUB, AND VINE PLANTING
Before planting, veriff that root flare is visible at top of root ball according to ANSI 260.1. If
root flare is not visible, remove soil in a level manner from the root ball to where the top-most
rool emerges from the trunk. After soil removal to expose the root flare, veriff that root ball
still meets size requirements.
Remove stem girdling roots and kinked roots. Remove injured roots by cutting cleanly; do not
break.
Set balled and burlapped stock plumb and in center of planting pit or trench with root flare 2
inches above adjacent finish grades.
I . Use planting soil and amended stockpiled topsoil for backfill.
2. After placing some backlill around root ball to stabilize plant, carefully cut and remove
burlap, rope, and wire baskets from tops ofroot balls and from sides, but do not remove
from under root balls. Remove pallets, if any, before setting. Do not use planting stock
ifroot ball is cracked or broken before or during planting operation.
3. Backfill around root ball in layers, tamping to settle soil and eliminate voids and air
pockets. When planting pit is approximately one-half filled, water thoroughly before
placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed.
4. Place planting tablets in each planting pit when pit is approximately one-half filled; in
amounts recommended in soil reports from soil-testing laboratory. Place tablets beside
the root ball about I inch from root tips; do not place tablets in bottom ofthe hole.
5. Continue backfilling process. Water again after placing and tamping final layer of soil.
Set container-grown stock plumb and in center of planting pit or trench with root flare I inch
above adjacent finish grades.
When planting on slopes, set the plant so the root flare on the uphill side is flush with the
surrounding soil on the slope; the edge of the root ball on the downhill side will be above the
surrounding soil. Apply enough soil to cover the downhill side of the root ball.
TREE, SHRUB, AND VINE PRUNING
Remove only dead, dying, or broken branches. Do not prune for shape.
Do not apply pruning paint to.wounds.
TREE STAKINGANDGUYING
Install trunk stabilization as follows unless otherwise indicated:
I . Upright Staking and Tying: Stake trees of 2- through 5-inch caliper. Stake trees of less
than 2-inch caliper only as required to prevent wind tip out. Use a minimum of two
stakes of length required to penetrate at least 18 inches below bottom of backfilled
PLANTS 329300 - l3
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28, 2008
excavation and to extend at least 60 inches above grade. Set vertical stakes and space to
avoid penetrating root balls or root masses.
2. Use two stakes for trees up to 12 feet high and 2-ll2 inches or less in caliper; three stakes
for trees less than 14 feet high and up to 4 inches in caliper. Space stakes equally around
trees.
3. Support trees with bands of flexible ties at contact points with tree trunk, Allow enough
slack to avoid rigid restrainl of tree.
4. Support trees with two strands of tie wire, connected to the brass grommets of tree-tie
webbing at contact points with tree trunk. Allow enough slack to avoid rigid restraint of
tree.
3.8 GROL]ND COVER AND PLANT PLANTING
A. Set out and space ground cover and plants other than trees, shrubs, and vines as indicated in
even rows with triangular spacing.
B. Use planting soil for backfill.
C. Dig holes large enough to allow spreading of roots.
D. For rooted cutting plants supplied in flats, plant each in a manner that will minimally disturb the
root system but to a depth not less than two nodes.
E. Work soil around roots to eliminate air pockets and leave a slight saucer indentation around
plants to hold water.
F. Water thoroughly after planting, taking care not to cover plant crowns with wet soil.
G. Protect plants from hot sun and wind; remove protection if plants show evidence of recovery
from transplanting shock.
3.9 PLANTING AREA MULCHING
A. Mulch backfilled surfaces of planting areas and other areas indicated.
L Trees and Tree-like Shrubs in Turf Areas: Apply mulch ring of 3-inch average thickness,
with l2-inch radius around trunks or stems. Do not place mulch within 3 inches of trunks
or stems.
3.IO EDGINGINSTALLATION
A. Steel Edging: Install steel edging where indicated according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Anchor with steel stakes spaced approximately 30 inches apart, driven below top
elevation of edeins.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
tPLANTS329300 - t4
B.
B.
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28. 2008
I
I
I
I
3.1I
A.
3.12
A.
3.13
A.
B.
3.t4
A.
PLANT MAINTENANCE
Maintain plantings by pruning, cultivating, watering, weeding, fertilizing, mulching, restoring
planting saucers, adjusting and repairing tree-stabilization devices, resetting to proper grades or
vertical position, and performing otber operations as required to establish healthy, viable
plantings. Spray or treat as required to keep trees and shrubs free ofinsects and disease.
Fill in as necessary soil subsidence that may occur because of settling or other processes.
Replace mulch materials damaged or lost in areas of subsidence.
Apply treatments as required to keep plant materials, planted areas, and soils free ofpests and
pathogens or disease. Use integrated past management practices whenever possible to minimize
the use of pesticides and reduce hazards. Treatments include physical controls such as hosing
offfoliage, mechanical controls such as traps, and biological control agents.
PESTICIDE APPLICATION
Landscape Architect is to approve plant material is healthy and bug ridden before plant
installation. Landscape Contractor is to notify the Owner and Landscape Architect 24 hours
prior to any spraying on the site.
Pre-Emergent Herbicides: Apply to tree, shrub, and ground-cover areas in accordance with
manufacturer's written recommendations. Do not apply to seeded areas.
Post-Emergent Herbicides (Selective and Non-Selective): Apply only as necessary to treat
already-germinated weeds and in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations.
CLEANIJP AND PROTECTION
During planting, keep adjacent paving and construction clean and work area in an orderly
condition.
Protect plants from damage due to landscape operations and operations of other contractors and
trades. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. Treat, repair, or
replace damaged plantings.
After installation and before final completion, remove nursery tags, nursery stakes, tie tape,
labels, wire, burlap, and other debris from plant material, planting areas, and Project site.
DISPOSAL
Remove surplus soil and waste material including excess subsoil, unsuitable soil, trash, and
debris and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 329300
c.I
I
I
I
I
I PLANTS 329300 - l5
r Vail Cascade Resort March 28. 2008
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I SECT]ON 334IOO - STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
I PART I GENERAL
I I.OI DESCRIPTION
I A. Work included: Excavation, backfill, bedding, and installation of pipe, manholes, catch
I basins, inlets, outlets, underdrains, irrigation ditches, channelization, detention storage,
I siphons and all necessary appurtenances.
B. Related Work:
I L Site Clearine: Section 3 1 1000
I 2. Planting Soil: Sections 015639, 329200 and 329300
C. Definition:
-
I l. Trench Excavation: Excavation of all material encountered along trench other than
rock excavation.
t 2. Rock Excavation: All solid rock formations which cannot be reasonably broken by a
backhoe with 3/4 cubic yard bucket with bucket curling force and stick crowd force of
a 35,000 lbs. each, and requiring drilling and blasting. Boulders, targe rocks, and chunks
I of concrete three cubic yards or larger, considered rock excavation.
- I,O2 SUBMITTAL
I A. Submit shop drawings or product data showing specihc dimensions and construction
materials lor:
I l. Precast Manholes
f 2. Precast Catch Basins
3. Frames, Grates, CoversII B. Test Reports: Submit laboratory gradation tests for bedding and trench stabilization
materials, concrete mix design, and compression test.
I
I C. Permits:
l. Fugitive Dust
I 2. Stormwater Discharge Permit (NPDES)
., 3. Construction Dewatering (NPDES)
4. 404 Permit
!
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING 334IOO.I
t
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28. 2008
I.O3 JOB CONDITIONS
Environmental Requirements: Except by specific written authorization, cease concreting when
descending air temperature in shade and away from artificial heat falls below 35 degrees F. and there
is frost in subgrade. When concreting is permitted during cold weather, temperature ofmix shall not
be less than 60 degrees F. at time ofplacing.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.OI P]PE AND FITTINGS
A. Non-Reinforced Concrete Pipe: ASTM C14
B. Reinforced Concrete Pipe: ASTM C76, circular; ASTM 506, arch; ASTM 507, vertical or
horizontal elliptical. Class pipe as shown on drawings.
C. Concrete End Section: Same ASTM specification as pipe. Equivalent in area as circular
pipe.
D. Comrgated Steel Pipe and Arches: AASHTO M36, gauge as shown on drawings. Bands
shall conform to following:
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
Pipe Size
Inches
6-30
36-60
66-120
14"' 20"
Number
Bolts
2ea
3ea
5ea
Comrgations
2-2/3" x l/2"
7"
12"
24"
Thickness ofband one gauge less than pipe but not less than l6 gauge.
E. Comrgated Steel Pipe End Section: Sizes and dimensions shown on drawings. Materials
same as com.rgated steel pipe.
F. Bituminous Coating: Where required on comrgated steel pipe and fittings, AASHTO M190,
Type A, with minimum thickness of 0.03". Coupling bands fully coated.
2.02 UNDERDRAIN PIPE
A. Comrgated Steel: AASHTO M36 Type III. Holes 3i8" double row each side ofpipe for 6"-
10" size pipe. Triple row each side of pipe for 12" -2l" pipe. Spaced in center of each
depressed comrgation nearest to center pipe. Install hole row each side of pipe for 6u-10'
pipe; triple row each side ofpipe for 12"-21" pipe.
B. Rigid PVC Schedule 40.
C. FlexiblePolypropeleneorPolyethylene/Hancor.
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING 334r00-2
t Vail Cascade Resort March 28.2008
, Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I 2.03 PREFABRICATED INLETS AND OUTLETS
I A. Comrgated Steel Units: Conform to drawing dimensions, AASHTO M36. Bituminous
I coating when specified, AASHTO M190, Type A. Steps fabricated into units.
I B. Precast Concrete Units: In accordance with drawings, ASM C47%o,wall"B",wall thickness
I l/12 intemal diameter. Steps precast into units.
I 2.04 MANHOLE-
A. Manhole Bases: Precast concrete. Manhole base and first barrier section cast monolithic per
I ASTM-C478.
B. Manhole Sections: ASTM C478. Precast concrete with minimum wall thickness l/12 ofI inlernal diameter. Cones eccentric.I
C. Manhole Ring and Cover: Cast iron, ASTM A48. Ring and cover combined weight greater
than 400 lbs., machined to fit securely. Non-rocking cover. Hot dipped in asphalt.
t D. Manhole Steps: Two non-skid grooves in the surface of step and capable ofcarrying load of
1,000 lbs. 6" from face of manhole.
I E. Manhole Joint Sealant: RubberNek.
I z.Os SLOTTED DRAIN
I AASHTO M36 with grate assembly, ASTM A123. Joint and couplers of ring compression type.
I Where required, expanded wire mesh attached across top of drain opening. Fittings provided withrr annular ends for hugger-type bands.
I 2.06 FRAMES, cRATES, covERs, AND srEpI
- Metal units conform to drain dimensions and to following for designated mat€rial.
I A. Gray Iron Castings: AASHTO M105.
I B. Carbon-Steel Castings: AASHTO M103.r C. Ductile Iron Castinss: ASTM ,{536.
I D.
iTJ$SilTii
AASHTO M I 83 and ASrM A283, Grade B. Galvanizing, where specified,
I 2.07 BEDDINGr
r A. Pipe and culvert - roadbase, percent by weight passing square mesh sieves: 3/4", 100; No.4,
I 30-65; No. 8,25-55; No.200,3-12.
B. Underdrain - washed gravel: percent by weight passing square mesh sieves: l" ,lO0%;3/4",t
T
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING 334100-3
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
95-lO0%; No.4,0-5%.
2,08 CONCRETEMATERIALS
March 28. 2008
A. General: All materials fumished from sources approved by Engineer.
B.Cement: ASTM C 150 for Portland Cement, Type lI. Cement which has become partially set
or contains lumps, caked cement and have been exposed to inclement wealher shall be
rejected.
Aggregate: ASTM C33.
Water: Water used in mixing or curing concrete shall be clean and free from oil, acids, salt,
alkali, or organic materials harmful to concrele.
2.09 CONCRETE MIX
A. Design Mix:
l. Proportions:
Cement 5-l/2 sacks per cubic yard
Coarse aggregate 43olo
Water 5.5 Gallons per sack
Maximum size aggregale 314"
2. Slump: 4" maximum
3. Strength: Minimum 3750 psi at 28 days
4. Air Content: 5o/o-7o/o
Job Mixed Concrete: Mixed in drum mixer conforming to Concrete Paving Mixer Standards
of Mixer Manufacturers Bureau ofAssociated General Contractors ofAmerica. Mixer shall
be capable of combining aggregates, cement, and water into thoroughly mixed and uniform
mass. Discharge entire contents of drum before recharging. Continue mixing of each balch
for not less than l0 minutes after all materials are in drum.
Ready Mixed Concrete: Proportioned, mixed, and transported in accordance with ASTM
C94. Any concrete not plastic and workable when it reaches project shall be rejected.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.OI TRENCHING
A. Trench Excavation: Excavate to depths required. Confine excavation to work limits.
B. Rock Excavation: Prior to removal, notiSr Engineer of areas requiring rock excavation.
C. Blasting: In general blasting will be allowed in order to expedite the work if a permit by the
C.
D.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
B.
C.
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING 334100-4
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28, 2008
local authority having jurisdiction is granted. All explosives and appurtenances shall be
ffansported, handled, stored and used in accordance with the laws of the local, state and
federal governments, as applicable.
All blasting shall be controlled so as not to injure any existing structure or facility. The
protection of life and property and all liability for blasting shall be placed solely on the
person or persons conducting the blasting operation. The hours of blasting shall be in
accordance with the permit of the local authority. Prior to blasting, provide minimum 24-
hour notification to Engineer.
3.02 LINSTABLE TRENCH BOTTOM. EXCAVATION IN POOR SOIL
Ifthe bottom ofthe excavation at subgrade is found to be sofl or unstable or to include ashes, cinders,
refuse, vegetable or other organic material, or large pieces or fragments of inorganic material that
cannot satisfactorily support the pipe or slructure, then the Contractor shall further excavate and
remove such unsuitable material. Before the pipe or structure is installed, the subgrade shall be
accepted by the Engineer.
3.03 BEDDINGOTHERTHANI.JNDERDRAINS
A. Pipe: Install in conformance with drawings. Place from minimum of 4" below bottom of
pipe to centerline for full width of trench
B. Culvert: Install in conformance with drawings. Place from minimum of 6" below bottom of
pipe to centerline of pipe for entire width of trench.
3.04 PIPE INSTALLATION
A. General: For new embankments, place fill so width eactr side ofpipe is at least five (5) times
pipe diameter. After embankment is placed, proceed with trenching.
Begin all pipe installation at downstream end. Bell or groove ends of rigid conduit and
outside circumferential laps of flexible conduit facing upstream. Place flexible conduits with
longitudinal laps or seams at sides.
B. Comrgated Steel Pipe: Remove all loose excavated materials from bottom of trench and
install bedding to required thickness. Install pipe true to line and grade. Install remaining
bedding material along sides of pipe to avoid any voids. Repair bituminous coating damage
using similar coating material. Lubricate coupler bands. Vertical elongation caused by
backfill operation shall not exceed 3o/o of pipe diameter. Compact backfill to 85%
AASHTO T99 and continue to I' over top of pipe.
C. Concrete Pipe: Extend bedding around bell where bell and spigot pipe is used. Place pipe
on bedding as shown on drawings. Place remaining bedding along pipe sides with no voids.
Compact backfill to 85% AASHTO T99 and continue to I'over pipe.
D. Underdrain Pipe:
l. General: Install to lines and grades shown on drawings. Extend underdrain material
a minimum of 6" over top of pipe. Cover underdrain material for entire width of
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING 334100-5
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
J.
B.
March 28, 2008
trench with filter fabric. If shown on drawings, line trench with fabric before
installing pipe and underdrain material.
Concrete Pipe: Install with bell resting on trench bottom facing up grade, with
underdrain material supporting pipe.
Comrgated Steel or PVC Pipe: Holes or perforalions placed down with maximum
I " underdrain material under pipe. Joint according to manufacturer's
recommendations.
3.05 SLOTTED DRAIN INSTALLATION
Install in accordance with drawings. Trench as narrow as possible and backfill to create uniform
foundation side support. Install true to line and grade.
3.06 MANHOLECONSTRUCTION
A. Manhole: Construct in accordance with drawings. Extend concrete manhole base at least 8"
below pipe barrel. Slope floor of manhole from centerline of pipe to maximum of 2" above
top of pipe at face of manhole. Shape invert after manhole is set. Construct side branches
with as large radius of curvature as possible to connect to main invert. Inverts shall be'
smooth and clean with no obstructions, allowing insertion of expandable plug in pipe. Place
complete and continuous roll ofjoint sealant on base ring in sufficient quantity, so there will
be no spaces allowing infiltration. Join each succeeding manhole section in similar manner.
Trim away all excess material and repair all lifling holes. Tum eccentric cone and steps
away from roadway ditch.
B. Manhole Ring and Cover: Install at grade of finished surface. Where surface will be
completed after manhole construction, set top of cone so maximum of six (6) two inch thick
reinforced concrete rings will adjust ring and cover to final grade.
3.07 CONNECTION TO EXISTING MANHOLE
Make connections to existing manholes, where no pipe is stubbed out, in similar manner as new
manhole. Break small opening in existing manhole as necessary to insert new pipe and attain
watertight seal. Chip existing concrete bench inside manhole to provide enough thickness for mortar
bed to make new smooth continuous invert. Place expandable waterstop around portion of sewer
pipe inserted into existing manhole. Use expandable grout to completely fill hole in manhole to
create watertight repair.
3.08 CONCRETE WORK
Placement: Place to required depth and width conforming to drawings. Place concrete as
uniformly as possible to minimize amount of additional spreading. Place and consolidate
with suitable tools to avoid formations of voids, honeycomb, orpockets. Well vibrated and
tamped against forms.
Retempering: Do not retemper concrete or mortar which has partially hardened by remixing
with or without additional cement, aggregate, or water. Provide concrete in such quantity as
is required for immediate use.
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING 334100-6
I Vail cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SETI
March 28,2008
l.
2.
B.
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. Curing: Protect against loss of moisture, rapid temperature change, rain, or flowing water,
for not less than two days from placement of concrete. Immediately after finishing, cover
concrete
surface with curing medium which is applicable to local conditions as approved by Engineer.
Protect exposed edge of concrete slabs by removing forms immediately to provide these
surfaces with continuous curins treatment.
3.09 BACKFILL
A. One Foot Over Pipe: Use 314" road base for cover material and backfill by approved
mechanical methods. Cover material shall be clean, free from organic materials, chunks of
soil, frozen material, debris or other unsuitable materials. Place and compact starting at top
ofpipe bedding extending upwards to I'above top ofpipe. Place in lifts to a density of90%
AASHTO T99, at a point 6" above top of pipe.
B. Remainder of Trench: Backfill with same materials excavated from work limits unless
unsuitable. No boulders over 6" in diameter in top 12" of trench. No backfill material with
boulders larger than 18" in diameter. Carefully lower boulders larger than 12" in diameter
into trench until backfill is 4' over top ofpipe.
3.IO COMPACTION
Demonstrate method of compaction. Engineer will test compacted demonstration section for
uniform density throughout depth of each lift. Alter construction methods until providing
one acceptable to Engineer. Continue same procedure until significant change in soils
occurs, or required compaction is not being achieved, then demonstrate new method.
Compaction requirements for all trenches within limits of pavement, shoulders, or back of
curbs:
Predominantly of cohesive soils where AASHTO T99 procures are applicable:
Compact uniformly throughout each lift to 95% AASHTO T99.
Predominantly of rock, to 18" in diameter: Place in loose lifts up to average rock
dimension. Placing of occasional boulders of sizes larger than maximum layer
thickness may be agreed to by Engineer, provided material is carefully placed and
large stones well distributed with voids completely filled with smaller stones, earth,
sand, or gravel. Level and smooth each layer to distribute soils and finer fragments
of earth. Wet each loose layer as necessary to facilitate compaction prior to placing
additional lifts.
3.II CONCRETESTRUCTURES
General: Cast-in-place concrete conforming to dimensions shown on the drawings and
accurate to tolerances of l/4". Install forms so all finished lines will be true and straight.
Install reinforcing steel with the spacing between the forms and between bars as shown on
drawings. Keep excavation dry during construction. Compaction requirements same as
above.
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING 334100-7
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
Marcb 28, 2008
B. Inlets and Outlets: Either cast-in-place or precast units, in accordance with drawings. When
required, set castings accurately to grade with adjustment courses of brick in full mortar
beds. Construct pipe inverts or smooth concrete inverts same size as pipe up to centerline of
pipe, with bench to stand on.
C. Frames, Grates, Covers, and Steps: Install accurately according to drawings. Anchor
castings in place and set in adjustment mortar to assure firm foundation.
D. Trash Guards: Install in accordance with drawines and manufacturer's recommendations.
3.12 PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
Score existing surface with cutting wheel to create clean break line. Remove and dispose of existing
surface and aggregate base course. Leave 6" undisturbed subgrade lip on each side oftrench. After
trench has been backfilled and properly compacted, place aggregate base course in accordance with
permit requirements or minimum thickness in these specifications. Compact aggregate base cou6e to
95% AASHTO T180. Replace pavement in accordance with permit requirements or minimum
thickness in these specifications. Compact asphalt to 95% ASTM D1559; consolidate concrete with
vibrators.
3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Notify Engineer at least 24 hours in advance ofpipe being laid in any trench. Cover no pipes until
observed by Engineer.
3.14 CLEANUP AND RESTORATION
Restore all pavements, curbs, gutters, utilities, fences, irrigation ditches, yards, lawns, and other
structures or surfaces to condition equal to or betler than before work began, and to satisfaction of
Engineer. Deposit all waste materials in designated waste areas. Grade and shape disposal site.
Complete topsoil and reseeding of site if required. Where disposal sites are not designated, remove
and dispose of all waste materials off site.
END OF SECTION 334IOO
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
ISTORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIP]NG 334 r 00-8
I Vail cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SETI
March 28.2008
SECTION 334600 - SUBDRAINAGE
PARTI GENERAL
I 1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
I l. Drainage pipe and fittings at foundations and laterals under slab as indicated.
r 2. Drainage pipe over garage roof.I
3. Free draining gavel at drainage pipes or retaining walls.
f| 4. Protective covering between gravel and backfill.
5. PVC sheeting under gravel.
I 6. Drainage sump.
I 7 . Connection to sump or daylight as indicated on Civil Drawings.
B. Related Requirements: Comply With:
I l. Earth Movine: Section 312000
2. Concrete Work: Division 03 "Concrete"
I
C. Related Sections:
f l. Foundation Waterproofing: Division 07 "Thermal and Moisture Protection"
2. Earth Moving: Section 312000
T.O2 DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING
t A. Deliver and store materials in accordance with Section 016000. Stockpile and store
materials so not to bury or damage.
I PART2 PRoDUCTSI
2.OI MATERIALS
I A. Pipe: Rigid PVC pipe complying with ASTM D2779
l. Provide perforated or unperforated as noted on plans.
I 2. Size: As indicated on drawings.
I
I
SUBDRAINAGE 334600-l
Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28. 2008 I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
3. Provide solid end caps at terminations.
4. All connections solvent welded.
B. Cleanout Pipe and Fitting: Cast-iron soil pipe. Provide each cleanout with brass femrle
and a cast-brass screw jointed plug with socket for wrench. Provide grade cleanouts or
wall cleanouts as indicated.
C. Pervious Backfill Material: Free draining granular material consisting of 2" maximum
size, Iess than 50olo passing the No. 4 sieve less than 2o/o passing No. 200 sieve.
PART 3 _ EXECUTION
3.OI INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Keep trenches dry during installation of drainage system.
2. Use fittings at intersections and right angle intersections.
3. Make changes in direction of drain lines with l/8 bends.
B. Bedding:
l. Place graded bedding prior to laying offoundation drain pipe or tile.
2. Rest each section firmly upon the bedding through entire length.
3. Thickness: As indicated
C- Pipe Laying:
L Lay drain lines to uniform grades and alignment, with continuous fall indirection
of flow with minimum slope of l/8" per foot.
2. Thoroughly clean interior ofpipe ofdirt or other foreign material before laying.
3. Lay perforated pipe with perforations facing down.
4. Connect to sump or daylight as indicated.
5. Solvent weld all fittings.
6. Wrap pipe in drainage fabric before covering.
D. Cleanout: Provide cleanouts at all major direction changes.
L Unpaved areas: Set in 12" x 12" concrete blocks. Comply with Division 3.
E. PVC Sheeting: Install under drainage gravel as indicated, if shown on plans.
SUBDRAINAGE 334600-2
t Vail Cascade Resort
Town of Vail PERMIT SET
March 28.2008
F. Backlilling:
l. After pipe installation has been accepted, place pervious backfill material.
2. When placing backfill, prevent displacement of or injury to pipe or tile.
3. Install filter fabric over pervious backfill before backfilling remainder of wall.
I
t
I
I ENDoFsECrroN3346oo
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
SUBDRAINAGE 33460G.3
NOTE: THIS PERMTT MUST BE POSTED ON JOBSITE AT ALL TTMES
Town of Vail, Community Development, 75 South Fronlage Road, Vail, Colorado 81657
p. 97 0.47 9.21 39, L 97 O.47 9.2452, inpseclions 97 0.47 9.21 49
Permit #: 808-0126
Project #: 'T3soe -o t5J
ADD/ALT COMM BUILD PERMT
Job Address: 1300 WESTHAVEN DR VAIL
Locatlon......: CONFERENCEROOMSRECEPTIONAREA
ParcelNo....: 210312100012
OWNER L-O VAIL HOLOING INC O5iO6/2008
C/O DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
s55 17TH ST STE 3600
DENVER
co 80202
APPLICANT WEITZ COMPANY, lNC. OHE) 05/06/2008 Phone: 303-850-6600
4725 S, MONACO STREET. STE 1OO
DENVER
co 80237
License: 131-A
CONTRACTOR WEITZ COMPANY, lNC. (THE) 05/06/2008 Phone: 30$860-6600
4725 S, MONACO STREET, STE 1OO
DENVER
co 80237
License: 131-A
Description:
CREATE OFFICE AT EXISTING CONFERENCE ROOM RECEPTION
Occupancy: mixed
Typo Construction: lA
FEE SUMMARY
Status . . :
Applied . . :
lssued . .. :
Expires . ..:
ISSUED
05/06/2008
07 t28t2008
01t24t2009
Valuation:
Total Sq Ft Added:
$7,500.00
0
Building Permit Fee----->
Plan Check----------->
Add'l Plan Check Hours->
I nvestigation-------->
9153.25 Will Cal Fee--------->
999.61 Use Tax Fee----
50.00 Restuarant Plan Review-->
$0.00 Recrealion Fee------------>
Total calculated Fees__>
$4.00
$0.00
$0.00
s0.00
$256.86
Total Calculated Fees------->
Additional Fees----------------->
TOTAL PERMIT FEES-_-_>
Payments----
BALANCE DUE-------------->
ozco.do
$0.00
1256.86
8256.86
$0.00
DECLARATIONS
I hereby acknowledge that I have read lhis application, filled out in fullthe information required, compleled an accurate plol plan, and state that allthe information
as required is correct. I agree to comply with the information and ploi plan, to comply with allTown ordinances and state laws, and to build this structure
according to the towns zoning and subdivision codes, design review approved, Inlernalional Building and Residential Codes and olher ordinances of lhe Town
applicable thereto.
REQUESTS FOR INSPECTION SHALL BE MADE TWENTY-FOUR HOURS lN ADVANCE BY TELEPHONE AT 970./+79.2149 OR AT OUR OFFICE FROM
'.11.-e["r
DateSignalure of Owner or Contractor
bld_all_conslruction_permit_04 1 908
Permit#: 808-0126
APPROVALS
as of 07-28-2008 Status: ISSUED
Item: O51OO BUILDING DEPARTMENT
05/16/2008 cgunion Action: AP
See the Gonditione section of this Document for any that may apply,
bld_alt_constructionJrerm it_O41 908
Permit#: 808-0126
CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL
as of 07-28-2008 Stratus: ISSUED
Cond: 1
(FIRE): FIRE DEPARTMENT APPROVAL IS REQUIRED BEFORE ANY
WORK CAN BE STARTED.
Cond: 12
(BLDG.): FIELD INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED TO CHECK FOR CODE
COMPLIANCE.
Cond: 40
(BLDG): (MFR/COMM) FIRE ALARM REQUIRED PER NFPA 72.
bld_alt_conskuction_perm il_041 908
t ll | | *t I I * * aaa*aalifat** i* | * * t * ** * ** l*'il*'ll *l t * 't 't 't * * 'l*rt****+llaltf**a***++ttf,lf,tlf,l * * t * * t *'}t
TOWNOFVAIL, COLORADO Staternent
aa*+a***a**llta*ll*a'}*!|att I l***it ** * a*t * * **trt*tt * I I * * i fr * * *
'a
* * * * !t * * * {' I t t {' * {' 't * t * * * * *l*ll**+aa
StaEement Nurnber I R080001249 Amount 3 $256.86 07/28/200809:55 All
Payment Method; Check
4 018
ACCOUNT ITEM LIST:
Account Code
BP 0 010 0 0 0311110 0
PF 00100003112300
wc 00100003112800
Init; DDG
Nogauion: Barry Monroe
Permit No: 808 - 0125 T]4)e I ADD,/AI,T COMM BUIIJD PERMT
Parce1 No: 2103-121-0001-2
Site Address : 13 00 WESTIIAVETiI DR VAIL
Location: CONFERENCE ROOMS RECEPTION AREA
Total Fees:
ThiB Palment I $2s6.86 Total ALL Pnts r
Balance:
* tt'i I t * I | * | t t'ta'taaa|}*l**** **** ** * ** * * * ** *'l * **'r't'r * * * * 'r * f * | * * *f,'lt'|'|' **f ** * *++***'|{l{*arat*ta***
$256.85
92s6.86
$0.00
Current Pmts
1s3 .2s
99.61
4 .00
Descript ion
BUIIJDING PERMTT FEES
PL,AN CHECK FEES
WILL CALIr INSPECTION FEE
ll
APPLICATION WILL NOT BE ACGEPTED IF INCOMPLETE OR UN
Project #:
OF VAIL BUILD
-ots?
Permit #:
Separate Permits are required for e
CONTRACTOR INFORMATION
plumb mechanical, etc.l
General Contractor:
1nt rr.*z 6tNt^t
Town of Vail Reg. No.:
l?t-
^
Contact Person and Phone #s:
beNt prode-€ (1tlq-.*n,
Emaif address' t batryt. roo'orp, rl e&2. c.n Fax#: (-i?..1 66g -4y"o
Contractor Signature:
COMPLETE VALUATIONS FOR BUILDING PERMIT & Materials
BUILDING: $ 1.50#ELECTRICAL: $OTHER: $
PLUMBING: $MECHANICAL: $rorAl: $ T.GDO
For Parcel# Contact Assessors Office at 970-328-8640 orvisit
Ttoltzl OOol L
Job Address: l?or utefr{r4.., OUt
{|u/ ] ;, b 6togq
Job Name: C|qlooc
l+C, !4.4.{-''6,ffrh}19
WorkClass: New() Addition( ) Remodel(l Repair( ) Demo( ) Other( )
Does an EHU exist at this location: Yes ( ) No ( )Work Type: Interior ( .) Exterior ( ) Both ( )
Type of Bldg.: Singl+family ( ) Twofamily ( ) Multi-family ( ) Commercial ('z) Restaurant ( ) Other ( )
No. of Accommodation Units in this building:No. of Existing Dwelling Units in this building:
No/Twe of Fireolaces Existinq: Gas GasLoos( ) Wood/Pellet( ) Wood
Gas Loos ( ) Wood/Pellet ( ) Wood Burnins (NOT ALLOWED
+
FOR OFFICE USE ONL
' I 1l i'l
L,rl-iTOWi\ OF VAII" iJ
rlilil
"Ljl
;i
F:\cdev\FoRMS\Permits\Building\buildingLlrermiL4-17-2007.DOC
*w
Page 1 of 7 0417712007
**m
BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION CHECKLIST
SINGLE FAMILY/DUPLEX CHECKLIST
trus cnecklist is to be used with any single family/duplex permit (new
construction , addition, or remodel application.)
! Town of Vail Design Review Board approval must first be obtained (may not apply to interior
remodels)D plan Gheck Fee must be paid at the time of application for projects over $100,000 valuation (see
attached schedule)
The following information must be shown on all 4 sets of plans:
Architectural Plansr Site p,lans. Provide all site plan information as required for the Design Review Application for your
project. Refer to the DRB application checklist for complete details'
I bonstruction staging plans. Provide construction staging and materials storage site plans.
I Floor plans. ComptJte noor plans provided for each level. Complete dimensions, drawing scale
noted, use of each ioom shown on the plans. Location of mechanical equipment clearly shown
n Building Elevations N,W,S,E elevations. Show all proposed exterior finish materials, guardrails,
windows, doors, and finish grAdes.
D Window sizes and operation types. Specified on the floor plans or elevations.
n Reflected ceiting and finish plah. nequired if fire alarm or fire sprinkler work is required.
o Stairways, guards, and handrails Show all stairway details with rise/run, handrail and guard details
E Roof plan.-Show alt root covering materials (Class A covering required) and underlayment, roof pitch
! Building cross sections. Show roof, wall, floor construction assemblies and insulation R values'
Show robf and crawl space ventilation. Show ceiling heights in rooms and crawl spaces.
! Rescheck compliance certificate and inspection checklist (new construction and additions
only). Provide a complete signed compliance certificate and inspection checklist. Verify all exterior
building is detailed on ihe Uuilding plans as required on the Rescheck compliance report'__
I Fireplices. All fireplace types s6own on the fioor plans. Specify gas log set, or gas appliance at each
fireplace.
Structural PlansI Soits Report. Include 2 copies of the soils report for your lot'
! All sheeG of the structural plans stamped and signed by a Golorado State Licensed Engineer.
tr Design specifications sheei. Roof live ioad, Deck live load, Floor live load, Wind Speed/Exposure,
Soilsleport number and soil bearing capacity referenced per the soils report.
I Foundation plan. Provide a comp-lete'foundation plan with all footing/foundation section details
D Framing plans. Provide completeframing plans forfloors, decks, roofs. All beams, joists, rafters or
trusses ilearly shown. Include framing construction details and connection schedules.
Other itemsf AsOestos form completed. Asbestos test and report provided if any existing construction is
proposed to be disturbed. See Town of Vail asbestos testing requirement form.
I Flan check fees. Plan check fees must be paid with your application. The building permit and
recreation fees will be paid upon issuance of a building permit.
I have read and understand the requirements of this checklist. lf any required information is missing from the
application, I understand the application will not be accepted'
Applicant's Signature
F lcdev\FORMS\Pem its\Building\TOVSing leFamilyChecklisL4'1 6-2007 DOc
Date
tl
-?--:--\
. i.I'h.A
f\_\\f /..t
?0t]{ffii.:t
BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION GHECKLIST
GOMMERCIAL TENANT FINISHIIMPROVEMENT
This checklist is to be used with any tenant finish/improvement permit application.
! Town of Vail Design Review Board approval must first be obtained for any exterior modifications proposed
I Plan Check Fee must be paid at the time of application for projects over $100,000 valuation (see attached
schedule)
The following information must be shown on all 4 sets of plans:
tr Construction plans stamped and signed by a Colorado State Licensed Architect.
I Original building constructaon type per IBC chapter 6 ex. ll-A, V-B
! Tenant suite or tenant space number.
u Tenant space location identification. Show location of the tenant space within the overall bqilding.
tr Floor plans with existing and proposed walls. Show all wall assembly construction and proposed interior
finishes with flamespread index. Proposed construction type must match existing building construction type.
Clearly show proposed use ofeach room or space on the plans.
! Reflected ceiling and finish plan. Type of materials must match the fire resistance/type of construction
requirements in the existing building. Show all interior ceiling finishes and flamespread index
D Door schedule. All doors shall be clearly identified with fire rating, size, hardware and swing.
! Means of egress plan. Show all occupant loads and number of exits from the tenant space
U Areas requiring two (2) exits: Exit doors shown to swing in the direction of exit travel, separation of exits
comply with code, illuminated exit signs are shown.
! Windows shall be labeled with size, operation, safety glass.
tr All areas and rooms of the tenant spaoe are accessible per ANSI 1 17.1 requirements.
I Accessibte maneuvering clearances provided at all doors for accessibility per ANSI 1 17.1
n Service counter-tops and built-in work stations provided with accessible areas per ANSI 117.1
D Bathroom facilities. All accessible/adaptable features, clearances and turning spaces provided per ANSI 117.1
requirements must be shown.
tr Separate sex bathroom facilities provided if the number of occupants or employees exceeds (15).
tr Toilet room floorslwalls finish schedule.
fl Floors have a smooth, hard, nonabsorbent surface such as concrete, ceramic tile or other approved
material, extending upward onto the walls at least 5"'
u Walls within 2 feet of the front and sides of urinals and water closets must have a smooth, hard
nonabsorbent surface to a height of 4 feet.
D Occupancy separations for walls/ceilings between tenants clearly shown on the plans with fire resistive
construction details and listings specified.
D Fire-stopping. Fire-stopping penetration details for plumbing, mechanical and electrical components in all fire
rated walls and ceilings.
I Plumbing, Electrical and Mechanical Plans stamped by a Colorado State Licensed Engineer
Mechanical HVAC plans, plumbing plans, electrical plans/panel schedules/load calculations.
tr Fire/smoke Dampers on mechanical plans at all duct penetrations into fire resistive walls and ceilings.
! Fire sprinkler plans. Show all proposed work per Vail Fire and Emergency Services requirements
! Fire alarm plans. Show all proposed work per Vail Fire and Emergency Services requirements
l.have read and understand the requirements of this checklist. lf any required information is missing from the
application, I understand the application will not be accepted'
Applicant's Signature
F:\cdev\FORMS\PermiE\Building\buildingJermit-4- 17-2007'DOC Page 3 of 7 0411712007
ll
PLAN CHECK FEES TABLE
Plan check fees are required for projects with a valuation over $100,000, at the time of Building permit
submittal. Please use the table below to calculate your plan check fee total.
$100,000-$150,000 multiply by .0055 of Valuation Total
$150,001-$250,000 multiply by .005 of Valuation Total
$250,001-$400,000 multiply by .0045 of Valuation Total
$401,000-$750,000 multiply by .004 of Valuation Total
$750,001-$1,000,000 multiply by .0035 of Valuation Total
Valuations over $1,000,000 will be calculated by the Town of Vail Building Department.
lf you have any further questions, please contact the Town of Vail Building Department at970'479-2128-
F:\cdev\FoRMS\Permib\Building\buildingu)ermit-4-17-2007.DOC Page 4 of 7 ulL7l20o7
ll
ffi
ASBESTOS TESTING REQUIREMENTS
THE TOWN OF VAIL AND STATE OF COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH REQUIRE ASBESTOS
TESTING ANY TIME WHEN MORE THAN 160 S.F. OF MATERIAL WILL BE DISTURBED OR REMOVED.
AN ASBESTOS TEST AND REPORT IS REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITTED WITH YOUR BUILDING PERMIT
APPLICATION FOR ALL REMODEL, ADDITION OR OTHER PROJECTS INVOLVING ANY DEMOLITION OR
REMOVAL OF BUILDING MATERIALS THAT MAY CONTAIN ASBESTOS. BUILDINGS CONSTRUCTED AFTER
OCTOBER 12, 1988 THAT HAVE NO ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS ARE EXEMPT.
A COPY OF THE REPORT MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH YOUR BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION
o I have included the asbestos test and report with my building permit application
applicant signature
OR
date
o I certify my project will not disturb or remove more than 160 s.f. of building material. The construction
plans submifted with my application clearly indicate this information. (This will be verified during plan
review, and will delay your project if found to be inaccurate)
applicant signature
OR
date
o The building was constructed after October 12, 1988. The date of construction was
orlginal constru ction date
applicant signature
F : \odw\FoRMS\Permits\Buildin g\bui ldingiermit-+ 17-2007. DOC Page 5 of 7 MltI2007
WHEN A ..PUBLIC WAY PERMIT'' IS REQUIRED
PLEASE READ AND CHECK OFF EACH OF THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS REGARDING THE NEED FOR A
"PUBLIC WAY PERMIT'':
o ls this a new residence? YES NO
o Does demolition work being performed require the use of the Rightof-Way, easements or
public property? YES_NO
o ls any utility work needed? YES_NO
o Are there any improvements being done to the driveway? YES
-NO
o ls a different access needed to the site other than the existing driveway? YES- NO
o ls any drainage work being done that affects the Right-of-Way, easements, or public property?
YES NO
o ls a'Revocable Righl-of-Way Permit'required? YES- NO
o ls the Right-of-Way, easements or public property to be used for staging, parking or fencing?
YES NO
lf answer it NO, is a parking, staging or fencing plan required by Public Works?
YES NO
lf you have answered YES to any of these questions, a 'Public Way Permit' must be obtained.
"Public Way Permit' applications may be obtained at the Public Works office or at Community Development.
lf you have any guestions please call Leonard Sandoval in Public Works at 970479-2198.
I HAVE READ AND ANSWERED ALL THE ABOVE OUESTIONS.
Contractor Signature Company Name
Job or Project Name:
Date Signed:
F:\cdev\FORMS\Permib\Building\buildingu)ermil4- 1 7-2007. DOC Page 6 of 7 o+lL7lzooT
I0flil HOW DID WE RATE WITH YOU?
Please take the time to tell us how we performed during the development review process. We will use
this information to recognize our employees who serve you and we will also use it to improve our level of
service. Please know we do care and will react to your suggestions. Thank you for your comments.
George Ruther
Director of Community Development
L What services did you use at Community Development today? Check all that apply
Admin_ Building _ Environment
-
Fire- Housing
-
Planning
-
P.W
2, Was your visit today as a:
Homeowner Contractor Architect Other
3. Please rate your satisfaction with the following aspects of the Gommunity Development
Department. Use a scale from 1 to 5 where 1 means 'not at all satisfied" and 5 means "very satisfied' to
rate each of the following items. Please use DK (Don't Know/No Opinion) as appropriate. Please circle
your response.
Not
Satisfied
very
Satisfied
Friendly and Courteous
Knowledgeable
12345DK.1 2345DK
TimelyResponse/CallsRetumed 1 2 3 4 5 DK
Overall Experience 12345DK
4. Was the review process clearly explained to you? (i.e., how the Design Review Board and/or
Planning and Environmental Commission works, when they meet, what you need to have when you apply
for the planning and/or the building process, how long review times generally take, housing and/or
environmental health policy, etc.) YES NO
lf NO, what additional information would have been helpful?
5. Did the planning process meet your expectations? YES NO
6. Did the building permit review process meet your expectations? YES NO
7. Did the inspection process meet your exPectations? YES NO
8. Did you feel the process was fair and efficient? YES NO
Please explain your response(s).
9. lf you were looking for information (i.e., legal address file, plat map, plans, etc.) was the
information in a format that was helpful / user frlendly? YES NO
10. Are you aware of the Community Development Dept. information available at
httpJlwww.vailqov.com? YES NO
Thank you for taking ihe time to complete this evaluation. lf indicated below, we will personally contact
you on specific concerns. lf it is your desire, you may contact the director by telephoning ,970479-2145.
Please feel free to use the back for additional comments.
Name:Company:
Address:Telephone:
Date:City_ State:_ Zip Code:
Flcdev\FORMS\SURVEYS\comdev-su rvey-O9'l 907. doc
TOWN OF VAIL - COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
, CONSTRUCTION FEE SCHEDULE
2OO3 ladopted March 1,2003); updated March 1,2005, updat€d March 13,2006' updated Sept.4' 2007
BUILDING PERMIT FEES
Total Valuation Egg
$'1.00 to 5500.00 $23.50
$501.00 to $2.OO0.OO $23.50 for the first $5OO.OO plus $3.05.00 for each additional $100.00 or fraction thereof,
to and including $2,000.00
$2,001 .00 to $25,000.00 $69.25 for the firsl $2,000.00 plus S14.00 for each additional$1,000.00 or fraction
thereof, to and including $25,000.00
$25,001.00 to $50,000.00 $391.25 tor the first $25,000.00 plus 510.10 for each additional $1,000.00 or
frac{ion thereof, to and including S50,000.00
$5O,OO1.OO to $1OO,OOO.0O $643.75 for the tirst $50,000.00 plus $7.00 for each additional $1 ,000.00 or ftaction
thereot, to and including $100,000.00
g1OO,0O1 .OO to $5OO,OO0.0O $993.75 for the first $100,000.00 plus $5.60 for each additional $ l ,000.00 or fraclion
lhereof, to and including $500,000.00
$500,001 to $1,OOO,00O.OO $3233.75 for the first $5OO,OO0.OO plus $4.75 for each additional $1 ,000.00 or
fraclion thereot, to and including 91,000,000.00
gl ,OO0,OO1.OO and Up $5608.75 for the first $1,000,000 plus $3.65 for each additional $1 ,000.00 or
fraction thereof.
OTHER INSPECTION FEES
't. Inspeclions outside normal business hours minimum charge lwo hours. $47.00 per
2. Reinspeclion fee assessed under provision of section 305 (g) ofthe UBC. $47.00 per
3. Inspeclions for which no fee is specifically indicated including special insPeciions,
special work orders & zoning. $47.00 per
4. Will Call Insoection Fee - applies to all permits $4.00
III. PI-AN REVIEW FEES
Building Ptan Review Fee shall be 650/o of ihe building permit fee-
Plumbing Plan Review Fee shall be 25olo of the plumbing permit fee.
Mechanical Plan Review Fee shall be 25% of the mechanical permil fee.
Sprinkler Plan Review Fee shall be 25% of the sprinkler pemit fee
Investigation Whenever work has commenced wilhoul first obtaining said Pemit,
the investigation fee shall be equal to the amounl of the building'
plumbing, mechanical, electrical, sprinkler or alam permit fee' All
other lees shall be in addition lo the investigation fee.
Fast Track Plan Review for a fasl track permit, when plans are nol tolally
complete shall pay a plan review fee equal to the building permit fee.
Restaurant Fee Health Department Plan Review for kitchens shall be a flat fee of $75.00
Preconstruciion Meetings A fee may be charged when time spent is determined to be excessive
by the buiHing official (excessive review is over 2 meelings or four
hours). $55 00 Per
Additional Plan Review Additional plan review required by changes, additions or revisions to
$55.00
. SPRINKLER PERMIT FEES $350.00 plan check fee plus 4.25% of the valuation
ItV. PLUMB|NG PERMIT FEES $15.00 per g1 ,000.00 valuation (valuation - S50o oer trao ooenino) |
lv. MEcEA
cdev/building/fee schedule/Permit Fees.adopted2003.3-1 $06-will call update.xls 3-13-2006
ELECTRICAL FEES
A. Resldential Fees Includes new conslruc{ion, remodeling or addition and repair to: single family homes, duplexes,
condominium and townhouses. Excluded in this fee is hotel accommodalion units which are
calculated based on Seclion B. below.
not more than 1,000 sq. ft. $ 51.75
over 1,001 sq. ff. & not more than 1,500 sq. fr. $ 57.50
over 1,501 sq.ft. and not more than 2,000 sq.fi. I B6.Zs
per 100 sq. n. in excess of 2,000 sq. ff. $ 4.60
B. All other Fees Includes commerical, accommodation units & temporary construclion meters, shall be computed
on the dollar value of the electrical installation, including time and materials, whether they are
provided by the contraclor or the property o,vner. Such fees shall be computed as follows:
Not more than $300.00 $ 4S.
$301.00 to $2,000.00 I 57.
$2,001 .00 lo $50,000.00 921.85 per each $1 ,000 valuation or fraclion thereot of total valuation
S50,001 .00 to $500,000.00 $20.70 per each tl ,000 or fraclion thereof of tolat valuation plus $57.50
More than $500,001 $ 19.50 per each $1,000 or fraclion thereof of total valuation Plus S632.00
on all of the above $ 42.00
lX. Planning APpllcation Fees - these are not charged on the building permits but when planning apps ar6 submltted.
TYp€ Fea Feo
Condilional Use
Special Development Districi
(NeWMajo0
Special Development District (Minor)
Special Development Districi (
Malor-no ext. changes)
Minor Subdivision
Major Subdivision
Sign Variance
650.00 Variance
SiSn
Additional cRFA
Rezone
Minor Exterior Alteration
Major Exterior Alteration
Zoning Code Amendment
500.00
ptus $1
per sq.n.
tolal
50.00
300.00
1300.00
650.00
800.00
'1300.00
$
t
$
$
6000.00
1500.00
1250.00
650.00
1500.00
200.00
$
$
$
$
x.RECREATION FEE PER SQ. FT.
Tvp€
HR (Hillside Residential)
ABD (Arterial Business Dislricl)
SB/RD (Ski Base/Rec Distrid)
PD (Pad(ing District)
PUC (Public Use Districl)
SFR (Single Family Residential)
R (Iwo Family Residenlial)
RC (Resilential Cluster)
R P/S (Primary/Secondary Residenlial)
LDMF (Low Density Multi-family)
MDMF (Medium Density Multi-family)
HDMF
I
D
t
s
s
c
$
c
Fee
0.15
1.00
0.70
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.1s
0.30
0.15
0.35
o.7ol
1.00
LMU1 (Lionshead Mixed Use 1
LMU2 (Lionshead Mixed Use 2)
PA (Public Accommodation)
CCI (Commarcial Core 1)
CC2 (Commercial Core 2)
CC3 (Commercial Core 3)
CSC (Commercial Service Centefl
HS (Heavy Service)
A (Agricultural & Open Space)
SDD (Special Development District)Rate ofzone district
applicable to the density
$
$
$
$
I
$
$
$
$
1
1.
1.
1.
1.
1 .00
1.00
1.00
0.1
cdev/building/fee schedule/Permit Fees.adopted2003.}'13-06_will call update.xls 3-13-2006
(2) New 3'-0' Door
u$& T@ t+t(t't#' V& $lrst tnt FEA-6D
Conference Center
1/8" = 1'-0'
Project #0705 trtrtrtr
)GJonNsoNARcnrrrcrsltosPtTALrl'f I xouttt{0 DEsrGt{
a0 rtu3t..l s|.t.1ro
D.Nr Col.n& ItlC2
wJ.icrisM
tur 3A l'2 ,(|.a
&.al. ,l E t*r
A-2
VAIL CASCADE
RENOVATION 25 APRIL 2008
COPYRIGHT BY J G JOHNSON ARCHITECTS, P.C. (JGJA). AL DRAWN AND WRTTIEN INFORMATION APPEARING HEREIN SHALL NOT BE MOOIFIEO,
DUPUCATED, DISCLOSED, USED FOR ANOTHER PROJECT. OR OTHERWSE USED W]THOUT THE WR]flEN CONSENT AND INDEMNIFICATION OF JGJA.
e--:V9
JAMESGILBERT
JOHNSON
B-1str
CEILING
DEEP LEG SLIP TRACK
PLAN
METAL STUDS
l LAYER%'evp.AO.
BOTH SIDES
FACED BATT
INSULATION
BASE AS SCHEDULED
FLOOR
3 5/8'' MTL. STUD INT. WALL. NR
112" = 1l0
Project #0705 fGJonusoNAncnrrrcrs
HOSPIYA!IIY & HOUSIIIG OESIGN
7101763tr..r S(..110
odr.r c.rotrdo 10202
w Eior'ir6 -i
f.r tor .'? rolr
A-3
VAIL CASCADE
RE N OVAT IO N 25 APRTL 2008
COPYRIGHT BY J G JOHNSON ARCHITECTS, P.C. (JGJA). ALL DMWN AND WRITTEN INFORMATION APPEARING HEREIN SHAI.I NOT BE MODIFIED,
DUPLICATED, DISCLOSED, USED FOR ANOTHER PROJECT, OR OTHERWISE USED WTHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT AND INDEMNIFICATION OF JGJA"
a--vg
JOHITSCN
B-1564
SEALANT AT ALL
EDGES
NEWDOOR
METAL FRAMING
ANCHOR
HOLLOW METAL
FRAME, PAINTED
JAMB DETAIL - HM DOOR
A--\#,
JAMES GILBERT
JOHhiSCIN
B-1564
Project #0705 trtrtrtr
f G f onxsot rArcnr"rnc.rs
H0sPlt LrtY I HoustIG DEstGl{
tt lrth sfd 5.h.ll0
orn' C.i.rr. a@01
wiiolf,n.m
fr A |l2 t!69
aoar. 16 E taa,
VAIL CASCADE
RE N OVATIO N 25 APRTL 2008
COPYRIGHT BY J G JOHNSON ARCHITECTS, P.C. (JGJA). ALL DRAWN ANO WR]TTEN INFORMATION APPEARING HEREIN SHALL NOT BE MOOIFIED,
DUPLICATED, DISCLOSED, USED FOR ANOTHER PROJECT, OR OTHER\^/ISE USED WITIIOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT AND INDEMNIFICATION OF JGJA"
SEALANT AT ALL
EDGES
METAL FRAME
ANCHOR
HOLLOW METAL
FRAME, PAINTED
NEW DOOR
HEAD DETAIL - HM DOOR
3"--\*"q
JAMES GII-EFRT
JOt-lN$0N
B-1564
3" = 1'-0"
Project #0705 trtrtrtr
JGJonNsonAncHIrrcrs
HOSttratlll t HouslNG 0EslGl
?to lrlh strd lfrll0
o.mt c. or.d. lo2o?
rd!O 412 t059
lnab L au t..l
A-5
VAIL CASCADE
RE N OVAT IO N 25 APRTL 2008
COPYRIGHT BY J G JOHNSoN ARCHTTECTS, P.C. (JGJA). ALL DRAWN Ar'lO WRTTTEN INFORMATIoN APPEARING HEREIN SHALL NOT BE MOOIFIED,
oupl-cIreo, oIscLosED, USED FoR ANoTHER PRbuEci, oR oTHERWISE USED wrrHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT AND INDEMNIFICATION OF JG,A
TOWN OF VAIL FIRE DEPARTMENT VAIL FIRE DEPARTMENT
75 S. FRONTACE ROAD
VAIL, CO 8t657
970-479-2135
NOTE: THIS PERMIT MUST BE POSTED ON JOBSITE AT ALL TIMES
SPRINKLERPERMIT Permit #: F08-0051 'b&-o (7Q
Job Address: 1300 WESTHAVEN DR VAIL Status . . . : ISSUED
Location.....: CONFERENCE ROOMS RECEPTION AREA Applied . . : 07/30/2008
Parcel No...: 2'10312100012 Issued . . : 08/07/2008
ProjectNo : Expires. .:
O9INER L-O VAIL HOLDING INC 07/30/2008
c/o DELoITTE & ToUcHE IJLP
555 LTTH ST STE 3600
DENVER
co 80202
APPLICANT WESTERN STATES FIRE PROTECTI 07/30/2008 Phone: 303-792-0022
7026 SOUTH TUCSON WAY
ENGLEWOOD
co 80112
License: 338-S
CONTRACTOR WESTERN STATES FIRE PROTECTI 0'7/30/2008 Phone: 303-792-0022
7025 SOUTH TUCSON WAY
ENGLEWOOD
co 80112
I-.,icense: 338-S
Desciption: ADD I SPRINKLER HEAD FOR NEW OFFICE AT CONFERENCE ROOM
RECEPTION
Valuation: $800.00
'l t * t a * * * l t * ra * * *,* *,1* t * *)t * l t'r * l l * 'lt,l
Mechanical--> 90. oo Restuarant Plan Review-> $0. oo Total Calculated Fees--> $384 .00
Plan Check--> S3s0.oo DRB Fe€----------> So.oo Additional Fees----------> (S210.00)
Investigation-> 90 . 00 TOTAL FEES--------> 93 84 . 00 Total Permit Fee-----.-> S1?4 . 00
Will Call----> 90. oo Payments-------1 S1?4 .00
BALANCE DUE----> 50.00
I i,| rt l t * a t t rt a al t *
Item: 05100 BUILDING DEPARTMENT
Item: 05500 FIRE DEPARTMENT
08/05/2008,J.tR Action: AP
CONDITION OF APPROVALCond:12
(BLDG.): FIELD INSPECTIONS ARE REQUTRED TO CHECK FOR CODE COMPLIANCE.
DECLARATIONS
I hereby acknowledge that I have read this application, filled out in full the information required, completed an accurate plot plan,
and state that all the information as required is correct. I agree to comply with the information and plot plan, to comply with all
Town ordinances and state laws, and to build this structure according to the towns zoning and subdivision codes, design review
approved, International Building and Residential Codes and other ordinances of the Town applicable thereto.
REQUESTS FOR INSPECTION SHALL BE MADE SEVENTY-TWO HOURS IN ADVANCE BY TELEPHONE AT 970-479-2252
FROM 8:00 AM - 5 PM.
OR CONTRACTOR FOR HIMSELF AND OWNER
* * {' * * * * * * * I * * * 't * * * * * * * * '} i * | * * * * * * * * * * * ** ** * * * * * * * * tit ** * {' * ** * ***** *i}'l{r* t {' t* **l * * * 't {i t{'******
TOWNOFVAIL, COLORADO Statement
***|****t * * * * * * | | | * | t * * | * | | * * * * * * * *'i ** ***t** | t* * * * ***rr**** * * * **{.*****'l'll'*******t*t*'r********
SfaEement Number: R080001-334 Amount,: $174.00 08/07/2OO8O1 :39 PM
Payment Metshod: Check
Fire Protsectsion 10744 8
Ini!: DDG
Noeation: West,ern States
Permit No:
Parce1 No:
Site Address :
Locat, ion :
This PaymenE:
Fna - nntr r T)G)E: SPRINK],ER PERMIT
2103-12r.-0001-2
13OO WESTHAVEN DR VAII,
CONFERENCE ROOMS RECEPTTON AREA
Total Fees:
9174.00 ToEaI AI,L PmES :
Balance:
$174.00
$r.74.00
90.00
**** * **{l | *** * *t*,lrl* ** * * * * * ****'a**'lll'l'l'lr* 'l 'l * ** * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * ********1**rl* 't * ***a* * * * * * * * * * *
ACCOIJNT ITEM LIST:
Account. Code De scriDE ion Current Pmts
BP 0 010 0 0 0311110 0
PF 001_00003112300
SPRINKI.ER PERMIT FEES
PI,AN CHECK FEES
34.00
140.00
ll-.1r'.i::.!-t-r'-i;
n;:--l